MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC
N-14 8C, 2000-02-17
Previous: SKYLYNX COMMUNICATIONS INC, POS EX, 2000-02-17
Next: ICON INCOME FUND EIGHT /DE, POS AM, 2000-02-17



    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2000
                                                       Registration No.

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-14

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

    [ ] Pre-Effective Amendment No. ___ [ ] Post-Effective Amendment No. ___

                        MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.
               (Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
                               51 West 52nd Street
                          New York, New York 10019-6114
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (212) 713-2000

                            DIANNE E. O'DONNELL, ESQ.
                          Vice President and Secretary
                     1285 Avenue of the Americas, 18th Floor
                            New York, New York 10019
                     (Name and address of agent for service)

                                   COPIES TO:

                             ROBERT A. WITTIE, ESQ.
                            BENJAMIN J. HASKIN, ESQ.
                           JENNIFER R. GONZALEZ, ESQ.
                           Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP
                         1800 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
                           Washington, D.C. 20036-1800


   Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after
                       this Registration Statement becomes
                                   effective.
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Proposed Maximum            Proposed Maximum
  Title of Securities        Amount Being        Offering Price Per          Aggregate Offering            Amount of
    Being Registered        Registered                 Unit(1)                    Price(1)             Registration Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                      <C>                     <C>                       <C>
Common Stock ($.001 par       6,634,834                10.25                   68,007,048.50             $17,953.86
         value)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         (1) Estimated  solely for purposes of calculating the  registration fee
in  accordance  with Rule 457(f) under the  Securities  Act of 1933 based on the
average  high and low prices of Managed  High  Yield Fund Inc.  reported  in the
consolidated reporting system on February 14, 2000.


<PAGE>


                        MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.

                       CONTENTS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT

This Registration Statement contains the following papers and documents:

o        Cover Sheet

o        Contents of Registration Statement

o        Form N-14 Cross Reference Sheet

o        Letter to Stockholders

o        Notice of Special Meeting

o        Part A - Proxy Statement/Prospectus

o        Part B - Statement of Additional Information

o        Part C - Other Information

o        Signature Page

o        Exhibits


<PAGE>


                        MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.


FORM N-14 CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Part A Item No. and Caption                                          Proxy Statement/Prospectus Caption
- ---------------------------                                          ----------------------------------

<S>    <C>                                                           <C>
1.     Beginning of Registration Statement and Outside               Cover Page
       Front Cover Page of Prospectus

2.     Beginning and Outside Back Cover Page of                      Cover Page; Table of Contents
       Prospectus

3.     Fee Table, Synopsis Information,                              Synopsis;  Comparison of  Principal  Risk  Factors;
       and Risk Factors                                              Comparison of the Funds

4.     Information about the Transaction                             Proposal: Reorganization  of  High  Yield Fund into
                                                                     Plus  Fund;   Additional   Information   about  the
                                                                     Reorganization; Capitalization

5.     Information about the Registrant                              Comparison  of  Principal  Risk Factors; Comparison
                                                                     of the  Funds;  Proposal:  Reorganization  of  High
                                                                     Yield Fund into Plus Fund;  Additional  Information
                                                                     about    the    Reorganization;     Capitalization;
                                                                     Additional Information About Both Funds; Additional
                                                                     Information About Plus Fund. See also Annual Report
                                                                     to  Stockholders  of  Managed  High Yield Plus Fund
                                                                     Inc.  for the  fiscal  year  ended  May  31,  1999,
                                                                     previously   filed  on  EDGAR,   Accession   Number
                                                                     0001047469-99-029669

6.     Information about the Company Being Acquired                  Comparison of Principal Risk Factors; Comparison of
                                                                     the Funds;  Proposal:  Reorganization of High Yield
                                                                     Fund into Plus Fund;  Additional  Information about
                                                                     the  Reorganization;   Capitalization;   Additional
                                                                     Information  About Both Funds.  See also the Annual
                                                                     Report to  Stockholders  of Managed High Yield Fund
                                                                     Inc.  for the  fiscal  year  ended  July 31,  1999,
                                                                     previously   filed  on  EDGAR,   Accession   Number
                                                                     0000930413-99-001250


<PAGE>

                        MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.


FORM N-14 CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

7.     Voting Information                                            Introduction

8.     Interest of Certain Persons and Experts                       Not Applicable

9.     Additional Information Required for Re-offering               Not Applicable
       by Persons Deemed to be Underwriters

                                                                     Statement of Additional Information
Part B Item No. and Caption                                          Caption
- ---------------------------                                          -------

10.    Cover Page                                                    Cover Page

11.    Table of Contents                                             Table of Contents

12.    Additional Information about the Registrant                   Additional  Information About  Plus Fund.  See also
                                                                     Annual Report to Stockholders of Managed High Yield
                                                                     Plus Fund Inc.  for the  fiscal  year ended May 31,
                                                                     1999,  previously filed on EDGAR,  Accession Number
                                                                     0001047469-99-029669.

13.    Additional Information about the Company                      Not Applicable
       Being Acquired

14.    Financial Statements                                          PRO FORMA Financial Statements for the period ended
                                                                     January  31,  2000.   See  also  Annual  Report  to
                                                                     Stockholders  of  Managed  High Yield Plus Fund for
                                                                     the  fiscal  year  ended May 31,  1999,  previously
                                                                     filed     on      EDGAR,      Accession      Number
                                                                     0001047469-99-029669; Annual Report to Stockholders
                                                                     of Managed  High  Yield  Fund for the  fiscal  year
                                                                     ended  July 31,  1999,  previously  filed on EDGAR,
                                                                     Accession Number 0000930413-99-001250.

</TABLE>

Part C
- ------

         Information  required  to be  included in Part C is set forth under the
appropriate item, so numbered, in Part C of this Registration Statement.

<PAGE>

                          MANAGED HIGH YIELD FUND INC.
                               51 West 52nd Street
                          New York, New York 10019-6114
                                                                March  __, 2000
Dear Stockholder:

      Enclosed is a combined  proxy  statement  and  prospectus  that seeks your
approval of an important proposal for your Fund. YOUR VOTE ON THIS PROPOSAL WILL
HELP DECIDE THE FUND'S FUTURE.

      The Board of Directors of Managed High Yield Fund Inc. ("High Yield Fund")
proposes that High Yield Fund reorganize  ("merge") into Managed High Yield Plus
Fund Inc. ("Plus Fund").  Under the proposed  merger,  each  stockholder of High
Yield Fund would become a holder of shares of common stock of Plus Fund and High
Yield Fund would be liquidated.

      High Yield Fund and Plus Fund are closed-end  investment  companies listed
on the New York Stock Exchange.  The Funds have substantially similar investment
objectives  and invest  primarily in the same markets.  High Yield's  investment
objective  is high  current  income  while  Plus Fund has a  primary  investment
objective  of high income with a secondary  objective  of capital  appreciation.
However, Plus Fund uses leverage to attempt to enhance yield and has the ability
to invest to a greater extent in lower-rated  securities.  This has enabled Plus
Fund to provide a higher  yield than High Yield Fund.  High Yield  Fund's  Board
believes   that   combining  the  two  Funds  will  benefit  High  Yield  Fund's
stockholders by providing them economies of scale, the potential to use leverage
to enhance yield and greater  investment  flexibility.  The proposed merger, the
investment  policies of the Funds and the use of leverage are  described in more
detail in the combined proxy statement/prospectus.

      AFTER CAREFUL CONSIDERATION,  THE BOARD OF HIGH YIELD FUND HAS UNANIMOUSLY
APPROVED THE PROPOSAL. THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU READ THE ENCLOSED MATERIALS
CAREFULLY AND THEN VOTE "FOR" THE MERGER.

      The enclosed  document  describes the proposed merger and compares the two
Funds'  investment  objectives,  operating  expenses and performance  histories.
Please read the document carefully. I appreciate that the length of the attached
document  may be  daunting,  but we have  tried to make it as clear as  possible
while  meeting  all of the legal  requirements.  We have  included  a section of
questions  and  answers  that we  think  will  interest  most  investors.  After
reviewing  the  document,  please  complete,  date and sign your  proxy card and
return it in the enclosed postage-paid return envelope.

      YOUR VOTE IS VERY  IMPORTANT.  Please take a moment to review the enclosed
materials and to date, sign and return your proxy card TODAY. Voting your shares
early will permit High Yield Fund to avoid costly  follow-up  mail and telephone
solicitation.

      We have retained an outside firm that specializes in proxy solicitation to
assist us in connection with the proposed  merger.  If we have not received your
vote as the meeting  date  approaches,  you may  receive a  telephone  call from
Shareholder  Communications Corporation to ask for your vote. We hope that their
telephone call does not inconvenience you.

      As  always,  I thank  you for  being  an  investor  in our  funds.  We are
committed to serving your interests and appreciate your trust in us.


                                                Very truly yours,



                                                Margo N. Alexander
                                                President


<PAGE>


                               QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

Q:  WHY IS THIS MERGER BEING PROPOSED?

A: High Yield Fund (PHT)  stockholders  would  benefit from the  opportunity  to
become  stockholders of a Fund that has historically  traded at a lower discount
in the market and has provided  higher income.  High Yield Fund has traded at an
average  discount of -5.11% since its  inception in November 1993 and has traded
at an average discount of -5.70% since Plus Fund's (HYF) inception in June 1998.
Plus Fund has had an average discount of -2.2% since its inception in June 1998.
In  addition,  High Yield Fund has had an average NAV yield of 11.36% since June
1998 while Plus Fund's NAV yield has averaged 12.54% during the same period. The
total  returns  based on NAV for High Yield Fund and Plus Fund during the period
June 1998  through  January  2000  were  -3.85%  and  -3.37%,  respectively.  To
summarize,  Plus Fund has  provided a higher NAV  yield,  has  provided a better
total  return  and has  traded  closer to its NAV than has High Yield Fund since
Plus Fund's  inception.  In addition,  both Funds and their  stockholders  would
benefit   from  the   economies   of  scale  and   opportunities   for   broader
diversification that a larger asset base would provide.

      The chart below gives a history of the  premium/discount  of the two Funds
since their  respective  inception  dates.  Since Plus Fund's  inception  it has
consistently traded closer to its NAV than has High Yield Fund.

      Chart:

      High  Yield Fund vs Plus Fund  Premium/Discount
      Since Inception through January 31, 2000

                 Premium/Discount
                High Yield   Plus
    Date           Fund      Fund
   Dec-93         -2.60
   Jan-94         -3.80
   Feb-94         -2.40
   Mar-94         -8.80
   Apr-94         -9.40
   May-94         -7.70
   Jun-94         -5.70
   Jul-94        -10.10
   Aug-94         -7.20
   Sep-94        -13.80
   Oct-94        -10.80
   Nov-94         -6.50
   Dec-94         -6.30
   Jan-95         -3.80
   Feb-95         -2.80
   Mar-95         -6.80
   Apr-95         -6.80
   May-95         -4.10
   Jun-95         -6.20
   Jul-95         -7.00
   Aug-95         -6.10
   Sep-95         -7.40

<PAGE>

   Oct-95         -2.10
   Nov-95         -3.20
   Dec-95         -7.10
   Jan-96         -4.90
   Feb-96         -7.00
   Mar-96          2.40
   Apr-96         -7.10
   May-96         -9.00
   Jun-96         -6.20
   Jul-96         -5.70
   Aug-96         -4.40
   Sep-96         -5.60
   Oct-96         -3.30
   Nov-96         -6.00
   Dec-96         -5.70
   Jan-97         -4.00
   Feb-97         -2.30
   Mar-97         -6.00
   Apr-97         -1.10
   May-97         -3.40
   Jun-97         -1.60
   Jul-97         -2.50
   Aug-97         -1.80
   Sep-97         -3.50
   Oct-97         -2.00
   Nov-97         -2.10
   Dec-97         -0.10
   Jan-98         -0.10
   Feb-98          0.90
   Mar-98         -5.30
   Apr-98         -3.90
   May-98         -4.80
   Jun-98         -5.00       0.00
   Jul-98         -5.30      -2.10
   Aug-98        -10.60     -10.20
   Sep-98         -5.20       0.50
   Oct-98          3.40       6.20
   Nov-98         -0.10      -0.80
   Dec-98         -4.10      -2.80
   Jan-99         -3.30       0.20
   Feb-99         -2.10      -1.40
   Mar-99         -1.70      -2.60
   Apr-99         -7.10      -3.90
   May-99         -5.40      -0.30
   Jun-99         -5.60       0.10
   Jul-99         -3.80      -0.70
   Aug-99         -2.10      -1.70
   Sep-99         -7.30      -2.10


                                       2
<PAGE>

   Oct-99         -10.40      -1.90
   Nov-99         -17.40      -8.40
   Dec-99         -13.50      -8.90
   Jan-00          -6.60      -3.00


      This  chart  shows  the  Funds'  historical   12-month  NAV  yields.  This
illustrates the higher income opportunities that have been provided to Plus Fund
stockholders.


      Chart:


      High Yield Fund vs Plus Fund 12 Month Yield at NAV
      Since Inception through January 31, 2000
                 12 Month
               Yield at NAV
  Date     High Yield   Plus Fund
              Fund
 Nov-94       10.08
 Dec-94       10.82
 Jan-95       10.99
 Feb-95       10.69
 Mar-95       11.18
 Apr-95       11.02
 May-95       10.7
 Jun-95       11.1
 Jul-95       11.04
 Aug-95       10.98
 Sep-95       11.14
 Oct-95       10.63
 Nov-95       11.14
 Dec-95       11.6
 Jan-96       11.05
 Feb-96       11.07
 Mar-96       10.07
 Apr-96       10.89
 May-96       10.91
 Jun-96       10.61
 Jul-96       10.52
 Aug-96       10.23
 Sep-96       10.14
 Oct-96       9.86
 Nov-96       9.87
 Dec-96       9.69
 Jan-97       9.51
 Feb-97       9.25
 Mar-97       9.88
 Apr-97       9.42
 May-97       9.42
 Jun-97       9.12
 Jul-97       9.04


                                       3
<PAGE>

 Aug-97       9.04
 Sep-97         9
 Oct-97       9.04
 Nov-97       9.04
 Dec-97       8.84
 Jan-98       8.73
 Feb-98       8.62
 Mar-98       9.12
 Apr-98       9.04
 May-98       9.21
 Jun-98       9.33
 Jul-98       9.38
 Aug-98       11.08
 Sep-98       10.72
 Oct-98       10.34
 Nov-98       10.18
 Dec-98       10.83
 Jan-99       10.61
 Feb-99       10.67
 Mar-99       10.67
 Apr-99       11.14
 May-99       11.2
 Jun-99       11.32       11.07
 Jul-99       11.14       12.33
 Aug-99       11.2        12.81
 Sep-99        12         13.12
 Oct-99       12.68       13.36
 Nov-99       13.53       14.01
 Dec-99       12.6        13.71
 Jan-00       11.93       13.04








Q:  HOW CAN PLUS FUND ENHANCE ITS YIELD WITH LEVERAGE?

A: Plus Fund can enhance its yield  through  leverage  because the Fund  borrows
money at interest  rates that  generally are lower than the yield it receives on
its  investments.  For example,  Plus Fund's  average cost of borrowing  for the
12  months ended  January  31, 2000  was 5.69%  and it  had an average  yield on
its  investments  during  that period of 11.98%.  The Fund and its  stockholders
benefit  from  the  incremental  yield  on the  investments  purchased  with the
proceeds of the borrowings.

OF COURSE,  THE USE OF LEVERAGE  PRESENTS  RISKS.  IF THE FUND'S  AVERAGE  TOTAL
RETURN (THAT IS, YIELD PLUS CAPITAL GAIN OR LOSS) ON THE  INVESTMENTS  PURCHASED
WITH THE PROCEEDS OF THE BORROWINGS IS LESS THAN ITS AVERAGE COST OF BORROWINGS,
THE FUND'S TOTAL RETURN,  AS WELL AS THE AMOUNT  AVAILABLE FOR  DISTRIBUTION  TO
STOCKHOLDERS, WILL BE LOWER THAN IF LEVERAGE HAD NOT BEEN USED.


                                       4
<PAGE>

Q:  HOW WILL THE MERGER AFFECT THE FUNDS' EXPENSES?

A: The combined Fund will have a larger asset base than High Yield Fund,  and as
a result,  its operating  expenses  (other than  interest and related  borrowing
expenses)  are  expected  to be a lower  percentage  of net assets than for High
Yield Fund. Because the combined Fund will use leverage,  it will incur interest
expenses that High Yield Fund does not incur and, as a result,  overall expenses
will be higher. The use of leverage,  however,  has enabled Plus Fund to provide
its stockholders with a yield higher than that provided by High Yield Fund.

      The following table shows  pre-borrowing  expenses for the 12 months ended
January 31, 2000 for each Fund and on a PRO FORMA basis for the  combined  Fund,
along with a comparison of net assets and net asset values. Fee and expense data
is  expressed  as a percentage  of net assets.  For more details  about fees and
expenses, see Comparison of Funds - Fees and Expenses on page 18 of the combined
proxy statement/prospectus.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         High Yield Fund       Plus Fund        Combined Fund
                            Expenses            Expenses           Expenses
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Advisory
and Administration                   0.90%           0.96%(1)           0.96%(1)
Fees
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Expenses                       0.33%              0.26%              0.25%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual, Pre-Borrowing
Operating Expenses                   1.23%           1.22%(2)           1.21%(2)
================================================================================
Net Assets as of
January 31, 2000                   $68,227           $377,506           $445,733
(000's)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value Per                 $11.31             $11.85             $11.85
Share
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  Reflects Plus Fund's  outstanding  borrowings of  approximately  27% of its
     total assets  (including the amount obtained  through  leverage) for the 12
     months  ended  January 31, 2000 and  assumes the  combined  Fund would have
     borrowed the same  percentage of its total  assets.  Plus Fund pays and the
     combined Fund will pay investment  advisory and  administrative  fees at an
     annual  rate of 0.70% of the Fund's  "managed  assets" - that is, its total
     assets  less only those  liabilities  that are not  borrowings.  Thus,  the
     investment  advisory and  administrative  fees increase  in relation to the
     additional managed assets acquired through leverage.

(2)  After giving  effect to  borrowings  of  approximately  27% of total assets
     (including the amount obtained through  leverage) at the same interest rate
     as that paid by Plus Fund  during the 12 months  ended  January  31,  2000,
     total  operating  expenses  for Plus Fund were  3.46%  and,  on a PRO FORMA
     basis, for the combined Fund would have been 3.45%.

Q:  HOW MANY SHARES WILL I RECEIVE IN THE MERGER?

A: If the merger is approved and you  participate in High Yield Fund's  Dividend
Reinvestment  Plan,  you will  receive full and  fractional  shares of Plus Fund
having an aggregate  net asset value equal to the  aggregate  net asset value of
the  High  Yield  Fund  shares  you  owned  prior to the  merger.  If you do not
participate in High Yield Fund's  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan, you will receive
full  shares of Plus Fund  having a net asset  value  that  (together  with cash
received in lieu of fractional  shares)  equals the aggregate net asset value of
the High Yield Fund shares you owned prior to the merger.  Net asset values will
be calculated as of the closing date. Because the exchange of shares is based on
the Funds' net asset  values and not their market  prices,  you may receive Plus
Fund shares  with an  aggregate  market  value on the date of the merger that is
higher  or  lower  than the  market  value of the High  Yield  Fund  shares  you
previously held. The reason for this difference is that the market prices of the
shares of the Funds in  relation  to their net  asset  values  are  likely to be
different; I.E., they are likely to trade at different discounts or premiums.

Q:  WILL THE MERGER SUBJECT ME TO ANY TAXES?

A: The Merger has been structured as a tax-free transaction, which means no gain
or loss will be recognized by either Fund.  In addition,  you will  recognize no

                                       5
<PAGE>

gain or loss as a result of your  acquisition  of Plus Fund  shares  through the
Merger,  except with respect to any cash received in lieu of a fractional  share
of Plus Fund. If you do not wish to receive Plus Fund shares in the merger,  you
are free to sell your High Yield Fund shares  prior to the closing  (expected to
be on or about ___, 2000).

Q:  DO I NEED TO SURRENDER MY SHARE CERTIFICATES NOW?

A: No.  Please do not send in any share  certificates  at this time.  High Yield
Fund's transfer agent will mail you instructions and a letter of transmittal for
use in surrendering  your share  certificate(s)  for a certificate  representing
Plus Fund shares and, if applicable, cash.

Q:  WHAT IS MY BOARD'S RECOMMENDATION?

A:  Your Board of Directors recommends a vote "FOR" the merger.

<PAGE>



                          MANAGED HIGH YIELD FUND INC.
                               51 West 52nd Street
                          New York, New York 10019-6114

                            -----------------------

                    NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

                            -----------------------

                                 _____ __, 2000

                            -----------------------

         To the Stockholders,

         NOTICE  IS  HEREBY  GIVEN  that  a  Special   Meeting  of  Stockholders
("Meeting") of Managed High Yield Fund Inc.  ("High Yield Fund") will be held on
_________ ___, 2000, at 1285 Avenue of the Americas,  14th Floor,  New York, New
York, 10019, at [10:00] a.m., Eastern time, for the following purpose:

                  To  approve  an  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Reorganization  and
         Termination ("Plan") that provides for the reorganization of High Yield
         Fund into Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc.

         Stockholders of record as of the close of business on _______ __, 2000,
are  entitled  to notice  of, and to vote at, the  Meeting  and any  adjournment
thereof.

         Please  execute  and  return  promptly  in the  enclosed  envelope  the
accompanying  proxy,  which is being solicited by the Board of Directors of High
Yield Fund. Returning your proxy promptly is important to ensure a quorum at the
Meeting.  You may revoke  your proxy at any time before it is  exercised  by the
subsequent execution and submission of a revised proxy, by giving written notice
of revocation to High Yield Fund at any time before the proxy is exercised or by
voting in person at the Meeting.



                                          By Order of the Board of Directors,


                                          DIANNE E. O'DONNELL
                                          SECRETARY

________ ___, 2000
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019-6114



<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT

                       NO MATTER HOW MANY SHARES YOU OWN.

         Please  indicate your voting  instructions  on the enclosed proxy card,
sign and date the card and return it in the envelope provided. IF YOU SIGN, DATE
AND RETURN THE PROXY CARD BUT GIVE NO VOTING  INSTRUCTIONS,  YOUR SHARES WILL BE
VOTED  "FOR" THE  PROPOSAL  DESCRIBED  ABOVE.  In order to avoid the  additional
expense of further  solicitation,  we ask your cooperation in mailing your proxy
card promptly.

         For more information or questions  regarding  casting your vote for the
Meeting, please call 1-800-[949-8596.]

         If we do not receive your  completed  proxy cards after several  weeks,
you  may  be  contacted  by  our  proxy  solicitor,  Shareholder  Communications
Corporation. Our proxy solicitor will remind you to vote your shares.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>


                      INSTRUCTIONS FOR SIGNING PROXY CARDS

         The  following  general  rules  for  signing  proxy  cards  may  be  of
assistance  to you and  avoid  the time and  expense  to the  Fund  involved  in
validating your vote if you fail to sign your proxy card properly.

         1.  Individual  Accounts:  Sign your name  exactly as it appears in the
registration on the proxy card.

         2. Joint  Accounts:  Either  party may sign,  but the name of the party
signing  should  conform  exactly to the name shown in the  registration  on the
proxy card.

         3. All Other Accounts: The capacity of the individual signing the proxy
card should be indicated unless it is reflected in the form of registration. For
example:


          REGISTRATION                                 VALID SIGNATURE
          ------------                                 ---------------

     Corporate Accounts

     (1)   ABC Corp..............................    ABC Corp.
                                                     John Doe, Treasurer

     (2)   ABC Corp..............................    John Doe, Treasurer

     (3)   ABC Corp. c/o John Doe, Treasurer.....    John Doe

     (4)   ABC Corp. Profit Sharing Plan.........    John Doe, Trustee


     Partnership Accounts
                                                     Jane B. Smith, Partner
     (1)   The XYZ Partnership...................

     (2)   Smith and Jones, Limited Partnership..    Jane B. Smith, General
                                                     Partner


     Trust Accounts
                                                     Jane B. Doe, Trustee
     (1)   ABC Trust Account.....................

     (2)   Jane B. Doe, Trustee u/t/d 12/28/78       Jane B. Doe

     Custodial or Estate Accounts

     (1)   John B. Smith, Cust. f/b/o John B.
           Smith, Jr., UGMA/UTMA.................    John B. Smith

     (2)   Estate of John B. Smith...............    John B. Smith, Jr.,
                                                     Executor



<PAGE>

                          MANAGED HIGH YIELD FUND INC.
                               51 WEST 52ND STREET
                          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019-6114
                                 1-800-647-1568



                        MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.
                               51 WEST 52ND STREET
                          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019-6114
                                 1-800-647-1568

                     COMBINED PROXY STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS

                            Dated: __________ ___, 2000

         This document is being  furnished in connection  with a Special Meeting
of Stockholders of Managed High Yield Fund Inc. ("High Yield Fund"),  a Maryland
corporation, to be held on __________ ___, 2000, at 1285 Avenue of the Americas,
14th Floor,  New York, NY 10019 at [10:00] a.m.,  Eastern time (such meeting and
any adjournments thereof are referred to as the "Meeting").  At the Meeting, the
stockholders  of High  Yield Fund are being  asked to  consider  and  approve an
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Termination  ("Plan") that provides for
the  reorganization  of High Yield Fund into  Managed  High Yield Plus Fund Inc.
("Plus Fund"), also a Maryland corporation ("Reorganization").  (High Yield Fund
and Plus Fund are  collectively  referred to as  "Funds.") A form of the Plan is
attached as Appendix A to this Combined Proxy  Statement and Prospectus  ("Proxy
Statement/Prospectus").  The Board of Directors of High Yield Fund ("Board") has
unanimously  approved the Plan as being in the best interests of High Yield Fund
and its stockholders.

         Pursuant to the Plan,  High Yield Fund will  transfer all its assets to
Plus Fund,  which will assume all the  liabilities of High Yield Fund. Each High
Yield Fund  stockholder  will  receive  the  number of full  shares of Plus Fund
common stock ("Plus Fund Shares"),  plus  fractional  shares for High Yield Fund
stockholders  that participate in High Yield Fund's Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan
and  cash  in lieu of any  fractional  shares  for all  other  High  Yield  Fund
stockholders, having an aggregate net asset value ("NAV") that, on the effective
date of the  Reorganization,  is equal to the aggregate NAV of the stockholder's
shares of common  stock of High Yield Fund.  High Yield Fund  stockholders  will
recognize no gain or loss,  except with respect to any cash  received in lieu of
fractional Plus Fund Shares.

         The NAV of each High Yield Fund  stockholder's  account  with Plus Fund
immediately after the  Reorganization,  including any cash received in lieu of a
fractional  Plus Fund Share,  will be the same as the NAV of such  stockholder's
High Yield Fund shares immediately prior to the Reorganization. The market price
of the shares of either Fund may be higher or lower than their  respective NAVs.
While the total NAV of shares owned by each stockholder after the Reorganization
will be the same,  the market  value of the Plus Fund  Shares  that a High Yield
Fund  stockholder  receives in the  Reorganization  may be more or less than the
market  value  of  the  High  Yield  Fund  shares  that  such  stockholder  owns
immediately before the Reorganization.

         The Funds are diversified,  closed-end  management investment companies
with  substantially  similar  investment  objectives.   Plus  Fund's  investment
objective is to seek high income and, secondarily,  capital  appreciation.  High
Yield Fund's  investment  objective is to seek high current  income.  Both Funds

<PAGE>

seek  to  achieve  their  investment  objectives  by  investing  primarily  in a
diversified  portfolio of lower-rated,  income-producing debt and related equity
securities.  Both Funds may invest in foreign issuers, including foreign issuers
in emerging market countries.

         This  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  sets  forth the  information  that a
stockholder  of High Yield Fund should know before voting on the Plan. It should
be read carefully and retained for future reference.

         A Statement of Additional  Information  ("SAI") dated  __________  ___,
2000 containing  additional  information about Plus Fund has been filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")  and is  hereby  incorporated  by
reference  in its  entirety  into this  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus.  The Annual
Report to  Stockholders of Plus Fund for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1999, and
the  Semi-Annual  Report to  Stockholders  of Plus Fund for the six months ended
November 30, 1999,  are on file with the SEC and are  incorporated  by reference
into this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.  The Annual Report to Stockholders of High
Yield Fund for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1999, and the  Semi-Annual  Report
to  Stockholders  of High Yield Fund for the six months ended  January 31, 1999,
are on file with the SEC and are  incorporated  by  reference  into  this  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus. These documents are available without charge by writing to
Mitchell  Hutchins  Asset  Management  Inc.,  51 West 52nd Street,  New York, NY
10019-6114,  or by  calling  1-800-647-1568.  The SEC  maintains  a Web  site at
http://www.sec.gov  that  contains  the  documents  described  above  and  other
information  about High Yield Fund and Plus Fund.  Additional  information about
both Funds may also be  obtained on the Web at  http://www.painewebber.com.  The
shares of High Yield Fund and Plus Fund are  listed and  publicly  traded on the
New  York  Stock  Exchange  ("NYSE").   Reports,   proxy  statements  and  other
information concerning the Funds may be inspected at the offices of the NYSE.

         AS  WITH  ALL  INVESTMENT  COMPANIES,  THE  SEC  HAS  NOT  APPROVED  OR
DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS
TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. TO STATE OTHERWISE IS A CRIME.



<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Title                                                               Page

INTRODUCTION..................................................................1
SYNOPSIS......................................................................2
COMPARISON OF PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS..........................................5
     Primary Differences in Investment Risks of the Funds.....................5
     Leverage.................................................................5
     Credit Quality of Securities.............................................7
     Risks Common to Both Funds...............................................8
         Market Price and Net Asset Value of Shares...........................8
         Lower-Rated Debt Securities..........................................8
         Investing in Foreign Securities.....................................10
         Original Issue Discount, Zero Coupon and Payment-in-Kind
         Securities..........................................................11
         Call Features.......................................................11
         Premium Securities..................................................11
         Hedging and Other Strategies Using Derivative Instruments...........11
PROPOSAL:  REORGANIZATION OF HIGH YIELD FUND INTO PLUS FUND..................12
     Information about the Reorganization....................................12
     Board Considerations....................................................12
     The Plan................................................................15
COMPARISON OF THE FUNDS......................................................16
         Forms of Organization...............................................16
         Investment Objectives...............................................16
         Investment Policies.................................................16
         Investment Limitations..............................................17
         Leverage............................................................18
         Portfolio Compatibility.............................................18
         Fees and Expenses...................................................18
         Expense Example.....................................................19
         Sales Charges.......................................................19
         Trading History- Share Price Data...................................19
         Dividends and Other Distributions...................................20
         Dividend Reinvestment Plan..........................................21
         Management of the Funds.............................................23
         Other Service Providers.............................................25
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS.........................................................25
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION..............................27
     TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION.............................................27
     DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED..................................29
     DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS.......................................29
     SURRENDER AND EXCHANGE OF HIGH YIELD FUND STOCK CERTIFICATES............29
     ACCOUNTING TREATMENT....................................................30
     FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS.......................................30
CAPITALIZATION...............................................................31
LEGAL MATTERS................................................................31
INFORMATION FILED WITH THE SEC AND NYSE......................................31
INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS' ADVISER AND ADMINISTRATOR.......................32
EXPERTS......................................................................32
STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS........................................................32
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT BOTH FUNDS......................................33
     Portfolio Securities....................................................33
     Other Investment Practices..............................................35
     Temporary and Defensive Strategies and Borrowings.......................38
     Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of the Articles of Incorporation.......38


<PAGE>

     Description of Capital Stock............................................39
     Taxation................................................................42
APPENDIX A: Form of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Termination....A-1
APPENDIX B: Directors and Officers of High Yield Fund and Plus Fund ........B-1
APPENDIX C: Form of Proxy...................................................C-1

<PAGE>



                                  INTRODUCTION

         This Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  is being furnished to stockholders of
High Yield Fund in connection with the  solicitation of proxies by the Board for
use at the Meeting. All properly executed and unrevoked proxies received in time
for the Meeting  will be voted in  accordance  with the  instructions  contained
therein.  If no instructions  are given,  shares  represented by proxies will be
voted  "FOR"  approval of the Plan.  The  presence in person or by proxy of High
Yield Fund stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to
be cast at the Meeting will  constitute a quorum.  If a quorum is not present at
the Meeting or a quorum is present but sufficient  votes to approve the proposal
described in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus are not received, the persons named
as proxies may propose one or more adjournments of the Meeting to permit further
solicitation of proxies.  Any such adjournment will require the affirmative vote
of a majority  of the shares  represented  at the Meeting in person or by proxy.
The persons  named as proxies will vote those  proxies that they are entitled to
vote  "FOR" the  proposal  in favor of such an  adjournment  and will vote those
proxies required to be voted "AGAINST" the proposal against such adjournment.

         High Yield Fund intends to mail this Proxy Statement/Prospectus and the
accompanying proxy card on or about  __________ ___, 2000.

         Approval of the Plan requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the
votes entitled to be cast on the proposal.

         Broker  non-votes are shares held in "street name" for which the broker
indicates that instructions have not been received from the beneficial owners or
other  persons  entitled  to  vote  and for  which  the  broker  does  not  have
discretionary voting authority. Abstentions and broker non-votes will be counted
as shares present at the Meeting for quorum  purposes but will not be considered
votes cast at the Meeting.  Abstentions  and broker  non-votes  are  effectively
votes  against the Plan because the required  affirmative  vote is a majority of
the total shares outstanding.

         Any person  giving a proxy has the power to revoke it at any time prior
to its  exercise by  executing a  superseding  proxy or by  submitting a written
notice of revocation to the  Secretary of High Yield Fund  ("Secretary").  To be
effective,  such  revocation  must be  received  by the  Secretary  prior to the
Meeting  and must  indicate  the  stockholder's  name  and  account  number.  In
addition,  although mere  attendance  at the Meeting will not revoke a proxy,  a
stockholder  present at the Meeting may  withdraw  his or her proxy by voting in
person.

         Stockholders  of  record  as of the  close of  business  on  __________
___,2000  ("Record  Date"),  are entitled to vote at the Meeting.  On the Record
Date,  there  were  _________  shares  of  High  Yield  Fund  outstanding.  Each
stockholder  is entitled  to one vote for each full share held and a  fractional
vote for each fractional share held. [As of ________,  2000,  Mitchell  Hutchins
Asset Management Inc. ("Mitchell Hutchins"), the investment adviser of both High
Yield Fund and Plus Fund, did not know of any person who owned  beneficially  5%
or more of either Fund's shares.]

         High Yield Fund has engaged the services of Shareholder  Communications
Corporation ("SCC") to assist it in the solicitation of proxies for the Meeting.
High Yield Fund expects to solicit  proxies  principally  by mail, but it or SCC
may also solicit proxies by telephone,  facsimile, e-mail or personal interview.

<PAGE>

High Yield Fund  officers and  employees of Mitchell  Hutchins who assist in the
proxy  solicitation will not receive any additional or special  compensation for
any such efforts.  High Yield Fund and Plus Fund will bear the expenses incurred
in connection with the Reorganization,  which are estimated to be $245,000.  SCC
will be paid approximately $35,000 for proxy solicitation  services.  High Yield
Fund will request broker/dealer firms,  custodians,  nominees and fiduciaries to
forward proxy materials to the beneficial owners of the shares held of record by
such  persons.   High  Yield  Fund  may  reimburse  such  broker/dealer   firms,
custodians,  nominees and fiduciaries for their reasonable  expenses incurred in
connection with such proxy solicitation.

                                    SYNOPSIS

         The  following  is a summary of  certain  information  relating  to the
proposed  reorganization,  and is qualified  by  reference to the more  complete
information  contained  elsewhere  in the  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  and  the
Appendices attached hereto.

         SPECIAL MEETING. This Proxy  Statement/Prospectus is being furnished to
stockholders of High Yield Fund in connection  with the  solicitation of proxies
by the Board for use at the Meeting to be held  __________  ___, 2000 at [10:00]
a.m., Eastern time, and any adjournments  thereof. At the Meeting,  stockholders
will be asked to consider  and approve an Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization
and Termination ("Plan") that provides for the reorganization of High Yield Fund
into Plus Fund, as described below.  Only stockholders of record as of the close
of business  on the Record  Date,  are  entitled  to vote at the  Meeting.  Each
stockholder  is entitled  to one vote for each full share held and a  fractional
vote for each fractional share held. All properly executed and unrevoked proxies
received  in  time  for the  Meeting  will  be  voted  in  accordance  with  the
instructions contained therein. If no instructions are given, shares represented
by proxies will be voted "FOR"  approval of the Plan.  Any person giving a proxy
has the power to revoke it at any time  prior to its  exercise  by  executing  a
superseding  proxy or by  submitting  a  written  notice  of  revocation  to the
Secretary of High Yield Fund.

         PROPOSED  REORGANIZATION.  The  Board  proposes  that High  Yield  Fund
reorganize  into  Plus  Fund and that  High  Yield  Fund's  stockholders  become
stockholders of Plus Fund. The shares of outstanding  common stock of High Yield
Fund will be converted into an equivalent dollar amount of full shares of common
stock of Plus Fund ("Plus Fund Shares"),  plus fractional  shares for High Yield
Fund  stockholders  that participate in High Yield Fund's Dividend  Reinvestment
Plan and cash in lieu of any  fractional  shares  for all other  High Yield Fund
stockholders  computed  based on the net asset  value  ("NAV") per share of each
Fund on the closing date ("Closing Date"). An exchange of High Yield Fund shares
for Plus Fund Shares at NAV may result in High Yield Fund stockholders receiving
Plus Fund Shares with an aggregate market value on the date of the exchange that
is higher or lower  than the  market  value of their shares. The reason for this
difference  is  that the market prices of the shares of the Funds in relation to
their NAVs are likely to be  different;  I.E.,  the Funds'  shares are likely to
trade at different discounts or premiums.

         No sales  charge or fee of any kind will be  charged to High Yield Fund
stockholders  in  connection  with  their  receipt  of Plus  Fund  Shares in the
Reorganization.  Neither Fund will recognize any gain or loss for federal income
tax  purposes  due to the  Reorganization.  In  addition,  each High  Yield Fund
stockholder  will  recognize  no gain or loss,  except with  respect to any cash
received in lieu of a fractional share, if any.

         The  Reorganization  is  subject to a number of  conditions,  including
stockholder  approval and satisfaction of the terms of the Plan. The Plan may be
terminated and the Reorganization abandoned, whether before or after approval by

                                       2
<PAGE>

the Fund's stockholders, at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) by the mutual
consent of the Board of Directors  of each Fund;  (ii) by either Fund (a) if the
other  Fund  materially  breaches  any  representation,  warranty,  or  covenant
contained in the Plan;  (b) if the conditions to that Fund's  obligations  under
the Plan have not been satisfied or waived;  or (c) if that Fund's Board, in its
sole discretion, determines that proceeding with the Reorganization would not be
in the best interests of its stockholders.  If the  Reorganization  has not been
consummated by _______,  2000, the Plan will automatically  terminate,  unless a
later date is mutually agreed upon by the Board of Directors of each Fund.

         THE PLAN.  Pursuant to the Plan,  High Yield Fund will transfer all its
assets to Plus Fund,  which will assume all the  liabilities of High Yield Fund,
and each High Yield Fund  stockholder  will receive the number of full Plus Fund
Shares and either cash or a fractional Plus Fund Share,  as appropriate,  having
an aggregate NAV that, on the effective date of the Reorganization,  is equal to
the  aggregate  NAV of the  stockholder's  shares of common  stock of High Yield
Fund.  Immediately  after the  Reorganization,  the NAV of each High  Yield Fund
stockholder's  account with Plus Fund,  including any cash received in lieu of a
fractional  Plus Fund Share,  will be the same as the NAV of such  stockholder's
High Yield Fund shares immediately prior to the Reorganization.  High Yield Fund
stockholders   will   recognize  no  gain  or  loss  in   connection   with  the
Reorganization,  except with respect to any cash  received in lieu of fractional
Plus Fund Shares.

         BOARD CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE REORGANIZATION.  At their November
11,  1999 and  December  17,  1999  meetings,  the  Boards  considered  Mitchell
Hutchins'  assessments  of High  Yield  Fund  and Plus  Fund and  considered the
potential  benefits to each Fund if High Yield Fund were to be reorganized  into
Plus Fund. Mitchell Hutchins advised that both Funds' stockholders would benefit
from  the  economies  of  scale  (I.E.,  lower  operating  expense  ratios)  and
opportunities  for  broader  diversification  that a  larger  asset  base  would
provide.  In  addition,   Mitchell  Hutchins  advised  that  High  Yield  Fund's
stockholders  could benefit from the potential to use leverage to enhance return
and  from  Plus  Fund's  more  flexible  investment  parameters.   Further,  the
Reorganization itself could enhance the ability of securities analysts to follow
Plus Fund  because it will  eliminate  any  confusion  in the  marketplace  that
results from two funds with substantially  similar names,  investment objectives
and policies, being managed by the same investment adviser.

         As part of its consideration, High Yield Fund's Board examined a number
of factors with respect to the Reorganization,  including: (1) the compatibility
of the Funds' investment objectives,  policies and restrictions;  (2) the Funds'
respective investment performances;  (3) the effect of the Reorganization on the
expense ratio of Plus Fund and that expense ratio  relative to High Yield Fund's
current expense ratio;  (4) the costs to be incurred by each Fund as a result of
the Reorganization; (5) the tax consequences of the Reorganization; (6) Mitchell
Hutchins'  assessment of the likely impact on High Yield Fund's  stockholders of
the  receipt of Plus Fund Shares at NAV;  and (7) the  continuity  of  portfolio
management.   The  Board  also   considered   the  potential   benefits  of  the
Reorganization to other persons, including Mitchell Hutchins and its affiliates.

         COMPARISON  OF  INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVES  AND POLICIES OF THE FUNDS.  The
investment  objectives  of High  Yield  Fund  and Plus  Fund  are  substantially
similar.  High Yield Fund's  investment  objective is high current  income.  The
primary  investment  objective of Plus Fund is high income,  while its secondary
objective is capital appreciation.

         Both Funds seek to achieve  their  investment  objectives  by investing
primarily in a diversified  portfolio of lower-rated,  income-producing debt and
related equity securities.  Both Funds may invest in foreign issuers,  including
foreign  issuers in  emerging  market  countries.  Each Fund may also  engage in

                                       3
<PAGE>

hedging strategies,  such as options, futures and forward currency contracts, to
attempt to reduce the overall risk of its investment portfolio,  enhance income,
realize gains or manage the Fund's foreign currency exposure.

         The primary  differences  in the Funds'  investment  policies  are Plus
Fund's use of  leverage  and its  greater  flexibility  in  choosing  the credit
quality of its portfolio.

         Plus Fund can borrow up to 33 1/3% of its total assets  (including  the
amount obtained through leverage) for investment purposes. It also may borrow an
additional  5% of its total assets (not  including  the amount so borrowed)  for
temporary or emergency purposes.  As of January 31, 2000, Plus Fund's borrowings
represented  about 28% of total  assets.  High Yield  Fund can  borrow  only for
temporary or emergency purposes,  and those borrowings are limited to 10% of its
total assets (not including the amount borrowed).  Historically, High Yield Fund
generally has not borrowed,  and it had no borrowings  outstanding as of January
31, 2000.

         High Yield Fund's  investment  policies require that it normally invest
at least 80% of its total assets in securities  that are rated BB or B by S&P or
comparably  rated by another Rating  Agency.  Only up to 20% of its total assets
may be invested in securities  that are rated either above or below those levels
or that are unrated.  Plus Fund's  investment  policies require that it normally
invest at least 65% of its total assets in securities that are rated at or below
the BB level, or equivalent unrated securities. Unlike High Yield Fund, however,
Plus Fund is not limited in the  percentage of its assets that are rated below B
except that only 15% of its assets may be invested in securities  that are rated
as low as D (which normally are in default at the time of purchase),  and it can
invest up to 35% of its assets in  securities  that are rated above BB (that is,
securities that are "investment grade").

         Although the  differences  in the two Funds'  investment  policies give
Plus Fund greater flexibility to adjust the credit quality of its portfolio, the
credit quality of the  securities  actually held by Plus Fund  historically  has
been within the range permitted under High Yield Fund's policies. Moreover, Plus
Fund's  current  ability to invest in the  lowest  quality  securities  (CCC and
lower) is somewhat limited by conditions imposed under its outstanding  leverage
facility.  (SEE  Comparison of Principal  Risk  Factors--Primary  Differences in
Investment Risks of the Funds.)

         COMPARISON  OF PRINCIPAL  RISK  FACTORS.  Both High Yield Fund and Plus
Fund are subject to the risks of investing  in U.S.  and foreign  bond  markets.
Plus  Fund,  however,  is also  subject  to  additional  risks due to its use of
leverage and due to its ability to invest  without limit in securities  that are
rated lower than B or the equivalent.

         LEVERAGE.  Leverage  creates  risks  for  stockholders,  including  the
likelihood  of greater  volatility in the NAV and market price of shares of Plus
Fund and the risk  that  fluctuations  in  interest  rates on  indebtedness  may
adversely affect the return to stockholders. Plus Fund uses leverage; High Yield
Fund does not.

         Plus Fund has  obtained a secured  line of credit  pursuant to which it
may borrow up to $200,000,000 for the purpose of making additional  investments.
During the  twelve  months  ended  January  31,  2000,  the Fund has  maintained
outstanding  borrowings  under  the line of credit in  amounts  ranging  between
approximately  $___________ and $___________.  These borrowings have represented
between __% and __% of Plus Fund's total assets.  Following the  Reorganization,
Plus Fund  anticipates  increasing its borrowings so as to maintain its leverage
within a range of between 26% and 31% of its increased total assets.

         The  terms of Plus  Fund's  line of  credit  require  that it  maintain
collateral,  segregated  with the  Fund's  custodian  and  pledged to secure the
Fund's obligations under the line of credit, having a value that at all times is
equal to at least 250% of Plus Fund's  outstanding  borrowings under the line of
credit and to maintain  eligible assets having a value equal to at least 300% of
outstanding  borrowings.  The required collateral (as well as the assets used to
satisfy the 300% asset coverage requirement) must be comprised of Fund portfolio
assets  that  satisfy  certain  eligibility  requirements.  Subject  to  certain
conditions,  the Fund is able to substitute  eligible collateral as necessary in
order to effect portfolio  transactions,  and Mitchell Hutchins does not believe
that Plus  Fund's  obligation  to  maintain  collateral  will  impede the Fund's
ability to manage its assets in accordance with its investment objectives.

         To  the  extent  the  income  or  capital   appreciation  derived  from
securities  purchased  with funds  received  from  leverage  exceeds the cost of

                                       4
<PAGE>


leverage,  the Fund's return will be greater than if leverage had not been used.
Conversely, if the income and capital appreciation from the securities purchased
with such funds is not  sufficient to cover the cost of leverage,  the return to
the Fund will be less than if leverage had not been used,  and,  therefore,  the
amount  available  for  distribution  to  stockholders  as  dividends  and other
distributions  will be  reduced.  Even in the  latter  case,  however,  Mitchell
Hutchins may decide to maintain Plus Fund's leveraged  position if it deems such
action to be appropriate under the circumstances.

         CREDIT QUALITY. Plus Fund may invest its entire portfolio in securities
rated  lower  than B or the  equivalent  while  High  Yield  Fund is  limited to
investing up to 20% of its total  assets in such  securities.

         Conversely,  High Yield Fund is also  limited to investing up to 20% of
its total assets in securities rated higher than BB or the equivalent,  compared
to 35% for Plus Fund.  Securities  rated below B have greater  risks and include
securities  in default or at greater  risk of  default.  Plus Fund may invest no
more than 15% of its total assets in securities  that are in default at the time
of purchase.

         FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  CONSIDERATIONS.  The Funds will not  recognize any
gain or loss for federal  income tax  purposes by reason of the  Reorganization.
Plus Fund's  acquisition  of High Yield  Fund's  assets  ("Assets")  in exchange
solely for Plus Fund  Shares (and cash in lieu of certain  fractional  Plus Fund
Shares) and Plus Fund's assumption of High Yield Fund's liabilities, followed by
the PRO RATA distribution of Plus Fund Shares and cash or fractional  shares, as
appropriate,  to High Yield Fund  stockholders  constructively  in exchange  for
their High Yield  Fund  shares,  will  qualify  as a  reorganization  within the
meaning of section 368(a)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
("Code"), and each Fund will be "a party to a reorganization" within the meaning
of section 368(b) of the Code. Plus Fund's basis for the Assets will be the same
as that of High  Yield Fund  immediately  before  the  Reorganization,  and Plus
Fund's  holding  period for the Assets will include  High Yield  Fund's  holding
period. A High Yield Fund stockholder's aggregate basis for the Plus Fund Shares
to be received  by it in the  Reorganization  will be the same as the  aggregate
basis  for its High  Yield  Fund  shares  to be  constructively  surrendered  in
exchange for those Plus Fund Shares less the basis of any  fractional  Plus Fund
Share  deemed  sold,  and its  holding  period for those Plus Fund  Shares  will
include  its  holding  period for those High Yield  Fund  shares,  provided  the
stockholder held them as capital assets on the Closing Date.


                      COMPARISON OF PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS

PRIMARY DIFFERENCES IN INVESTMENT RISKS OF THE FUNDS

         High  Yield  Fund  and  Plus  Fund  invest  in  substantially   similar
securities  in the U.S.  and  foreign  bond  markets  and they  are  subject  to
substantially  the same  investment  risks.  Plus Fund,  however,  is subject to
additional  risks due to its use of leverage  and its ability to invest a larger
portion of its portfolio in lower-rated securities.

LEVERAGE

         Plus Fund is authorized to borrow money for investment purposes,  which
constitutes  leverage.  Leverage is a speculative  technique that increases Plus
Fund's exposure to risk of capital loss but that also creates an opportunity for
an  increased  return for Plus  Fund's  stockholders.  Plus Fund can also borrow
money for temporary or emergency purposes. By contrast, High Yield Fund can only
borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes.


                                       5
<PAGE>

         Plus Fund may leverage up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the
amount  obtained  through  leverage),  but its  current  operating  policy is to
maintain borrowings in an amount ranging between  approximately  26-31% of total
assets.  Pursuant to a Revolving  Credit and Security  Agreement  with Corporate
Receivables  Corporation,  Citibank,  N.A.  and  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.
("Credit  Agreement"),  Plus Fund has  obtained a secured  line of credit  under
which it can  borrow up to  $200,000,000  for  investment  purposes.  During the
twelve months ended January 31, 2000, the Fund maintained outstanding borrowings
under this line of credit in amounts ranging between  approximately  $__________
and $____________.  These borrowings have represented between  approximately __%
and __% of Plus Fund's total assets.  As of January 31, 2000, Plus Fund had $167
million in outstanding  borrowings,  representing about 27% of its total assets.
Following the Reorganization, Plus Fund anticipates increasing its borrowings so
as to  maintain  its  leverage  within  a range  of  between  26% and 31% of its
increased total assets.

         Pursuant to the Credit Agreement,  Plus Fund must maintain  collateral,
segregated  with  the  Fund's   custodian  and  pledged  to  secure  the  Fund's
obligations under the line of credit,  having a value that at all times is equal
to at least 250% of Plus Fund's outstanding borrowings under the line of credit.
Plus Fund also must  maintain  eligible  assets having a value equal to at least
300% of its  outstanding  borrowings.  The required  collateral  (as well as the
assets used to satisfy the 300% asset coverage requirement) must be comprised of
securities  or  other  assets  in the  Fund's  portfolio  that  satisfy  certain
eligibility  requirements.  For example, the Fund may not count more than 10% of
its assets invested in securities rated below CCC or the equivalent or more than
40% of its assets  invested in securities  rated CCC or below or the  equivalent
toward either requirement.

         Subject to certain conditions,  the Fund is able to substitute eligible
collateral as necessary in order to effect portfolio transactions,  and Mitchell
Hutchins  does not believe that Plus Fund's  obligation  to maintain  collateral
will  impede the Fund's  ability  to manage  its assets in  accordance  with its
investment  objectives.  Similarly,  while the  collateral  and  asset  coverage
eligibility  requirements could limit the Fund's ability to invest in securities
rated CCC or below or the  equivalent,  Mitchell  Hutchins does not believe that
there  will be any  practical  effect on the  Fund's  ability to invest in these
low-rated securities to the extent desired by its portfolio managers.

         Capital raised  through  leverage is subject to interest  costs,  which
could  exceed the  income and  appreciation  on the  assets  purchased  with the
proceeds of the leverage. Under the Credit Agreement, Plus Fund pays interest at
a rate that normally is comparable to market  commercial  paper rates.  The Fund
also pays  certain  other  fees in  connection  with the line of  credit,  which
increase the cost of borrowing over the stated  interest  rate.  During the year
ended  January 31,  2000,  Plus Fund paid  interest  and other fees ranging from
____% to ____% on its outstanding borrowings.

         Plus Fund's  borrowings under the Agreement and any other  transactions
involving Fund indebtedness (other than for temporary or emergency purposes) are
considered  "senior  securities"  for purposes of the Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended ("1940 Act"),  and constitute  leverage.  Unless the income and
capital  appreciation,  if any, on assets  acquired with borrowed funds or other
leverage  proceeds  exceed the cost of the  leverage,  the use of leverage  will
diminish Plus Fund's investment performance.  Successful use of leverage depends
on Mitchell  Hutchins'  ability to predict  correctly  interest rates and market
movements.  There is no assurance that the use of a leveraging  strategy will be
successful during any period in which it is used.

         Under the 1940 Act,  Plus Fund is not  permitted to borrow or otherwise
incur indebtedness  constituting senior securities unless immediately thereafter
the Fund has total assets  (including the proceeds of the indebtedness) at least
equal to 300% of the amount of the  indebtedness.  Stated  another way, the Fund
may not borrow for  investment  purposes  more than 33 1/3% of its total assets,
including  the amount  borrowed.  The Fund also must  maintain  this 300% "asset
coverage" for as long as the indebtedness is outstanding.  The 1940 Act provides
that the Fund may not declare any cash  dividend or other  distribution  on Plus
Fund  Shares,  or  purchase  any Plus  Fund  Shares  (through  tender  offers or
otherwise), unless it would satisfy this 300% asset coverage after deducting the
amount of the dividend,  other distribution or share purchase price, as the case
may be. The 300% asset coverage  requirement under the 1940 Act is substantially
the same as the 300%  asset  coverage  requirement  that is imposed on Plus Fund
under its Credit  Agreement,  except  that  assets  used to satisfy the 1940 Act
requirement are not subject to special eligibility requirements.


                                       6
<PAGE>


CREDIT QUALITY OF SECURITIES

         Plus Fund  normally  invests  at least  65% of its total  assets in (i)
income  producing  debt  securities  that are rated  lower  than Baa by  Moody's
Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's"),  lower than BBB by Standard & Poor's,  a
division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P"), comparably rated by another
nationally recognized statistical rating organization (collectively with Moody's
and S&P,  "Rating  Agencies")  or, if unrated,  determined  to be of  equivalent
quality by  Mitchell  Hutchins  and (ii)  equity  securities  (including  common
stocks, rights, and warrants for equity securities) that are attached to, or are
part of a unit including,  such debt securities.  Plus Fund may invest up to 15%
of its total assets in securities that are rated as low as D (which normally are
in default at the time of purchase). Plus Fund's ability to invest in securities
rated CCC or lower or the  equivalent is somewhat  limited by the asset coverage
and other  requirements  under the Credit Agreement.  Mitchell Hutchins does not
believe,  however, that these requirements will prevent Plus Fund from investing
to the extent it deems desirable in these lowest rated securities.  In addition,
Plus  Fund  may  invest  up to 35% of  its  total  assets  in  investment  grade
securities  (I.E.,  securities rated Baa/BBB or higher) of private or government
issuers,  equity securities of lower-rated or comparable  issuers (issuers whose
debt  securities are  lower-rated or who Mitchell  Hutchins  determines to be of
comparable quality), money market instruments and municipal obligations.

         High Yield Fund  normally  invests at least 80% of its total  assets in
securities  rated  Ba or B by  Moody's,  BB or B by S&P or  comparably  rated by
another  Rating  Agency.  The Fund may  invest up to 20% of its total  assets in
securities rated higher or lower than these levels,  including  securities rated
as low as D, and in unrated  securities that Mitchell Hutchins  determines to be
of comparable  quality to rated  securities in which High Yield Fund can invest.
High Yield Fund also may acquire equity  securities when attached to, or as part
of a unit  including,  debt  securities,  or in connection  with a conversion or
exchange of debt securities.  High Yield Fund, however,  may not invest in other
equity securities.

         For both  Funds,  the  determination  of  whether  a  security  is in a
particular  rating category,  and whether the above  percentage  limitations are
met,  will  be  made  at the  time of  investment.  Mitchell  Hutchins  assesses
securities on the basis of the highest rating assigned by any Rating Agency.

         Securities  rated BB or Ba are considered to be within the "upper tier"
of the high yield, high risk income securities market and securities rated B are
considered  to be in the "middle tier" of this market.  Securities  within these
two tiers  constitute  the  largest  portions  of this  market.  Investments  in
securities  that  are  rated Ca or lower  by  Moody's,  CC or lower by S&P,  and
comparable  securities are extremely  speculative and involves significant risk.
Securities  rated D and comparable  unrated  securities may be in default at the
time of purchase.  These securities  frequently do not produce income while they
are outstanding and may require the Funds to bear certain extraordinary expenses
in order to protect  and  recover  their  investment.  To the  extent  Plus Fund
pursues its  secondary  investment  objective  of capital  appreciation  through
investment in these  securities,  its ability to achieve  current income for its
stockholders may be diminished.


                                       7
<PAGE>

RISKS COMMON TO BOTH FUNDS

MARKET PRICE AND NET ASSET VALUE OF SHARES

         Shares  of  closed-end  investment   companies,   such  as  the  Funds,
frequently  trade at a discount to their NAVs.  Whether an investor will realize
gains or losses upon the sale of shares of either Fund does not depend  directly
upon  changes in the Fund's NAV, but rather upon whether the market price of the
shares at the time of sale is above or below the  investor's  purchase price for
the shares. The market price of each Fund's shares is determined by such factors
as relative  demand for and supply of shares in the market,  general  market and
economic  conditions,  changes in the Fund's  NAV and other  factors  beyond the
control of the Fund.  This market risk is separate  and  distinct  from the risk
that each Fund's NAV may decrease.

         Due to  differences  in the market price and NAV of the Funds'  shares,
High Yield Fund  stockholders  who exchange their shares for Plus Fund Shares at
NAV may receive Plus Fund Shares with an  aggregate  market value that is higher
or lower than the market value of their High Yield Fund  shares.  The reason for
this  difference  is that the  relative  market  prices of the  Funds' shares in
relation to their NAVs are likely to be different;  i.e.,  the Funds' shares are
likely to trade at  different  discounts  or  premiums.  As of ___________, 2000
shares of High Yield Fund were trading at a discount of __%, compared to __% for
Plus Fund. It is likely, however, that one or both of these discount levels will
change by the Closing Date. For a comparison to the historical trading discounts
and  premiums for each Fund's  shares,  see  "Comparison  of the Funds - Trading
History - Share Price Data."

         The Funds'  shares are  designed  primarily  for  long-term  investors.
Investors in the Funds' shares should not view the Funds as vehicles for trading
purposes.

LOWER-RATED DEBT SECURITIES

         Compared to  higher-quality  debt  securities,  securities  rated below
investment  grade,  often referred to as "junk bonds,"  involve  greater risk of
default or price  changes  due to  changes  in the credit  quality of the issuer
because they are generally unsecured and may be subordinated to other creditors'
claims.  There is a greater  possibility  that adverse  changes in the financial
condition  of the issuer,  or in general  economic  conditions,  or both,  or an
unanticipated  rise in  interest  rates may impair the ability of the issuers of
these  securities to make payments of interest and principal.  The value of junk
bonds often fluctuates in response to issuer, political or economic developments
and can decline  significantly  over short periods of time or during  periods of
general or regional  economic  difficulty.  During those times, the bonds may be
difficult to value or sell at a fair price.  Credit ratings on junk bonds do not
necessarily reflect their actual market risk.


                                       8
<PAGE>


         Changes in a Rating  Agency's  rating of any income  security or in the
ability of an issuer to make  payments of interest and principal may also affect
the value of these  investments.  Changes in the value of  portfolio  securities
generally  will not affect cash income  derived from such  securities,  but will
affect a Fund's  net asset  value.  The Funds do not  necessarily  dispose  of a
security  when its rating is reduced  below the rating at the time of  purchase,
although  Mitchell  Hutchins  monitors  all  investments  to  determine  whether
continued  investment  is  consistent  with the  Fund's  investment  objectives.
Because of the greater number of investment considerations involved in investing
in lower-rated  income  securities,  the  achievement  of the Funds'  investment
objectives depends more on Mitchell Hutchins' analytical abilities than would be
the case if it were  investing  primarily  in  securities  in the higher  rating
categories.

         The values of lower-rated income securities, like those of other income
securities,  generally fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates. Thus,
a decrease in interest rates will  generally  result in an increase in the value
of such  securities.  Conversely,  during periods of rising interest rates,  the
value of such  securities  will generally  decline.  These  fluctuations  can be
expected  to be  greater  for  investments  in  income  securities  with  longer
maturities  than for investments in income  securities with shorter  maturities.
The secondary  market prices of  lower-rated  securities are often affected to a
lesser extent by changes in interest rates and to a greater extent by changes in
general  economic  conditions and business  conditions  affecting the issuers of
such securities and their respective industries.  Negative publicity or investor
perceptions may also adversely affect the values of lower-rated securities.


                                       9
<PAGE>


INVESTING IN FOREIGN SECURITIES

         Each fund may invest in foreign  securities,  including  securities  of
issuers in emerging market  countries.  Investments in foreign securities may be
affected by, among others, the following factors:

      o  CURRENCY  EXCHANGE  RATES - The dollar value of the Funds'  investments
         denominated  in foreign  currencies  will be affected by changes in the
         exchange  rates  between the dollar and the  currencies  in which those
         investments  are  traded.  Plus Fund may  invest up to 15% of its total
         assets in  foreign-denominated   securities,  while  High Yield Fund is
         limited to 10% of its net assets.

      o  POLITICAL  AND ECONOMIC  CONDITIONS  - The value of the Funds'  foreign
         investments   may  be  adversely   affected  by  political  and  social
         instability  in their home  countries  and by changes  in  economic  or
         taxation policies in those countries.

      o  REGULATIONS - Foreign companies generally are subject to less stringent
         regulations, including financial and accounting controls, than are U.S.
         companies.  As a result,  there  generally is less  publicly  available
         information  about  foreign  companies  than about U.S.  companies.  In
         addition, certain countries may impose expropriation constraints on the
         assets of certain companies.

      o  MARKETS - The  securities  markets of other  countries are smaller than
         U.S.  securities  markets.  As a result, many foreign securities may be
         less liquid and their prices may be more volatile than U.S. securities.

         The risks described above for foreign  securities may be more acute for
the Funds' investments in emerging market countries.  These countries  typically
have economic and political systems that are relatively less mature,  and can be
expected to be less stable, than those of developed countries. For example, many
emerging market countries have, in the past, experienced high rates of inflation
or sharply  devalued their currencies  against the U.S. dollar,  thereby causing
the value of  investments  in companies  located in those  countries to decline.
Emerging  market  countries  may  have  policies  that  restrict  investment  by
foreigners in those countries,  and there is a risk of government  expropriation
or nationalization  of private property.  The possibility of low or non-existent
trading  volume in the  securities  of  companies  in emerging  markets may also
result in a lack of  liquidity  and in price  volatility.  Issuers  in  emerging
markets  typically  are subject to a greater  degree of change in  earnings  and
business  prospects than are companies in developed  markets.  Transaction costs
are often higher in emerging market  countries and there may be additionsl risks
and delays in custody and settlement procedures.



                                       10
<PAGE>

ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ZERO COUPON AND PAYMENT-IN-KIND SECURITIES

         The Funds may invest in  discount  securities,  including  zero  coupon
securities,  other  securities  issued with original issue discount  ("OID") and
payment-in-kind  ("PIK")  securities.  Zero coupon securities pay no interest to
holders prior to maturity.  When a zero coupon security is held to maturity, its
entire  investment  return comes from the difference  between its purchase price
and its maturity value. PIK securities may pay interest either in cash or in the
form of additional securities.  The portion of the OID that accrues each year on
zero coupon and other OID securities in which a Fund invests, and the "interest"
received or accrued on a Fund's PIK  securities,  must be included in its income
annually. To qualify for tax treatment as a regulated investment company ("RIC")
and to avoid a federal  excise tax,  each Fund may be required to  distribute as
dividends  amounts  that are greater  than the total  amount of cash it actually
receives.  These  distributions  must be made from the Fund's cash assets or, if
necessary, from the proceeds of sales of portfolio securities. As a result, each
Fund may be unable to purchase additional securities with cash used to make such
distributions,  and its current  income  ultimately  may be reduced as a result.
Zero  coupon,  other  OID and PIK  securities  usually  trade  at a  substantial
discount  from  their  face  or  par  value  and  will  be  subject  to  greater
fluctuations  of market value in response to changing  interest  rates than debt
obligations of comparable maturities that make current distributions of interest
in cash.

CALL FEATURES

         A substantial  portion of the  securities  held by the Funds may permit
the issuer to "call," or redeem, its securities prior to maturity.  If an issuer
were to redeem  securities  held by a Fund during a time of  declining  interest
rates,  the  Fund  probably  would  not be  able to  reinvest  the  proceeds  in
securities of comparable  quality  providing the same  investment  return as the
securities redeemed. The existence of a call feature may limit the potential for
such a security to increase in value during periods of declining interest rates.

PREMIUM SECURITIES

         The Funds may each  invest a  substantial  portion  of their  assets in
securities  bearing  coupon  rates higher than  prevailing  market  rates.  Such
"premium"  securities  are  typically  purchased  at  prices  greater  than  the
principal  amounts  payable  on  maturity.  As a result,  the  purchase  of such
securities  provides  the  Funds  with  a  higher  level  of  investment  income
distributable  to  stockholders  on a current basis than if the Funds  purchased
securities bearing current market rates of interest.  If such premium securities
are called prior to maturity, the Funds may recognize a capital loss.

HEDGING AND OTHER STRATEGIES USING DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

         Options,  futures  contracts,  options  on futures  contracts,  forward
currency contracts and interest rate swap transactions are derivatives and their
use entails special risks.  The value of "derivatives" - so called because their
value "derives" from the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index -
may rise or fall more rapidly than other investments.  For some derivatives,  it
is  possible  for a Fund to  lose  more  than  the  amount  it  invested  in the
derivative.  If a Fund uses derivatives to adjust or "hedge" the overall risk of
its portfolio,  it is possible that the hedge will not succeed.  This may happen
for  various  reasons,   including  unexpected  changes  in  the  value  of  the
derivatives that are not matched by opposite changes in the value of the rest of
the Fund's portfolio.



                                       11
<PAGE>

              PROPOSAL: REORGANIZATION OF HIGH YIELD FUND INTO PLUS
                                      FUND


INFORMATION ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION

         Under the Plan, High Yield Fund will reorganize into Plus Fund and High
Yield Fund's stockholders will become stockholders of Plus Fund.

         Each High  Yield Fund  stockholder's  shares of High Yield Fund will be
converted  into an  equivalent  dollar  amount  of full Plus  Fund  Shares  plus
fractional  shares for High Yield Fund  stockholders  that  participate  in High
Yield  Fund's  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan and  cash in lieu of any  fractional
shares for all other High Yield Fund stockholders, computed based on the NAV per
share of each Fund on the Closing  Date. No sales charge or fee of any kind will
be charged to High Yield Fund  stockholders  in connection with their receipt of
Plus Fund Shares in the Reorganization.  Neither Fund will recognize any gain or
loss for federal  income tax  purposes as a result of the  Reorganization.  High
Yield Fund  stockholders  will  recognize no gain or loss except with respect to
any cash received in lieu of fractional Plus Fund Shares.

         The  Reorganization is expected to occur by __________ ___, 2000, or by
such later date as the  parties  may agree in  writing.  The  Reorganization  is
contingent upon both stockholder  approval and each Fund satisfying the terms of
the Plan.  Under Maryland law,  stockholders  of a corporation  whose shares are
traded on a national  securities  exchange,  such as the Funds' shares,  are not
entitled to demand the fair value of their shares upon a merger;  therefore, the
stockholders of the Funds will be bound by the terms of the Reorganization under
the Plan. However,  any stockholder of either Fund may sell his or her shares of
common stock on the New York Stock Exchange  ("NYSE").  The shares of High Yield
Fund may not be listed on the NYSE or  available  for trading  there for several
days prior to the date of the Reorganization.

         After  the  Closing  Date,  High  Yield  Fund  would  deregister  as an
investment company under the 1940 Act and would terminate its separate existence
under Maryland law. In addition,  High Yield Fund's shares of common stock would
be removed from listing on the NYSE and withdrawn  from  registration  under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Securities Exchange Act").

         The Plan may be terminated and the  Reorganization  abandoned,  whether
before or after approval by High Yield Fund's stockholders, at any time prior to
the Closing  Date (i) by the mutual  consent of the Board of  Directors  of each
Fund;  or (ii) by either  Fund (a) if the other  Fund  materially  breaches  any
representation,  warranty,  or  covenant  contained  in  the  Plan,  (b)  if the
conditions to that Fund's  obligations under the Plan have not been satisfied or
waived,  or (c) if that Fund's Board,  in its sole  discretion,  determines that
proceeding  with the  Reorganization  would not be in the best  interests of its
stockholders.  If the Reorganization has not been consummated by _______,  2000,
the Plan  automatically  will terminate,  unless a later date is mutually agreed
upon by the Board of Directors of each Fund.

BOARD CONSIDERATIONS

         The High Yield Fund  Board,  including  the Board  Members  who are not
"interested  persons,"  as that term is defined in the 1940 Act,  of either High
Yield  Fund or Plus Fund  ("Independent  Board  Members"),  determined  that the
Reorganization is in the best interests of High Yield Fund and voted unanimously
to recommend that stockholders approve the Plan.

                                       12
<PAGE>

         Consistent with the policies set forth in High Yield Fund's Prospectus,
the Board from  time-to-time  considers whether it would be in the best interest
of the Fund to take actions  designed to eliminate or reduce the discount to NAV
at which the Fund's  shares trade and to otherwise  enhance  stockholder  value.
Such actions include a merger with another investment company,  conversion to an
open-end  investment  company,  open market share repurchase  offers, and tender
offers.  After  considering  various actions to address the trading discount and
maximize  stockholder  value,  High Yield  Fund's Board  unanimously  approved a
proposal to reorganize High Yield Fund into Plus Fund.

         At the Boards' November 11, 1999 meetings,  Mitchell Hutchins presented
its  assessments  of High Yield Fund and Plus Fund and suggested that both Funds
could  benefit  from a  merger.  The  Boards of each  Fund  considered  Mitchell
Hutchins' evaluations and requested that Mitchell Hutchins make a final proposal
at a subsequent board meeting.  Mitchell Hutchins recommended the Reorganization
to the  Boards  of High  Yield  Fund and Plus  Fund at  Board  meetings  held on
December 17, 1999. Mitchell Hutchins advised that both Funds' stockholders would
benefit from the economies of scale (i.e.,  lower operating  expense ratios) and
opportunities  for  broader  diversification  that a  larger  asset  base  would
provide.  They also noted that High Yield Fund's stockholders could additionally
benefit from the ability to use leverage through  borrowing.  Mitchell  Hutchins
also advised that the Reorganization would permit High Yield Fund's stockholders
to gain  the  added  flexibility  of Plus  Fund's  slightly  broader  investment
parameters.  Further,  the  Reorganization  itself could  enhance the ability of
securities  analysts to follow Plus Fund because it will eliminate any confusion
in the marketplace that results from two funds with substantially similar names,
as well as investment  objectives and investment policies,  being managed by the
same investment adviser.

         As part of its  consideration,  the High Yield  Fund  Board  examined a
number  of  factors  with  respect  to the  Reorganization,  including:  (1) the
compatibility of the Funds'  investment  objectives,  policies and restrictions;
(2)  the  Funds'  respective  investment  performances;  (3) the  effect  of the
Reorganization on the expense ratio of Plus Fund and that expense ratio relative
to High Yield Fund's current expense ratio; (4) the costs to be incurred by each
Fund  as a  result  of the  Reorganization;  (5)  the  tax  consequences  of the
Reorganization;  (6) Mitchell Hutchins'  assessment of the likely impact on High
Yield Fund's stockholders of the receipt of Plus Fund Shares at NAV; and (7) the
continuity  of portfolio  management.  The Board also  considered  the potential
benefits of the Reorganization to other persons, including Mitchell Hutchins and
its affiliates.

         The Board  considered  the  investment  objectives  and policies of the
Funds and noted  that  their  portfolios  have had  substantially  similar  risk
profiles  based on the types of securities  the Funds have held. The Board noted
that Plus Fund is subject to greater  risk than High Yield Fund  because it uses
leverage and may invest to a greater extent in lower-rated  securities.  The use
of leverage  exposes Plus Fund to greater  risk (and greater  return) than other
investment  practices.  Despite these differences,  the Board concluded that the
Funds' investment  objectives and policies are reasonably  compatible.  Mitchell
Hutchins also informed the Board that it believed that the  additional  risks of
leverage  and of  investing  in  lower-rated  securities  were  warranted by the
opportunity for higher yields.


                                       13
<PAGE>

         The Board  also took into  account  the  compatibility  of the  current
portfolio holdings of High Yield Fund and Plus Fund.  Mitchell Hutchins informed
the Board that the two Funds'  portfolios were  sufficiently  compatible that no
securities  would need to be sold to accommodate the  Reorganization.  The Board
also considered the level and quality of investment  advisory  services provided
by Mitchell Hutchins to both Funds and decided that Plus Fund stockholders would
benefit from Mitchell Hutchins'  continued  supervision of portfolio  management
services after the Reorganization.

         In addition,  the Board  considered  the historic  performance  of High
Yield  Fund in  relation  to the  performance  of Plus Fund.  Mitchell  Hutchins
advised the Board that, while past  performance  provides no guarantee of future
results,  Plus Fund has provided a greater total return based on net asset value
than High Yield Fund for the year ended  January 31, 2000.  Mitchell  Hutchins
estimated that the yield for Plus Fund was higher as of the same date.

         The Board also considered the impact the  Reorganization  would have on
expenses. In analyzing expenses, the Board evaluated the investment advisory and
administration  fees  paid by the  Funds.  High  Yield  Fund and  Plus  Fund pay
different  advisory  and  administrative  fees  at  different  rates,  and  they
calculate their fees in different  ways. High Yield Fund pays Mitchell  Hutchins
investment  advisory and administration  fees, computed weekly and paid monthly,
of 0.90% of its average  weekly net  assets.  Plus Fund pays  Mitchell  Hutchins
fees,  computed  weekly and paid monthly,  of 0.70% of its average  weekly total
assets minus  liabilities  other than the  aggregate  indebtedness  constituting
leverage ("Managed  Assets").  The investment  advisory and administration  fees
payable to Mitchell Hutchins when Plus Fund has outstanding borrowings is higher
than when it does not because the fee is  calculated  as a percentage of Managed
Assets,  which include assets  purchased with the proceeds of those  borrowings.
Mitchell Hutchins indicated to the Board that Plus Fund would likely continue to
borrow about 26-31% of the Fund's total assets (including the amount obtained by
leverage) after the  Reorganization,  assuming  similar market  conditions.  The
Board recognized that, given the level of Plus Fund's expected  borrowings,  the
effective  investment advisory and administration fee rate would exceed 0.90% of
Plus Fund's weekly net assets. For example,  at the level of Plus Fund's average
borrowings  for the twelve months ended January 31, 2000 (27% of total assets),
the Fund paid Mitchell Hutchins a fee equal to an effective annual rate of 0.96%
of the Fund's average weekly net assets.  The Board  recognized  that the use of
leverage  requires greater  allocation of resources within Mitchell Hutchins and
that a slightly higher net advisory fee was therefore appropriate.

         In  addition  to  considering  the  potential  increase  in the rate of
investment and advisory fees (when expressed as a percentage of net assets), the
Board  discussed other expenses paid by High Yield Fund  stockholders.  Based on
Mitchell Hutchins'  preliminary  calculations,  Mitchell Hutchins estimated that
after the  Reorganization,  on a PRO FORMA  basis,  Plus Fund Shares  would have
total operating expenses,  excluding interest and Reorganization  expenses, that
would be a lower  percentage  of net assets than those of High Yield  Fund.  The
Board noted,  however,  the Reorganization  would result in an increase in total
annual  operating  expenses  (including  interest  payments) for High Yield Fund
stockholders.  The Board also noted that estimates of the operating  expenses of
the combined  Fund, as a percentage  of net assets,  would be lower than that of
either Fund,  excluding  interest and  Reorganization  expenses.  The Board also
considered  Mitchell  Hutchins'  assessment  that the yield for Plus Fund  would
likely be higher  than that of High  Yield Fund and that the  relatively  higher



                                       14
<PAGE>

yield  should  serve to offset  the  effect of the  interest  expense.  For more
information on the comparative  fees and expenses of the Funds,  see "Comparison
of the Funds -- Fees and Expenses," below.

         Mitchell   Hutchins  advised  the  Board  that  each  High  Yield  Fund
stockholder would receive full Plus Fund Shares,  plus cash or a fractional Plus
Fund Share, as  appropriate,  having an aggregate NAV equal to the NAV of his or
her High Yield Fund shares.  Due to differences  in the market  discounts on the
Funds' shares,  High Yield Fund  stockholders  may,  however,  receive Plus Fund
Shares with an  aggregate  market  value that is higher or lower than the market
value of the shares  previously  held.  The Board  noted  that,  while  Mitchell
Hutchins had no reason to believe that the  Reorganization  would result in High
Yield Fund's  stockholders  receiving shares with a market discount greater than
they would  otherwise  have  experienced,  there could be no assurance  that the
market  discount  to NAV of Plus  Fund  would  not be  greater  than the  market
discount to NAV of High Yield Fund,  or that the market  discount to NAV of Plus
Fund Shares might not be greater in the future.

         Finally,  the Board reviewed the principal  terms of the Plan and noted
that the  securities and other assets held by High Yield Fund at the time of the
Reorganization  will be valued at full  market  value,  that the  Reorganization
would be tax-free to High Yield Fund, and that High Yield Fund stockholders will
have  ownership of a compatible  fund. The Board also noted that High Yield Fund
stockholders  would  recognize no gain or loss,  except with respect to any cash
received in lieu of fractional Plus Fund Shares.

         On the  basis of the  information  provided  to each  Board and on each
Board's evaluation of that information,  the Boards determined that the proposed
Reorganization  will not dilute the interests of  stockholders  of each Fund and
that it is in the best interest of each Fund. Therefore, each Fund's Board voted
unanimously to approve the Plan,  and High Yield Fund's Board voted  unanimously
to recommend that High Yield Fund stockholders approve the Plan.

THE PLAN

         The Plan provides for the acquisition by Plus Fund of all of High Yield
Fund's  assets in exchange for Plus Fund Shares and the  assumption by Plus Fund
of all of High Yield Fund's liabilities. High Yield Fund will then distribute to
its  stockholders the full Plus Fund Shares plus fractional Plus Fund Shares for
participants in High Yield Fund's Dividend Reinvestment Plan and cash in lieu of
fractional shares for all other  stockholders.  Each High Yield Fund stockholder
will  receive  full  Plus  Fund  Shares  and a  fractional  share  or  cash,  as
appropriate,  equal in aggregate NAV to the  aggregate NAV of the  stockholder's
High Yield Fund shares at the time of the Reorganization. These transactions are
scheduled to occur at [4:00] p.m., Eastern time, on _________,  2000, or on such
later  date  as  the  conditions  to  consummation  of  the  Reorganization  are
satisfied.  High Yield Fund will be liquidated as soon as is  practicable  after
the Closing Date. See "Additional Information About the Reorganization" below.

         High  Yield  Fund and  Plus  Fund  each  will  receive  an  opinion  of
Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP, their counsel, to the effect that the Reorganization
will  constitute  a  tax-free  reorganization  within  the  meaning  of  section
368(a)(1)(C) of the Code.  Accordingly,  neither Fund will recognize any gain or
loss for  federal  income tax  purposes  as a result of the  Reorganization.  In
addition,  High Yield Fund stockholders  would recognize no gain or loss, except
with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional Plus Fund Shares. To the
extent High Yield Fund sells  securities prior to the Closing Date, there may be
net  recognized  gains or losses to the Fund.  Any net  recognized  gains  would
increase the amount of any distribution made to stockholders of High Yield Fund


                                       15
<PAGE>

prior to the Closing Date. See "Additional  Information About the Reorganization
- -- Federal Income Tax Considerations" below.

         If the Reorganization is not approved by stockholders at the Meeting or
the conditions of the Plan are not met, High Yield Fund will continue to operate
as a separate  closed-end  fund,  and the Board will then consider other options
and  alternatives  for  the  future  of  the  Fund.  Either  Board  may,  in its
discretion, terminate the Plan prior to Reorganization.

                             COMPARISON OF THE FUNDS

FORMS OF ORGANIZATION

         High Yield Fund and Plus Fund are  diversified,  closed-end  management
investment  companies  registered  under the 1940 Act and  organized as Maryland
corporations on June 11, 1993 and April 24, 1998, respectively.  High Yield Fund
commenced  operations on December 7, 1993 and Plus Fund commenced  operations on
June 26, 1998. Both Funds' shares are traded on the NYSE.

         The   operations   of  each  Fund  are  governed  by  its  Articles  of
Incorporation, Bylaws and Maryland law. The overall direction and supervision of
each Fund is the  responsibility  of its Board,  which has the  primary  duty of
ensuring that the Fund's general investment policies and programs are adhered to
and that the Fund is properly administered.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

         The  investment  objectives  of High  Yield  Fund  and  Plus  Fund  are
substantially  similar.  High Yield Fund's investment  objective is high current
income.  The  primary  investment  objective  of Plus Fund is high  income.  Its
secondary  objective is capital  appreciation.  Both Funds seek to achieve their
objective of high income by investing  primarily in a  diversified  portfolio of
lower-rated,  income-producing  debt and related  equity  securities.  Plus Fund
seeks to achieve its secondary objective of capital appreciation by investing in
debt or equity securities that Mitchell Hutchins expects may appreciate in value
as a result of favorable developments affecting the business or prospects of the
issuer, or as a result of declines in long-term interest rates.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

         The primary  differences in the investment  policies of High Yield Fund
and Plus Fund are Plus Fund's use of leverage  and its  greater  flexibility  in
choosing the credit quality of its portfolio securities.  Please see "Comparison
of Principal Risk Factors--Primary Differences in Investment Risks of the Funds"
for a  comparison  of the credit  quality of the  securities  in which the Funds
may invest.

         High Yield Fund may invest up to 35% of its net assets in securities of
foreign issuers, including foreign issuers in emerging market countries, with no
more than 10% of its net  assets in  securities  of  foreign  issuers,  that are
denominated and traded in foreign currencies.  Plus Fund may invest up to 35% of
total assets in  securities of foreign  issuers,  including  foreign  issuers in
emerging market countries, but may not invest more than 15% of total assets  in


                                       16
<PAGE>

securities  denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.  Each Fund may
engage in hedging  strategies,  such as options,  futures  and forward  currency
contracts,  to attempt to reduce the overall risk of its  investment  portfolio,
enhance income, realize gains or manage its foreign currency exposure.

         In selecting  investments for both Funds,  Mitchell  Hutchins relies on
the expertise of the Fund's portfolio manager,  as well as his team of analysts.
The investment process incorporates three key steps: industry selection, company
selection and security selection.  Industry selection consists of an analysis of
economic factors, industry dynamics and yield spreads to determine which sectors
of the market are the most attractive for investment. Company selection combines
Mitchell  Hutchins'  proprietary  financial  forecasting  model with fundamental
credit analysis to determine which companies are the most attractive  investment
candidates.  Mitchell  Hutchins also consults  third party research and conducts
company visits as part of this selection  process.  A security selection process
is done to  determine  the  appropriate  type of security  (such as  lower-rated
bonds,  common stock, etc.). Final security selection depends on relative values
based on a  company's  anticipated  cash  flow,  interest  and  asset  coverage,
leverage and earnings prospects.  Mitchell Hutchins'  portfolio  management team
also uses a disciplined  sell strategy  under which a security will be sold when
the income or total return  potential  declines  relative to its risk level,  or
when the security becomes overvalued when compared to its industry.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

         High Yield Fund generally may not purchase  securities on margin.  Plus
Fund is not restricted in its ability to purchase  securities on margin,  but in
practice it does not do so to any material extent.

         High Yield Fund may not engage in short sales of securities or maintain
a short  position,  except for short sales "against the box" and short positions
in connection with its use of derivative  instruments.  Plus Fund is not limited
in its ability to maintain  short  positions.  However,  neither Fund  currently
engages in short sales.

                                       17
<PAGE>

LEVERAGE

         Plus  Fund  borrows  money for  investment  purposes.  Such  borrowings
constitute leverage, a speculative technique.  The Fund is authorized to utilize
leverage  in an amount up to 33 1/3 of its total  assets  (including  the amount
obtained  through  leverage),  but is current  operating  policy is to  maintain
borrowing in an amount equal to approximately  26-31% of total assets. Plus Fund
has obtained a secured line of credit under which it can borrow $200,000,000 for
investment  purposes.  (See  "Comparison  of  Principal  Risk  Factors - Primary
Differences  in  Investment  Risks of the Funds.") As of January 31, 2000,  Plus
Fund had $167  million  in  outstanding  borrowings  under  that line of credit,
representing about 27% of its total assets.

         Plus Fund and can also engage in leverage through other bank borrowings
or other transactions involving indebtedness,  through the issuance of preferred
stock, through reverse repurchase transactions or through dollar rolls. However,
the Fund's  ability to use such  other  leverage  is limited by the terms of its
existing line of credit.  Plus Fund will not use leverage if it anticipates that
a leveraged  capital  structure  would result in a lower return to  stockholders
than the Fund could obtain over time without leverage.

         Plus Fund can  borrow  additional  money  for  temporary  or  emergency
purposes in an amount not to exceed 5% of its total  assets (not  including  the
amount so borrowed).  By contrast, High Yield Fund can borrow money but only for
temporary or emergency  purposes and only in an amount not  exceeding 10% of its
total assets not including the amount borrowed.

PORTFOLIO COMPATIBILITY

         The current portfolio of High Yield Fund,  consisting primarily of debt
securities of issuers located in the United States, is substantially  compatible
with Plus Fund's  portfolio.  It is  anticipated  that none of High Yield Fund's
holdings would need to be sold to accommodate the Reorganization.

FEES AND EXPENSES

         The following table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if
you buy and  hold  shares  of High  Yield  Fund  and Plus  Fund.  The PRO  FORMA
information  reflects  the  anticipated  effects  of  the  Reorganization.   The
information  set forth  below is based on the Funds' fees and  expenses  for the
twelve months ended January 31, 2000.

                                       18
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               PLUS FUND
STOCKHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES FOR BOTH FUNDS           HIGH YIELD                           PRO FORMA
                                                             FUND             PLUS FUND         COMBINED
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>                 <C>               <C>
Maximum Sales Charge (load) Imposed on
Purchases (AS A PERCENTAGE OF OFFERING PRICE)..               None(1)           None(1)             None(1)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees ...............               None              None                None

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Advisory and Administration Fees..                0.90%             0.96%               0.96%
Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds..........                 --               2.24%               2.24%
Other Expenses(2)............................                0.33%             0.26%               0.25%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses(2)......                1.23%             3.46%               3.45%

</TABLE>

1     Purchases and sales of Fund shares on the NYSE are likely to be subject to
      brokerage fees and related expenses.

2     Note: These figures do not include non-recurring  organizational  expenses
      of $135,835  during Plus Fund's  initial fiscal period ended May 31, 1999.
      Had such expenses been  included, Plus Fund would have incurred  ____% and
      ____%  for Other  Expenses and Total Annual  Expenses,  respectively,  and
      the Plus Fund Pro Forma Combined figures would  have reflected  ____%  and
      ____%  for Other Expenses and Total Annual Expenses, respectively.

EXPENSE EXAMPLE

         The  following  example is  intended  to help you  compare the costs of
investing in Plus Fund, both before and after the Reorganization, with the costs
of investing in shares of High Yield Fund.

         The example  assumes that you invest $10,000 at net asset value in each
Fund  for the time  periods  indicated.  The  example  also  assumes  that  your
investments  each have a 5% return  each  year and that  each  Fund's  operating
expenses  remain the same.  Although your actual returns and costs may be higher
or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                    1 YEAR         3 YEARS         5 YEARS         10 YEARS
=============================================================================================================

<S>                                                   <C>           <C>             <C>              <C>
PLUS FUND..................................           $___         $___            $___             $___

HIGH YIELD FUND............................            ___          ___             ___              ___

PLUS FUND PRO FORMA COMBINED...............            ___          ___             ___              ___
</TABLE>


SALES CHARGES

         PLUS FUND SHARES  RECEIVED IN CONNECTION WITH THE  REORGANIZATION  WILL
NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY SALE CHARGE.

TRADING HISTORY- SHARE PRICE DATA

         The shares of Plus Fund are traded on the NYSE under the symbol  "HYF."
The shares of High  Yield  Fund are  traded on the NYSE under the symbol  "PHT."
Shares  of  closed-end  management  investment  companies  frequently  trade  at
discounts from their NAVs, and the Funds' shares have also traded at a discount.
The  following  tables set  forth,  in the case of Plus  Fund,  for each  fiscal
quarter  since  inception  and, in the case of High Yield Fund,  for each fiscal
quarter  within the two most recent  fiscal years and each fiscal  quarter since
the beginning of the current  fiscal year:  (a) the per share high and low sales
prices as  reported  by the NYSE;  (b) the NAV per  share,  based on the  Fund's

                                       19
<PAGE>

computation  as of 4:00  p.m.  on the  last  NYSE  business  day  for  the  week
corresponding  to the dates on which the  respective  high and low  prices  were
recorded; and (c) the discount or premium to NAV represented by the high and low
sales  prices  shown.  The range of NAVs and of premiums and  discounts  for the
shares during the periods  shown may be broader than is shown in this table.  On
February ___, 2000,  the closing price per share was $_____ and $_____,  the NAV
per share was $_____ and $_____ and the discount to NAV was (____)% and (____)%,
for High Yield Fund and Plus Fund, respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                   (DISCOUNT) OR
                                                                      CORRESPONDING NET           PREMIUM TO NET
              PLUS FUND                       SALES PRICE               ASSET VALUES                ASSET VALUE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quarter Ended                                 High         Low           High         Low       High          Low
- -------------                                 ----         ---           ----         ---       ----          ---
<S>                                          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>
2/29/00                                      $_____       $_____        $_____       $_____     ____%        _____%
11/30/99                                      11.75        11.38         11.82        11.65    (0.59)        (2.32)
8/31/99                                       12.63        11.38         12.34        11.97     2.35         (4.93)
5/31/99                                       12.94        12.13         12.71        12.45     1.81         (2.57)
2/28/99                                       13.06        12.00         13.01        12.75     0.38         (5.88)
11/30/98                                      13.63        11.44         12.33        11.92    10.54         (4.03)
8/31/98                                       15.06        11.75         15.00        13.08     0.40        (10.17)


                                                                                                   (DISCOUNT) OR
                                                                   CORRESPONDING NET              PREMIUM TO NET
           HIGH YIELD FUND                    SALES PRICE            ASSET VALUES                   ASSET VALUE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quarter Ended                              High          Low          High          Low         High          Low
- -------------                              ----          ---          ----          ---         ----          ---
1/31/00                                    $            $            $             $                   %            %
10/31/99                                      11.38         9.75         11.76        11.15       (3.23)      (12.56)
7/31/99                                       11.50        11.00         12.18        11.82       (5.58)       (6.94)
4/30/99                                       12.13        11.13         12.05        12.12         0.66       (8.17)
1/31/99                                       12.75        11.63         12.10        12.13         5.37       (4.12)
10/31/98                                      13.50        11.31         14.19        12.72       (4.86)      (11.08)
7/31/98                                       14.22        13.38         14.51        14.16       (2.00)       (5.51)
4/30/98                                       14.81        13.69         14.55        14.57         1.79       (6.04)
1/31/98                                       14.44        13.88         14.36        14.22         0.56       (2.39)
10/31/97                                      14.38        13.56         14.63        14.27       (1.74)       (4.95)

</TABLE>

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

         High   Yield  Fund   distributes   all,   and  Plus  Fund   distributes
substantially all, of its net investment income as monthly dividends.  The Funds
also annually distribute substantially all realized net capital gain (the excess
of net long-term  capital gain over net short-term  capital loss),  realized net
short-term   capital  gain  and   realized  net  gains  from  foreign   currency
transactions, if any. Each Fund may make additional distributions, if necessary,
to avoid a 4% federal excise tax on certain  undistributed  ordinary  income and
capital gains.

         The Funds'  monthly dividends may, from time to time, represent more or
less than the amount of net investment income earned by the

                                       20
<PAGE>

Funds in the period to which the dividend relates.  Undistributed net investment
income will be available to supplement future  dividends,  which might otherwise
have been  reduced by reason of a decrease in the Funds'  monthly net income due
to fluctuations or expenses. Undistributed net investment income is reflected in
the Funds' NAV and,  accordingly,  a Fund's NAV is reduced  when  dividends  are
paid.  The dividend  rate on each Fund's shares is adjusted from time to time by
each Fund's Board of Directors and varies as a result of the Fund's performance.

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

         High Yield Fund and Plus Fund have  established  Dividend  Reinvestment
Plans ("Reinvestment  Plans") under which all stockholders whose Fund shares are
registered  in  their  own  names,  or in the name of  PaineWebber  Incorporated
("PaineWebber")  or its nominee,  have all dividends and other distributions  on
their shares  automatically  reinvested in additional  shares of the  respective
Fund, unless such stockholders elect to receive cash.  Stockholders in each Fund
may affirmatively elect to receive all dividends and other distributions in cash
paid  by  check  mailed  directly  to  them by PNC  Bank,  National  Association
("Transfer Agent"),  as dividend  disbursing agent.  Stockholders who hold their
shares  in the  name of a broker  or  nominee  other  than  PaineWebber  (or its
nominee)  should contact such broker or other nominee to determine  whether,  or
how,  they may  participate  in the  Reinvestment  Plans.  The  ability  of such
stockholders to participate in the Reinvestment Plans may change if their shares
of the  respective  Fund are  transferred  into the name of  another  broker  or
nominee.

         The Transfer  Agent for each Fund serves as agent for the  stockholders
in administering the Reinvestment  Plans. After each Fund declares a dividend or
determines to make another  distribution,  the Transfer  Agent, as agent for the
participants, receives the cash payment. However, the basis on which each Fund's
Transfer Agent acquires Fund shares under the Reinvestment Plan differs.

         High Yield Fund's  Transfer  Agent uses the cash that it receives  from
dividends paid by the Fund to buy Fund shares in the open market, on the NYSE or
otherwise,  for the  participants'  accounts.  Such shares may be  purchased  at
prices  that may be  higher  or lower  than the NAV per share of the Fund at the
time of purchase.  The number of shares  purchased with each  distribution for a
particular  stockholder equals the result obtained by dividing the amount of the
distribution  payable  to  that  stockholder  by the  average  price  per  share
(including applicable brokerage commissions) that the Transfer Agent was able to
obtain in the open  market.  High  Yield  Fund will not issue any new  shares in
connection with its Reinvestment Plan.

         Plus  Fund's  Transfer  Agent  uses  the  cash  that it  receives  from
dividends  paid by the Fund to acquire  shares for the  participants'  accounts,
depending upon the circumstances  described below, either (i) through receipt of
unissued but authorized  shares from the Fund ("newly issued shares") or (ii) by
purchase of  outstanding  shares on the open  market,  on the NYSE or  elsewhere
("open-market  purchases").  If, on the dividend payment date, the NAV per share
is equal to or less than the  market  price per share plus  estimated  brokerage
commissions (such condition being referred to herein as "market  premium"),  the
Transfer  Agent invests the dividend  amount in newly issued shares on behalf of
the  participants.  The number of newly  issued  shares to be  credited  to each
participant's  account  is  determined  by  dividing  the  dollar  amount of the
dividend by the NAV per share (but in no event less than 95% of the then current
market  price per share) on the date the shares are issued.  If, on the dividend
payment date, the NAV per share is greater than the market value per share (such
condition  being  referred to herein as "market  discount"),  the Transfer Agent
invests the dividend amount in shares acquired on behalf of the  participants in
open-market  purchases.  The number of  outstanding  shares  purchased with each


                                       21
<PAGE>

purchased with each distribution for a particular  stockholder equals the result
obtained by dividing the amount of the distribution  payable to that stockholder
by the average price per share (including applicable brokerage commissions) that
the Transfer Agent is able to obtain in the open market.

         For Plus Fund,  if there is a market  discount on the dividend  payment
date, the Transfer Agent has until the last business day before the next date on
which the shares trade on an  "ex-dividend"  basis, but in no event more than 30
days after the  dividend  payment  date ("last  purchase  date"),  to invest the
dividend  amount in shares  acquired in open-market  purchases.  Since Plus Fund
pays monthly income dividends, the period during which open-market purchases can
be made  exists  only from the  payment  date of the  dividend  through the date
before the next "ex-dividend" date.  Typically,  this is approximately ten days.
If,  before the Transfer  Agent has  completed its  open-market  purchases,  the
market  price of a share  exceeds  the NAV per  share,  the  average  per  share
purchase  price paid by the Transfer  Agent may exceed the Fund's NAV per share,
resulting in the  acquisition of fewer shares than if the dividend had been paid
in newly issued shares on the dividend  payment  date.  Because of the foregoing
difficulty with respect to open-market purchases,  Plus Fund's Reinvestment Plan
provides  that,  if the  Transfer  Agent is unable to invest  the full  dividend
amount in  open-market  purchases  during the  purchase  period or if the market
discount  shifts to a market  premium during the purchase  period,  the Transfer
Agent will cease making  open-market  purchases  and will invest the  uninvested
portion of the  dividend  amount in newly  issued  shares at the  earlier of the
close of business on the last purchase date or the first day during the purchase
period on which the NAV per share  equals or is less than the  market  price per
share.

         Stockholders  who  participate  in Plus  Fund's  Reinvestment  Plan may
receive  benefits not available to  stockholders  who do not  participate in the
Reinvestment Plan. If the market price (plus commissions) of Plus Fund Shares is
above their NAV,  participants in the  Reinvestment  Plan receive shares at less
than they  could  otherwise  purchase  them and have  shares  with a cash  value
greater than the value of any cash  dividends  they would have received on their
Plus  Fund  Shares.  If the  market  price  plus  commissions  is below the NAV,
participants  receive  dividends in Plus Fund Shares with a NAV greater than the
value of any cash dividends  they would have received on their shares.  However,
there may be insufficient Plus Fund Shares available in the market to distribute
dividends  in shares at prices  below the NAV.  Also,  since  Plus Fund does not
redeem its shares, the price on resale may be more or less than the NAV.

         Each Fund's Transfer Agent  maintains all  stockholder  accounts in its
Reinvestment  Plans and furnishes  written  confirmations of all transactions in
the accounts,  including information needed by stockholders for personal and tax
records.  Shares  in the  account  of each  Reinvestment  Plan  participant  are
maintained  by the  Transfer  Agent in  un-certificated  form in the name of the
participant.  Each High Yield Fund stockholder's proxy will include those shares
of stock purchased pursuant to its Reinvestment Plan.

         There is no charge to participants  for reinvesting  dividends or other
distributions.  The Transfer  Agents' fees for the handling of  reinvestment  of
distributions are paid by the respective Funds. However, each participant pays a
PRO RATA share of brokerage  commissions  incurred  with respect to the Transfer
Agents' open market purchases of Fund shares in connection with the reinvestment
of distributions.


                                       22
<PAGE>

         The automatic reinvestment of dividends and other distributions in Fund
shares  does not relieve  participants  of any income tax that may be payable on
such distributions.

         A stockholder who has elected to participate in a Reinvestment Plan may
terminate  participation in the  Reinvestment  Plan at any time without penalty,
and stockholders who have previously terminated  participation in a Reinvestment
Plan may rejoin it at any time.  Changes in elections must be made in writing to
the Transfer Agent and should include the stockholder's name and address as they
appear on the share certificate or in the Transfer Agent's records.  An election
to  terminate  participation  in a  Reinvestment  Plan,  until such  election is
changed,  will  be  deemed  to be an  election  by a  stockholder  to  take  all
subsequent  dividends in cash. An election will be effective  only for dividends
declared  and having a record date at least ten days after the date on which the
election is received.

         Each Fund has reserved the right to amend or terminate its Reinvestment
Plan  with  respect  to  any  dividend  if  notice  of the  change  is  sent  to
participants  at least 30 days  before the record  date for such  dividend.  The
Reinvestment Plans also may be amended or terminated by the Transfer Agent by at
least 30 days' written notice to all participants. All correspondence concerning
the  Reinvestment  Plans should be directed to the  appropriate  Fund's Transfer
Agent at PNC Bank,  National  Association,  c/o PFPC Inc., 400 Bellevue Parkway,
Wilmington, Delaware 19809.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

         The  overall  management  of the  business  and affairs of each Fund is
vested with its Board of Directors. The members of each Board are the same. Each
Board  approves  all  significant  agreements  between the  respective  Fund and
persons or companies  furnishing services to it, including the Fund's agreements
with its  investment  adviser and  administrator,  custodian  and  transfer  and
dividend disbursing agent and registrar.  The day-to-day operations of each Fund
are delegated to its officers and to Mitchell  Hutchins,  subject to each Fund's
investment  objective  and policies and to general  supervision  by the Board of
Directors.

         Subject to the  supervision  of each Fund's  Board,  Mitchell  Hutchins
provides investment  advisory and administration  services to each Fund pursuant
to an Investment  Advisory and  Administration  Contract dated November 23, 1993
for High  Yield  Fund and June 22,  1998 for Plus Fund  ("Advisory  Contracts").
Pursuant to each  Advisory  Contract,  Mitchell  Hutchins  provides a continuous
investment  program for the  respective  Fund,  makes  investment  decisions and
places orders to buy, sell or hold particular securities. Mitchell Hutchins also
supervises all matters  relating to the operation of the Fund and obtains for it
corporate officers, clerical staff, office space, equipment and services.

         The portfolio manager responsible for the day-to-day management of both
Funds is James F.  Keegan,  a senior vice  president of Mitchell  Hutchins.  Mr.
Keegan has been employed by Mitchell  Hutchins since March 1996.  Prior to March
1996,  he was director of fixed income  strategy and research of Merrion  Group,
L.P.  Other members of the Mitchell  Hutchins High Income Group provide input on
market outlook,  interest rate forecasts, and other considerations pertaining to
high yield, high risk income securities.


                                       23
<PAGE>

         High Yield Fund and Plus Fund pay different advisory and administrative
fees at different  rates,  and they calculate their fees in different ways. High
Yield Fund pays Mitchell Hutchins investment  advisory and administration  fees,
computed  weekly and paid  monthly,  of 0.90% of its average  weekly net assets.
Plus Fund pays Mitchell  Hutchins  fees,  computed  weekly and paid monthly,  of
0.70% of its Managed Assets.  Because the fees are calculated as a percentage of
Managed  Assets,  and given the level of Plus Fund's current  borrowings and its
expectation to maintain borrowings in an amount equal to approximately 26-31% of
its total assets,  it is likely that Plus Fund's effective  investment  advisory
and administration fee rate will continue to exceed 0.90% of its net assets.

         Each Fund also incurs various other expenses in its operations, such as
custody and transfer  agency fees,  brokerage  commissions,  professional  fees,
expenses  of board and  stockholder  meetings,  fees and  expenses  relating  to
registration  of each  Fund's  shares,  taxes and  governmental  fees,  fees and
expenses of the directors,  costs of obtaining  insurance,  expenses of printing
and   distributing   stockholder   materials,    organizational   expenses   and
extraordinary  expenses,  including costs or losses in any  litigation.  For the
fiscal  years ended July 31, 1999,  July 31, 1998 and July 31, 1997,  High Yield
Fund's total expenses, stated as a percentage of average net assets, were 1.19%,
1.15% and 1.34%, respectively.  For the fiscal period June 26, 1998, through May
31, 1999,  total  expenses,  stated as a percentage of average net assets,  were
3.02% for Plus Fund. This figure includes 1.87% related to interest  expense for
the  period  June 26,  1998,  through  May 31,  1999,  representing  the cost of
leverage to Plus Fund.

         In accordance with procedures  adopted by each Fund's Board,  brokerage
transactions  for  each  Fund  are  conducted  through  PaineWebber  or  its
affiliates and each Fund pays fees to PaineWebber for its services as lending
agent in each Fund's portfolio  securities  lending program.  Mitchell  Hutchins
investment  personnel  may  engage  in  securities  transactions  for  their own
accounts  pursuant to a code of ethics that establishes  procedures for personal
investing and restricts certain transactions.

         The   Funds   have  the  same   directors   and   officers.   Upon  the
Reorganization,  the  directors  and officers of Plus Fund will  continue as the
directors  and  officers for the  combined  Fund.  Please see Appendix B for the
names, ages and principal  occupations of the current Board Members and Officers
of both Funds.

                                       24
<PAGE>

OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS

         State Street Bank and Trust Company,  One Heritage Drive, North Quincy,
Massachusetts  02171,  serves as custodian of both Funds'  assets.  State Street
Bank and Trust Company employs foreign  sub-custodians,  approved by each Fund's
Board of Directors,  in accordance with applicable  requirements  under the 1940
Act,  to provide  custody of each  Fund's  foreign  assets.  PNC Bank,  National
Association,   whose   principal   business   address  is  1600  Market  Street,
Philadelphia,   Pennsylvania   19103,  is  each  Fund's  transfer  and  dividend
disbursing  agent  and  registrar.  The  Funds  also  have the same  independent
auditor,  Ernst & Young LLP, which is located at 787 Seventh  Avenue,  New York,
New York 10019.  Upon  completion  of the  Reorganization,  these  entities will
continue to provide services to the combined Fund.


                              FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

         The  following  financial  highlights  table  is  intended  to help you
understand the financial  performance of High Yield Fund and Plus Fund.  Certain
information reflects financial results for a single share of each Fund.

         In the table,  "total  investment  return"  represents the rate that an
investor would have earned on the investments in High Yield Fund shares and Plus
Fund  Shares,   respectively   (assuming   reinvestment  of  all  dividends  and
distributions).

         The  information  has been  audited  (except as noted) by Ernst & Young
LLP,  the Funds'  independent  auditors,  whose  reports,  along with the Funds'
financial statements, are included in the Funds' Annual Reports to Stockholders.
The Annual Reports may be obtained  without charge  by calling  [1-800-647-1568]
and are incorporated by reference herein.



HIGH YIELD FUND FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Selected data for a share of common stock outstanding  throughout each period is
presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                             For the Six
                                             Months ended
                                           January 31, 2000                            For the Years Ended July 31,
                                                                ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             (unaudited)                1999            1998       1997       1996        1995
                                        -----------------------         ----            ----       ----       ----        ----
<S>                                            <C>                    <C>             <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Net asset value, beginning of period..         $11.76                 $14.18          $14.30     $13.25      $13.44     $13.76
                                               -------                -------         -------    -------     -------    ------
Net investment income.................           0.61                   1.27            1.25       1.29       1.29        1.40

Net realized and unrealized gains
(losses) on investments ..............          (0.43)                 (2.43)          (0.11)     1.02       (0.16)      (0.34)
                                                ------                 ------          ------     -----      ------      ------
Net increase (decrease) from
investment operations.................           0.18                  (1.16)          1.14       2.31        1.13       1.06
                                                ------                 ------          -----      -----       -----      ----
Dividends from net investment income..
                                                (0.63)                 (1.26)          (1.26)     (1.26)     (1.32)      (1.38)
                                                ------                 ------          ------     ------     ------      ------
Net asset value, end of period........         $11.31                 $11.76          $14.18     $14.30      $13.25     $13.44
                                               =======                =======         =======    =======     =======    ======
Market value, end of period...........         $10.56                 $11.31          $13.44     $13.94      $12.50     $12.38
                                                ======                =======         =======    =======     =======    ======
Total investment return (1):                   (0.73)%                (6.35)%          5.45%      22.59%     12.16%      11.87%
                                               ========               =======          =====      ======     ======      ======
Ratios/Supplemental Data:

     Net assets, end of period (000's)         $68,227                $70,905         $85,525    $86,232     $79,904    $81,081

<PAGE>

     Expenses to average net assets...          1.29%*                 1.19%           1.15%      1.34%       1.25%      1.21%

     Net investment income to average
     net assets.......................         10.58%*                 10.34%          8.71%      9.39%       9.87%      10.68%

     Portfolio turnover rate..........           21%                    102%            156%       122%       135%        103%
</TABLE>

(1)  Total investment return is calculated  assuming a purchase of capital stock
     at  market  value on the first day of each  period  reported  and a sale at
     market  value  on the  last  day  of  each  period  reported  and  assuming
     reinvestment  of dividends  at prices  obtained  under the Fund's  Dividend
     Reinvestment  Plan.  Total  investment  return does not  reflect  brokerage
     commissions and has not been annualized.

*     Annualized






                                       26
<PAGE>


PLUS FUND FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Selected data for a share of common stock outstanding  throughout each period is
presented below:

                                            For the Eight      For the Period
                                            Months ended         June 26, 1998+
                                          January 31, 2000          through
                                             (unaudited)          May 31, 1999
                                        --------------------   -----------------
Net asset value, beginning of period..         $12.31                 $15.00
                                               ------                 ------
Net investment income.................          1.00                   1.42

Net realized and unrealized loss
from investment transactions..........         (0.46)                 (2.83)
                                               ------                 ------
Net increase (decrease) from
investment operations.................          0.54                  (1.41)
                                                ----                  ------
Dividends from net investment income..
                                               (1.00)                 (1.24)
                                               ------                 ------
Net asset value, end of period........         $11.85                 $12.35
                                               ======                 ======
Market value, end of period...........         $11.50                 $12.31
                                               ======                 ======
Total investment return (1):                    3.12%                (9.37)%
                                               =======               =======
Ratios/Supplemental Data:

     Net assets, end of period (000's)        $377,506               $388,929

     Expenses to average net assets**.         3.58%*                 3.02%*

     Net investment income to average
     net assets.......................        12.59%*                11.82%*

     Portfolio turnover rate..........           33%                   52%

     Asset Coverage++.................         $3,261                 $3,682

- --------------------------

+   Commencement of operations

++  Per $1,000 of bank loans outstanding

*   Annualized

**  This ratio  includes  2.39% and 1.87 % related to  interest  expense for the
    eight  months  ending  January  31,  2000 and for the period  June 26,  1998
    through May 31, 1999, respectively, which represents the cost of leverage to
    the Fund.

(1) Total investment  return is calculated  assuming a purchase of capital stock
    at  market  value on the  first day of each  period  reported  and a sale at
    market  value  on  the  last  day  of  each  period  reported  and  assuming
    reinvestment  of  dividends  at prices  obtained  under the Fund's  Dividend
    Reinvestment  Plan.  Total  investment  return  does not  reflect  brokerage
    commissions and has not been annualized.



                 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION

TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION

         The  terms  and  conditions  under  which  the  Reorganization  may  be
consummated  are set forth in the Plan.  Significant  provisions of the Plan are


                                       27
<PAGE>

summarized  below;  however,  this  summary  is  qualified  in its  entirety  by
reference  to the Plan,  a copy of which is attached as Appendix A to this Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.

         The Plan  contemplates  (a) Plus Fund acquiring on the Closing Date all
the assets of High Yield Fund in exchange  solely for Plus Fund Shares (and cash
in lieu of certain  fractional  Plus Fund Shares) and Plus Fund's  assumption of
all of High Yield Fund's  liabilities  and (b) the  distribution of those shares
and cash to High Yield Fund  stockholders.  High Yield Fund's assets include all
cash,  cash  equivalents,   securities,   receivables  (including  interest  and
dividends  receivable),  claims and rights of action,  rights to register shares
under  applicable  securities  laws,  books and  records,  deferred  and prepaid
expenses  shown as assets on its books and other  property owned by it as of the
close of business on the Closing  Date  ("Effective  Time")  (collectively,  the
"Assets").  Plus Fund will  assume  from High  Yield  Fund all its  liabilities,
debts,  obligations  and duties of whatever  kind or nature,  whether  absolute,
accrued, contingent or otherwise,  whether or not arising in the ordinary course
of business,  whether or not  determinable  at the Effective Time and whether or
not  referred  to in  the  Plan  (collectively,  the  "Liabilities");  provided,
however,  that High Yield Fund will use its best efforts to discharge all of its
known Liabilities prior to the Effective Time. Plus Fund will deliver its shares
(and cash in lieu of certain  fractional  Plus Fund  Shares) to High Yield Fund,
which then will be distributed to High Yield Fund's stockholders.

         The  value  of  the  Assets  to be  acquired  and  the  amount  of  the
Liabilities  to be assumed by Plus Fund and the NAV of a share of Plus Fund will
be  determined  as of the close of regular  trading  on the NYSE on the  Closing
Date.  Portfolio  securities  normally  will be valued  based on  market  values
obtained from independent  pricing services that use reported last sales prices,
current market quotations or valuations from computerized  "matrix" systems that
derive values based on comparable securities. If a market value is not available
from an independent pricing source for a particular  security,  that security is
valued at a fair  value  determined  by or under  the  direction  of the  Funds'
Boards.  The amortized  cost method  generally  will be used to value bonds that
will mature in 60 days or less.

         On, or as soon as practicable  after, the Closing Date, High Yield Fund
will distribute to its  stockholders of record as of the Effective Time the Plus
Fund Shares and cash it receives so that each High Yield Fund  stockholder  will
receive full Plus Fund Shares and cash or a fractional  share,  as  appropriate,
equal in aggregate NAV to the aggregate NAV of the stockholder's High Yield Fund
shares.  That distribution will be accomplished by opening accounts on the books
of Plus Fund in the names of High Yield Fund's  stockholders and crediting those
accounts  with  full  Plus  Fund  Shares  and  cash or a  fractional  share,  as
appropriate,  equal in aggregate NAV to the  aggregate NAV of the  stockholders'
High Yield Fund shares.

         Immediately after the  Reorganization,  each former stockholder of High
Yield Fund will own full Plus Fund  Shares and cash or a  fractional  share,  as
appropriate,  equal in NAV to the aggregate NAV of that stockholder's  shares in
High Yield Fund immediately  prior to the  Reorganization.  The NAV per share of
Plus  Fund will not be  changed  as a result of the  Reorganization.  Thus,  the
Reorganization  will not  result  in a  dilution  of any  stockholder  ownership
interest.


                                       28
<PAGE>

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED

         Pursuant to its  Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws,  Plus Fund may
issue up to  200,000,000  shares of capital stock,  $0.001 par value,  having an
aggregate par value of $200,000.

         Each share of Plus Fund represents an equal proportionate interest with
other  shares in that  Fund.  Each  share  has a par  value of $0.001  and equal
earnings, assets and voting privileges, except as noted in Plus Fund's SAI. Each
share is entitled to dividends and other  distributions out of the income earned
and gain realized on the assets  belonging to the Fund as declared by the Board.
Plus Fund Shares entitle their holders to one vote per full share and fractional
votes  for  fractional  shares  held.  Plus  Fund  Shares  are  fully  paid  and
non-assessable when issued.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

         On or before the Closing Date,  High Yield Fund will declare and pay as
a distribution substantially all of its undistributed net investment income, net
capital gain,  net short-term  capital gain and net gains from foreign  currency
transactions to maintain its tax treatment as a RIC.

         The  consummation  of the  Reorganization  is  subject  to a number  of
conditions set forth in the Plan, some of which may be waived by either Fund. In
addition,  the Plan may be amended in any mutually agreeable manner, except that
no amendment  may be made  subsequent  to the Meeting that would have a material
adverse effect on High Yield Fund stockholders' interests.



SURRENDER AND EXCHANGE OF HIGH YIELD FUND STOCK CERTIFICATES

         After the Effective Time, each holder of an outstanding  certificate or
certificates  formerly  representing  High Yield Fund shares will be entitled to
receive, upon surrender of his or her certificate(s), a certificate representing
the number of Plus Fund Shares  distributable with respect to the holder's High
Yield Fund shares.  PLEASE DO NOT SEND IN ANY SHARE  CERTIFICATES  AT THIS TIME.
Promptly   after  the  Effective   Time,   PNC  will  mail  to  each  holder  of
certificate(s) formerly representing  High Yield Fund shares, instructions and a
letter  of  transmittal  for  use in  surrendering  those  certificate(s)  for a
certificate representing Plus Fund Shares.

         From and after the Effective Time,  certificates  formerly representing
High Yield Fund shares will be deemed for all purposes to evidence  ownership of
the number of full Plus Fund  Shares and either  fractional  Plus Fund Shares or
rights  to cash in lieu  thereof,  as  applicable,  distributable  with  respect
thereto in the Reorganization,  provided that until a holder of such certificate
surrenders it, no dividends payable to the holders of record of Plus Fund Shares
as of any date  subsequent to the  Effective  Time shall be paid to that holder.
Any such  dividends  will be paid to that holder,  without  interest,  when that
holder surrenders those High Yield Fund Share certificate(s) for exchange.

         From and after the  Effective  Time,  there will be no transfers on the
stock  transfer  books  of High  Yield  Fund.  If,  after  the  Effective  Time,
certificates representing shares of High Yield Fund shares are presented to Plus
Fund,  they will be canceled and exchanged for  certificates  representing  Plus
Fund Shares.


                                       29
<PAGE>


ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

         The Reorganization  will be accounted for on a tax-free combined basis.
Accordingly, the book cost basis to Plus Fund of the Assets transferred to it by
High  Yield Fund will be the same as High  Yield  Fund's  book cost basis of the
Assets.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         Each Fund will receive an opinion of  Kirkpatrick  & Lockhart  LLP, its
counsel, substantially to the following effect:

         (1) Plus Fund's  acquisition of the Assets in exchange  solely for full
         and  fractional  Plus  Fund  Shares  (plus  cash  in  lieu  of  certain
         fractional  Plus  Fund  Shares)  and  Plus  Fund's  assumption  of  the
         Liabilities,  followed by High Yield Fund's  distribution of those full
         Plus Fund Shares PRO RATA to its  stockholders  those  fractional  Plus
         Fund  Shares  to   stockholders   that   participate  in  the  Dividend
         Reinvestment  Plan  and  such  cash  to  the  remaining   stockholders,
         constructively  in  exchange  for their High Yield  Fund  shares,  will
         qualify as a reorganization  within the meaning of section 368(a)(1)(C)
         of the Code, and each Fund will be "a party to a reorganization" within
         the meaning of section 368(b) of the Code;

         (2) High Yield Fund will  recognize  no gain or loss on its transfer of
         the Assets to Plus Fund in  exchange  solely  for Plus Fund Shares (and
         cash in lieu of fractional Plus Fund Shares) and Plus Fund's assumption
         of  the Liabilities  or  on the subsequent distribution of those shares
         and cash to High Yield Fund's  stockholders  in  constructive  exchange
         for their High Yield Fund shares;

         (3) Plus  Fund will  recognize  no gain or loss on its  receipt  of the
         Assets in exchange  solely for Plus Fund  Shares  (plus cash in lieu of
         certain  fractional  Plus  Fund  Shares)  and  its  assumption  of  the
         Liabilities;

         (4) Plus  Fund's  basis for the  Assets  will be the same as High Yield
         Fund's basis therefor  immediately before the Reorganization,  and Plus
         Fund's  holding  period for the Assets will  include  High Yield Fund's
         holding period therefor;

         (5) A High Yield Fund stockholder will recognize no gain or loss on the
         constructive exchange of all its High Yield Fund shares solely for full
         Plus  Fund  Shares  and  cash  or a  fractional  Plus  Fund  Share,  as
         appropriate, pursuant to the Reorganization, except with respect to any
         cash received in lieu of a fractional Plus Fund Share; and

         (6) A High Yield Fund  stockholder's  aggregate basis for the Plus Fund
         Shares to be received by it in the  Reorganization  will be the same as
         the aggregate basis for its High Yield Fund shares to be constructively
         surrendered  in exchange for those Plus Fund  Shares,  decreased by any
         cash received,  and increased by any gain recognized,  on the exchange.
         Its holding  period for those Plus Fund Shares will include its holding
         period for those High Yield Fund shares,  provided the stockholder held
         them as capital assets on the Closing Date.

         The opinion may state that no opinion is  expressed as to the effect of
the  Reorganization on the Funds or any High Yield Fund stockholder with respect
to any  asset  as to  which  any  unrealized  gain  or loss  is  required  to be
recognized  for federal  income tax purposes at the end of a taxable year (or on
the  termination  or  transfer   thereof)  under  a  mark-to-market   system  of
accounting.

         Utilization   by   Plus   Fund   after   the   Reorganization   of  any
pre-Reorganization  capital losses  realized by High Yield Fund could be subject
to limitation in future years under the Code.


                                       30
<PAGE>

         Stockholders  of High  Yield Fund  should  consult  their tax  advisers
regarding the effect, if any, of the Reorganization in light of their individual
circumstances.  Because the  foregoing  discussion  only  relates to the federal
income tax consequences of the  Reorganization,  those  stockholders also should
consult  their tax advisers as to state and local tax  consequences,  if any, of
the Reorganization.

                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The  following  table shows the  capitalization  of High Yield Fund and
Plus  Fund as of  January  31,  2000,  and on a PRO FORMA  combined  basis as of
January 31, 2000, giving effect to the Reorganization:

                                                                  PLUS FUND
                              HIGH YIELD FUND     PLUS FUND   PRO FORMA COMBINED
                              ---------------     ---------   ------------------

Net Assets                      $68,227,000      $377,506,000     $445,733,000

Shares Outstanding               6,031,667        31,858,628       37,683,554

Net Asset Value Per Share         $11.31            $11.85           $11.85


         REQUIRED   VOTE.   The  proposal  to  approve  the  Plan  requires  the
affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the proposal.

      THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE "FOR" THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION.

                             ----------------------


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain  legal  matters  concerning  High  Yield Fund and Plus Fund and
their participation in the  Reorganization,  the issuance of Plus Fund Shares in
connection   with  the   Reorganization   and  the  tax   consequences   of  the
Reorganization  will  be  passed  upon  by  Kirkpatrick  &  Lockhart  LLP,  1800
Massachusetts Avenue, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20036-1800,  counsel to High Yield
Fund and Plus Fund.


                     INFORMATION FILED WITH THE SEC AND NYSE

         This Proxy  Statement/Prospectus and the related SAI do not contain all
the  information  set  forth in the  registration  statements  and the  exhibits
relating  thereto  and annual  reports  which High Yield Fund and Plus Fund have
filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the requirements
of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the 1940 Act.  The SEC file  number for High
Yield  Fund  is  811-7804/33-69260.  The  SEC  file  number  for  Plus  Fund  is
811-08765/333-5107.

         High  Yield Fund and Plus Fund are each  subject  to the  informational
requirements of the 1940 Act and the Securities  Exchange Act and, in accordance
therewith, each files reports and other information with the SEC. Reports, proxy
statements,  registration  statements and other  information filed by High Yield
Fund and Plus Fund  (including the  Registration  Statement of Plus Fund on Form
N-14 of  which  this  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  is a part)  may be  inspected
without charge and copied at the public reference  facilities  maintained by the
SEC at Room 1014, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20549,

                                       31
<PAGE>

and at the  following  regional  offices of the SEC: 7 World Trade  Center,  New
York, NY 10048;  and 500 West Madison  Street,  14th floor,  Chicago,  IL 60661.
Copies of such material may also be obtained from the Public  Reference  Room of
the SEC,  Office of  Consumer  Affairs  and  Information  Services  at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20549 at the prescribed rates. The SEC maintains an
Internet web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains information regarding Plus
Fund, High Yield Fund, and other registrants that file  electronically  with the
SEC.

         High Yield Fund and Plus Fund are  listed  and  publicly  traded on the
NYSE. If the  Reorganization is approved,  High Yield Fund will delist from NYSE
and  deregister  as an  investment  company  under  the  1940 Act by  filing  an
application on Form N-8F with the SEC upon  consummation of the  Reorganization.
High Yield Fund will also  terminate  its  existence as a Maryland  corporation.
Reports,  proxy  statements and other  information  concerning both Funds may be
inspected at the offices of NYSE at 11 Wall Street, New York, New York, 10005.


             INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS' ADVISER AND ADMINISTRATOR

         Mitchell  Hutchins serves as investment  adviser and  administrator  to
both High Yield Fund and Plus Fund. Mitchell Hutchins is located at 51 West 52nd
Street, New York, New York 10019-6114. As of January 31, 2000, Mitchell Hutchins
was  adviser  or  sub-adviser  of  33  investment  companies  with  76  separate
portfolios and aggregate assets of approximately  $52.7 billion,  including High
Yield  Fund  and  Plus  Fund,  and  encompassing  a broad  range  of  investment
objectives.

         Mitchell   Hutchins  is  an  indirect   wholly  owned   subsidiary   of
PaineWebber,  which in turn is an  indirect  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of Paine
Webber Group, a publicly owned financial services holding company.

                                     EXPERTS

         The  audited  financial  statements  of High  Yield  Fund and Plus Fund
incorporated by reference herein and included in High Yield Fund's Annual Report
to  Stockholders  for the fiscal  year ended July 31,  1999,  and in Plus Fund's
Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  May  31,  1999,
respectively, have each been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors,
whose reports  thereon are included in the Funds'  respective  Annual Reports to
Stockholders.  These  financial  statements  have  been  incorporated  herein by
reference in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's  reports  given on its authority as
experts in auditing and accounting.

                              STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

         High Yield  Fund will  continue  to hold  annual  meetings  only if the
Reorganization is not approved.  If the  Reorganization is approved,  High Yield
Fund will be liquidated.  Any stockholder  who wishes to submit  proposals to be
considered at the next annual  stockholders'  meeting (if held) must submit such
proposal to the Fund at 51 West 52nd Street,  New York, New York 10019-6114.  In
order to be considered at that meeting,  stockholder  proposals must be received
by the Fund no later than June 1, 2000 and must satisfy  other  requirements  of
the federal securities laws.

         Plus Fund will  continue  to hold  annual  meetings  whether or not the
Reorganization is approved. Any stockholder who wishes to submit proposals to be
considered at the next annual stockholders' meeting must submit such proposal to

                                       32
<PAGE>

the Fund at 51 West 52nd Street,  New York, New York 10019-6114.  In order to be
considered at that meeting,  stockholder  proposals must be received by the Fund
no later than March 30, 2000 and must satisfy other  requirements of the federal
securities laws.


                     ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT BOTH FUNDS

PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

         The following  summarizes some of the  characteristics of securities in
which the Funds may invest. See the SAI for more information.

         DEBT OBLIGATIONS; LOWER-RATED SECURITIES. The lower-rated securities in
which the Funds may invest are debt  obligations,  including bonds,  debentures,
notes, corporate loans and similar instruments and securities, and are generally
unsecured.  Mortgage and asset-backed  securities are types of debt obligations,
and  income-producing,  non-convertible  preferred stocks may be treated as debt
obligations for the Fund's  investment  purposes.  Debt  obligations are used by
private and public issuers to borrow money from  investors.  The issuer pays the
investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount
borrowed on or before maturity.  Debt obligations are subject to varying degrees
of risk of loss,  and the  prices  (I.E.,  market  values)  of debt  obligations
fluctuate to varying degrees in response to changes in market interest rates.

         Investments  in  lower-rated  securities are subject to a greater price
volatility  and a greater  risk of loss than  higher-rated  investments  and are
considered  by Rating  Agencies to be  predominantly  speculative,  with limited
protection of interest and principal  payments.  The  lower-rated  securities in
which the Funds may invest include  securities  that are in default or that face
the  risk of  default  with  respect  to  payments  of  principal  or  interest.
Lower-rated  securities  generally  offer  a  higher  current  yield  than  that
available from higher-rated issues. However,  lower-rated securities are subject
to higher  risks in that they are  especially  subject  to  adverse  changes  in
general  economic  conditions  and in the  industries  in which the  issuers are
engaged,  to changes in the  financial  condition of the issuers and to negative
publicity or investor perceptions.  During periods of economic downturn, issuers
of lower-rated  income  securities,  especially  highly leveraged  issuers,  may
experience  financial  stress that could adversely  affect their ability to make
payments of principal and interest and increase the  possibility of default.  In
addition,  such  issuers  may not have more  traditional  methods  of  financing
available  to  them,  and they  may be  unable  to  repay  debt at  maturity  by
refinancing.  The risk of loss due to  payment  defaults  by  these  issuers  is
significantly  greater because lower-rated  securities  frequently are unsecured
and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness.

         In order for a Fund to enforce  its rights in the event of a default on
lower-rated  securities,  the Fund may be  required  to take  possession  of and
manage  collateral  securing  the  issuer's  obligations.  This may increase the
Fund's  operating  expenses and adversely affect the Fund's net asset value. The
Funds may also be limited in their ability to enforce their rights and may incur
greater  costs in  enforcing  their  rights in the event an issuer  becomes  the
subject of  bankruptcy  proceedings.  In addition,  the Funds may be required to
participate in a restructuring of the obligation.


                                      33
<PAGE>


         The Funds are also subject to  significant  uncertainty  as to when, in
what  manner and for what  value the  obligations  evidenced  by  securities  of
bankrupt  issuers will eventually be satisfied  (e.g.,  through a liquidation of
the obligor's  assets,  an exchange  offer or plan of  reorganization  involving
these securities or a payment of some amount in satisfaction of the obligation).
If the  Funds  participate  in  negotiations  of any  exchange  offer or plan of
reorganization with respect to the issuer of these securities,  the Funds may be
restricted  from disposing of the  securities  that they hold until the exchange
offer or reorganization of the bankrupt issuer is completed.  In addition,  even
if an  exchange  offer is made or plan of  reorganization  is adopted  for these
bankrupt issuers,  securities or other assets received by the Funds as a part of
an  exchange  offer or plan of  reorganization  may have a lower value or income
potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. Moreover,
any  securities  that the Funds receive upon  completion of an exchange offer or
plan of reorganization may be restricted as to resale.

         Some or all of the  securities  in which the Funds may invest may, when
purchased,  be  illiquid or may  subsequently  become  illiquid.  In many cases,
lower-rated  income  securities  may be  purchased  in private  placements  and,
accordingly,  will be subject to  restrictions on resale as a matter of contract
or under the  securities  laws.  It may be more  difficult to determine the fair
value  of  such  securities  for  purposes  of  computing  a  Fund's  NAV.  Like
higher-rated  income  securities,  lower-rated  income securities  generally are
purchased  and sold  through  dealers who make a market in such  securities  for
their own accounts.  However,  there are fewer dealers in the lower-rated income
securities  market,  and that  market  may be less  liquid  than the  market for
higher-rated  income  securities,  even under normal economic  conditions.  As a
result,  during periods of high demand in the lower-rated  securities market, it
may be difficult to acquire  lower-rated  securities  that are  appropriate  for
investment by the Funds.  Adverse economic  conditions and investor  perceptions
thereof  (whether or not based on economic  reality) may impair liquidity in the
lower-rated  securities  market and may cause the prices that the Funds  receive
for its lower-rated income securities to be reduced. In addition,  the Funds may
experience  difficulty  in  liquidating  a  portion  of  their  portfolios  when
necessary  to meet the  Funds'  liquidity  needs or in  response  to a  specific
economic event,  such as deterioration in the  creditworthiness  of the issuers.
Under such  conditions,  judgment may play a greater role in valuing  certain of
the Funds' portfolio  instruments  than in the case of instruments  trading in a
more liquid market.

         CORPORATE  LOANS.  The Funds may invest in loans  extended to corporate
borrowers  by  commercial  banks and other  financial  institutions  ("Corporate
Loans").  As in the case of other lower-rated  securities,  such Corporate Loans
can be expected to provide higher yields than lower-yielding, higher-rated fixed
income securities,  but they may be subject to greater risk of loss of principal

                                       33-A
<PAGE>

and interest. There are, however, some significant differences between Corporate
Loans  and  other  lower-rated   securities.   Corporate  Loan  obligations  are
frequently  secured by  collateral  pledged by the  borrower,  and  investors in
Corporate Loans frequently  benefit from debt service  subordination  provisions
imposed on the borrower's  bondholders.  These arrangements are designed to give
Corporate  Loan investors  preferential  treatment (at least with respect to the
collateral) over other creditors of the borrower in the event of its insolvency.
Even when these arrangements exist, however,  there can be no assurance that the
principal  and interest  owed on the  Corporate  Loans will be repaid in full or
that the holders of such Corporate Loans will not experience delays in receiving
payment.  Corporate Loans generally bear interest at variable rates that are set
at a specified  "spread" above a base lending rate,  such as the prime rate of a
U.S. bank,  which may fluctuate on a day-to-day  basis,  or above an established
index, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), which is adjusted at
set  intervals  (typically  30 days,  but  generally  not more  than one  year).
Consequently,  the value of Corporate Loans held by the Funds may be expected to
fluctuate  less in  response  to  changes  in market  interest  rates than would
fixed-rate securities.  However, the secondary market for Corporate Loans is not
as well developed as the secondary market for other lower-rated securities,  and
reliable  valuation  information  about Corporate Loans may be harder to obtain.
Therefore,  a Fund may have  difficulty  liquidating  and valuing the  Corporate
Loans that it holds.

         Generally,  Corporate Loans are originated  through a lending syndicate
in which a bank acts as an  administrative  agent on behalf of the other lenders
to negotiate the loan terms and assumes certain loan servicing responsibilities.
The Funds' investments in Corporate Loans normally are through assignments of or
participations  in all or a portion of another lender's  interest in a Corporate
Loan.  Participations  typically  result  in  the  Funds  having  a  contractual
relationship  only with the lender,  not with the borrower.  In a participation,
the Funds are entitled to receive agreed-upon portions of payments of principal,
interest  and any loan fees by the lender  only when and if those  payments  are
received.  Also,  the  Funds  might not  directly  benefit  from any  collateral
supporting the Corporate Loan. As a result,  the Funds assume the credit risk of
both the  borrower  and the lender  that sold the  participation.  If the lender
becomes  insolvent,  the Funds  might be  treated as a general  creditor  of the
lender  and might not  benefit  from any  set-off  between  the  lender  and the
borrower. In an assignment,  the Funds are entitled to receive payments directly
from the borrower and, therefore,  do not depend on the assigning lender to pass
those payments on to the Funds.  However,  in an assignment,  the Funds may have
greater  direct  responsibilities  with respect to  collection  of principal and
interest and the enforcement of its rights.

         EQUITY  SECURITIES.  High  Yield  Fund may  acquire  equity  securities
(including  common stocks,  rights and warrants for equity and debt  securities)
only when they are attached to debt  securities  or as part of a unit  including
debt  securities,  or in  connection  with a  conversion  or  exchange  of  debt
securities. Plus Fund may invest in these equity securities as well as in equity
securities of lower-rated or comparable  issuers  (issuers whose debt securities
are  lower-rated  or  who  Mitchell  Hutchins  determines  to be  of  comparable
quality).  These equity  securities may include common and preferred  stocks and
securities  that are  convertible  into them,  including  common stock  purchase
warrants and rights, equity interests in trusts, partnerships, joint ventures or
similar  enterprises  and  depository  receipts.   Common  stocks  represent  an
ownership  interest  in a  company.  Preferred  stock has  certain  fixed-income
features, like debt securities,  but is actually equity in a company. The prices
of equity securities  generally  fluctuate more than debt securities and reflect
changes in a company's  financial  condition and in overall  market and economic
conditions.  Common  stocks  generally  represent  the riskiest  investment in a
company.


                                       34
<PAGE>

         Warrants are securities permitting, but not obligating, their holder to
subscribe  for other  securities.  Warrants  do not carry with them the right to
dividends  or voting  rights with  respect to the  securities  that they entitle
their holder to purchase,  and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
the issuer.  As a result,  warrants  may be  considered  more  speculative  than
certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant does not
necessarily  change with the value of the  underlying  securities  and a warrant
ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES

         The Funds may engage in the  following  investment  practices,  each of
which may involve certain risks.

         LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES.  Each Fund is authorized to lend up to
33 1/3% of its total assets to  broker-dealers  or institutional  investors that
Mitchell  Hutchins  deems  qualified,  but  only  when  the  borrower  maintains
acceptable  collateral  with the Funds'  custodian bank in an amount,  marked to
market daily, at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned,  plus
accrued interest and dividends.  Acceptable  collateral is limited to cash, U.S.
government  securities  and  irrevocable  letters  of credit  that meet  certain
guidelines  established  by Mitchell  Hutchins.  Each Fund may reinvest any cash
collateral in money market  investments or other short-term liquid  investments,
including shares of other investment  companies.  In determining whether to lend
securities to a particular  broker-dealer  or institutional  investor,  Mitchell
Hutchins considers,  and during the period of the loan monitors,  relevant facts
and circumstances,  including the  creditworthiness  of the borrower.  Each Fund
retains  authority to terminate any of its loans at any time.  Each Fund may pay
reasonable  fees in connection with a loan and may pay the borrower or a placing
broker a negotiated  portion of the interest earned on the  reinvestment of cash
held as  collateral.  Each Fund receives  amounts  equivalent to any  dividends,
interest or other  distributions on the securities loaned. Each Fund will regain
record ownership of loaned  securities to exercise  beneficial  rights,  such as
voting and subscription  rights,  when regaining such rights is considered to be
in each Fund's interest.

         Pursuant  to  procedures  adopted  by each  Fund's  Board of  Directors
governing each Fund's securities lending program,  PaineWebber has been retained
to serve as lending  agent for each Fund.  Each  Board has also  authorized  the
payment of fees,  calculated as a percentage of each Fund's  securities  lending
revenues, to PaineWebber for these services. Each Board periodically reviews the
portfolio  securities loan  transactions  for which  PaineWebber acts as lending
agent.

         WHEN-ISSUED  AND DELAYED  DELIVERY  SECURITIES.  Each Fund may purchase
debt securities on a "when-issued" basis or may purchase or sell debt securities
on a "delayed  delivery" basis, i.e., for issuance or delivery to the Fund later
than the normal settlement date for such securities at a stated price and yield.
The Funds generally do not pay for such securities or start earning  interest on
them until they are received.  However,  when a Fund undertakes a when-issued or
delayed  delivery  obligation,  it  immediately  assumes the risks of ownership,
including  the  risk  of  price  fluctuation.  When a Fund  agrees  to  purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery basis, its custodian sets aside
in a segregated account, cash or liquid securities,  marked-to-market  daily, in
an amount at least equal to the amount of the commitment.  Failure of the issuer
to deliver a security  purchased by a Fund on a when-issued or delayed  delivery
basis may result in the Fund's  incurring  a loss or missing an  opportunity  to
make an alternative investment. Depending on market conditions, a  Fund's  when-

                                       35
<PAGE>

issued and delayed delivery  purchase  commitments could cause its NAV per share
to be more  volatile,  because such  securities may increase the amount by which
the Fund's total assets, including the value of when-issued and delayed delivery
securities held by the Fund, exceed its net assets.

         FORWARD   COMMITMENTS.   Each  Fund  may  make  contracts  to  purchase
securities  for a fixed price at a future date beyond the  customary  settlement
time ("forward  commitments")  without its doing so being considered leverage if
it holds, and maintains until the settlement date in a segregated account,  cash
or liquid  securities in an amount  sufficient to meet the purchase price, or if
it enters into  offsetting  contracts  for the forward sale of other  securities
that it owns.  Forward  commitments  involve  a risk of loss if the value of the
security to be purchased  declines prior to the settlement date. This risk is in
addition to the risk of decline in value of the Fund's other assets.  Where such
purchases  are made through  dealers,  a Fund relies on the dealer to consummate
the sale. The dealer's failure to do so may result in the loss to the Fund of an
advantageous  yield or price.  Although a Fund will generally enter into forward
commitments with the intention of acquiring portfolio securities,  each Fund may
dispose of a  commitment  prior to  settlement  if  Mitchell  Hutchins  deems it
appropriate to do so. Each Fund may realize  short-term  capital gains or losses
upon the sale of forward commitments.

         REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS.  Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements.
Repurchase  agreements are transactions in which a Fund purchases securities and
simultaneously  commits to resell the securities to the seller at an agreed-upon
date  or upon  demand  and at a  price  reflecting  a  market  rate of  interest
unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of the purchased  securities.  Although
repurchase agreements carry certain risks not associated with direct investments
in securities,  including possible decline in the market value of the underlying
securities  and delays and costs to a Fund if the other party to the  repurchase
agreement becomes bankrupt, the Fund enters into repurchase agreements only with
banks,  securities  dealers  or  their  respective  affiliates  in  transactions
believed by Mitchell Hutchins to present minimum credit risks in accordance with
guidelines established by the Fund's Board of Directors.

         ILLIQUID  SECURITIES.  Some or all of the securities in which each Fund
invests may, when purchased,  be illiquid or may  subsequently  become illiquid.
The term "illiquid  securities" for this purpose means securities that cannot be
disposed  of  within  seven  days  in  the   ordinary   course  of  business  at
approximately the amount at which a Fund has valued the securities and includes,
among other  things,  purchased  over-the-counter  ("OTC")  options,  repurchase
agreements  maturing in more than seven days,  certain loan  participations  and
assignments,  and restricted  securities other than those Mitchell  Hutchins has
determined are liquid pursuant to guidelines  established by the Fund's Board of
Directors. To the extent a Fund invests in illiquid securities, the Fund may not
be able to  readily  liquidate  such  investments,  and would have to sell other
investments if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations.

         Each Board of Directors has delegated the function of making day-to-day
determinations of liquidity to Mitchell Hutchins pursuant to guidelines approved
by each Board.  Mitchell  Hutchins will take into account a number of factors in
reaching  liquidity  decisions,  including  (1) the  frequency of trades for the
security,  (2) the number of dealers that make quotes for the security,  (3) the
number of dealers that have undertaken to make a market in the security, (4) the
number of other potential  purchasers for the security and (5) the nature of the
security  and how  trading  is  effected  (e.g.,  the  time  needed  to sell the

                                       36
<PAGE>

security,  how bids are  solicited,  and the  mechanics of  transfer).  Mitchell
Hutchins  will monitor the  liquidity of  restricted  securities  in each Fund's
portfolio and report periodically on such decisions to each Board of Directors.

         HEDGING AND OTHER STRATEGIES USING  DERIVATIVE  INSTRUMENTS.  Each Fund
may  attempt  to reduce the  overall  risk of its  investments  (hedge) by using
options,  futures  contracts,  options on futures  contracts,  forward  currency
contracts  and  interest  rate  swap  transactions  and  may use  options  (both
exchange-traded  and OTC), futures  contracts,  options on futures contracts and
forward currency contracts to attempt to enhance income, realize gains or manage
the Fund's foreign currency  exposure.  A Fund's ability to use these derivative
instruments  may be  limited  by market  conditions,  regulatory  limits and tax
considerations.  The  SAI  contains  further  information  on  these  derivative
instruments.

         Each Fund may  enter  into  forward  currency  contracts,  buy and sell
foreign  currency,  debt and equity  security  index and  interest  rate futures
contracts,  write  covered  put and call  options  and buy and sell put and call
options on securities,  debt and equity security indices, foreign currencies and
such futures contracts. A Fund may enter into options, futures, forward currency
contracts and swap  transactions  that  approximate (but do not exceed) the full
value of its portfolio, at which point up to 100% of the Fund's portfolio assets
would be subject to the risks associated with the use of these instruments.

         Each Fund may enter into swap  transactions,  including  interest  rate
swaps and  interest  rate caps,  floors and  collars,  for hedging or other risk
management  purposes.  For  example,  a Fund may enter into  interest  rate swap
transactions  to  preserve  a return  or spread on a  particular  investment  or
portion of its  portfolio  or to protect  against  any  increase in the price of
securities  the Fund  anticipates  purchasing at a later date. A Fund will enter
into swap  transactions  only with banks and  recognized  securities  dealers or
their  respective  affiliates that are believed by Mitchell  Hutchins to present
minimal  credit risks in accordance  with  guidelines  established by the Fund's
Board of Directors.

         Each  Fund  might  not  employ  any of the  derivative  instruments  or
strategies  described  above,  and there can be no assurance that any derivative
instrument  or strategy  used will  succeed.  If Mitchell  Hutchins  incorrectly
forecasts  interest  rates,  currency  exchange  rates,  market  values or other
economic factors in utilizing a derivative instrument for a Fund, the Fund might
have been in a better  position had it not hedged at all. The use of  derivative
instruments and strategies  involves  certain  special risks,  including (1) the
fact that skills needed to use derivative  instruments  are different from those
needed to select a Fund's  securities,  (2) possible imperfect  correlation,  or
even no correlation, between price movements of these derivative instruments and
price  movements  of the  investments  being  hedged,  (3) the fact that,  while
derivative instruments and strategies can reduce the risk of loss, they can also
reduce  the  opportunity  for gain,  or even  result in  losses,  by  offsetting
favorable price movements in hedged  investments and (4) the possible  inability
of a Fund to  purchase or sell a  portfolio  security  at a time that  otherwise
would be favorable  for it to do so, or the  possible  need for a Fund to sell a
portfolio  security at a  disadvantageous  time, due to the need for the Fund to
maintain  "cover" or to  segregate  securities  in  connection  with  derivative
instruments and the possible  inability of the Fund to close out or to liquidate
its hedged position.


                                       37
<PAGE>

         New financial  products and risk management  techniques  continue to be
developed.  Each Fund may use these new  products and  techniques  to the extent
consistent  with its investment  objectives and with  regulatory and federal tax
considerations.

TEMPORARY AND DEFENSIVE STRATEGIES AND BORROWINGS

         Each Fund may implement  various  temporary or defensive  strategies at
times when  Mitchell  Hutchins  determines  that  conditions in the markets make
pursuing  the  Fund's  basic  investment  strategy  inconsistent  with  the best
interests of its stockholders. When unusual market or economic conditions occur,
Plus Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes,  invest up to 100% of its total
assets or, for  liquidity  purposes,  invest up to 35% of its total  assets,  in
securities  issued or  guaranteed  by the U.S.  government  or its  agencies  or
instrumentalities,  certificates of deposit,  bankers' acceptances or other bank
obligations,  commercial  paper or other  income  securities  deemed by Mitchell
Hutchins to be consistent with a defensive posture, or it may hold cash. At such
times,   Mitchell  Hutchins  may  temporarily   implement  various   alternative
strategies for High Yield Fund, designed primarily to reduce fluctuations in the
value of the Fund's assets. In implementing these "defensive"  strategies,  High
Yield  Fund  may  invest  in  money   market   instruments   of  all  types  and
higher-quality debt securities.  These strategies may include an increase in the
portion of the Funds' assets invested in higher-quality  debt securities,  which
generally have lower yields than do lower-rated securities.

         In addition to its  authority  to use leverage up to an amount equal to
33 1/3% of its total assets  (including  the amount of  leverage), Plus Fund may
borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes (e.g., settlement and clearance
of securities  transactions and payments of dividends to common or any preferred
stockholders)  in an amount not  exceeding  5% of the value of the Fund's  total
assets (not  including the amount  borrowed for this  purpose).  High Yield Fund
also may borrow money for temporary or emergency  purposes  (e.g.,  clearance of
transactions  or  payments  of  dividends  to  stockholders)  in an  amount  not
exceeding 10% of the value of the Fund's total assets (not  including the amount
borrowed).

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

         Each Fund  presently has  provisions  in its Articles of  Incorporation
that have the effect of limiting (1) the ability of other entities or persons to
acquire  control  of the Fund,  (2) the  Fund's  freedom  to  engage in  certain
transactions,  and (3) the ability of the Fund's  directors or  stockholders  to
amend the  Articles  of  Incorporation.  These  provisions  of the  Articles  of
Incorporation may be regarded as "anti-takeover" provisions.  Under Maryland law
and each Fund's Articles of  Incorporation,  the affirmative vote of the holders
of at least a majority  of the votes  entitled  to be cast is  required  for the
consolidation of the Fund with another corporation, a merger of the Fund with or
into another  corporation  (except for certain  mergers in which the Fund is the
successor), a statutory share exchange in which the Fund is not the successor, a
sale  or  transfer  of all or  substantially  all of  the Fund's  assets,  the
dissolution   of  the  Fund  and  any  amendment  to  the  Fund's   Articles  of
Incorporation.  In addition,  the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66
2/3% (which is higher than that required  under Maryland law or the 1940 Act) of
the  outstanding  shares of a Fund's  capital  stock is  required  generally  to
authorize any of the following  transactions  or to amend the  provisions of the
Articles of Incorporation relating to such transactions:


                                       38
<PAGE>

                  (1) merger,  consolidation or statutory  share exchange of the
         Fund with or into any other corporation;

                  (2) issuance of any  securities  of the  Fund to any person or
         entity for cash;

                  (3) sale,  lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of
         the assets of the  Fund to any entity or person  (except  assets having
         an aggregate market value of less than $l,000,000); or

                  (4) sale,  lease or  exchange to the  Fund,  in  exchange  for
         securities of the  Fund, of any assets of any entity or person  (except
         assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000)

if such  corporation,  person or  entity  is  directly,  or  indirectly  through
affiliates,  the beneficial  owner of more than 5% of the outstanding  shares of
each Fund (a "Principal Stockholder"). A similar vote also would be required for
any  amendment  of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  to convert  a    Fund to an
open-end  investment  company by making any class of each Fund's capital stock a
"redeemable  security," as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Such vote would
not be required  with  respect to any of the  foregoing  transactions,  however,
when,  under  certain   conditions,   the   Board  of  Directors   approves  the
transaction,  although  in certain  cases  involving  merger,  consolidation  or
statutory  share  exchange  or sale of all or  substantially  all of the  Fund's
assets or the  conversion of the  Fund to an open-end  investment  company,  the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of  the
Fund's capital stock would  nevertheless  be required.  Reference is made to the
Articles of  Incorporation of each Fund, on file with the SEC, for the full text
of these provisions.

         The  provisions of the Articles of  Incorporation  described  above and
each Fund's right to repurchase or make a tender offer for its shares could have
the effect of depriving the  stockholders of  opportunities to sell their shares
at a premium over  prevailing  market prices by  discouraging a third party from
seeking to obtain control of each Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction.
See  "Additional  Information  About  Both  Funds-Stock  Repurchases  and Tender
Offers." The overall effect of these  provisions is to render more difficult the
accomplishment  of a  merger  or  the  assumption  of  control  by  a  Principal
Stockholder.  They  provide,  however,  the advantage of  potentially  requiring
persons seeking control of a Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the
price to be paid and  facilitating  the  continuity  of the  Fund's  management,
investment objective and policies. Each Fund's Board of Directors has considered
the foregoing  anti-takeover  provisions and concluded that they are in the best
interests of the Fund and its stockholders.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         Plus Fund is authorized to issue 200 million  shares of capital  stock,
$0.001 par value.  High Yield Fund is authorized to issue 100 million  shares of
capital stock,  $0.001 par value, all of which currently is classified as common
stock.  The  Board of  Directors  of each Fund is  authorized  to  classify  and
reclassify any unissued  shares of capital stock from time to time by setting or
changing  the   preferences,   conversion  or  other  rights,   voting   powers,
restrictions,  limitations as to dividends or terms and conditions of redemption
of such shares by the Fund.  The  information  contained  under this  heading is
subject to the provisions contained in each Fund's Articles of Incorporation and
Bylaws.


                                       39
<PAGE>

         COMMON STOCK.  Each Fund's  shares of common stock have no  preemptive,
conversion,  exchange  or  redemption  rights.  Each  share  has  equal  voting,
dividend,  distribution and liquidation rights. The outstanding shares of common
stock are fully paid and  non-assessable.  Stockholders are entitled to one vote
per share,  with fractional votes for fractional  shares.  All voting rights for
the election of directors  are  non-cumulative,  which means that the holders of
more than 50% of the shares can elect 100% of the directors  then  nominated for
election  if  they  choose  to do so and,  in such  event,  the  holders  of the
remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.

         Under the rules of the NYSE applicable to listed  companies,  each Fund
normally is required to hold an annual meeting of  stockholders in each year. If
a Fund is converted to an open-end investment company or if for any other reason
the  Fund's  shares  are no longer  listed  on the NYSE (or any  other  national
securities exchange the rules of which require annual meetings of stockholders),
the Fund may decide not to hold annual meetings of stockholders.

         Any  additional  offerings of the common stock,  if made,  will require
approval of the relevant  Fund's  Board of Directors  and will be subject to the
requirement  of the 1940 Act that  shares  may not be sold at a price  below the
then  current  net  asset  value,   exclusive  of  underwriting   discounts  and
commissions,  except,  among other  things,  in  connection  with an offering to
existing  stockholders  or with the  consent of a majority of the holders of the
Fund's outstanding voting securities.

         The  following   chart   indicates  the  shares  of  the  common  stock
outstanding for each Fund as of January 31, 2000:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       Amount Outstanding
                                                                                Amount Held by         Exclusive of Amount
                                                                            Registrant or for Its     Held by Registrant or
 Fund                      Title of Class           Amount Authorized              Account               for Its Account
 ----                      --------------           -----------------              --------              ---------------
<S>                        <C>                      <C>                            <C>                    <C>
Plus Fund                  Common Stock               200,000,000                     0                     31,858,628

High Yield Fund            Common Stock               100,000,000                     0                     6,031,667
</TABLE>

         STOCK  REPURCHASES AND TENDER OFFERS. In recognition of the possibility
that the  common  stock  might  trade at a  discount  from NAV and that any such
discount may not be in the best interest of  stockholders,  each Fund's Board of
Directors has determined  that it will from time to time consider  taking action
to attempt to reduce or eliminate any discount.  To that end, each Board may, in
consultation with Mitchell Hutchins, from time to time consider action either to
repurchase  Fund  shares in the open  market or to make a tender  offer for Fund
shares at their NAV. Each Board currently  intends at least annually to consider
making  such  open  market  repurchases  or tender  offers  and at such time may
consider such factors as the market price of the Fund's  shares,  the NAV of the
shares, the liquidity of the assets of the Fund, whether such transactions would
impair  the  Fund's  status  as a RIC or result  in a  failure  to  comply  with
applicable asset coverage  requirements,  general  economic  conditions and such
other events or conditions that may have a material effect on the Fund's ability
to consummate such  transactions.  Under certain  circumstances,  it is possible
that open market repurchases or tender offers may constitute distributions under
the Code to the remaining  stockholders of the Fund. Each Board may at any time,
however,  decide  that the Fund  should not  repurchase  shares or make a tender
offer. Each Fund may borrow to finance  repurchases and tender offers.  Interest
on such borrowings will reduce the Fund's net income.


                                       40
<PAGE>

         There is no assurance that  repurchases or tender offers will result in
Fund shares trading at a price that is equal or close to its net asset value per
share.  The market price of a Fund's shares will be  determined  by, among other
things,  the relative  demand for and supply of such shares in the market,  each
Fund's  investment  performance,  each Fund's  dividends  and yield and investor
perception of each Fund's  overall  attractiveness  as an investment as compared
with other  investment  alternatives.  Nevertheless,  the fact that each  Fund's
shares may be the  subject of tender  offers at NAV from time to time may reduce
the spread that might  otherwise  exist  between the market  price of the common
stock and NAV per share.  In the  opinion of Mitchell  Hutchins,  sellers may be
less  inclined  to  accept a  significant  discount  if they  have a  reasonable
expectation of being able to recover NAV in conjunction  with a possible  tender
offer.

         Although each Board of Directors  believes that stock  repurchases  and
tender offers generally would have a favorable effect on the market price of the
common stock, it should be recognized that a Fund's acquisition of shares of the
common stock would  decrease each Fund's total assets and,  therefore,  have the
effect of increasing  each Fund's expense ratio. In addition,  such  acquisition
would have the effect of decreasing  asset coverage with respect to any leverage
being  used by Plus  Fund.  Because  of the  nature  of each  Fund's  investment
objective,  policies and portfolio,  under current market  conditions,  Mitchell
Hutchins  anticipates  that  repurchases and tender offers  generally should not
have a material,  adverse  effect on a Fund's  investment  performance  and that
Mitchell Hutchins generally should not have any material difficulty in disposing
of portfolio  securities in order to  consummate  stock  repurchases  and tender
offers; however, this may not always be the case.

         Any  tender  offer  made  by a Fund  for  shares  of the  common  stock
generally  would  be at a  price  equal  to  the  NAV of  the  shares  on a date
subsequent to the Fund's  receipt of all tenders.  Each offer would be made, and
the stockholders  would be notified,  in accordance with the requirements of the
Exchange Act and the 1940 Act,  either by publication  or mailing or both.  Each
offering  document would contain such  information as is prescribed by such laws
and the rules and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder.  Each person  tendering
shares would pay to the Fund's  Transfer  Agent a service  charge to help defray
certain  costs,  including the  processing of tender forms,  effecting  payment,
postage and  handling.  Any such service  charge  would be paid  directly by the
tendering  stockholder  and  would  not be  deducted  from the  proceeds  of the
purchase.  The Fund's Transfer Agent would receive the fee as an offset to these
costs.  The Fund expects that the costs of effecting a tender offer would exceed
the  aggregate  of all  service  charges  received  from those who tender  their
shares. Costs associated with the tender would be charged against capital.

         Tendered  shares of common stock that have been  accepted and purchased
by a Fund  will be held in the  Fund's  treasury  until  retired  by a Board  of
Directors.  If  tendered  shares  are not  retired,  the Fund may hold,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the shares for any lawful corporate  purpose as determined
by each Board.

         CONVERSION  TO  OPEN-END  INVESTMENT  COMPANY.  Each  Fund's  Board  of
Directors  will  consider  from  time to time  whether  it  would be in the best
interests  of the Fund and its  stockholders  to convert the Fund to an open-end
investment  company.  If a Board of Directors  determines that such a conversion
would  be in the  best  interests  of  the  Fund  and  its  stockholders  and is
consistent with the 1940 Act, the Board will submit to the Fund's  stockholders,

                                       41
<PAGE>

at the next succeeding annual or special meeting, a proposal to amend the Fund's
Articles of  Incorporation  to so convert the Fund. Such amendment would provide
that,  upon its  adoption  by the  holders of at least a majority  of the Fund's
outstanding  shares  entitled to vote  thereon,  the Fund would  convert  from a
closed-end to an open-end investment company. If a Fund converted to an open-end
investment  company,  it would be able to continuously  issue and offer for sale
shares of common  stock,  and each such share could be  presented to the Fund at
the option of the holder  thereof  for  redemption  at a price based on the then
current NAV per share.  In such event,  the Fund could be required to  liquidate
portfolio securities to meet requests for redemption,  the common stock would no
longer be listed on the NYSE and certain investment  policies of each Fund would
require  amendment.  Plus Fund would also be required to redeem any  outstanding
preferred stock and any indebtedness not  constituting  bank loans,  which could
eliminate or alter Plus Fund's leveraged capital structure.

         In  considering  whether to propose  that a Fund convert to an open-end
investment  company,  the relevant  Board of  Directors  will  consider  various
factors, including, without limitation, the potential benefits and detriments to
the Fund and its stockholders of conversion,  the potential alternatives and the
benefits and detriments associated therewith,  and the feasibility of conversion
given, among other things, the Fund's investment objective and policies.  In the
event of a conversion to an open-end  investment company, a Fund may charge fees
in  connection  with the  sale or  redemption  of its  shares.  There  can be no
assurance  that either Board will conclude that such a conversion is in the best
interest of the Fund or its stockholders.  As an open-end  investment company, a
Fund may reserve the right to honor any request for redemption by making payment
in whole or in part in securities  chosen by the Fund and valued in the same way
as they would be valued for purposes of computing  the Fund's NAV. If payment is
made in securities,  a stockholder  may incur  brokerage  expenses in converting
these securities into cash.

TAXATION

         Each Fund intends to continue to qualify  for  treatment  as a RIC. For
each taxable year that a Fund so qualifies,  the Fund (but not its stockholders)
will be relieved  of federal  income tax on the part of its  investment  company
taxable income  (consisting  generally of net investment  income, net short-term
capital gain and net gains from certain foreign currency  transactions)  and net
capital gain that it distributes to its stockholders.

         Dividends from a Fund's  investment  company  taxable  income  (whether
received in cash or reinvested in additional Fund shares)  generally are taxable
to  stockholders  as ordinary  income to the extent of the Fund's  earnings  and
profits. Distributions of a Fund's net capital gain (whether received in cash or
reinvested in additional  Fund shares) are taxable to  stockholders as long-term
capital gain, regardless of how long they have held their Fund shares.

         A  participant  in either  Reinvestment  Plan will be treated as having
received a  distribution  in the amount of the cash used to purchase Fund shares
on his or her  behalf,  including  a PRO  RATA  portion  of the  brokerage  fees
incurred by the Transfer Agent.  Distributions  by a Fund to stockholders in any
year that  exceed its  earnings  and  profits  generally  may be applied by each
stockholder  against his or her basis for Fund shares and will be taxable to any
stockholder  only  to  the  extent  the  distributions to the stockholder exceed

                                       42
<PAGE>

the stockholder's basis for his or her Fund shares.

         An investor should be aware that, if Fund shares are purchased  shortly
before the record date for any dividend or other distribution, the investor will
pay full price for the shares and  receive  some  portion of the price back as a
taxable  distribution.  Stockholders  who are not liable for tax on their income
and whose shares are not  debt-financed are not required to pay tax on dividends
or other distributions they receive from the Funds.

         Each Fund notifies its stockholders  following the end of each calendar
year of the amounts of  dividends  and capital  gain  distributions  it paid (or
deemed paid) that year.

         Upon a sale or exchange of Fund shares  (including a sale pursuant to a
share  repurchase  or tender  offer by a Fund),  a  stockholder  generally  will
recognize  a taxable  gain or loss equal to the  difference  between  his or her
adjusted basis for the shares and the amount realized. Any such gain or loss (1)
will be treated as a capital  gain or loss if the shares are  capital  assets in
the  stockholder's  hands and (2) if the shares have been held for more than one
year, will be long-term capital gain or loss; provided that any loss realized on
a sale or  exchange of Fund shares that were held for six months or less will be
treated as a long-term, rather than as a short-term,  capital loss to the extent
of any capital gain distributions received thereon. A loss realized on a sale or
exchange  of Fund  shares  will be  disallowed  to the extent  those  shares are
replaced  by other  Fund  shares  within a period of 61 days  beginning  30 days
before  and ending 30 days after the date of  disposition  of the shares  (which
could  occur,  for example,  as the result of  participation  in a  Reinvestment
Plan). In that event,  the basis of the  replacement  shares will be adjusted to
reflect the disallowed loss.

         Each Fund may  acquire  zero  coupon or other  securities  issued  with
original  issue discount  ("OID").  As holders of such  securities,  a Fund must
include in its gross  income the OID that accrues on the  securities  during the
taxable  year,  even if it  receives no  corresponding  payment on it during the
year.  A Fund  also  must  include  in gross  income  each  year any  "interest"
distributed in the form of additional securities on payment-in-kind  securities.
Because each Fund annually must distribute  substantially  all of its investment
company taxable income,  including any accrued OID and other non-cash income, to
satisfy the distribution  requirement imposed on RICs and to avoid imposition of
a 4%  excise  tax (see  "Taxation"  in the  SAI),  a Fund may be  required  in a
particular  year to  distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than the
total amount of cash it actually receives. Those distributions will be made from
the Funds' cash assets or from the proceeds of sales of portfolio securities, if
necessary.  A Fund may realize  capital gains or losses from those sales,  which
would increase or decrease their  investment  company  taxable income and/or net
capital gain.

         Each Fund is required to withhold  31% of all  dividends,  capital gain
distributions  and repurchase  proceeds  payable to any  individuals and certain
other  noncorporate  stockholders  who do not  provide  the Fund  with a correct


                                       43

<PAGE>

taxpayer  identification  number.  Each Fund is also required to withhold 31% of
all dividends and capital gain  distributions  payable to those stockholders who
otherwise are subject to backup withholding.

         The  foregoing is only a summary of some of the  important  federal tax
considerations  generally affecting the Funds and their stockholders.  There may
be other federal,  state or local tax considerations  applicable to a particular
stockholder. Stockholders are urged to consult their tax advisers.





                                       44
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A


          FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND TERMINATION


        THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND TERMINATION  ("Agreement")
is made  as of  _______,  2000,  between  Managed  High  Yield  Plus  Fund  Inc.
("Acquiring  Fund") and Managed High Yield Fund Inc.  ("Target"),  both Maryland
corporations.  (Acquiring  Fund and  Target  are  sometimes  referred  to herein
individually as a "Fund" and collectively as the "Funds.")

        The  Funds  desire  to  effect a  reorganization  described  in  section
368(a)(1)(C)  of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended  ("Code"),  and
intend this Agreement to be, and adopt it as, a "plan of reorganization"  within
the meaning of the  regulations  under section 368 of the Code  ("Regulations").
The  reorganization  will  involve the  transfer to  Acquiring  Fund of Target's
assets in exchange  solely for voting shares of common stock in Acquiring  Fund,
par value $0.001 per share  ("Acquiring  Fund  Shares"),  and the  assumption by
Acquiring   Fund  of  Target's   liabilities,   followed  by  the   constructive
distribution  of the Acquiring  Fund Shares PRO RATA to the holders of shares of
common stock in Target ("Target Shares") in exchange therefor,  all on the terms
and  conditions  set forth herein.  The foregoing  transactions  are referred to
herein collectively as the "Reorganization."

        Each Fund is a  closed-end  fund with a single  class of shares that are
currently purchased and sold on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE").

        In consideration of the mutual promises  contained  herein,  the parties
agree as follows:

1.      PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND TERMINATION

        1.1. Target agrees to assign,  sell,  convey,  transfer, and deliver all
of its assets described in paragraph 1.2("Assets") to Acquiring Fund.  Acquiring
Fund agrees in exchange therefor -

             (a)  to issue  and  deliver to Target the number of full  Acquiring
        Fund Shares (plus fractional Acquiring Fund shares (rounded to the third
        decimal  place) for  Stockholders  (as defined in paragraph 1.5) that at
        the  Effective  Time (as  defined in  paragraph  3.1),  participate  in
        Target's  Dividend  Reinvestment Plan ("DRP  Stockholders")  and cash in
        lieu of any fractional shares with respect to Stockholders  that are not
        DRP  Stockholders),  determined  by  dividing  the net  value of  Target
        (computed as set forth in paragraph  2.1) by the net asset value ("NAV")
        of an Acquiring Fund Share (computed as set forth in paragraph 2.2), and

             (b)  to assume all of Target's liabilities described  in  paragraph
        1.3 ("Liabilities").

Such transactions shall take place at the Closing (as defined in paragraph 3.1).

        1.2. The  Assets  shall  include,  without  limitation,  all cash,  cash
equivalents,   securities,   receivables   (including   interest  and  dividends
receivable),  claims and  rights of  action,  rights to  register  shares  under
applicable  securities  laws,  books and records,  deferred and prepaid expenses
shown as assets on Target's  books,  and other  property  owned by Target at the
Effective Time.

        1.3. The Liabilities shall include (except as otherwise provided herein)
all of Target's liabilities,  debts, obligations, and duties of whatever kind or
nature,  whether absolute,  accrued,  contingent,  or otherwise,  whether or not
arising in the ordinary course of business,  whether or not  determinable at the
Effective Time, and whether or not  specifically  referred to in this Agreement.


 <PAGE>


Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Target  agrees  to use  its  best  efforts  to
discharge all its known Liabilities before the Effective Time.

        1.4. At or immediately  before the Effective Time,  Target shall declare
and pay to its  stockholders a dividend  and/or other  distribution in an amount
large  enough so that it will  have  distributed  substantially  all (and in any
event not less than 90%) of its  investment  company  taxable  income  (computed
without regard to any deduction for dividends paid) and substantially all of its
realized  net capital  gain,  if any,  for its current  taxable year through the
Effective Time.

        1.5.  At the  Effective  Time (or as soon  thereafter  as is  reasonably
practicable),  Target shall  distribute  the  Acquiring  Fund Shares and cash it
receives pursuant to paragraph 1.1 to its stockholders of record,  determined as
of the Effective Time (each a "Stockholder" and collectively "Stockholders"), in
constructive  exchange  for their  Target  Shares.  Such  distribution  shall be
accomplished by Acquiring  Fund's transfer agent's opening accounts on Acquiring
Fund's share transfer books in the  Stockholders'  names and  transferring  such
Acquiring Fund Shares thereto. Each Stockholder's account shall be credited with
the respective  PRO RATA number of full  Acquiring Fund Shares (plus  fractional
Acquiring Fund shares (rounded to the third decimal point)  for DRP Stockholders
and  cash  in  lieu of any  fractional  Acquiring  Fund  Shares  for  all  other
Stockholders) due that Stockholder. All outstanding Target Shares, including any
represented by certificates,  shall simultaneously be canceled on Target's share
transfer  books.

         1.6. Acquiring Fund shall not issue certificates representing Acquiring
Fund Shares in connection with such distribution. After the Effective Time, each
holder of an  outstanding  certificate  or  certificates  formerly  representing
Target shares ("Old Certificate(s)") will be entitled to receive, upon surrender
of his or her Old Certificate(s),  a certificate representing the Acquiring Fund
Shares distributable with respect to such holder's Target Shares. Promptly after
the  Effective  Time,  the  Transfer  Agent  shall  mail to each  holder  of Old
Certificate(s)  instructions and a letter of transmittal for use in surrendering
those  certificate(s)  for a certificate  representing the Acquiring Fund Shares
and  cash  in lieu of any  fractional  Acquiring  Fund  Shares  if  appropriate.
Although from and after the Effective Time, Old Certificates  will be deemed for
all purposes to evidence  ownership of Acquiring Fund Shares  distributable with
respect  thereto  in the  Reorganization,  until a holder of Old  Certificate(s)
surrenders them, no dividends payable to the holders of record of Acquiring Fund
Shares as of any date  subsequent  to the  Effective  Time shall be paid to such
holder.  If,  after the  Effective  Time,  Old  Certificates  are  presented  to
Acquiring   Fund,  such   certificates   will  be  canceled  and  exchanged  for
certificates representing the number of distributable Acquiring Fund shares with
respect thereto in the Reorganization.

        1.7. As  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  distribution  of  the
Acquiring Fund Shares pursuant to paragraph 1.5, but in all events within twelve
months after the  Effective  Time,  Target shall be  terminated  and any further
actions shall be taken in connection therewith as required by applicable law.

        1.8. Any reporting responsibility of Target to a public authority is and
shall  remain its  responsibility  up to and  including  the date on which it is
terminated.

        1.9. Any transfer  taxes payable on issuance of Acquiring Fund Shares in
a name other than that of the registered  holder on Target's books of the Target
Shares  constructively  exchanged  therefor  shall be paid by the person to whom
such Acquiring Fund Shares are to be issued, as a condition of such transfer.

2.      VALUATION

        2.1. For purposes of paragraph  1.1(a),  Target's net value shall be (a)
the value of the Assets  computed as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE
on the date of the Closing  ("Valuation Time"),  using the valuation  procedures
set forth in Target's most recent annual  report to its  stockholders,  less (b)
the amount of the Liabilities as of the Valuation Time.

        2.2. For purposes of  paragraph  1.1(a),  the NAV of an  Acquiring  Fund
Share shall be computed as of the Valuation Time, using the valuation procedures
set forth in Acquiring Fund's most recent annual report to its stockholders.

        2.3. All  computations  pursuant to paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 shall be made
by or under the direction of Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc.



                                      A-2

<PAGE>


3.      CLOSING AND EFFECTIVE TIME

        3.1. The  Reorganization,   together  with  related  acts  necessary  to
consummate the same  ("Closing"),  shall occur at the Funds' principal office on
________, 2000, or at such other place and/or on such other date as to which the
Funds may agree.  All acts taking  place at the Closing  shall be deemed to take
place  simultaneously as of the close of business on the date thereof or at such
other time as to which the Funds may agree ("Effective  Time").  If, immediately
before the Valuation  Time, (a) the NYSE is closed to trading or trading thereon
is  restricted  or (b)  trading  or the  reporting  of  trading  on the  NYSE or
elsewhere is disrupted,  so that  accurate  appraisal of the net value of Target
and the NAV of an Acquiring  Fund Share is  impracticable,  the  Effective  Time
shall be postponed  until the first business day after the day when such trading
shall have been fully resumed and such reporting shall have been restored.

        3.2. Target's  fund  accounting  and pricing  agent shall deliver at the
Closing a certificate of an authorized  officer  verifying that the  information
(including  adjusted  basis and holding  period,  by lot)  concerning the Assets
transferred by Target to Acquiring Fund, as reflected on Acquiring  Fund's books
immediately  following the Closing,  does or will conform to such information on
Target's books immediately before the Closing.  Target's custodian shall deliver
at the Closing a  certificate  of an  authorized  officer  stating  that (a) the
Assets  held by the  custodian  will be  transferred  to  Acquiring  Fund at the
Effective Time and (b) all necessary  taxes in conjunction  with the delivery of
the Assets, including all applicable federal and state stock transfer stamps, if
any, have been paid or provision for payment has been made.

        3.3. Target shall deliver to Acquiring Fund at the Closing a list of the
names and addresses of the  Stockholders  and the number of  outstanding  Target
Shares owned by each  Stockholder,  all as of the Effective  Time,  certified by
Target's Secretary or Assistant Secretary. Acquiring Fund's transfer agent shall
deliver at the Closing a certificate as to the opening on Acquiring Fund's share
transfer  books of accounts in the  Stockholders'  names.  Acquiring  Fund shall
issue and deliver a confirmation to Target  evidencing the Acquiring Fund Shares
to be credited to Target at the Effective Time or provide evidence  satisfactory
to Target that such Acquiring Fund Shares have been credited to Target's account
on Acquiring Fund's books. At the Closing,  each Fund shall deliver to the other
such bills of sale, checks, assignments, stock certificates,  receipts, or other
documents as the other Fund or its counsel may reasonably request.

        3.4. Each Fund shall  deliver to the other at the Closing a  certificate
executed in its name by its President or a Vice  President in form and substance
satisfactory  to the recipient and dated the Effective  Time, to the effect that
the  representations  and  warranties  it made in this  Agreement  are  true and
correct at the Effective Time except as they may be affected by the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

4.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

        4.1. Target represents and warrants as follows:

             4.1.1.  Target is a  corporation  that is duly  organized,  validly
        existing,  and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland;
        and a copy  of  its  Articles  of  Incorporation  is on  file  with  the
        Department of Assessments and Taxation of that state;

             4.1.2.  Target  is  duly  registered  as  a  closed-end  management
        investment  company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
        ("1940 Act"), and such  registration will be in full force and effect at
        the Effective Time;

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

             4.1.3.  Target is duly registered under the Securities Exchange Act
        of 1934, as amended ("1934 Act") , and such registration will be in full
        force and effect at the Effective Time;

             4.1.4.  At the Closing,  Target will have good and marketable title
        to the Assets and full right,  power,  and  authority  to sell,  assign,
        transfer,   and   deliver   the  Assets  free  of  any  liens  or  other
        encumbrances;  and upon  delivery and payment for the Assets,  Acquiring
        Fund will acquire good and marketable title thereto;

             4.1.5.  Target  is not in  violation  of,  and  the  execution  and
        delivery  of  this  Agreement  and   consummation  of  the  transactions
        contemplated  hereby will not conflict with or violate,  Maryland law or
        any provision of Target's Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws or of any
        agreement,  instrument, lease, or other undertaking to which Target is a
        party  or by which it is bound  or  result  in the  acceleration  of any
        obligation,  or the  imposition  of any  penalty,  under any  agreement,
        judgment,  or decree to which Target is a party or by which it is bound,
        except as  previously  disclosed in writing to and accepted by Acquiring
        Fund;

             4.1.6.  Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to and accepted by
        Acquiring  Fund,  all material  contracts  and other  commitments  of or
        applicable  to  Target  (other  than  this   Agreement  and   investment
        contracts,  including options,  futures,  and forward contracts) will be
        terminated,  or provision  for  discharge of any  liabilities  of Target
        thereunder  will be made,  at or prior to the  Effective  Time,  without
        either Fund's  incurring  any liability or penalty with respect  thereto
        and without diminishing or releasing any rights Target may have had with
        respect  to actions  taken or omitted or to be taken by any other  party
        thereto prior to the Closing;

             4.1.7.  Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to and accepted by
        Acquiring   Fund,   no   litigation,   administrative   proceeding,   or
        investigation  of or before any court or governmental  body is presently
        pending or (to Target's  knowledge)  threatened against Target or any of
        its properties or assets that, if adversely determined, would materially
        and  adversely  affect its  financial  condition  or the  conduct of its
        business; and Target knows of no facts that might form the basis for the
        institution of any such litigation,  proceeding, or investigation and is
        not a party to or subject to the  provisions  of any order,  decree,  or
        judgment of any court or governmental  body that materially or adversely
        affects  its  business  or its ability to  consummate  the  transactions
        contemplated hereby;

             4.1.8.  The execution,  delivery, and performance of this Agreement
        have been duly authorized as of the date hereof by all necessary  action
        on the  part  of  Target's  board  of  directors,  which  has  made  the
        determinations  required  by Rule  17a-8(a)  under  the 1940  Act;  and,
        subject to approval by Target's stockholders, this Agreement constitutes
        a valid  and  legally  binding  obligation  of  Target,  enforceable  in
        accordance  with  its  terms,  except  as the  same  may be  limited  by
        bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium,
        and similar  laws  relating  to or  affecting  creditors'  rights and by
        general principles of equity;

             4.1.9.  At the Effective  Time,  the  performance of this Agreement
        shall have been duly  authorized  by all  necessary  action by  Target's
        stockholders;

             4.1.10. No governmental  consents,  approvals,  authorizations,  or
        filings are required under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933
        Act"),  the 1934 Act, or the 1940 Act, for the execution or  performance
        of  this  Agreement  by  Target,  except  for (a) the  filing  with  the
        Securities and Exchange  Commission ("SEC") of a registration  statement

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

        by Acquiring  Fund on Form N-14  relating to the  Acquiring  Fund Shares
        issuable   hereunder,   and  any   supplement   or   amendment   thereto
        ("Registration   Statement"),   including  therein  a   prospectus/proxy
        statement  ("Proxy  Statement"),  and  (b)  such  consents,   approvals,
        authorizations,  and  filings as have been made or received or as may be
        required subsequent to the Effective Time;


             4.1.11. On the effective date of the Registration Statement, at the
        time of the  stockholders'  meeting referred to in paragraph 5.2, and at
        the Effective  Time, the Proxy Statement will (a) comply in all material
        respects with the  applicable  provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act,
        and the 1940 Act and the rules and  regulations  thereunder  and (b) not
        contain  any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state a
        material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the
        statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under  which  such
        statements were made, not misleading;  provided that the foregoing shall
        not apply to statements in or omissions from the Proxy Statement made in
        reliance on and in conformity  with  information  furnished by Acquiring
        Fund for use therein;

             4.1.12. The  Liabilities  were  incurred by Target in the  ordinary
        course of its business and are associated with the Assets; and there are
        no  Liabilities  other than  liabilities  disclosed  or provided  for in
        Target's  financial  statements  referred  to in  paragraph  4.1.17  and
        liabilities  incurred by Target in the  ordinary  course of its business
        subsequent  to July 31,  1999,  or  otherwise  previously  disclosed  to
        Acquiring  Fund,  none of  which  has  been  materially  adverse  to the
        business, assets, or results of Target operations;

             4.1.13. Target  qualified for  treatment as a regulated  investment
        company  under  Subchapter  M of the Code  ("RIC") for each past taxable
        year since it  commenced  operations  and will  continue to meet all the
        requirements for such qualification for its current taxable year; it has
        no earnings  and profits  accumulated  in any taxable  year in which the
        provisions  of  Subchapter M did not apply to it; and the Assets will be
        invested  at all  times  through  the  Effective  Time in a manner  that
        ensures compliance with the foregoing;

             4.1.14. Target  is not  under  the  jurisdiction  of a  court  in a
        proceeding  under  Title 11 of the United  States  Code or similar  case
        within the meaning of section 368(a)(3)(A) of the Code;

             4.1.15. Not more than 25% of the  value of  Target's  total  assets
        (excluding cash, cash items, and U.S. government securities) is invested
        in the stock and securities of any one issuer,  and not more than 50% of
        the value of such assets is invested in the stock and securities of five
        or fewer issuers;

             4.1.16. Target's  federal  income tax returns,  and all  applicable
        state and local tax returns, for all taxable years through and including
        the taxable  year ended July 31,  1998,  have been timely  filed and all
        taxes payable pursuant to such returns have been timely paid; and

             4.1.17. Target's  financial  statements for the year ended July 31,
        1999,  to be delivered  to Acquiring  Fund,  fairly  represent  Target's
        financial position as of that date and the results of its operations and
        changes in its net assets for the year then ended.

        4.2. Acquiring Fund represents and warrants as follows:

             4.2.1.   Acquiring Fund is a  corporation  that is duly  organized,
        validly  existing,  and in good standing  under the laws of the State of
        Maryland;  and a copy of its Articles of  Incorporation  is on file with
        the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of that state;

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

             4.2.2.  Acquiring   Fund  is  duly   registered   as  a  closed-end
        management  investment company under the 1940 Act, and such registration
        will be in full force and effect at the Effective Time;

             4.2.3.  Acquiring Fund is duly  registered  under the 1934 Act, and
        such  registration  will be in full  force and  effect at the  Effective
        Time;

             4.2.4.  No  consideration  other than  Acquiring  Fund  Shares (and
        Acquiring  Fund's  assumption  of the  Liabilities)  will be  issued  in
        exchange for the Assets in the Reorganization;

             4.2.5.  The  Acquiring  Fund Shares to be issued and  delivered  to
        Target  hereunder will, at the Effective Time, have been duly authorized
        and,  when issued and  delivered  as provided  herein,  will be duly and
        validly issued and outstanding  shares of Acquiring Fund, fully paid and
        non-assessable;

             4.2.6.  Acquiring  Fund's  prospectus  and  statement of additional
        information  included on Form N-14 conform in all  material  respects to
        the  applicable  requirements  of the  1933 Act and the 1940 Act and the
        rules and regulations thereunder and do not include any untrue statement
        of a material  fact or omit to state any  material  fact  required to be
        stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein, in light of
        the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

             4.2.7.  Acquiring  Fund is not in violation  of, and the  execution
        and delivery of this  Agreement  and  consummation  of the  transactions
        contemplated  hereby will not conflict with or violate,  Maryland law or
        any provision of Acquiring  Fund's Articles of  Incorporation or Amended
        and Restated  Bylaws or of any provision of any  agreement,  instrument,
        lease,  or other  undertaking  to which  Acquiring Fund is a party or by
        which it is bound or result in the  acceleration of any  obligation,  or
        the imposition of any penalty, under any agreement,  judgment, or decree
        to which  Acquiring  Fund is a party or by which it is bound,  except as
        previously disclosed in writing to and accepted by Target;

             4.2.8.  Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to and accepted by
        Target, no litigation, administrative proceeding, or investigation of or
        before  any  court or  governmental  body is  presently  pending  or (to
        Acquiring Fund's knowledge)  threatened against Acquiring Fund or any of
        its properties or assets that, if adversely determined, would materially
        and  adversely  affect its  financial  condition  or the  conduct of its
        business; and Acquiring Fund knows of no facts that might form the basis
        for the institution of any such litigation, proceeding, or investigation
        and is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree,
        or  judgment  of any  court or  governmental  body  that  materially  or
        adversely  affects  its  business  or  its  ability  to  consummate  the
        transactions contemplated hereby;

             4.2.9.  The execution,  delivery, and performance of this Agreement
        have been duly authorized as of the date hereof by all necessary  action
        on the part of  Acquiring  Fund's  board  of  directors  (together  with
        Target's  board  of  directors,  the  "Boards"),   which  has  made  the
        determinations  required by Rule  17a-8(a)  under the 1940 Act; and this
        Agreement   constitutes  a  valid  and  legally  binding  obligation  of
        Acquiring Fund,  enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the
        same may be  limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  fraudulent  transfer,
        reorganization,  moratorium,  and similar laws  relating to or affecting
        creditors' rights and by general principles of equity;

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

             4.2.10. No governmental  consents,  approvals,  authorizations,  or
        filings are required  under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, or the 1940 Act,
        for the execution or performance  of this  Agreement by Acquiring  Fund,
        except for (a) the filing with the SEC of the Registration Statement and
        (b) such consents, approvals,  authorizations,  and filings as have been
        made or received or as may be required subsequent to the Effective Time;

             4.2.11. On the effective date of the Registration Statement, at the
        time of the  stockholders'  meeting referred to in paragraph 5.2, and at
        the Effective  Time, the Proxy Statement will (a) comply in all material
        respects with the  applicable  provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act,
        and the 1940 Act and the rules and  regulations  thereunder  and (b) not
        contain  any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state a
        material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the
        statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under  which  such
        statements were made, not misleading;  provided that the foregoing shall
        not apply to statements in or omissions from the Proxy Statement made in
        reliance on and in conformity with  information  furnished by Target for
        use therein;

             4.2.12. Acquiring  Fund  qualified  for treatment as a RIC for each
        past  taxable year since it commenced  operations  and will  continue to
        meet all the requirements for such qualification for its current taxable
        year; it intends to continue to meet all such  requirements for the next
        taxable  year;  and it has no earnings  and profits  accumulated  in any
        taxable year in which the provisions of Subchapter M of the Code did not
        apply to it;

             4.2.13. Acquiring Fund has no plan or intention to issue additional
         Acquiring Fund Shares  following the  Reorganization  other than in the
         ordinary course of business pursuant to its Dividend Reinvestment Plan;
         nor does  Acquiring  Fund  have  any plan or  intention  to  redeem  or
         otherwise   reacquire   any   Acquiring   Fund  Shares  issued  to  the
         Stockholders pursuant to the Reorganization;

             4.2.14. Following  the  Reorganization,  Acquiring  Fund  (a)  will
        continue  Target's  "historic  business"  (within the meaning of section
        1.368-1(d)(2) of the Regulations) and (b) will use a significant portion
        of Target's  "historic  business  assets" (within the meaning of section
        1.368-1(d)(3) of the Regulations) in a business; furthermore,  Acquiring
        Fund (c) has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose of any of
        the Assets,  except for dispositions made in the ordinary course of that
        business and dispositions necessary to maintain its status as a RIC, and
        (d) expects to retain  substantially  all the Assets in the same form as
        it  receives  them in the  Reorganization,  unless and until  subsequent
        investment  circumstances  suggest  the  desirability  of  change  or it
        becomes necessary to make dispositions thereof to maintain such status;

             4.2.15. There  is no plan or  intention  for  Acquiring  Fund to be
        dissolved or merged into another  corporation or a business trust or any
        "fund"  thereof  (within the meaning of section  851(g)(2)  of the Code)
        following the Reorganization;

             4.2.16. Immediately after the Reorganization, (a) not more than 25%
        of the value of  Acquiring  Fund's total assets  (excluding  cash,  cash
        items, and U.S. government securities) will be invested in the stock and
        securities  of any one  issuer and (b) not more than 50% of the value of
        such  assets will be  invested  in the stock and  securities  of five or
        fewer issuers;

             4.2.17. Acquiring Fund does not directly or indirectly  own, nor at
        the  Effective  Time will it  directly  or  indirectly  own,  nor has it
        directly or  indirectly  owned,  at any time during the past five years,
        any shares of Target;

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

             4.2.18. Acquiring  Fund's  federal  income  tax  returns,  and  all
        applicable  state and local tax returns,  for all taxable  years through
        and  including  the taxable  year ended May 31,  1999,  have been timely
        filed and all taxes  payable  pursuant to such  returns have been timely
        paid; and

             4.2.19. Acquiring  Fund's  financial  statements for the year ended
        May 31,  1999,  to be delivered to Target,  fairly  represent  Acquiring
        Fund's  financial  position  as of  that  date  and the  results  of its
        operations and changes in its net assets for the year then ended.

             4.3. Each Fund represents and warrants as follows:

             4.3.1.  The fair market value of the Acquiring Fund Shares received
        by each Stockholder will be approximately equal to the fair market value
        of its Target Shares constructively surrendered in exchange therefor;

             4.3.2.  Its  management  is  unaware  of any plan or  intention  of
        Stockholders  to sell or  otherwise  dispose of (a) any portion of their
        Target Shares before the  Reorganization  to any person related  (within
        the meaning of section  1.368-1(e)(3) of the Regulations) to either Fund
        or (b) any portion of the  Acquiring  Fund Shares to be received by them
        in the  Reorganization  to any person  related  (within such meaning) to
        Acquiring Fund;

             4.3.3.  The  Stockholders  will pay  their  own  expenses,  if any,
        incurred in connection with the Reorganization;

             4.3.4.  Immediately  following  consummation of the Reorganization,
        Acquiring Fund will hold substantially the same assets and be subject to
        substantially  the same  liabilities  that Target held or was subject to
        immediately  prior  thereto (in  addition to the assets and  liabilities
        Acquiring  Fund then held or was subject to), plus any  liabilities  and
        expenses of the parties incurred in connection with the Reorganization;

             4.3.5.  The fair  market  value of the  Assets  on a going  concern
        basis will equal or exceed the  Liabilities  to be assumed by  Acquiring
        Fund and those to which the Assets are subject;

             4.3.6.  There is no  intercompany  indebtedness  between  the Funds
        that was issued or acquired, or will be settled, at a discount;

             4.3.7.  Pursuant to the  Reorganization,  Target  will  transfer to
        Acquiring  Fund,  and Acquiring  Fund will acquire,  at least 90% of the
        fair market value of the net assets, and at least 70% of the fair market
        value  of the  gross  assets,  held by  Target  immediately  before  the
        Reorganization. For the purposes of this representation, any amounts (a)
        paid by  Target  to  Stockholders  who  receive  cash or other  property
        (whether  in lieu of  fractional  shares or  otherwise)  and (b) used by
        Target to pay its  Reorganization  expenses and to make  redemptions and
        distributions    immediately   before   the    Reorganization    (except
        distributions  made to  conform  to its  policy of  distributing  all or
        substantially all of its income and gains to avoid the obligation to pay
        federal income tax and/or the excise tax under section 4982 of the Code)
        will  be  included  as  assets  held  thereby   immediately  before  the
        Reorganization;

             4.3.8.  None of the compensation received by any Stockholder who is
        an  employee  of  or  service   provider  to  Target  will  be  separate
        consideration  for, or  allocable  to, any of the Target  Shares held by
        such Stockholder; none of the Acquiring Fund Shares received by any such
        Stockholder  will be separate  consideration  for, or allocable  to, any


                                      A-8
<PAGE>

        employment  agreement,  investment advisory agreement,  or other service
        agreement;  and the  consideration  paid to any such Stockholder will be
        for services  actually  rendered and will be  commensurate  with amounts
        paid to third parties bargaining at arm's-length for similar services;

             4.3.9.  Cash is being  distributed to the Stockholders that are not
        DRP  Stockholders in lieu of fractional  Acquiring Fund Shares solely to
        save  Acquiring  Fund the  expense  and  inconvenience  of  issuing  and
        transferring fractional shares to those stockholders;  that distribution
        does  not  represent  separately  bargained-for   consideration  in  the
        Reorganization.  The total cash consideration paid to those Stockholders
        instead of issuing  fractional  Acquiring Fund Shares will not exceed 1%
        of the total  consideration  that will be issued to them in exchange for
        their  Target  Shares;   and  the  fractional  share  interests  of  the
        Stockholders will be aggregated, and no Stockholder will receive cash in
        an amount equal to or greater than the value of one full  Acquiring Fund
        Share;

             4.3.10. Immediately after the Reorganization, the Stockholders will
        not own shares  constituting  "control"  (within  the meaning of section
        304(c) of the Code) of Acquiring Fund; and

             4.3.11. Neither Fund will be reimbursed  for any expenses  incurred
        by it or on its  behalf in  connection  with the  Reorganization  unless
        those  expenses  are solely and directly  related to the  Reorganization
        (determined  in accordance  with the  guidelines  set forth in Rev. Rul.
        73-54, 1973-1 C.B. 187) ("Reorganization Expenses").

5.      COVENANTS

        5.1. Each Fund  covenants  to operate  its  respective  business  in the
ordinary  course  between the date hereof and the Closing,  it being  understood
that -

             (a)   such ordinary  course  will  include   declaring  and  paying
        customary  dividends and other  distributions  and changes in operations
        contemplated by each Fund's normal business activities, and

             (b)   each Fund will retain exclusive control of the composition of
        its  portfolio  until the  Closing;  provided  that (1) Target shall not
        dispose of more than an insignificant  portion of its historic  business
        assets during such period without Acquiring Fund's prior consent and (2)
        if Target's  stockholders  approve this Agreement (and the  transactions
        contemplated  hereby),  then  between the date of such  approval and the
        Closing, the Funds shall coordinate their respective  portfolios so that
        the transfer of the Assets to  Acquiring  Fund will not cause it to fail
        to be in compliance with all of its investment policies and restrictions
        immediately after the Closing.

        5.2. Target  covenants to call a  stockholders'  meeting to consider and
act on this Agreement and to take all other action  necessary to obtain approval
of the transactions contemplated hereby.

        5.3. Target  covenants  that the  Acquiring  Fund Shares to be delivered
hereunder  are not being  acquired  for the  purpose of making any  distribution
thereof, other than in accordance with the terms hereof.

        5.4. Target  covenants  that it will assist  Acquiring Fund in obtaining
information   Acquiring  Fund  reasonably  requests  concerning  the  beneficial
ownership of Target Shares.



                                    A-9
<PAGE>

        5.5. Target  covenants  that its books and records  (including all books
and  records  required  to be  maintained  under  the 1940 Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder) will be turned over to Acquiring Fund at the Closing.

        5.6. Each Fund  covenants to cooperate in preparing the Proxy  Statement
in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws.

        5.7. Each Fund  covenants  that it will,  from time to time, as and when
requested  by the other Fund,  execute  and deliver or cause to be executed  and
delivered all such assignments and other instruments,  and will take or cause to
be taken such further action,  as the other Fund may deem necessary or desirable
in order to vest in, and confirm to, (a) Acquiring Fund, title to and possession
of all the Assets, and (b) Target, title to and possession of the Acquiring Fund
Shares to be  delivered  hereunder,  and  otherwise  to carry out the intent and
purpose hereof.

        5.8. Acquiring Fund  covenants to use all  reasonable  efforts to obtain
the  approvals  and  authorizations  required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, and
such state  securities  laws it may deem  appropriate to continue its operations
after the Effective Time.

        5.9. Subject to this Agreement,  each Fund covenants to take or cause to
be taken  all  actions,  and to do or cause  to be done all  things,  reasonably
necessary,  proper,  or advisable to consummate and effectuate the  transactions
contemplated hereby.

6.      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

        Each Fund's obligations hereunder shall be subject to (a) performance by
the other Fund of all its obligations to be performed hereunder at or before the
Effective  Time,  (b) all  representations  and  warranties  of the  other  Fund
contained herein being true and correct in all material  respects as of the date
hereof  and,  except as they may be affected  by the  transactions  contemplated
hereby,  as of the Effective  Time, with the same force and effect as if made at
and as of the Effective Time, and (c) the following further  conditions that, at
or before the Effective Time:

        6.1. This Agreement and the transactions  contemplated hereby shall have
been duly  adopted and  approved  by each Board and shall have been  approved by
Target's  stockholders  in accordance  with its Articles of  Incorporation,  its
By-laws, and applicable law.

        6.2. All  necessary  filings shall have been made with the SEC and state
securities authorities,  and no order or directive shall have been received that
any other or further  action is  required to permit the parties to carry out the
transactions  contemplated hereby. The Registration  Statement shall have become
effective  under the 1933  Act,  no stop  orders  suspending  the  effectiveness
thereof shall have been issued, and the SEC shall not have issued an unfavorable
report with respect to the  Reorganization  under  section 25(b) of the 1940 Act
nor  instituted  any   proceedings   seeking  to  enjoin   consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  under  section  25(c) of the 1940  Act.  All
consents,   orders,  and  permits  of  federal,   state,  and  local  regulatory
authorities  (including  the  SEC  and  state  securities   authorities)  deemed
necessary by either Fund to permit  consummation,  in all material respects,  of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall have been  obtained,  except where
failure to obtain same would not involve a risk of a material  adverse effect on
either  Fund's  assets or  properties,  provided that either Fund may for itself
waive any of such conditions.

        6.3. At the Effective Time, no action,  suit, or other  proceeding shall
be  pending  before  any court or  governmental  agency in which it is sought to
restrain or prohibit,  or to obtain damages or other relief in connection  with,
the transactions contemplated hereby.

                                      A-10
<PAGE>

        6.4. Target shall have received an opinion of Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP
("Counsel") substantially to the effect that:

             6.4.1.  Acquiring  Fund is a  corporation  that is duly  organized,
        validly  existing,  and in good standing  under the laws of the State of
        Maryland with power under its Articles of  Incorporation  to own all its
        properties and assets and, to the knowledge of Counsel,  to carry on its
        business as presently conducted;

             6.4.2.  This Agreement (a) has been duly authorized,  executed, and
        delivered  by  Acquiring  Fund  and  (b)  assuming  due   authorization,
        execution,  and  delivery of this  Agreement  by Target,  is a valid and
        legally binding obligation of Acquiring Fund,  enforceable in accordance
        with  its  terms,  except  as the  same may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
        insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium, and similar
        laws  relating  to  or  affecting   creditors'  rights  and  by  general
        principles of equity;

             6.4.3.  The Acquiring  Fund Shares to be issued and  distributed to
        the  Stockholders  under this Agreement,  assuming their due delivery as
        contemplated by this Agreement, will be duly authorized,  validly issued
        and outstanding, and fully paid and non-assessable;

             6.4.4.  The execution  and delivery of this  Agreement did not, and
        the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  will not,
        materially violate Acquiring Fund's Articles of Incorporation or Amended
        and Restated Bylaws or any provision of any agreement (known to Counsel,
        without any  independent  inquiry or  investigation)  to which Acquiring
        Fund is a party or by which it is bound or (to the knowledge of Counsel,
        without  any  independent  inquiry  or  investigation)   result  in  the
        acceleration of any obligation,  or the imposition of any penalty, under
        any agreement, judgment, or decree to which Acquiring Fund is a party or
        by  which  it is  bound,  except  as set  forth  in such  opinion  or as
        previously disclosed in writing to and accepted by Target;

             6.4.5. To the knowledge of Counsel (without any independent inquiry
        or investigation),  no consent, approval, authorization, or order of any
        court or  governmental  authority  is required for the  consummation  by
        Acquiring Fund of the  transactions  contemplated  herein,  except those
        obtained  under the 1933 Act,  the 1934 Act, and the 1940 Act, and those
        that may be required under state securities laws;

             6.4.6.  Acquiring Fund is registered  with the SEC as an investment
        company,  and to the  knowledge  of Counsel no order has been  issued or
        proceeding instituted to suspend such registration; and

             6.4.7.  To  the  knowledge  of  Counsel  (without  any  independent
        inquiry or investigation), (a) no litigation, administrative proceeding,
        or investigation of or before any court or governmental  body is pending
        or  threatened as to Acquiring  Fund or any of its  properties or assets
        and (b) Acquiring Fund is not a party to or subject to the provisions of
        any order,  decree,  or judgment of any court or governmental  body that
        materially  and adversely  affects its business,  except as set forth in
        such  opinion or as  otherwise  disclosed  in writing to and accepted by
        Target.

In rendering such opinion,  Counsel may (1) rely, as to matters  governed by the
laws of the State of Maryland,  on an opinion of competent Maryland counsel, (2)
make assumptions regarding the authenticity,  genuineness,  and/or conformity of
documents and copies thereof without independent verification thereof, (3) limit
such  opinion  to  applicable  federal  and state  law,  and (4) define the word
"knowledge"  and related  terms to mean the  knowledge  of  attorneys  then with
Counsel who have devoted  substantive  attention to matters  directly related to
this Agreement and the Reorganization.


                                      A-11
<PAGE>

        6.5. Acquiring   Fund  shall  have   received   an  opinion  of  Counsel
substantially to the effect that:

             6.5.1.  Target is a  corporation  that is duly  organized,  validly
        existing,  and in good standing  under the laws of the State of Maryland
        with power under its Articles of Incorporation to own all its properties
        and assets and, to the knowledge of Counsel, to carry on its business as
        presently conducted;

             6.5.2.  This Agreement (a) has been duly authorized,  executed, and
        delivered by Target and (b) assuming due authorization,  execution,  and
        delivery of this  Agreement  by Acquiring  Fund,  is a valid and legally
        binding obligation of Target,  enforceable in accordance with its terms,
        except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency, fraudulent
        transfer,  reorganization,  moratorium,  and similar laws relating to or
        affecting creditors' rights and by general principles of equity;

             6.5.3.  The execution  and delivery of this  Agreement did not, and
        the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  will not,
        materially  violate Target's Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws or any
        provision of any agreement  (known to Counsel,  without any  independent
        inquiry or  investigation)  to which Target is a party or by which it is
        bound or (to the knowledge of Counsel,  without any independent  inquiry
        or investigation)  result in the acceleration of any obligation,  or the
        imposition of any penalty,  under any agreement,  judgment, or decree to
        which Target is a party or by which it is bound,  except as set forth in
        such  opinion or as  previously  disclosed in writing to and accepted by
        Acquiring Fund;

             6.5.4. To the knowledge of Counsel (without any independent inquiry
        or investigation),  no consent, approval, authorization, or order of any
        court or  governmental  authority  is required for the  consummation  by
        Target of the transactions  contemplated  herein,  except those obtained
        under the 1933 Act,  the 1934 Act,  and the 1940 Act, and those that may
        be required under state securities laws;

             6.5.5.  Target is registered with the SEC as an investment company,
        and to the  knowledge of Counsel no order has been issued or  proceeding
        instituted to suspend such registration; and

             6.5.6.  To  the  knowledge  of  Counsel  (without  any  independent
        inquiry or investigation), (a) no litigation, administrative proceeding,
        or investigation of or before any court or governmental  body is pending
        or  threatened  as to Target or any of its  properties or assets and (b)
        Target is not a party to or  subject  to the  provisions  of any  order,
        decree,  or judgment of any court or  governmental  body that materially
        and adversely  affects  Target's  business,  except as set forth in such
        opinion  or as  otherwise  disclosed  in  writing  to  and  accepted  by
        Acquiring Fund.

In rendering such opinion,  Counsel may (1) rely, as to matters  governed by the
laws of the State of Maryland,  on an opinion of competent Maryland counsel, (2)
make assumptions regarding the authenticity,  genuineness,  and/or conformity of
documents and copies thereof without independent verification thereof, (3) limit
such  opinion  to  applicable  federal  and state  law,  and (4) define the word
"knowledge"  and related  terms to mean the  knowledge  of  attorneys  then with
Counsel who have devoted  substantive  attention to matters  directly related to
this Agreement and the Reorganization.


                                      A-12
<PAGE>

        6.6. Each Fund shall have  received an opinion of Counsel,  addressed to
and in form and  substance  satisfactory  to it, as to the  federal  income  tax
consequences  mentioned  below ("Tax  Opinion").  In rendering  the Tax Opinion,
Counsel may rely as to factual  matters,  exclusively  and  without  independent
verification,  on the  representations  made in this  Agreement  (which shall be
treated for those  purposes  as being made to  Counsel)  or in separate  letters
addressed to Counsel and the certificates  delivered  pursuant to paragraph 3.4.
The Tax Opinion shall be  substantially  to the effect that,  based on the facts
and   assumptions   stated  therein  and  conditioned  on  consummation  of  the
Reorganization  in  accordance  with this  Agreement,  for  federal  income  tax
purposes:

             6.6.1.  Acquiring  Fund's  acquisition  of the  Assets in  exchange
        solely for full and fractional  Acquiring Fund Shares (plus cash in lieu
        of   fractional   shares)  and  Acquiring   Fund's   assumption  of  the
        Liabilities,  followed by Target's  distribution of those full Acquiring
        Fund Shares PRO RATA to the  Stockholders,  those  fractional  Acquiring
        Fund  Shares  to DRP  Stockholders,  and  such  cash  to  the  remaining
        Stockholders,  constructively in exchange for their Target Shares,  will
        qualify as a reorganization  within the meaning of section  368(a)(1)(C)
        of the Code, and each Fund will be "a party to a reorganization"  within
        the meaning of section 368(b) of the Code;

             6.6.2. Target will recognize no gain or loss on the transfer of the
        Assets to Acquiring  Fund in exchange  solely for Acquiring  Fund Shares
        (plus cash in lieu of fractional shares) and Acquiring Fund's assumption
        of the Liabilities or on the subsequent distribution of those shares and
        cash to the  Stockholders  in  constructive  exchange  for their  Target
        Shares;

             6.6.3. Acquiring Fund will recognize no gain or loss on its receipt
        of the Assets in exchange solely for Acquiring Fund Shares (plus cash in
        lieu of fractional shares) and its assumption of the Liabilities;

             6.6.4.  Acquiring  Fund's  basis for the Assets will be the same as
        Target's  basis  therefor  immediately  before the  Reorganization,  and
        Acquiring  Fund's  holding  period for the Assets will include  Target's
        holding period therefor;

             6.6.5.  A  Stockholder  will  recognize  no  gain  or  loss  on the
        constructive exchange of all its Target Shares solely for Acquiring Fund
        Shares,  except with  respect to cash  received in lieu of a  fractional
        Acquiring Fund share pursuant to the Reorganization; and

             6.6.6.  A  Stockholder's  aggregate  basis for the  Acquiring  Fund
        Shares to be  received by it in the  Reorganization  will be the same as
        the  aggregate  basis  for  its  Target  Shares  to  be   constructively
        surrendered in exchange for those  Acquiring  Fund Shares,  decreased by
        any  cash  received,  and  increased  by  any  gain  recognized,  on the
        exchange;  and its holding  period for those  Acquiring Fund Shares will
        include  its  holding  period  for those  Target  Shares,  provided  the
        Stockholder held them as capital assets at the Effective Time.

Notwithstanding subparagraphs 6.6.2 and 6.6.4, the Tax Opinion may state that no
opinion is expressed as to the effect of the  Reorganization on the Funds or any
Stockholder with respect to any asset as to which any unrealized gain or loss is
required  to be  recognized  for  federal  income tax  purposes  at the end of a
taxable year (or on the termination or transfer  thereof) under a mark-to-market
system of accounting.

At any time  before  the  Closing,  either  Fund may waive any of the  foregoing
conditions  (except that set forth in paragraph  6.1) if, in the judgment of its
Board,  such waiver will not have a material adverse effect on its stockholders'
interests.

7.      BROKERAGE FEES AND EXPENSES

        7.1. Each Fund  represents  and  warrants to the other that there are no
brokers or finders  entitled to receive  any  payments  in  connection  with the
transactions provided for herein.

                                      A-13
<PAGE>

7.2. Each Fund will bear its own Reorganization Expenses.

8.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO SURVIVAL

        Neither party has made any representation, warranty, or covenant not set
forth herein,  and this Agreement  constitutes the entire agreement  between the
parties. The representations,  warranties,  and covenants contained herein or in
any document  delivered  pursuant  hereto or in  connection  herewith  shall not
survive the Closing.

9.      TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

        This  Agreement  may  be  terminated  at any  time  at or  prior  to the
Effective Time, whether before or after approval by Target's stockholders:

        9.1. By either Fund (a) in the event of the other Fund's material breach
of any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein to be performed at
or prior to the Effective  Time, (b) if a condition to its  obligations  has not
been met and it  reasonably  appears that such  condition  will not or cannot be
met,  (c)  if its  Board,  in  the  Board's  sole  discretion,  determines  that
proceeding  with the  Reorganization  would not be in the best  interest  of its
stockholders,  or (d) if the  Closing has not  occurred on or before  _________,
2000; or

        9.2. By the parties' mutual agreement.

In the event of termination  under paragraphs  9.1(c) or (d) or 9.2, there shall
be no  liability  for damages on the part of either  Fund,  or its  directors or
officers, to the other Fund.

10.     AMENDMENT

        This Agreement may be amended,  modified,  or  supplemented at any time,
notwithstanding  approval  thereof  by  Target's  stockholders,  in  any  manner
mutually  agreed upon in writing by the parties;  provided that  following  such
approval  no  such  amendment  shall  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Stockholders' interests.

11.     MISCELLANEOUS

        11.1. This  Agreement shall be governed by and  construed in  accordance
with the internal laws of the State of Maryland;  provided  that, in the case of
any conflict between such laws and the federal securities laws, the latter shall
govern.

        11.2. Nothing  expressed or  implied  herein  is  intended  or  shall be
construed to confer upon or give any person,  firm,  trust, or corporation other
than the  parties  and their  respective  successors  and  assigns any rights or
remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

        11.3. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of
which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective
when one or more  counterparts  have been executed by each Fund and delivered to
the other  party  hereto.  The  headings  contained  in this  Agreement  are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not  affect  in any  way the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Agreement.


                                      A-14
<PAGE>

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  each party has caused this Agreement to be executed
and  delivered  by its duly  authorized  officers  as of the day and year  first
written above.


ATTEST:                             MANAGED HIGH YIELD FUND INC.




- ---------------------------         By: -----------------------------
Secretary                                     President



ATTEST:                             MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.




 ---------------------------        By: -----------------------------
Secretary                                     President









                                      A-15
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B

  BOARD MEMBERS AND OFFICERS OF MANAGED HIGH YIELD AND MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS

      The following is a list of the present Board Members and the Officers of
both Funds, their ages, business addresses and a description of their principal
occupations during the past five years:



                                 POSITION         BUSINESS EXPERIENCE;
NAME AND ADDRESS*; AGE        WITH EACH FUND      OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
- ----------------------        --------------      --------------------

Margo N. Alexander**; 52       Director and  Mrs. Alexander is chairman
                                 President   (since March 1999), chief
                                             executive officer and a
                                             director of Mitchell Hutchins
                                             (since January 1995) and also
                                             an executive vice president
                                             and a director of PaineWebber
                                             Incorporated ("PaineWebber")
                                             (since March 1984). Mrs.
                                             Alexander is president and a
                                             director or trustee of 32
                                             investment companies for which
                                             Mitchell Hutchins, PaineWebber
                                             or one of their affiliates
                                             serves as investment adviser.

Richard Q. Armstrong; 64         Director    Mr. Armstrong is chairman and
R.Q.A. Enterprises                           principal of R.Q.A Enterprises
One Old Church Road                          (management consulting firm)
Unit #6                                      (since April 1991 and
Greenwich, CT 06830                          principal occupation since
                                             March 1995). Mr. Armstrong was
                                             chairman of the board, chief
                                             executive officer and co-owner of
                                             Adirondack Beverages (producer and
                                             distributor of soft drinks and
                                             sparkling/still waters) (October
                                             1993-March 1995). He was a partner
                                             of the New England Consulting Group
                                             (management consulting firm)
                                             (December 1992-September 1993). He
                                             was managing director of LVMH U.S.
                                             Corporation (U.S. subsidiary of the
                                             French luxury goods conglomerate,
                                             Louis Vuitton Moet Hennessey
                                             Corporation) (1987-1991) and




                                       B-1
<PAGE>

                                 POSITION         BUSINESS EXPERIENCE;
NAME AND ADDRESS*; AGE        WITH EACH FUND      OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
- ----------------------        --------------      --------------------

                                             chairman of its wine and spirits
                                             subsidiary, Schieffelin & Somerset
                                             Company (1987-1991). Mr. Armstrong
                                             is a director or trustee of 31
                                             investment companies for which
                                             Mitchell Hutchins, PaineWebber or
                                             one of their affiliates serves as
                                             investment adviser.

E. Garrett Bewkes, Jr.**; 73   Director and  Mr. Bewkes is a director of
                               Chairman of   Paine Webber Group Inc. ("PW
                                the Board    Group") (holding company of
                                             PaineWebber and Mitchell
                                             Hutchins). Prior to December
                                             1995, he was a consultant to
                                             PW Group. Prior to 1988, he
                                             was chairman of the board,
                                             president and chief executive
                                             officer of American Bakeries
                                             Company. Mr. Bewkes is a
                                             director of Interstate
                                             Bakeries Corporation. Mr.
                                             Bewkes is a director or
                                             trustee of 35 investment
                                             companies for which Mitchell
                                             Hutchins, PaineWebber or one
                                             of their affiliates serves as
                                             investment adviser.

Richard R. Burt; 53              Director    Mr. Burt is chairman of IEP
1275 Pennsylvania Ave.,                      Advisors, LLP (international
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20004                 investments and consulting
                                             firm) (since March 1994) and a
                                             partner of McKinsey & Company
                                             (management consulting firm) (since
                                             1991). He is also a director of
                                             Archer-Daniels-Midland Co.
                                             (agricultural commodities),
                                             Hollinger International Co.
                                             (publishing), Homestake Mining
                                             Corp. (gold mining) and Weirton
                                             Steel Corp (makes and finishes
                                             steel products) (since April 1996)
                                             and vice chairman of Anchor Gaming
                                             (provides technology to gaming and
                                             wagering industry) (since July
                                             1999). He was the chief negotiator
                                             in the Strategic Arms Reduction


                                       B-2
<PAGE>

                                 POSITION         BUSINESS EXPERIENCE;
NAME AND ADDRESS*; AGE        WITH EACH FUND      OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
- ----------------------        --------------      --------------------

                                             Talks with the former Soviet Union
                                             (1989-1991) and the U.S. Ambassador
                                             to the Federal Republic of Germany
                                             (1985-1989). Mr. Burt is a director
                                             or trustee of 31 investment
                                             companies for which Mitchell
                                             Hutchins, PaineWebber or one of
                                             their affiliates serves as
                                             investment adviser.

Mary C. Farrell**; 50            Director    Ms. Farrell is a managing
                                             director, senior investment
                                             strategist and member of the
                                             Investment Policy Committee of
                                             PaineWebber. Ms. Farrell
                                             joined PaineWebber in 1982.
                                             She is a member of the
                                             Financial Women's Association
                                             and Women's Economic
                                             Roundtable and appears as a
                                             regular panelist on Wall
                                             $treet Week with Louis
                                             Rukeyser. She also serves on
                                             the Board of Overseers of New
                                             York University's Stern School
                                             of Business.  Ms. Farrell is a
                                             director or trustee of 30
                                             investment companies for which
                                             Mitchell Hutchins, PaineWebber
                                             or one of their affiliates
                                             serves as investment adviser.

Meyer Feldberg; 57               Director    Mr. Feldberg is Dean and
Columbia University                          Professor of Management of the
101 Uris Hall                                Graduate School of Business,
New York, New York 10027                     Columbia University. Prior to
                                             1989, he was president of the
                                             Illinois Institute of Technology.
                                             Dean Feldberg is also a director of
                                             Primedia Inc. (publishing),
                                             Federated Department Stores, Inc.
                                             (operator of department stores) and
                                             Revlon, Inc. (cosmetics). Dean
                                             Feldberg is a director or trustee
                                             of 34 investment companies for
                                             which Mitchell Hutchins,
                                             PaineWebber or one of their
                                             affiliates serves as investment
                                             adviser.


                                       B-3
<PAGE>

                                 POSITION         BUSINESS EXPERIENCE;
NAME AND ADDRESS*; AGE        WITH EACH FUND      OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
- ----------------------        --------------      --------------------

George W. Gowen; 70              Director    Mr. Gowen is a partner in the
666 Third Avenue                             law firm of Dunnington,
New York, New York 10017                     Bartholow & Miller. Prior to
                                             May 1994, he was a partner in the
                                             law firm of Fryer, Ross & Gowen.
                                             Mr. Gowen is a director or trustee
                                             of 34 investment companies for
                                             which Mitchell Hutchins,
                                             PaineWebber or one of their
                                             affiliates serves as investment
                                             adviser.

Frederic V. Malek; 63            Director    Mr. Malek is chairman of
1455 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.               Thayer Capital Partners
Suite 350                                    (merchant bank) and chairman
Washington, D.C. 20004                       of Thayer Hotel Investors II
                                             and Lodging Opportunities Fund
                                             (hotel investment
                                             partnerships). From January
                                             1992 to November 1992, he was
                                             campaign manager of
                                             Bush-Quayle `92. From 1990 to
                                             1992, he was vice chairman
                                             and, from 1989 to 1990, he was
                                             president of Northwest
                                             Airlines Inc. and NWA Inc.
                                             (holding company of Northwest
                                             Airlines Inc.). Prior to 1989,
                                             he was employed by the
                                             Marriott Corporation (hotels,
                                             restaurants, airline catering
                                             and contract feeding), where
                                             he most recently was an
                                             executive vice president and
                                             president of Marriott Hotels
                                             and Resorts.  Mr. Malek is
                                             also a director of Aegis
                                             Communications, Inc.
                                             (tele-services), American
                                             Management Systems, Inc.
                                             (management consulting and
                                             computer-related services),
                                             Automatic Data Processing,
                                             Inc. (computing services), CB
                                             Richard Ellis, Inc. (real
                                             estate services), FPL Group,
                                             Inc. (electric services),
                                             Global Vacation Group (packaged
                                             vacations), HCR/Manor Care, Inc.
                                             (health  care), SAGA Systems, Inc.
                                             and Northwest Airlines Inc. Mr
                                             Malek is a director or trustee
                                             of 31 investment companies for


                                       B-4
<PAGE>

                                 POSITION         BUSINESS EXPERIENCE;
NAME AND ADDRESS*; AGE        WITH EACH FUND      OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
- ----------------------        --------------      --------------------

                                             which Mitchell Hutchins,
                                             PaineWebber or one of their
                                             affiliates serves as
                                             investment adviser.

Carl W. Schafer; 64              Director    Mr. Schafer is president of
66 Witherspoon Street                        the Atlantic Foundation
#1100                                        (charitable foundation
Princeton, NJ 08542                          supporting mainly
                                             oceanographic exploration and
                                             research).  He also is a
                                             director of Labor Ready, Inc.
                                             (temporary employment),
                                             Roadway Express, Inc.
                                             (trucking), The Guardian Group
                                             of Mutual Funds, the Harding,
                                             Loevner Funds, E.I.I. Realty
                                             Trust (investment company),
                                             Evans Systems, Inc. (motor
                                             fuels, convenience store and
                                             diversified company),
                                             Electronic Clearing House,
                                             Inc. (financial transactions
                                             processing), Frontier Oil
                                             Corporation and Nutraceutix,
                                             Inc. (biotechnology company).
                                             Prior to January 1993, he was
                                             chairman of the Investment
                                             Advisory Committee of the
                                             Howard Hughes Medical
                                             Institute. Mr. Schafer is a
                                             director or trustee of 31
                                             investment companies for which
                                             Mitchell Hutchins, PaineWebber
                                             or one of their affiliates
                                             serves as investment adviser.

Brian M. Storms**; 45            Director    Mr. Storms is president and
                                             chief operating officer of
                                             Mitchell Hutchins (since March
                                             1999).  Mr. Storms was
                                             president of Prudential
                                             Investments (1996-1999).
                                             Prior to joining prudential,
                                             he was a managing director at
                                             Fidelity Investments.  Mr.
                                             Storms is a director or
                                             trustee of 31 investment
                                             companies for which Mitchell
                                             Hutchins, PaineWebber or one
                                             of their affiliates serves as
                                             investment adviser.


                                       B-5
<PAGE>

                                 POSITION         BUSINESS EXPERIENCE;
NAME AND ADDRESS*; AGE        WITH EACH FUND      OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
- ----------------------        --------------      --------------------

James F. Keegan; 39           Vice President Mr. Keegan is a senior vice
                                             president and a portfolio manager
                                             of Mitchell Hutchins. Prior to
                                             March 1996, he was director of
                                             fixed income strategy and research
                                             of Merrion Group, L.P. From 1987 to
                                             1994, he was a vice president of
                                             global investment management of
                                             Bankers Trust. Mr. Keegan is a vice
                                             president of four investment
                                             companies for which Mitchell
                                             Hutchins, PaineWebber or one of
                                             their affiliates serves as
                                             investment adviser.

John J. Lee; 31               Vice President Mr. Lee is a vice president
                                    and      and a manager of the mutual
                                 Assistant   fund finance department of
                                 Treasurer   Mitchell Hutchins. Prior to
                                             September 1997, he was an audit
                                             manager in the financial services
                                             practice of Ernst & Young LLP.
                                             Mr. Lee is a vice president
                                             and assistant treasurer of 32
                                             investment companies for which
                                             Mitchell Hutchins, PaineWebber
                                             or one of their affiliates
                                             serves as investment adviser.

Dennis McCauley; 53           Vice President Mr. McCauley is a managing
                                             director and chief investment
                                             officer--fixed income of
                                             Mitchell Hutchins.  Prior to
                                             December 1994, he was director
                                             of fixed income investments of
                                             IBM Corporation.  Mr. McCauley
                                             is a vice president of 22
                                             investment companies for which
                                             Mitchell Hutchins, PaineWebber
                                             or one of their affiliates
                                             serves as investment adviser.

Ann E. Moran; 42              Vice President Ms. Moran is a vice president
                                    and      and a manager of the mutual
                                 Assistant   fund finance department of
                                 Treasurer   Mitchell Hutchins. Ms. Moran
                                             is a vice president and assistant
                                             treasurer of 32 investment
                                             companies for which Mitchell
                                             Hutchins, PaineWebber or one of
                                             their affiliates serves as
                                             investment adviser.

Dianne E. O'Donnell; 47       Vice President Ms. O'Donnell is a senior vice
                                    and      president and deputy general
                                 Secretary   counsel of Mitchell Hutchins.
                                             Ms. O'Donnell is a vice


                                       B-6
<PAGE>

                                 POSITION         BUSINESS EXPERIENCE;
NAME AND ADDRESS*; AGE        WITH EACH FUND      OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
- ----------------------        --------------      --------------------

                                             president and secretary of 31
                                             investment companies and a
                                             vice president and assistant
                                             secretary of one investment
                                             company for which Mitchell
                                             Hutchins, PaineWebber or one
                                             of their affiliates serves as
                                             investment adviser.

Emil Polito; 39               Vice President Mr. Polito is a senior vice
                                             president and director of
                                             operations and control for
                                             Mitchell Hutchins. Mr. Polito
                                             is a vice president of 32
                                             investment companies for which
                                             Mitchell Hutchins, PaineWebber
                                             or one of their affiliates
                                             serves as investment adviser.

Victoria E. Schonfeld; 49     Vice President Ms. Schonfeld is a managing
                                             director and general counsel
                                             of Mitchell Hutchins since May
                                             1994 and a senior vice
                                             president of PaineWebber
                                             Incorporated since July 1995.
                                             Ms. Schonfeld is a vice
                                             president of 31 investment
                                             companies and a vice president
                                             and secretary of one
                                             investment company for which
                                             Mitchell Hutchins, PaineWebber
                                             or one of their affiliates
                                             serves as investment adviser.

Paul H. Schubert; 37          Vice President Mr. Schubert is a senior vice
                               and Treasurer president and the director of
                                             the mutual fund finance
                                             department of Mitchell
                                             Hutchins.  Mr. Schubert is a
                                             vice president and treasurer
                                             of 32 investment companies for
                                             which Mitchell Hutchins,
                                             PaineWebber or one of their
                                             affiliates serves as
                                             investment adviser.

Barney A. Taglialatela; 39    Vice President Mr. Taglialatela is a vice
                                    and      president and a manager of the
                                 Assistant   mutual fund finance department
                                 Treasurer   of Mitchell Hutchins. Prior to
                                             February 1995, he was a
                                             manager of the mutual fund
                                             finance division of Kidder
                                             Peabody Asset Management,


                                       B-7
<PAGE>

                                 POSITION         BUSINESS EXPERIENCE;
NAME AND ADDRESS*; AGE        WITH EACH FUND      OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
- ----------------------        --------------      --------------------

                                             Inc.  Mr. Taglialatela is a
                                             vice president and assistant
                                             treasurer of 32 investment
                                             companies for which Mitchell
                                             Hutchins, PaineWebber or one
                                             of their affiliates serves as
                                             investment adviser.

Keith A. Weller, 38           Vice President Mr. Weller is a first vice
                                    and      president and associate
                                 Assistant   general counsel of Mitchell
                                 Secretary   Hutchins.  Prior to May 1995,
                                             he was an attorney in private
                                             practice.  Mr. Weller is a
                                             vice president and assistant
                                             secretary of 31 investment
                                             companies for which Mitchell
                                             Hutchins, PaineWebber or one
                                             of their affiliates serves as
                                             investment adviser.

- -------------
*  Unless  otherwise indicated, the  business  address of  each listed person is
   1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.

** Mrs.  Alexander,  Mr.  Bewkes, Ms. Farrell,  and  Mr. Storms  are "interested
   persons" of the Fund as defined in the 1940 Act by virtue of their  positions
   with  Mitchell  Hutchins, PaineWebber and/or PW Group.







                                       B-8
<PAGE>


PROXY                                                                      PROXY

                                   APPENDIX C

                          MANAGED HIGH YIELD FUND INC.

                         SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

THIS PROXY IS BEING  SOLICITED  ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF  DIRECTORS  OF MANAGED
HIGH YIELD FUND INC. The undersigned  hereby appoints as proxies ANDREW S. NOVAK
and VICTORIA DRAKE and each of them (with the power of substitution) to vote for
the  undersigned  all shares of common stock of the  undersigned in Managed High
Yield Fund Inc. at the above  referenced  meeting and any  adjournment  thereof,
with all the power the undersigned would have if personally present.  The shares
represented by this proxy will be voted as instructed below. UNLESS INDICATED TO
THE  CONTRARY,  THIS PROXY SHALL BE DEEMED TO GRANT  AUTHORITY TO VOTE "FOR" THE
PROPOSAL RELATING TO MANAGED HIGH YIELD FUND INC.

                             YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT

Please  date and sign  this  proxy on the  reverse  side and  return it in the
enclosed  envelope to PFPC Inc., P. O. Box 9426,  Wilmington,  DE  19809-9038.
PFPC Inc.  has been  engaged to forward the  enclosed  proxy  material  and to
tabulate proxies returned by mail.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE PROPOSAL.  PLEASE INDICATE
YOUR VOTE BY FILLING IN THE BOX COMPLETELY.  EXAMPLE:

PROPOSAL:                                    FOR   AGAINST     ABSTAIN

Approval  of the  Agreement  and Plan of
Reorganization   and  Termination   that     / /     / /          / /
provides  for  the   reorganization   of
Managed   High  Yield  Fund  Inc.   into
Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc.


               PLEASE DATE AND SIGN THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS CARD.


                                      C-1
<PAGE>




                             YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT.
PLEASE DATE AND SIGN THIS PROXY  BELOW AND RETURN IT  PROMPTLY  IN THE  ENCLOSED
ENVELOPE.

                              This  proxy  will not be voted  unless it is dated
                              and signed  exactly as  instructed.  If shares are
                              held by an  individual,  sign your name exactly as
                              it  appears  on this  card.  If  shares  are  held
                              jointly,  either  party may sign,  but the name of
                              the party signing  should  conform  exactly to the
                              name shown on this proxy card.  If shares are held
                              by a corporation,  partnership or similar account,
                              the  name  and  the  capacity  of  the  individual
                              signing the proxy card should be indicated  unless
                              it is reflected in the form of  registration.  For
                              example: "ABC Corp., John Doe, Treasurer."

                                           Sign exactly as name appears hereon
                   _____________________________________________________(L.S.)
                   Signature
                   _____________________________________________________(L.S.)
                   Signature (if held jointly)

                   Date ________________________________________________, 2000



             PLEASE MARK YOUR VOTE ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS CARD.


                                      C-2


<PAGE>


                        MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.

                               51 WEST 52ND STREET
                          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019-6114

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


       This  Statement of Additional  Information  relates  specifically  to the
proposed  Reorganization wherein Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc. ("Plus Fund")
would acquire all of the assets of the Managed High Yield Fund Inc. ("High Yield
Fund") in  exchange  solely for shares of Plus Fund and the  assumption  by Plus
Fund of all of High Yield Fund's liabilities.

      Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc.  ("Mitchell  Hutchins"),  a wholly
owned subsidiary of PaineWebber,  serves as investment adviser and administrator
to Plus Fund and High Yield Fund.  This  Statement of Additional  Information is
not a  prospectus  and  should  be  read  only in  conjunction  with  the  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus  dated February ___, 2000, relating to the above-referenced
matter. A copy of the Proxy  Statement/Prospectus may be obtained without charge
by calling toll-free [___________].  This Statement of Additional Information is
dated ________ ___, 2000.


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

Investment Objectives and Policies.............................................2
Hedging and Other Strategies Using Derivative Instruments.....................21
Directors and Officers........................................................31
Control Persons And Principal Holders Of Securities...........................32
Investment Advisory Arrangements..............................................32
Custodian And Independent Auditors............................................34
Portfolio Transactions........................................................34
Taxation......................................................................37
Additional Information........................................................40
Ratings Information...........................................................41
Pro Forma Financials..........................................................43


<PAGE>

      The  following   supplements  the  information   contained  in  the  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus  concerning  Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc. ("Plus Fund"
or "Fund").

                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

LEVERAGE

         Plus Fund may borrow from  affiliates  of Mitchell  Hutchins,  provided
that the terms of such  borrowings are no less  favorable  than those  available
from comparable sources of funds in the marketplace.  The premise underlying the
use of  leverage  is that the  costs of  leveraging  generally  will be based on
short-term  rates,  which normally will be lower than the return  (including the
potential for capital  appreciation)  that Plus Fund can earn on the longer-term
portfolio  investments  that it makes with the  proceeds  obtained  through  the
leverage.  Thus,  the  stockholders  would benefit from an  incremental  return.
However,  if the differential  between the return on Plus Fund's investments and
the cost of leverage were to narrow,  the  incremental  benefit would be reduced
and could be eliminated or even become negative. Furthermore, if long-term rates
rise, the NAV of the shares will reflect the resulting decline in the value of a
larger  aggregate amount of portfolio assets than Plus Fund would hold if it had
not  leveraged.  Thus,  leveraging  exaggerates  changes in the value and in the
yield on Plus Fund's portfolio.  This, in turn, may result in greater volatility
of both the NAV and the market price of the shares.

         To  the  extent  the  income  or  capital   appreciation  derived  from
securities  purchased  with funds  received  from  leverage  exceeds the cost of
leverage, Plus Fund's return will be greater than if leverage had not been used.
Conversely,  if the income or capital appreciation from the securities purchased
with such funds is not  sufficient to cover the cost of leverage,  the return on
the Fund will be less than if  leverage  had not been used,  and  therefore  the
amount  available  for  distribution  to  stockholders  as  dividends  and other
distributions will be reduced. Nevertheless,  Mitchell Hutchins may determine to
maintain  Plus  Fund's  leveraged  position  if  it  deems  such  action  to  be
appropriate  under  the  circumstances.   As  discussed  under   "Proposal-Board
Considerations" in the Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  the investment  advisory and
administrative  fee payable to Mitchell  Hutchins  during  periods in which Plus
Fund is using  leverage  will be higher than when it is not doing so because the
fee is  calculated  as a percentage  of Managed  Assets,  which  include  assets
purchased with leverage.

         Plus Fund may borrow through reverse repurchase  transactions or engage
in dollar rolls. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund sells securities to
a bank,  securities  dealer or one of their respective  affiliates and agrees to
repurchase  them on  demand or on a  specified  future  date and at a  specified
price.  Reverse  repurchase  agreements  involve  the risk that the buyer of the
securities sold by Plus Fund might be unable to deliver them when the Fund seeks
to  repurchase.  If the buyer of the  securities  under the  reverse  repurchase
agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes  insolvent,  the buyer or a trustee or
receiver may receive an  extension  of time to determine  whether to enforce the
Fund's  obligation  to  repurchase  the  securities,  and the  Fund's use of the
proceeds of the reverse  repurchase  agreement  may  effectively  be  restricted
pending that  decision.  In a dollar roll,  Plus Fund sells  mortgage-backed  or
other  securities  for  delivery  on  the  next  regular  settlement  date  and,
simultaneously,  contracts to purchase  substantially  identical  securities for
delivery on a later settlement date.

         Plus  Fund may also  issue  preferred  stock  or debt  securities.  The
issuance  of debt  securities  or  preferred  stock  by the Fund  would  involve
offering  expenses and other costs,  including  dividends or interest  payments,
which would be borne by the stockholders. The terms of any borrowing, other Fund
indebtedness  or preferred  stock issued by Plus Fund may impose asset  coverage
requirements,  dividend  limitations  and voting right  requirements on the Fund
that are more stringent  than those imposed under the Investment  Company Act of
1940  ("1940  Act").  Such terms also may impose  special  restrictions  on Plus
Fund's portfolio  composition or on its use of various investment  techniques or
strategies.  The Fund also might be further  limited in any of these respects by
guidelines  established  by any  Rating  Agencies  that issue  ratings  for debt
securities or preferred stock issued by the Fund. These requirements may have an
adverse effect on Plus Fund. For example,  limitations on Plus Fund's ability to
pay dividends or make other  distributions  could impair its ability to maintain
its  qualification for treatment as a regulated  investment  company for federal
tax purposes.

         The 1940 Act imposes a 200% asset coverage  requirement with respect to
any  preferred  stock  that  Plus  Fund may  issue.  Immediately  after any such
issuance,  Plus Fund's total  assets  (including  the proceeds of the  preferred
stock and of any indebtedness  constituting  senior securities) must be at least
equal to 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred stock (i.e.,
such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of Plus Fund's total assets, including
the  proceeds  of  the  preferred   stock  and  any   outstanding   indebtedness
constituting senior securities). Following the issuance of preferred stock, Plus

                                        2
<PAGE>

Fund would not be permitted to declare any cash  dividend or other  distribution
on  its  shares  or  purchase  any of  the  shares  (through  tender  offers  or
otherwise), unless it would satisfy this 200% asset coverage after deducting the
amount of the dividend, other distribution, or share purchase price, as the case
may  be.  If  Plus  Fund  were to have  senior  securities  in the  form of both
indebtedness  and  preferred  stock  outstanding  at the same time,  it would be
subject to the 300% asset coverage  requirement  imposed by the 1940 Act (a fund
is not permitted to incur  indebtedness  constituting  senior  securities unless
immediately thereafter the fund has total assets,  including the proceeds of the
indebtedness,  at least  equal to 300% of the amount of the  indebtedness)  with
respect  to  the  amount  of  the  indebtedness  and  the  200%  asset  coverage
requirement with respect to the preferred stock.  Under the 1940 Act, holders of
any outstanding  preferred stock,  voting  separately as a single class, must be
entitled to elect at least two members of Plus Fund's Board of Directors.  Also,
under certain  circumstances,  the holders of any senior  securities that are in
default may be entitled to elect a majority of the Board.

         For further information about leveraging,  see "Comparison of Principal
Risk  Factors--Primary  Differences in the Investment Risks of the Funds" in the
Proxy Statement/Prospectus."


YIELD FACTORS AND CREDIT RATINGS

      Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies,  Inc. ("S&P"),
Moody's Investors Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's"),  and other nationally  recognized
statistical  rating  organizations  (collectively  with Moody's and S&P, "Rating
Agencies")  are private  services that provide  ratings of the credit quality of
debt  obligations  (bonds) and certain other  securities.  A description  of the
range of ratings  assigned  to bonds by S&P and Moody's is included in this SAI.
The Fund may use these ratings in determining whether to purchase,  sell or hold
a security.  Credit  ratings  attempt to evaluate  the safety of  principal  and
interest payments,  but they do not evaluate the volatility of a bond's value or
its  liquidity  and do not  guarantee  the  performance  of the  issuer.  Rating
Agencies  may fail to make  timely  changes  in credit  ratings in  response  to
subsequent events, so that an issuer's current financial condition may be better
or worse than the rating  indicates.  There is a risk that Rating  Agencies  may
downgrade a bond's rating.  Subsequent to a bond's  purchase by the Fund, it may
cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required
for purchase by the Fund. The Fund may use these ratings in determining  whether
to purchase,  sell or hold a security.  It should be emphasized,  however,  that
ratings are general and are not  absolute  standards  of quality.  Consequently,
bonds with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different market
prices. Mitchell Hutchins will consider such an event in determining whether the
Fund should continue to hold the bond.

         Securities  ratings  are  based  largely  on  the  issuer's  historical
financial  condition  and the Rating  Agencies'  analysis at the time of rating.
Securities  ratings  are not a guarantee  of quality and may be lowered  after a
Fund has acquired the security.  Also,  Rating  Agencies may fail to make timely
changes in credit ratings in response to subsequent  events.  Consequently,  the
rating  assigned to any particular  security is not  necessarily a reflection of
the issuer's current financial condition,  which may be better or worse than the
rating would indicate. The rating assigned to a security by a Rating Agency does
not reflect an assessment of the volatility of the security's market value or of
the liquidity of an investment in the security.

      In  addition to ratings  assigned  to  individual  bond  issues,  Mitchell
Hutchins  analyzes  interest  rate  trends  and  developments  that  may  affect
individual issuers, including factors such as liquidity, profitability and asset
quality.  The yields on bonds are  dependent on a variety of factors,  including
general money market  conditions,  general  conditions  in the bond market,  the
financial condition of the issuer, the size of the offering, the maturity of the
obligation  and its rating.  There is a wide  variation in the quality of bonds,
both within a particular classification and between classifications. An issuer's
obligations  under  its bonds  are  subject  to the  provisions  of  bankruptcy,
insolvency  and other laws  affecting the rights and remedies of bond holders or
other creditors of an issuer;  litigation or other conditions may also adversely
affect the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment
of interest and principal on their bonds.

      Investment  grade  bonds  are  rated  in one of the  four  highest  rating
categories by Moody's or S&P,  comparably  rated by another Rating Agency or, if
unrated,  determined by Mitchell Hutchins to be of comparable  quality.  Moody's
considers  bonds  rated  Baa  (its  lowest  investment  grade  rating)  to  have
speculative  characteristics.  This means that changes in economic conditions or
other  circumstances  are more  likely to lead to a  weakened  capacity  to make
principal and interest payments than is the case for higher-rated bonds.

      High yield bonds (commonly known as "junk bonds") are non-investment grade
bonds.  This  means they are rated Ba or lower by  Moody's,  BB or lower by S&P,


                                       3
<PAGE>

comparably rated by another Rating Agency or determined by Mitchell  Hutchins to
be of comparable quality.  The Fund's investments in non-investment  grade bonds
entail greater risk than its investments in higher-rated  bonds.  Non-investment
grade  bonds  are  considered  predominantly  speculative  with  respect  to the
issuer's ability to pay interest and repay principal and may involve significant
risk exposure to adverse conditions.  Non-investment grade bonds generally offer
a higher current yield than that available for investment grade issues; however,
they involve  higher  risks,  in that they are  especially  sensitive to adverse
changes  in  general  economic  conditions  and in the  industries  in which the
issuers are engaged, to changes in the financial condition of the issuers and to
price  fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates.  During periods of
economic  downturn  or rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged  issuers  may
experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect their ability to make
payments of interest and principal and increase the  possibility of default.  In
addition,  such  issuers  may not have more  traditional  methods  of  financing
available  to them and may be unable to repay debt at maturity  by  refinancing.
The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because
such  securities  frequently  are unsecured by  collateral  and will not receive
payment until more senior claims are paid in full.

      The market for  non-investment  grade bonds,  especially  those of foreign
issuers,  has  expanded  rapidly  in  recent  years,  which has been a period of
generally  expanding  growth  and  lower  inflation.  These  securities  will be
susceptible  to greater  risk when  economic  growth  slows or reverses and when
inflation  increases  or  deflation  occurs.  This has been  reflected in recent
volatility in emerging  market  securities.  In the past, many lower rated bonds
experienced  substantial  price  declines  reflecting an  expectation  that many
issuers of such securities might experience financial difficulties. As a result,
the yields on lower rated bonds rose dramatically.  However, those higher yields
did not reflect the value of the income  stream that holders of such  securities
expected.  Rather, they reflected the risk that holders of such securities could
lose a  substantial  portion  of  their  value  due to  the  issuers'  financial
restructurings or defaults by the issuers.  There can be no assurance that those
declines will not recur.

      The market for  non-investment  grade bonds  generally is thinner and less
active  than that for  higher  quality  securities,  which may limit the  Fund's
ability  to sell such  securities  at fair value in  response  to changes in the
economy or  financial  markets.  Adverse  publicity  and  investor  perceptions,
whether or not based on fundamental  analysis,  may also decrease the values and
liquidity of non-investment grade bonds, especially in a thinly traded market.

SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF FOREIGN AND EMERGING MARKET SECURITIES

      GENERAL.  The  costs  attributable  to  and  risks  of  foreign  investing
frequently are higher than those  attributable  to domestic  investing;  this is
particularly  true with respect to emerging  capital markets.  For example,  the
cost of maintaining  custody of foreign  securities  exceeds custodian costs for
domestic  securities,  and transaction and settlement costs of foreign investing
also frequently are higher than those attributable to domestic investing.  Costs
associated  with the exchange of  currencies  also make foreign  investing  more
expensive than domestic  investing.  Investment income,  and gains realized,  on
certain  foreign  securities  may be  subject to  foreign  withholding  or other
government taxes that could reduce the return of these securities.  Tax treaties
between  the  United  States  and  foreign  countries,  however,  may  reduce or
eliminate  the amount of  foreign  tax to which the Fund  would be  subject.  In
addition, substantial limitations may exist in certain countries with respect to
the Fund's ability to repatriate  investment capital or the proceeds of sales of
securities.  Moreover,  individual  foreign  economies  may differ  favorably or


                                       4
<PAGE>


unfavorably  from the U.S.  economy in such respects as growth of gross national
product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment,  resource self-sufficiency and
balance of payments position.  In those European countries that have begun using
the  Euro as a  common  currency  unit,  individual  national  economies  may be
adversely  affected by the  inability  of national  governments  to use monetary
policy to address their own economic or political concerns.

      Securities  of many foreign  companies may be less liquid and their prices
more volatile than  securities of comparable U.S.  companies.  From time to time
foreign  securities may be difficult to liquidate rapidly without  significantly
depressing the price of such securities.  Transactions in foreign securities may
be subject to less efficient  settlement  practices.  Foreign securities trading
practices,  including those  involving  securities  settlement  where the Fund's
assets  may be  released  prior to receipt  of  payment,  may expose the Fund to
increased  risk in the event of a failed  trade or the  insolvency  of a foreign
broker-dealer.  Legal  remedies for defaults and disputes may have to be pursued
in foreign courts,  whose  procedures  differ  substantially  from those of U.S.
courts.

      Foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in
certain markets there have been times when  settlements have failed to keep pace
with the volume of securities transactions,  making it difficult to conduct such
transactions.  Delays in settlement  could result in the temporary  periods when
assets of the Fund are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability
of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could
cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose
of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses
to the Fund due to subsequent  declines in the value of such portfolio  security
or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the  security,  could result
in possible liability to the purchaser.

      Emerging market  countries  typically have economic and political  systems
that are less fully  developed  and can be expected to be less stable than those
of  developed  countries.  Emerging  market  countries  may have  policies  that
restrict  investment  by  foreigners,  and there is a higher risk of  government
expropriation or nationalization of private property.  The possibility of low or
nonexistent  trading volume in the  securities of companies in emerging  markets
also may  result in a lack of  liquidity  and in price  volatility.  Issuers  in
emerging markets typically are subject to a greater degree of change in earnings
and business prospects than are companies in developed markets.

      INVESTMENT  AND  REPATRIATION  RESTRICTIONS.  Foreign  investment  in  the
securities  markets  of several  emerging  market  countries  is  restricted  or
controlled  to  varying  degrees.   These  restrictions  may  limit  the  Fund's
investment  in these  countries  and may  increase  its  expenses.  For example,
certain  countries may require  governmental  approval  prior to  investments by
foreign persons in a particular  company or industry sector or limit  investment
by foreign  persons to only a specific  class of securities of a company,  which
may have less  advantageous  terms  (including  price)  than  securities  of the
company  available for purchase by nationals.  Certain countries may restrict or
prohibit  investment  opportunities in issuers or industries deemed important to
national interests.  In addition, the repatriation of both investment income and
capital from some emerging market countries is subject to restrictions,  such as
the need for  certain  government  consents.  Even  where  there is no  outright
restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect
certain aspects of the Fund's  operations.  These restrictions may in the future
make it undesirable to invest in the countries to which they apply. In addition,
if there is a  deterioration  in a  country's  balance of  payments or for other
reasons,  a country  may  impose  restrictions  on foreign  capital  remittances
abroad.  The Fund  could be  adversely  affected  by delays  in, or a refusal to
grant, any required  governmental  approval for repatriation,  as well as by the
application to it of other restrictions on investments.




                                       5
<PAGE>


      If, because of restrictions  on repatriation or conversion,  the Fund were
unable to distribute  substantially all of its net investment income and capital
gains  within  applicable  time  periods,  the Fund  could be subject to federal
income and excise taxes that would not  otherwise be incurred and could cease to
qualify  for the  favorable  tax  treatment  afforded  to  regulated  investment
companies under the Internal Revenue Code. In such case, it would become subject
to federal income tax on all of its net income and gains. To avoid these adverse
consequences,  the Fund might be required to distribute amounts that are greater
than the total amount of cash it actually receives.  These  distributions  would
have to be made from the Fund's cash assets or, if necessary,  from the proceeds
of  sales  of  portfolio  securities.  The Fund  would  not be able to  purchase
additional securities with cash used to make such distributions, and its current
income and the value of its shares might ultimately be reduced as a result.

      SOCIAL, POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC FACTORS. Many emerging market countries may
be subject to a greater  degree of social,  political  and economic  instability
than is the case in the United States.  Any change in the leadership or policies
of these  countries may halt the expansion of or reverse any  liberalization  of
foreign  investment  policies now occurring.  Such  instability may result from,
among other things,  the following:  (i)  authoritarian  governments or military
involvement in political and economic decision making, and changes in government
through  extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands
for  improved  political,   economic  and  social  conditions;   (iii)  internal
insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; and (v) ethnic,
religious  and  racial  disaffection.   Such  social,   political  and  economic
instability could significantly disrupt the financial markets in those countries
and  elsewhere and could  adversely  affect the value of the Fund's  assets.  In
addition,  there  may be the  possibility  of  asset  expropriations  or  future
confiscatory levels of taxation affecting the Fund.

      The  economies  of  many  emerging  markets  are  heavily  dependent  upon
international  trade and are accordingly  affected by protective  trade barriers
and the economic  conditions of their trading  partners,  principally the United
States,  Japan, China and the European Union. The enactment by the United States
or  other  principal  trading  partners  of  protectionist   trade  legislation,
reduction of foreign  investment in the local economies and general  declines in
the  international  securities  markets could have a significant  adverse effect
upon the securities  markets of these countries.  In addition,  the economies of
some  countries are  vulnerable to weakness in world prices for their  commodity
exports.

      Many foreign and emerging  market  securities are not registered  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"),  and the issuers of those securities
are not subject to SEC reporting  requirements.  Accordingly,  there may be less
publicly available information  concerning foreign issuers of securities held by
the Fund than is available concerning U.S. companies.  Disclosure and regulatory
standards in many respects are less stringent in emerging market  countries than
in U.S. and other major  markets.  There also may be a lower level of monitoring
and  regulation  of emerging  markets and the  activities  of  investors in such
markets,  and  enforcement  of existing  regulations  may be extremely  limited.
Foreign companies and, in particular,  companies in smaller and emerging capital
markets are not generally subject to uniform accounting,  auditing and financial
reporting  standards or to other  regulatory  requirements  comparable  to those
applicable to U.S. companies.

      In  addition,  existing  laws and  regulations  are  often  inconsistently
applied.  As legal  systems in some of the emerging  market  countries  develop,




                                       6
<PAGE>



foreign investors may be adversely affected by new laws and regulations, changes
to existing laws and regulations and preemption of local laws and regulations by
national  laws.  In  circumstances  where  adequate  laws  exist,  it may not be
possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of the law.

      SOVEREIGN  DEBT.  Sovereign debt includes bonds that are issued by foreign
governments or their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions or by
foreign central banks.  Sovereign debt also may be issued by  quasi-governmental
entities that are owned by foreign  governments but are not backed by their full
faith and credit or general taxing powers. Investment in sovereign debt involves
special  risks.  The  issuer of the debt or the  governmental  authorities  that
control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay  principal
and/or  interest  when due in  accordance  with the terms of such debt,  and the
funds may have limited legal recourse in the event of a default.

      Sovereign debt differs from debt obligations issued by private entities in
that,  generally,  remedies  for  defaults  must be pursued in the courts of the
defaulting party. Legal recourse is, therefore,  limited.  Political conditions,
especially  a  sovereign  entity's  willingness  to meet  the  terms of its debt
obligations,  are of considerable significance.  Also, there can be no assurance
that the holders of commercial  bank loans to the same sovereign  entity may not
contest  payments to the holders of sovereign debt in the event of default under
commercial bank loan agreements.

      A sovereign  debtor's  willingness  or ability to pay  interest  and repay
principal in a timely manner may be affected by, among other  factors,  its cash
flow  situation,  the  extent  of its  foreign  reserves,  the  availability  of
sufficient  foreign  exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of
the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor's policy
toward principal  international lenders and the political constraints to which a
sovereign  debtor may be subject.  A country whose exports are concentrated in a
few commodities could be vulnerable to a decline in the  international  price of
such  commodities.  Increased  protectionism on the part of a country's  trading
partners,  or political changes in those countries,  could also adversely affect
its exports.  Such events could diminish a country's trade account  surplus,  if
any, or the credit standing of a particular local government or agency.  Another
factor bearing on the ability of a country to repay  sovereign debt is the level
of the  country's  international  reserves.  Fluctuations  in the level of these
reserves  can  affect  the  amount of foreign  exchange  readily  available  for
external debt payments  and,  thus,  could have a bearing on the capacity of the
country to make payments on its sovereign debt.

      The occurrence of political,  social or diplomatic  changes in one or more
of the  countries  issuing  sovereign  debt  could  adversely  affect the Fund's
investments.  Political  changes  or a  deterioration  of a  country's  domestic
economy or balance of trade may affect the  willingness  of countries to service
their sovereign debt.  While the Fund's portfolio is managed in a manner that is
intended to minimize the exposure to such risks,  there can be no assurance that
adverse  political  changes will not cause the Fund to suffer a loss of interest
or principal on any of its sovereign debt holdings.

      To the extent that a country has a current account deficit (generally when
exports of  merchandise  and  services  are less than the  country's  imports of
merchandise and services plus net transfers (e.g.,  gifts of currency and goods)
to  foreigners),  it will  need to  depend on loans  from  foreign  governments,
multilateral  organizations  or private  commercial  banks,  aid  payments  from



                                       7
<PAGE>

foreign governments and inflows of foreign  investment.  The access of a country
to these forms of  external  funding may not be  certain,  and a  withdrawal  of
external  funding  could  adversely  affect the capacity of a government to make
payments on its obligations. In addition, the cost of servicing debt obligations
can be affected by a change in international  interest rates, since the majority
of these obligations carry interest rates that are adjusted  periodically  based
upon international rates.

      With  respect to  sovereign  debt of emerging  market  issuers,  investors
should be aware that certain  emerging  market  countries  are among the largest
debtors to  commercial  banks and  foreign  governments.  Some  emerging  market
countries have from time to time declared  moratoria on the payment of principal
and interest on external debt.

      Some emerging market  countries have  experienced  difficulty in servicing
their  sovereign  debt on a  timely  basis  which  led to  defaults  on  certain
obligations  and  the  restructuring  of  certain  indebtedness.   Restructuring
arrangements  have  included,  among other  things,  reducing  and  rescheduling
interest and principal  payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements
or  converting  outstanding  principal and unpaid  interest to Brady Bonds,  and
obtaining new credit to finance  interest  payments.  Holders of sovereign debt,
including the Fund, may be requested to participate in the  rescheduling of such
debt and to extend further loans to sovereign debtors.  The interests of holders
of  sovereign  debt could be adversely  affected in the course of  restructuring
arrangements or by certain other factors referred to below. Furthermore, some of
the participants in the secondary market for sovereign debt may also be directly
involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may, therefore, have
access to information  not available to other market  participants.  Obligations
arising from past restructuring  agreements may affect the economic  performance
and political and social  stability of certain issuers of sovereign debt.  There
is no  bankruptcy  proceeding by which  sovereign  debt on which a sovereign has
defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

      Foreign  investment in certain  sovereign debt is restricted or controlled
to  varying  degrees.  These  restrictions  or  controls  may at times  limit or
preclude  foreign  investment in such  sovereign debt and increase the costs and
expenses of the Fund.  Certain  countries  in which the Fund may invest  require
governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons,  limit the amount
of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by
foreign  persons only to a specific  class of  securities  of an issuer that may
have less  advantageous  rights  than the  classes  available  for  purchase  by
domiciliaries of the countries or impose additional taxes on foreign  investors.
Certain  issuers may  require  governmental  approval  for the  repatriation  of
investment  income,  capital or the proceeds of sales of  securities  by foreign
investors.  In addition,  if a  deterioration  occurs in a country's  balance of
payments the country  could impose  temporary  restrictions  on foreign  capital
remittances.  The Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to
grant, any required  governmental  approval for repatriation of capital, as well
as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investments.  Investing
in local  markets may require the Fund to adopt special  procedures,  seek local
government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional
costs to the Fund.

ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES

         Asset-backed  securities  are  similar to  mortgage-backed  securities,
except that the underlying assets are different.  These underlying assets may be
nearly  any  type of  financial  asset  or  receivable,  such as  motor  vehicle
installment sales contracts,  home equity loans, leases of various types of real
and personal  property and  receivables  from  revolving  credit  (credit  card)
agreements.  Such  assets are  securitized  through the use of trusts or special
purpose  corporations.  Payments or distributions of principal and income may be
guaranteed  up to a certain  amount and for a certain time period by a letter of
credit or pool insurance policy issued by a financial  institution  unaffiliated
with the issuer, or other credit enhancements may be present.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

         Mortgage-backed securities are debt or pass-through securities that are
backed  by  specific  types of  assets.  These  securities  represent  direct or
indirect  participations in, or are secured by and payable from,  mortgage loans
secured by real  property  and  include  single-  and  multi-class  pass-through
securities   and   collateralized   mortgage   obligations. The  U.S. government



                                       8
<PAGE>

mortgage-backed  securities  are  issued  or  guaranteed  as to the  payment  of
principal and interest (but not as to market value) by Ginnie Mae (also known as
the Government  National  Mortgage  Association),  Fannie Mae (also known as the
Federal National Mortgage Association) or Freddie Mac (also known as the Federal
Home Loan Mortgage Corporation) or other government-sponsored enterprises. Other
domestic mortgage-backed securities are sponsored or issued by private entities,
generally  originators  of and investors in mortgage  loans,  including  savings
associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment bankers and special
purpose  entities  (collectively   "Private  Mortgage  Lenders").   Payments  of
principal   and   interest   (but  not  the  market   value)  of  such   private
mortgage-backed  securities may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other
mortgage-backed  securities that are guaranteed,  directly or indirectly, by the
U.S.  government  or one of its  agencies or  instrumentalities,  or they may be
issued without any government  guarantee of the underlying  mortgage  assets but
with some form of non-government  credit  enhancement.  Foreign  mortgage-backed
securities  may be issued by mortgage  banks and other  private or  governmental
entities  outside the United  States and are  supported  by interests in foreign
real estate.  New types of mortgage- and  asset-backed  securities are developed
and marketed from time to time and, consistent with its investment  limitations,
Plus Fund  expects to invest in those new types of mortgage-  and asset-  backed
securities  that  Mitchell   Hutchins  believes  may  assist  in  achieving  its
investment  objectives.  Similarly,  the  Fund  may  invest  in  mortgage-backed
securities issued by new or existing  governmental or private issuers other than
those identified herein.

      GINNIE  MAE   CERTIFICATES.   Ginnie  Mae  guarantees   certain   mortgage
pass-through certificates ("Ginnie Mae certificates") that are issued by Private
Mortgage Lenders and that represent  ownership  interests in individual pools of
residential  mortgage  loans.  These  securities are designed to provide monthly
payments of interest and principal to the investor.  Timely  payment of interest
and  principal  is backed by the full faith and  credit of the U.S.  government.
Each mortgagor's  monthly payments to his lending institution on his residential
mortgage are "passed through" to certificate  holders such as the Fund. Mortgage
pools consist of whole mortgage loans or  participations in loans. The terms and
characteristics of the mortgage  instruments are generally uniform within a pool
but may vary among pools.  Lending institutions that originate mortgages for the
pools are subject to certain standards,  including credit and other underwriting
criteria for individual mortgages included in the pools.

      FANNIE MAE  CERTIFICATES.  Fannie  Mae  facilitates  a national  secondary
market in residential  mortgage  loans insured or guaranteed by U.S.  government
agencies  and in  privately  insured or  uninsured  residential  mortgage  loans
(sometimes referred to as "conventional mortgage loans" or "conventional loans")
through its mortgage purchase and  mortgage-backed  securities sales activities.
Fannie Mae issues guaranteed  mortgage  pass-through  certificates  ("Fannie Mae
certificates"),  which  represent  pro rata shares of all interest and principal
payments made and owed on the underlying  pools.  Fannie Mae  guarantees  timely
payment of interest  and  principal on Fannie Mae  certificates.  The Fannie Mae
guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

      FREDDIE  MAC  CERTIFICATES.   Freddie  Mac  also  facilitates  a  national
secondary  market  for  conventional  residential  and  U.S.  government-insured
mortgage  loans  through its mortgage  purchase and  mortgage-backed  securities
sales  activities.  Freddie  Mac  issues  two  types  of  mortgage  pass-through
securities:  mortgage participation certificates ("PCs") and guaranteed mortgage
certificates  ("GMCs").  Each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and
principal  payments made and owed on the underlying pool.  Freddie Mac generally
guarantees timely monthly payment of interest on PCs and the ultimate payment of
principal, but it also has a PC program under which it guarantees timely payment
of both  principal  and interest.  GMCs also  represent a pro rata interest in a
pool of mortgages.  These instruments,  however,  pay interest  semiannually and
return  principal once a year in guaranteed  minimum  payments.  The Freddie Mac
guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.



                                       9
<PAGE>


      PRIVATE MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  Mortgage-backed securities issued by
Private   Mortgage   Lenders  are  structured   similarly  to  the  pass-through
certificates  and  collateralized   mortgage   obligations  ("CMOs")  issued  or
guaranteed  by Ginnie Mae,  Fannie Mae and  Freddie  Mac.  Such  mortgage-backed
securities  may be supported by pools of U.S.  government  or agency  insured or
guaranteed  mortgage loans or by other  mortgage-backed  securities  issued by a
government agency or instrumentality,  but they generally are supported by pools
of conventional  (I.E.,  non-government  guaranteed or insured)  mortgage loans.
Since such  mortgage-backed  securities normally are not guaranteed by an entity
having the credit  standing of Ginnie  Mae,  Fannie Mae and  Freddie  Mac,  they
normally  are  structured  with one or more  types of  credit  enhancement.  See
"--TYPES OF CREDIT  ENHANCEMENt" below. These credit enhancements do not protect
investors from changes in market value.

      COMMERCIAL   MORTGAGE-BACKED   SECURITIES.    Commercial   mortgage-backed
securities  generally are multi-class debt or pass-through  certificates secured
by  mortgage  loans  on  commercial   properties.   The  market  for  commercial
mortgage-backed  securities  developed  more  recently,  and in  terms  of total
outstanding  principal  amount of issues is  relatively  small,  compared to the
market for residential  single-family  mortgage-backed  securities. In addition,
commercial  lending generally is viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk
of loss than one- to four-family  residential  lending.  Commercial lending, for
example,  typically  involves  larger  loans to  single  borrowers  or groups of
related  borrowers than  residential  one- to  four-family  mortgage  loans.  In
addition,  the  repayment  of  loans  secured  by  income  producing  properties
typically is dependent upon the successful  operation of the related real estate
project and the cash flow generated therefrom.  Consequently, adverse changes in
economic  conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact
on mortgage-backed  securities secured by loans on commercial properties than on
those secured by loans on residential properties.

      COLLATERALIZED    MORTGAGE    OBLIGATIONS   AND    MULTI-CLASS    MORTGAGE
PASS-THROUGHS.  CMOs are debt  obligations that are  collateralized  by mortgage
loans or mortgage  pass-through  securities (such collateral  collectively being
called "Mortgage Assets").  CMOs may be issued by Private Mortgage Lenders or by
government  entities  such as Fannie Mae or Freddie  Mac.  Multi-class  mortgage
pass-through  securities  are interests in trusts that are comprised of Mortgage
Assets  and that have  multiple  classes  similar  to those in CMOs.  Unless the
context  indicates  otherwise,  references  herein to CMOs include  multi-class,
mortgage pass-through securities. Payments of principal of, and interest on, the
Mortgage  Assets  (and in the case of CMOs,  any  reinvestment  income  thereon)
provide  the  funds  to pay  debt  service  on the  CMOs  or to  make  scheduled
distributions on the multi-class mortgage pass-through securities.  CMOs involve
special risks, and evaluating them requires special knowledge.

      In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes.
Each class of CMO,  also  referred  to as a  "tranche,"  is issued at a specific
fixed or floating  coupon rate and has a stated  maturity or final  distribution
date. Principal  prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause CMOs to be retired
substantially  earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates.
Interest  is  paid  or  accrued  on  all  classes  of  a  CMO  (other  than  any
principal-only class) on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis. The principal
and interest on the Mortgage  Assets may be allocated  among the several classes
of a CMO in many ways. In one  structure,  payments of principal,  including any
principal  prepayments,  on the Mortgage  Assets are applied to the classes of a



                                       10
<PAGE>


CMO in the order of their  respective  stated  maturities or final  distribution
dates so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of the CMO until
all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final  distribution  date
have been paid in full. In some CMO structures, all or a portion of the interest
attributable  to one or more of the CMO  classes  may be added to the  principal
amounts attributable to such classes,  rather than passed through to certificate
holders on a current basis, until other classes of the CMO are paid in full.

      Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide  payments of principal on each
payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous  payments are taken into
account in calculating  the stated maturity date or final  distribution  date of
each class,  which, as with other CMO structures,  must be retired by its stated
maturity date or final distribution date but may be retired earlier.

      Some CMO classes are structured to pay interest at rates that are adjusted
in accordance with a formula,  such as a multiple or fraction of the change in a
specified interest rate index, so as to pay at a rate that will be attractive in
certain interest rate  environments but not in others.  For example,  an inverse
floating  rate CMO class pays  interest at a rate that  increases as a specified
interest rate index decreases but decreases as that index  increases.  For other
CMO  classes,  the  yield  may move in the same  direction  as  market  interest
rates--I.E.,  the yield may  increase as rates  increase  and  decrease as rates
decrease--but may do so more rapidly or to a greater degree. The market value of
such securities generally is more volatile than that of a fixed rate obligation.
Such interest rate formulas may be combined with other CMO characteristics.  For
example, a CMO class may be an inverse  interest-only class on which the holders
are  entitled to receive no payments of  principal  and are  entitled to receive
interest at a rate that will vary inversely with a specified index or a multiple
thereof.

      TYPES OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT.  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors
on the underlying assets to make payments, mortgage- and asset-backed securities
may contain elements of credit  enhancement.  Such credit enhancement falls into
two  categories:  (1) liquidity  protection  and (2)  protection  against losses
resulting after default by an obligor on the underlying assets and collection of
all amounts recoverable directly from the obligor and through liquidation of the
collateral.  Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally
by the  entity  administering  the pool of assets  (usually  the  bank,  savings
association or mortgage  banker that  transferred  the  underlying  loans to the
issuer  of the  security),  to  ensure  that  the  receipt  of  payments  on the
underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion.  Protection against losses resulting
after default and liquidation  ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at
least a portion  of the  assets in the pool.  Such  protection  may be  provided
through  guarantees,  insurance  policies  or letters of credit  obtained by the
issuer or sponsor, from third parties,  through various means of structuring the
transaction or through a combination of such  approaches.  The Fund will not pay
any  additional  fees for such credit  enhancement,  although  the  existence of
credit enhancement may increase the price of a security.  Credit enhancements do
not provide  protection  against  changes in the market  value of the  security.
Examples of credit  enhancement  arising out of the structure of the transaction
include "senior-subordinated  securities" (multiple class securities with one or
more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof
and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are
borne  first by the  holders of the  subordinated  class),  creation  of "spread




                                       11
<PAGE>



accounts" or "reserve funds" (where cash or investments, sometimes funded from a
portion of the payments on the underlying  assets,  are held in reserve  against
future losses) and "over-collateralization" (where the scheduled payments on, or
the  principal  amount of, the  underlying  assets  exceed that required to make
payment of the  securities  and pay any servicing or other fees).  The degree of
credit  enhancement  provided for each issue  generally  is based on  historical
information  regarding the level of credit risk  associated  with the underlying
assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated could adversely affect
the return on an investment in such a security.

      INVESTMENTS   IN   SUBORDINATED   SECURITIES.   The  Fund  may  invest  in
subordinated   classes   of   senior-subordinated    securities   ("Subordinated
Securities").  Subordinated Securities have no governmental  guarantee,  and are
subordinated  in some manner as to the payment of principal  and/or  interest to
the holders of more senior mortgage- or asset-backed  securities  arising out of
the same pool of assets.  The holders of Subordinated  Securities  typically are
compensated  with a higher  stated  yield than are the  holders  of more  senior
securities.  On the other hand,  Subordinated  Securities  typically subject the
holder to greater  risk than senior  securities  and tend to be rated in a lower
rating category, and frequently a substantially lower rating category,  than the
senior  securities  issued in respect  of the same pool of assets.  Subordinated
Securities  generally  are likely to be more  sensitive to changes in prepayment
and interest  rates,  and the market for such securities may be less liquid than
is the case for  traditional  fixed-income  securities  and senior  mortgage- or
asset-backed securities.

      SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF MORTGAGE- AND  ASSET-BACKED  SECURITIES.  The
yield characteristics of mortgage-and  asset-backed securities differ from those
of traditional  debt securities.  Among the major  differences are that interest
and  principal  payments are made more  frequently,  usually  monthly,  and that
principal may be prepaid at any time because the  underlying  mortgage  loans or
other obligations generally may be prepaid at any time. Prepayments on a pool of
mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic,  geographic,  social and
other factors,  including  changes in mortgagors'  housing needs, job transfers,
unemployment,  mortgagors' net equity in the mortgaged  properties and servicing
decisions.  Generally,  however,  prepayments on fixed-rate  mortgage loans will
increase during a period of falling  interest rates and decrease during a period
of rising interest  rates.  Similar factors apply to prepayments on asset-backed
securities, but the receivables underlying asset-backed securities generally are
of  a  shorter   maturity  and  thus  less  likely  to  experience   substantial
prepayments.  Such securities,  however, often provide that for a specified time
period the issuers  will  replace  receivables  in the pool that are repaid with
comparable obligations. If the issuer is unable to do so, repayment of principal
on the  asset-backed  securities may commence at an earlier date.  Mortgage- and
asset-backed  securities  may  decrease  in value as a result  of  increases  in
interest  rates and may benefit  less than other  fixed-income  securities  from
declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.

      The rate of  interest  on  mortgage-backed  securities  is lower  than the
interest rates paid on the mortgages  included in the underlying pool due to the
annual  fees paid to the  servicer  of the  mortgage  pool for  passing  through
monthly  payments to certificate  holders and to any  guarantor,  and due to any
yield  retained  by the  issuer.  Actual  yield to the  holder may vary from the
coupon rate, even if adjustable, if the mortgage-backed securities are purchased
or traded in the secondary market at a premium or discount.  In addition,  there
is normally some delay between the time the issuer  receives  mortgage  payments
from  the   servicer  and  the  time  the  issuer  makes  the  payments  on  the
mortgage-backed  securities,  and this delay reduces the effective  yield to the
holder of such securities.

      Yields on  pass-through  securities  are  typically  quoted by  investment
dealers and vendors based on the maturity of the underlying  instruments and the
associated  average  life  assumption.  The average life of  pass-through  pools



                                       12
<PAGE>

varies with the maturities of the underlying  mortgage  loans. A pool's term may
be shortened by  unscheduled  or early  payments of principal on the  underlying
mortgages.  Because  prepayment rates of individual pools vary widely, it is not
possible to predict  accurately  the average life of a particular  pool.  In the
past,  a common  industry  practice was to assume that  prepayments  on pools of
fixed rate  30-year  mortgages  would  result in a 12-year  average life for the
pool.  At  present,  mortgage  pools,  particularly  those with loans with other
maturities or different characteristics,  are priced on an assumption of average
life determined for each pool. In periods of declining  interest rates, the rate
of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual average life of a
pool of mortgage-backed  securities.  Conversely,  in periods of rising interest
rates, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease,  thereby lengthening the actual
average life of the pool.  The value of  securities  with longer  average  lives
generally  fluctuates  more widely in response to changes in interest rates than
the value of securities with shorter average lives.  However,  these effects may
not be present, or may differ in degree, if the mortgage loans in the pools have
adjustable  interest rates or other special payment terms,  such as a prepayment
charge.  Actual  prepayment  experience  may cause the yield of  mortgage-backed
securities  to differ  from the assumed  average  life  yield.  Reinvestment  of
prepayments may occur at lower interest rates than the original investment, thus
adversely affecting the yield of the Fund.

         The market for privately issued  mortgage- and asset-backed  securities
is smaller and less liquid than the market for U.S.  government  mortgage-backed
securities. The markets for foreign mortgage-backed securities are substantially
smaller than U.S.  markets.  Foreign  mortgage-backed  securities are structured
differently than domestic mortgage-backed  securities, but they normally present
substantially similar risks, as well as the other risks normally associated with
foreign  securities.  CMO classes may be specially  structured  in a manner that
provides any of a wide  variety of  investment  characteristics,  such as yield,
effective  maturity and interest rate sensitivity.  As market conditions change,
however,  and  especially  during periods of rapid or  unanticipated  changes in
market interest rates, the attractiveness of some CMO classes and the ability of
the  structure  to provide the  anticipated  investment  characteristics  may be
significantly  reduced.  These  changes can result in  volatility  in the market
value,  and in some  instances  reduced  liquidity,  of the CMO  class.  Inverse
floating rate CMO classes may be extremely volatile.  These classes pay interest
at a rate that decreases when a specified index of market rates increases.

         During 1994, the value and liquidity of many mortgage-backed securities
declined  sharply due primarily to increases in interest rates.  There can be no
assurance  that such  declines  will not  recur.  The  market  value of  certain
mortgage-backed  securities can be extremely  volatile and these  securities may
become illiquid.  Mitchell  Hutchins seeks to manage Plus Fund's  investments in
mortgage-backed securities so that the volatility of the Fund's portfolio, taken
as a whole,  is  consistent  with the Fund's  investment  objectives.  If market
interest rates or other factors that affect the volatility of securities held by
the Fund change in ways that Mitchell  Hutchins does not anticipate,  the Fund's
ability to meet its investment objectives may be reduced.

      ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  ON  ADJUSTABLE  RATE  MORTGAGE- AND FLOATING RATE
MORTGAGE-BACKED   SECURITIES.   Adjustable   rate   mortgage-backed   securities
(sometimes referred to as "ARM securities") are mortgage-backed  securities that
represent  a right to receive  interest  payments  at a rate that is adjusted to
reflect the  interest  earned on a pool of mortgage  loans  bearing  variable or
adjustable  rates of interest  (such  mortgage loans are referred to as "ARMs").
Floating  rate   mortgage-backed   securities  are  classes  of  mortgage-backed
securities that have been structured to represent the right to receive  interest
payments at rates that fluctuate in accordance  with an index but that generally
are  supported by pools  comprised of  fixed-rate  mortgage  loans.  Because the
interest rates on ARM and floating rate mortgage-backed  securities are reset in
response to changes in a specified  market index,  the values of such securities
tend to be less  sensitive  to  interest  rate  fluctuations  than the values of
fixed-rate securities. As a result, during periods of rising interest rates, ARM
securities  generally do not decrease in value as much as fixed rate securities.
Conversely,  during periods of declining rates, ARM securities  generally do not
increase in value as much as fixed rate securities.  ARM securities  represent a
right to receive  interest  payments  at a rate that is  adjusted to reflect the
interest  earned on a pool of ARMs.  ARMs generally  specify that the borrower's
mortgage  interest rate may not be adjusted above a specified  lifetime  maximum
rate or, in some cases, below a minimum lifetime rate. In addition, certain ARMs
specify  limitations on the maximum  amount by which the mortgage  interest rate
may adjust for any single adjustment period.  ARMs also may limit changes in the
maximum amount by which the borrower's monthly payment may adjust for any single
adjustment  period. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay
the  interest  accruing  on the ARM,  any such  excess  interest is added to the
mortgage  loan  ("negative  amortization"),   which  is  repaid  through  future
payments.  If the monthly payment exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the
applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment that would have been
necessary to amortize the outstanding  principal balance over the remaining term
of the loan,  the excess  reduces the  principal  balance of the ARM.  Borrowers
under ARMs experiencing  negative amortization may take longer to build up their
equity in the underlying property and may be more likely to default.



                                       13
<PAGE>


      ARMs also may be subject to a greater rate of  prepayments  in a declining
interest rate environment.  For example,  during a period of declining  interest
rates,  prepayments on ARMs could  increase  because the  availability  of fixed
mortgage  loans at  competitive  interest  rates  may  encourage  mortgagors  to
"lock-in"  at a lower  interest  rate.  Conversely,  during a period  of  rising
interest rates, prepayments on ARMs might decrease. The rate of prepayments with
respect to ARMs has fluctuated in recent years.

      The rates of interest payable on certain ARMs, and, therefore,  on certain
ARM securities,  are based on indices,  such as the one-year  constant  maturity
Treasury rate, that reflect  changes in market interest rates.  Others are based
on indices, such as the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds Index
("COFI"),  that tend to lag behind changes in market interest rates.  The values
of ARM securities supported by ARMs that adjust based on lagging indices tend to
be somewhat more sensitive to interest rate  fluctuations  than those reflecting
current  interest rate levels,  although the values of such ARM securities still
tend  to be  less  sensitive  to  interest  rate  fluctuations  than  fixed-rate
securities.

      Floating rate  mortgage-backed  securities are classes of  mortgage-backed
securities that have been structured to represent the right to receive  interest
payments at rates that fluctuate in accordance  with an index but that generally
are  supported by pools  comprised of  fixed-rate  mortgage  loans.  As with ARM
securities,   interest  rate   adjustments  on  floating  rate   mortgage-backed
securities  may be based on  indices  that lag  behind  market  interest  rates.
Interest  rates  on  floating  rate  mortgage-backed  securities  generally  are
adjusted  monthly.  Floating  rate  mortgage-backed  securities  are  subject to
lifetime  interest rate caps,  but they generally are not subject to limitations
on monthly or other periodic changes in interest rates or monthly payments.

DURATION

      Duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed income security that
was developed as a more precise  alternative  to the concept "term to maturity."
Duration incorporates the debt security's yield, coupon interest payments, final
maturity and call features into one measure and is one of the fundamental  tools
used by Mitchell Hutchins in portfolio selection and yield curve positioning for
the Fund's debt investments. Traditionally, a debt security's "term to maturity"
has been used as a proxy for the sensitivity of the security's  price to changes
in interest  rates (which is the  "interest  rate risk" or  "volatility"  of the
security).  However,  "term to  maturity"  measures  only the time  until a debt
security  provides for a final payment,  taking no account of the pattern of the
security's payments prior to maturity.

      Duration takes the length of the time  intervals  between the present time
and the time that the interest and  principal  payments are scheduled or, in the
case of a callable debt  security,  expected to be made, and weights them by the
present  values of the cash to be received at each future point in time. For any
fixed income security with interest  payments  occurring prior to the payment of
principal,  duration is always less than maturity.  For example,  depending upon
its coupon and the level of market  yields,  a  Treasury  note with a  remaining
maturity of five years might have a duration of 4.5 years.  For  mortgage-backed
and other  securities that are subject to  prepayments,  put or call features or
adjustable coupons, the difference between the remaining stated maturity and the
duration is likely to be much greater.

      Duration  allows Mitchell  Hutchins to make certain  predictions as to the
effect that changes in the level of interest rates will have on the value of the



                                       14
<PAGE>


Fund's  portfolio of debt  securities.  For example,  when the level of interest
rates increases by 1%, a debt security having a positive duration of three years
generally  will  decrease  by  approximately  3%.  Thus,  if  Mitchell  Hutchins
calculates  the  duration of the Fund's  portfolio of debt  securities  as three
years,   it  normally   would  expect  the  portfolio  to  change  in  value  by
approximately  3% for every 1% change in the level of interest  rates.  However,
various factors,  such as changes in anticipated  prepayment rates,  qualitative
considerations and market supply and demand, can cause particular  securities to
respond somewhat  differently to changes in interest rates than indicated in the
above  example.  Moreover,  in the case of  mortgage-backed  and  other  complex
securities,  duration  calculations  are estimates and are not precise.  This is
particularly  true during  periods of market  volatility.  Accordingly,  the net
asset value of a fund's  portfolio  of debt  securities  may vary in relation to
interest  rates by a greater or lesser  percentage  than  indicated by the above
example.

      Futures,  options and options on futures have durations  that, in general,
are  closely  related to the  duration of the  securities  that  underlie  them.
Holding  long  futures or call  option  positions  will  lengthen  a  security's
duration by approximately  the same amount as would holding an equivalent amount
of the  underlying  securities.  Short  futures or put  options  have  durations
roughly equal to the negative  duration of the  securities  that underlie  these
positions,  and have the effect of reducing  portfolio duration by approximately
the  same  amount  as would  selling  an  equivalent  amount  of the  underlying
securities.

      There are some situations in which the standard duration  calculation does
not properly  reflect the  interest  rate  exposure of a security.  For example,
floating and variable rate securities often have final maturities of ten or more
years; however, their interest rate exposure corresponds to the frequency of the
coupon reset.  Another  example where the interest rate exposure is not properly
captured by the standard  duration  calculation  is the case of  mortgage-backed
securities.  The stated final maturity of such securities is generally 30 years,
but  current  prepayment  rates are  critical  in  determining  the  securities'
interest rate exposure. In these and other similar situations, Mitchell Hutchins
uses more sophisticated analytical techniques that incorporate the economic life
of a  security  into the  determination  of its  duration  and,  therefore,  its
interest rate exposure.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES

      The  Fund  may  invest  in  convertible   securities,   which  are  bonds,
debentures,  notes,  preferred  stocks or other securities that may be converted
into or  exchanged  for a  specified  amount  of  common  stock of the same or a
different  issuer  within a  particular  period of time at a specified  price or
formula.  A  convertible  security  entitles  the  holder  to  receive  interest
generally paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred  stock until
the  convertible  security  matures  or is  redeemed,  converted  or  exchanged.
Convertible  securities  have  unique  investment  characteristics  in that they
generally  (1) have  higher  yields than common  stocks,  but lower  yields than
comparable  non-convertible  securities,  (2) are less subject to fluctuation in
value than the  underlying  stock since they have fixed income  characteristics,
and (3) provide the  potential for capital  appreciation  if the market price of
the underlying common stock increases. Most convertible securities currently are
issued  by  U.S.  companies,   although  a  substantial  Eurodollar  convertible



                                       15
<PAGE>


securities  market has  developed,  and the markets for  convertible  securities
denominated in foreign currencies are increasing. While no securities investment
is without some risk,  investments in convertible  securities  generally  entail
less risk than the issuer's common stock, although the extent to which such risk
is reduced  depends in large  measure  upon the degree to which the  convertible
security sells above its value as a fixed income security.

      Before conversion,  convertible securities have characteristics similar to
non-convertible  debt securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream
of income with  generally  higher yields than those of common stocks of the same
or similar  issuers.  Convertible  securities  rank senior to common  stock in a
corporation's  capital  structure  but are usually  subordinated  to  comparable
non-convertible securities. The value of a convertible security is a function of
its "investment value" (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of
other  securities  of  comparable  maturity  and  quality  that  do  not  have a
conversion  privilege) and its  "conversion  value" (the  security's  worth,  at
market value,  if converted  into the underlying  common stock).  The investment
value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with
investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest
rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have
an effect on the convertible  security's  investment value. The conversion value
of a convertible  security is  determined by the market price of the  underlying
common stock. If the conversion  value is low relative to the investment  value,
the price of the convertible  security is governed principally by its investment
value.  Generally,  the conversion  value decreases as the convertible  security
approaches  maturity.  To the extent the market price of the  underlying  common
stock  approaches or exceeds the conversion  price, the price of the convertible
security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. In addition, a
convertible  security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value
determined by the extent to which  investors place value on the right to acquire
the underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security.

      A convertible security might be subject to redemption at the option of the
issuer  at  a  price  established  in  the  convertible   security's   governing
instrument. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption,
the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the  security,  convert
it into the  underlying  common stock or sell it to a third party.  Any of these
actions  could have an  adverse  effect on the  Fund's  ability  to achieve  its
investment objective.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

      Repurchase  agreements  are  transactions  in  which  the  Fund  purchases
securities  or  other  obligations  from a bank  or  securities  dealer  (or its
affiliate) and  simultaneously  commits to resell those securities to the seller
at an agreed-upon date or upon demand and at a price reflecting a market rate of
interest  unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of the purchased  securities.
The  Fund  maintains  custody  of  the  underlying  securities  prior  to  their
repurchase;  thus, the  obligation of the seller to pay the repurchase  price on
the date agreed to is, in effect,  secured by such  securities.  If the value of
such  securities  becomes less than the repurchase  price,  plus any agreed-upon
additional amount, the seller will be required to provide additional  collateral
so that at all times the  collateral  will be at least  equal to the  repurchase
price, plus any agreed-upon  additional amount. The difference between the total
amount to be received upon  repurchase of the  securities  and the price paid by
the Fund upon  acquisition is accrued as interest and included in the Fund's net
investment income.

      Repurchase  agreements  carry  certain  risks not  associated  with direct
investments in securities,  including  possible  declines in the market value of
the underlying securities and delays and costs to the Fund if the other party to



                                       16
<PAGE>


the  repurchase  agreement  becomes  insolvent.  The Fund  intends to enter into
repurchase  agreements only with banks,  securities  dealers or their respective
affiliates  in  transactions  believed by Mitchell  Hutchins to present  minimal
credit risks in  accordance  with  guidelines  established  by the Fund's Board.
Mitchell   Hutchins   receives  and  monitors  the   creditworthiness   of  such
institutions under the Board's general supervision.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES

      The Fund may invest without limit in illiquid  securities,  which for this
purpose  includes,  among  other  things,  purchased   over-the-counter  ("OTC")
options,  repurchase  agreements  maturing in more than seven days, certain loan
participations  and  assignments,  and  restricted  securities  other than those
Mitchell  Hutchins has determined are liquid pursuant to guidelines  established
by the Fund's Board of Directors.

      Restricted  securities are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933
("1933 Act") and may be sold only in privately negotiated  transactions or other
exempted  transactions  or after a 1933 Act  registration  statement  has become
effective.  Where registration is required, the Fund may be obligated to pay all
or part of the  registration  expenses  and a  considerable  period  may  elapse
between the time of the  decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted
to sell a security under an effective registration statement.  If, during such a
period,  adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain a less
favorable  price than prevailed when it decided to sell.  Restricted  securities
also include those that are subject to restrictions  contained in the securities
laws of other countries.

      However,  not all restricted  securities are illiquid.  To the extent that
foreign securities are freely tradable in the country where they are principally
traded they are not considered illiquid,  even if they are restricted securities
in the United States.  In addition,  an  institutional  market has developed for
certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, including private
placements,  repurchase  agreements,  commercial paper,  foreign  securities and
corporate bonds and notes.  Institutional  investors  generally will not seek to
sell these  instruments  to the general  public,  but instead  will often depend
either  on  an  efficient   institutional  market  in  which  such  unregistered
securities can be readily resold or on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for
repayment.  Therefore, the fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions
on resale to the general public or certain  institutions  is not  dispositive of
the liquidity of such investments.

      Institutional  markets for restricted  securities also have developed as a
result of Rule 144A. Rule 144A establishes a "safe harbor" from the registration
requirements  of the 1933 Act for  resales of certain  securities  to  qualified
institutional buyers, providing both readily ascertainable values for restricted
securities  and the ability to liquidate  an  investment.  Such markets  include
automated  systems for the trading,  clearance and  settlement  of  unregistered
securities of domestic and foreign issuers,  such as the PORTAL System sponsored
by the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. An insufficient number
of qualified  buyers  interested in  purchasing  Rule  144A-eligible  restricted
securities held by the Fund,  however,  could affect adversely the marketability
of such  portfolio  securities,  and the Fund might be unable to dispose of such
securities promptly or at favorable prices.

      The Fund may sell OTC options  and,  in  connection  therewith,  segregate
assets or cover its obligations with respect to OTC options written by the Fund.
The assets used as cover for OTC options  written by the Fund will be considered
illiquid unless the OTC options are sold to qualified dealers who agree that the



                                       17
<PAGE>


Fund may repurchase any OTC option it writes at a maximum price to be calculated
by a formula  set forth in the  option  agreement.  The cover for an OTC  option
written  subject to this  procedure  would be  considered  illiquid  only to the
extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic
value of the option.

MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

      Municipal  obligations generally include debt obligations issued to obtain
funds for  various  public  purposes as well as certain  industrial  development
bonds issued by or on behalf of public  authorities.  Municipal  obligations are
classified  as  general  obligation  bonds,  revenue  bonds and  notes.  General
obligation bonds are supported by the issuer's pledge of its full faith,  credit
and taxing power for the payment of principal  and  interest.  Revenue bonds are
payable  from  the  revenue  derived  from a  particular  facility  or  class of
facilities,  or, in some cases,  from the proceeds of a special  excise or other
specific  revenue  source,  but  not  from  general  taxing  power.   Industrial
development  bonds, in most cases, are revenue bonds that generally do not carry
the  pledge  of the  credit  of the  issuing  municipality,  but  generally  are
guaranteed  by the corporate  entity on whose behalf they are issued.  Notes are
short-term  instruments  which are obligations of the issuing  municipalities or
agencies and normally are sold in  anticipation  of a bond sale,  collection  of
taxes or receipt of other  revenues.  Municipal  obligations  include  municipal
lease/purchase  agreements which are similar to installment  purchase  contracts
for property or equipment issued by municipalities.

      Municipal  obligations bear fixed, floating or variable rates of interest.
Certain  municipal  obligations are subject to redemption at a date earlier than
their stated maturity pursuant to call options,  which may be separated from the
related municipal  obligations and purchased and sold separately.  The Fund also
may acquire call options on specific municipal  obligations.  The Fund generally
would  purchase  these call  options to protect  the Fund from the issuer of the
related municipal obligation redeeming,  or other holder of the call option from
calling away, the municipal obligation before maturity.

      While, in general,  municipal obligations are tax-exempt securities having
relatively  low yields as  compared  to taxable,  non-municipal  obligations  of
similar quality, certain municipal obligations are taxable obligations, offering
yields  comparable to, and in some cases greater than,  the yields  available on
other  permissible  Fund  investments.  The  portion of  dividends  received  by
stockholders  from the Fund that is  attributable to interest income received by
the Fund from municipal obligations will not be exempt from federal income tax.

PRIVATE PLACEMENTS

      The Fund may  invest  in  securities  that are sold in  private  placement
transactions  between  their issuers and their  purchasers  and that are neither
listed on an exchange  nor traded in the OTC  secondary  market.  In many cases,
privately placed securities will be subject to contractual or legal restrictions
on transfer.  As a result of the absence of a public trading  market,  privately
placed  securities  may in turn be less liquid and more  difficult to value than
publicly traded  securities.  Although privately placed securities may be resold
in privately negotiated transactions,  the prices realized from the sales could,
due to illiquidity,  be less than those originally paid by the Fund or less than
if  such  securities  were  more  widely  traded.  In  addition,  issuers  whose
securities  are not  publicly  traded may not be subject to the  disclosure  and



                                       18
<PAGE>


other  investor  protection   requirements  that  may  be  applicable  if  their
securities were publicly traded.  If any privately placed securities held by the
Fund are  required to be  registered  under the  securities  laws of one or more
jurisdictions before being resold, the Fund may be required to bear the expenses
of registration.

MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS

      The  Fund may  invest  in  money  market  instruments  which  may  include
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities, obligations of foreign and domestic banks or other depository
institutions,  commercial paper, short-term corporate obligations and repurchase
agreements secured by any of the foregoing.

      Certificates  of  deposit  are  negotiable   certificates  evidencing  the
obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified  period of
time.  Time  deposits  are  non-negotiable  deposits  maintained  in  a  banking
institution for a specified  period of time at a stated interest rate.  Bankers'
acceptances are credit instruments  evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a
draft drawn on it by a customer.  These instruments  reflect the obligation both
of the bank  and the  drawer  to pay the  face  amount  of the  instrument  upon
maturity.  Other  short-term  bank  obligations  may include  uninsured,  direct
obligations bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.

      Commercial paper consists of short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued
to finance  short-term  credit needs.  Other  short-term  corporate  obligations
include  variable amount master demand notes,  which are obligations that permit
the Fund to invest fluctuating  amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to
direct arrangements  between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower.  These notes
permit daily changes in the amounts borrowed.  There generally is no established
secondary  market for these  obligations,  although they are  redeemable at face
value, plus accrued interest, at any time.

SHORT SALES "AGAINST THE BOX"

      The Fund may engage in short sales of  securities it owns or has the right
to acquire at no added cost through  conversion or exchange of other  securities
it owns (short sales "against the box").  To make delivery to the purchaser in a
short sale,  the executing  broker  borrows the  securities  being sold short on
behalf of the Fund, and the Fund is obligated to replace the securities borrowed
at a date in the future.  When the Fund sells  short,  it  establishes  a margin
account with the broker  effecting the short sale and deposits  collateral  with
the broker. In addition,  the Fund maintains,  in a segregated  account with its
custodian,  securities  that  could be used to cover  the short  sale.  The Fund
incurs  transaction  costs,  including  interest  expense,  in  connection  with
opening, maintaining and closing short sales "against the box."

      The  Fund  might  make a short  sale  "against  the box" in order to hedge
against  market  risks  when  Mitchell  Hutchins  believes  that the  price of a
security may decline, thereby causing a decline in the value of a security owned
by the Fund or a security  convertible into or exchangeable for a security owned
by the Fund. In such case,  any loss in the Fund's long position after the short
sale  should  be  reduced  by  a  corresponding  gain  in  the  short  position.
Conversely, any gain in the long position after the short sale should be reduced
by a  corresponding  loss in the short  position.  The extent to which  gains or
losses in the long  position  are  reduced  will  depend  upon the amount of the
securities  sold short  relative to the amount of the  securities the Fund owns,
either directly or indirectly,  and in the case where the Fund owns  convertible
securities,  changes in the  investment  values or  conversion  premiums of such
securities.



                                       19
<PAGE>


INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

      FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS.  The following fundamental investment limitations
cannot be changed  without the  affirmative  vote of the lesser of (a) more than
50% of the  outstanding  shares  of the  Fund or (b)  67% or more of the  shares
present at a stockholders'  meeting if more than 50% of the  outstanding  shares
are  represented  at  the  meeting  in  person  or  by  proxy.  If a  percentage
restriction is adhered to at the time of an investment or  transaction,  a later
increase  or  decrease  in  percentage  resulting  from a change  in  values  of
portfolio  securities  or the amount of total  assets will not be  considered  a
violation of any of the following limitations or of any of the Fund's investment
policies.

      The Fund will not:

                  (1)  purchase  securities  of any one  issuer if, as a result,
      more than 5% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in securities of
      that issuer or the Fund would own or hold more than 10% of the outstanding
      voting  securities  of that  issuer,  except  that up to 25% of the Fund's
      total assets may be invested without regard to this limitation, and except
      that this limitation does not apply to securities  issued or guaranteed by
      the U.S. government,  its agencies and  instrumentalities or to securities
      issued by other investment companies.

                  The following interpretation applies to, but is not a part of,
      this fundamental  restriction:  Mortgage-and  asset-backed securities will
      not be  considered to have been issued by the same issuer by reason of the
      securities  having  the  same  sponsor,  and  mortgage-  and  asset-backed
      securities  issued by a finance or other special  purpose  subsidiary that
      are not  guaranteed by the parent  company will be considered to be issued
      by a separate issuer from the parent company.

                  (2) purchase  any  security if, as a result of that  purchase,
     25% or more of the Fund's total assets would be invested in  securities  of
     issuers having their  principal  business  activities in the same industry,
     except  that  this  limitation  does not  apply  to  securities  issued  or
     guaranteed by the U.S. government,  its agencies or instrumentalities or to
     municipal securities.

                  (3)  issue  senior  securities  or  borrow  money,  except  as
     permitted  under  the 1940 Act and  then  not in  excess  of 33 1/3% of the
     Fund's total assets  (including the amount of the senior  securities issued
     but reduced by any liabilities not constituting  senior  securities) at the
     time of the issuance or borrowing, except that the Fund may borrow up to an
     additional 5% of its total assets (not  including the amount  borrowed) for
     temporary or emergency purposes.

                  (4) make loans,  except through loans of portfolio  securities
     or  through  repurchase  agreements,  provided  that for  purposes  of this
     restriction, the acquisition of bonds, debentures, other debt securities or
     instruments,  or  participations or other interests therein and investments
     in  government  obligations,  commercial  paper,  certificates  of deposit,
     bankers'  acceptances  or similar  instruments  will not be considered  the
     making of a loan.



                                       20
<PAGE>


                  (5) engage in the business of underwriting securities of other
     issuers,  except  to the  extent  that the  Fund  might  be  considered  an
     underwriter  under  the  federal  securities  laws in  connection  with its
     disposition of portfolio securities.

                  (6) purchase or sell real estate,  except that  investments in
     securities  of  issuers  that  invest in real  estate  and  investments  in
     mortgage-backed  securities,  mortgage  participations or other instruments
     supported by  interests in real estate are not subject to this  limitation,
     and except that the Fund may exercise rights under  agreements  relating to
     such securities,  including the right to enforce security  interests and to
     hold real  estate  acquired by reason of such  enforcement  until that real
     estate can be liquidated in an orderly manner.

                  (7) purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a
     result  of  owning  securities  or  other  instruments,  but the  Fund  may
     purchase,  sell or enter into  financial  options and futures,  forward and
     spot currency contracts, swap transactions and other financial contracts or
     derivative instruments.

      Except  for the  investment  restrictions  listed  above  and  the  Fund's
investment  objectives,  the other  investment  policies  described in the Proxy
Statement/Prospectus  and  this  Statement  of  Additional  Information  are not
fundamental  and may be changed  with  approval  of the Board of  Directors  and
without a stockholder vote.

            HEDGING AND OTHER STRATEGIES USING DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

      Mitchell Hutchins may use a variety of financial instruments  ("Derivative
Instruments"),  including certain options, futures contracts (sometimes referred
to as "futures"), options on futures contracts and forward currency contracts to
attempt to hedge the  Fund's  portfolio  and to attempt to enhance  income or to
realize gains.  Mitchell Hutchins also may attempt to hedge the Fund's portfolio
through the use of swap transactions. The Fund may enter into transactions using
one or more types of Derivatives  Instruments  under which the full value of its
portfolio is at risk.  Under normal  circumstances,  however,  the Fund's use of
these  instruments will place at risk a much smaller portion of its assets.  The
Fund may use the following Derivative Instruments:

      OPTIONS ON DEBT AND  EQUITY  SECURITIES  AND  FOREIGN  CURRENCIES.  A call
option is a short-term  contract  pursuant to which the purchaser of the option,
in  return  for a  premium,  has the  right  to buy  the  security  or  currency
underlying the option at a specified  price at any time during the term, or upon
the  expiration,  of the option.  The writer of a call option,  who receives the
premium,  has the  obligation,  upon  exercise  of the  option,  to deliver  the
underlying  security or currency  against  payment of the exercise  price. A put
option is a similar contract that gives its purchaser,  in return for a premium,
the right to sell the  underlying  security or  currency  at a  specified  price
during the option  term.  The writer of a put option,  who receives the premium,
has the obligation,  upon timely  exercise of the option,  to buy the underlying
security or currency at the exercise price.

      OPTIONS  ON  INDICES OF DEBT AND EQUITY  SECURITIES.  A  securities  index
assigns  relative values to the securities  included in the index and fluctuates
with changes in the market values of such  securities.  Index options operate in
the same way as more traditional  options except that exercises of index options



                                       21
<PAGE>


are effected with cash payments and do not involve delivery of securities. Thus,
upon exercise of an index option,  the  purchaser  will realize,  and the writer
will pay, an amount based on the  difference  between the exercise price and the
closing price of the index.

      DEBT AND EQUITY  SECURITY  INDEX  FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  A securities  index
futures contract is a bilateral  agreement pursuant to which one party agrees to
accept, and the other party agrees to make,  delivery of an amount of cash equal
to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the index value at the
close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures  contract is
originally  struck. No physical delivery of the securities  comprising the index
is made;  generally contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the
contract.

      DEBT SECURITY AND CURRENCY  FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  A debt  security  futures
contract is a bilateral  agreement pursuant to which one party agrees to accept,
and the  other  party  agrees to make,  delivery  of the  specific  type of debt
security or currency  called for in the contract at a specified  future time and
at a specified  price.  Although such futures  contracts by their terms call for
actual delivery or acceptance of debt securities or currency,  in most cases the
contracts are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking
of delivery.

      OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS.  Options on futures contracts are similar to
options on  securities,  except that an option on a futures  contract  gives the
purchaser  the right,  in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a
futures  contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short  position
if the option is a put), rather than to purchase or sell a security or currency,
at a specified  price at any time during the option term.  Upon  exercise of the
option, the delivery of the futures position to the holder of the option will be
accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance that represents the amount by
which the market price of the futures contract  exceeds,  in the case of a call,
or is less than,  in the case of a put, the exercise  price of the option on the
future. The writer of an option, upon exercise,  will assume a short position in
the case of a call, and a long position in the case of put.

      FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACTS.  A forward  currency  contract  involves  an
obligation to purchase or sell a specific  currency at a specified  future date,
which may be any fixed number of days from the contract  date agreed upon by the
parties, at a price set at the time the contract is entered into.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF STRATEGIES USING DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

      Hedging strategies using Derivative Instruments can be broadly categorized
as "short  hedges"  and "long  hedges." A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a
Derivative  Instrument  intended partially or fully to offset potential declines
in the value of one or more investments held in the Fund's portfolio. Thus, in a
short hedge, the Fund takes a position in a Derivative Instrument whose price is
expected to move in the opposite  direction of the price of the investment being
hedged. For example, the Fund might purchase a put option on a security to hedge
against a potential  decline in the value of that security.  If the price of the
security  declined  below the exercise price of the put, the Fund could exercise
the put and thus limit its loss below the  exercise  price to the  premium  paid
plus transaction costs. In the alternative,  because the value of the put option
can be expected to increase as the value of the  underlying  security  declines,
the Fund might be able to close out the put option and  realize a gain to offset
the decline in the value of the security.



                                       22
<PAGE>


      Conversely,  a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Derivative Instrument
intended  partially or fully to offset  potential  increases in the  acquisition
cost of one or more  investments  that the Fund intends to acquire.  Thus,  in a
long hedge, the Fund takes a position in a Derivative  Instrument whose price is
expected  to  move  in the  same  direction  as  the  price  of the  prospective
investment being hedged. For example, the Fund might purchase a call option on a
security  it intends to  purchase  in order to hedge  against an increase in the
cost of the security.  If the price of the security increased above the exercise
price of the  call,  the Fund  could  exercise  the  call  and  thus  limit  its
acquisition  cost to the exercise  price plus the premium  paid and  transaction
costs.  Alternatively,  the Fund might be able to offset the price  increase  by
closing out an appreciated call option and realizing a gain.

      Derivative  Instruments on securities  generally are used to hedge against
price  movements in one or more  particular  securities  positions that the Fund
owns or intends to acquire.  Derivative  Instruments  on indices,  in  contrast,
generally are used to hedge against price  movements in broad market  sectors in
which the Fund has invested or expects to invest. Derivative Instruments on debt
securities  may be used to hedge  either  individual  securities  or broad fixed
income market sectors.

      The use of Derivative  Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of
the SEC, the several  options and futures  exchanges  upon which they are traded
and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC").  In addition,  the Fund's
ability to use Derivative Instruments may be limited by tax considerations.  See
"Taxation."

    In addition to the products, strategies and risks described below and in the
Proxy   Statement/Prospectus,   Mitchell   Hutchins  may   discover   additional
opportunities in connection with Derivative Instruments and with hedging, income
and gain strategies.  These new opportunities may become available as regulatory
authorities  broaden the range of permitted  transactions  and as new Derivative
Instruments  and techniques are developed.  Mitchell  Hutchins may utilize these
opportunities  for the Fund to the  extent  that  they are  consistent  with the
Fund's  investment  objective and permitted by its  investment  limitations  and
applicable  regulatory  authorities.  The Fund's Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  or
Statement of Additional  Information will be supplemented to the extent that new
products or techniques involve  materially  different risks than those described
below or in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

SPECIAL RISKS OF STRATEGIES USING DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

      The use of Derivative  Instruments  involves  special  considerations  and
risks, as described below. Risks pertaining to particular Derivative Instruments
are described in the sections that follow.

      (1) Successful use of most  Derivative  Instruments  depends upon Mitchell
Hutchins'  ability to predict movements of the overall  securities,  currency or
interest rate markets,  which requires  different skills than predicting changes
in the prices of individual  securities.  While Mitchell Hutchins is experienced
in the  use of  Derivative  Instruments,  there  can be no  assurance  that  any
particular hedging strategy adopted will succeed.

      (2) There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation,  between
price  movements  of  a  Derivative   Instrument  and  price  movements  of  the
investments being hedged. For example,  if the value of a Derivative  Instrument



                                       23
<PAGE>


used in a short hedge  increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged
investment, the hedge would not be fully successful.  Such a lack of correlation
might occur due to factors affecting the markets in which Derivative Instruments
are  traded  rather  than  the  value  of  the  investments  being  hedged.  The
effectiveness of hedges using  Derivative  Instruments on indices will depend on
the  degree  of  correlation  between  price  movements  in the  index and price
movements in the securities being hedged.

      (3) Hedging strategies,  if successful,  can reduce risk of loss by wholly
or partially  offsetting the negative  effect of unfavorable  price movements in
the  investments  being  hedged.  However,  hedging  strategies  can also reduce
opportunity  for gain by  offsetting  the  positive  effect of  favorable  price
movements in the hedged  investments.  For  example,  if the Fund entered into a
short  hedge  because  Mitchell  Hutchins  projected a decline in the price of a
security  in the  Fund's  portfolio,  and the price of that  security  increased
instead,  the gain from that increase  might be wholly or partially  offset by a
decline in the price of the Derivative Instrument. Moreover, if the price of the
Derivative  Instrument  declined  by more than the  increase in the price of the
security, the Fund could suffer a loss. In either such case, the Fund would have
been in a better position had it not hedged at all.

      (4) As described  below,  the Fund might be required to maintain assets as
"cover,"  maintain  segregated  accounts or make margin  payments  when it takes
positions in  Derivative  Instruments  involving  obligations  to third  parties
(i.e.,  Derivative  Instruments other than purchased options).  If the Fund were
unable to close out its positions in such  Derivative  Instruments,  it might be
required to continue to maintain  such assets or accounts or make such  payments
until the  position  expired or matured.  These  requirements  might  impair the
Fund's ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when
it would  otherwise  be  favorable  to do so,  or  require  that the Fund sell a
portfolio security at a disadvantageous  time. The Fund's ability to close out a
position in a Derivative  Instrument  prior to expiration or maturity depends on
the existence of a liquid  secondary market or, in the absence of such a market,
the  ability  and  willingness  of a  counterparty  to enter into a  transaction
closing out the position.  Therefore, there is no assurance that any position in
a Derivative  Instrument can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable
to the Fund.

COVER FOR STRATEGIES USING DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

      Transactions using Derivative  Instruments,  other than purchased options,
expose the Fund to an obligation to another party.  The Fund will not enter into
any such  transactions  unless  it owns  either  (1) an  offsetting  ("covered")
position in securities,  currencies or other options, forward currency contracts
or futures contracts or (2) cash or liquid  securities,  with a value sufficient
at all times to cover its  potential  obligations  to the extent not  covered as
provided in (1) above. The Fund will comply with SEC guidelines  regarding cover
for such transactions and will, if the guidelines so require,  set aside cash or
liquid  securities in a segregated  account with its custodian in the prescribed
amount.

      Assets used as cover or held in a segregated  account cannot be sold while
the position in the corresponding Derivative Instrument is open, unless they are
replaced with similar assets. As a result,  the committing of a large portion of
the Fund's  assets to cover  positions or to  segregated  accounts  could impede
portfolio management or the Fund's ability to meet current obligations.

OPTIONS



                                       24
<PAGE>


      The Fund may purchase put and call options,  and write (sell)  covered put
and call options,  on debt and equity  securities  and foreign  currencies.  The
purchase  of call  options may serve as a long  hedge,  and the  purchase of put
options may serve as a short  hedge.  Writing  covered  put or call  options can
enable  the  Fund to  enhance  income  by  reason  of the  premiums  paid by the
purchases of such options. In addition, writing covered put options may serve as
a limited long hedge  because  increases  in the value of the hedged  investment
would be offset to the extent of the  premium  received  for writing the option.
However,  if the market  price of the  security  underlying a covered put option
declines  to less than the  exercise  price of the  option,  minus  the  premium
received,  the Fund would expect to suffer a loss.  Writing covered call options
may serve as a limited short hedge,  because declines in the value of the hedged
investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the
option.  However, if the security or currency appreciates to a price higher than
the exercise  price of the call option,  it can be expected that the option will
be exercised  and the Fund will be obligated to sell the security or currency at
less than its market  value.  If the covered  call option is an OTC option,  the
securities  or other  assets used as cover would be  considered  illiquid to the
extent  described  under  the  section  entitled   "Investment   Objectives  and
Policies--Illiquid Securities."

      The value of an option  position  will reflect,  among other  things,  the
current market value of the  underlying  investment,  the time  remaining  until
expiration,  the  relationship  of the exercise price to the market price of the
underlying  investment,  the  historical  price  volatility  of  the  underlying
investment and general market conditions. Options normally have expiration dates
of up to nine  months.  Generally,  OTC options on foreign  currencies  and debt
securities  are  European-style  options.  This  means  that the  option is only
exercisable  immediately  prior  to  its  expiration.  This  is in  contrast  to
American-style  options,  which  are  exercisable  at  any  time  prior  to  the
expiration date of the option. There are also other types of options exercisable
on certain specified dates before  expiration.  Options that expire  unexercised
have no value.

      The Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option
by entering into a closing transaction.  For example, the Fund may terminate its
obligation  under a call or put  option  that it had  written by  purchasing  an
identical call or put option;  this is known as a closing purchase  transaction.
Conversely,  the Fund may  terminate  a position  in a put or call option it had
purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing
sale  transaction.  Closing  transactions  permit the Fund to realize profits or
limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

      The Fund may  purchase  or write  both  exchange-traded  and OTC  options.
Exchange markets for options on debt securities and foreign currencies exist but
are relatively new and these instruments are primarily traded on the OTC market.
Exchange-traded   options  in  the  United  States  are  issued  by  a  clearing
organization  affiliated  with the exchange on which the option is listed which,
in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. In
contrast,  OTC  options  are  contracts  between  the Fund and its  counterparty
(usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee.
Thus,  when the Fund  purchases  or  writes  an OTC  option,  it  relies  on the
counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise
of the option.  Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of
any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of any expected  benefit of the
transaction.



                                       25
<PAGE>


      The Fund's ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed
options  depends  on the  existence  of a liquid  market.  The Fund  intends  to
purchase or write only those exchange-traded  options for which there appears to
be a liquid  secondary  market.  However,  there can be no assurance that such a
market will exist at any particular time.  Closing  transactions can be made for
OTC  options  only  by  negotiating  directly  with  the  counterparty,  or by a
transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. Although the Fund
will enter into OTC options  only with  counterparties  that are  expected to be
capable  of  entering  into  closing  transactions  with the  Fund,  there is no
assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position
at a favorable  price prior to  expiration.  In the event of  insolvency  of the
counterparty,  the Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option  position  at
any  time  prior  to its  expiration.  The  Fund  will  enter  into  OTC  option
transactions only with counterparties deemed creditworthy by Mitchell Hutchins.

      If the Fund were unable to effect a closing  transaction  for an option it
had purchased,  it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit.  The
inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered call option
written by the Fund could cause material losses because the Fund would be unable
to sell the  investment  used as cover for the written  option  until the option
expires or is exercised.

      The Fund may  purchase  and write put and call  options on indices of debt
and equity  securities in much the same manner as the more  traditional  options
discussed above,  except that index options may serve as a hedge against overall
fluctuations  in the debt  securities  market (or market  sectors)  rather  than
anticipated increases or decreases in the value of a particular security.

FUTURES

      The Fund may purchase and sell  interest  rate,  debt and equity  security
index and foreign currency futures and options thereon.  The purchase of futures
or call  options  thereon may serve as a long hedge,  and the sale of futures or
the purchase of put options thereon may serve as a short hedge.  Writing covered
call options on futures  contracts may serve as a limited  short hedge,  using a
strategy  similar to that used for writing  covered call options on  securities,
currencies or indices.  Similarly,  writing put options on futures contracts may
serve as a limited long hedge.

      Futures  strategies also can be used to manage the average duration of the
Fund's portfolio. If Mitchell Hutchins wishes to shorten the average duration of
the Fund's  portfolio,  the Fund may sell an interest rate futures contract or a
call option  thereon,  or  purchase a put option on that  futures  contract.  If
Mitchell  Hutchins  wishes  to  lengthen  the  average  duration  of the  Fund's
portfolio,  the Fund may buy an  interest  rate or  futures  contract  or a call
option thereon or sell a put option thereon.

      No price is paid upon entering into a futures  contract.  Instead,  at the
inception of a futures contract the Fund is required to deposit with the futures
broker through which the transaction was effected,  "initial margin"  consisting
of cash,  obligations  of the  United  States  or  obligations  that  are  fully
guaranteed  as to  principal  and  interest by the United  States,  in an amount
generally  equal  to 10% or less of the  contract  value.  Margin  must  also be
deposited when writing a call option on a futures  contract,  in accordance with
applicable  exchange rules.  Unlike margin in securities  transactions,  initial
margin on futures contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the



                                       26
<PAGE>


nature of a performance bond or good-faith  deposit that is returned to the Fund
at the termination of the transaction if all contractual  obligations  have been
satisfied. Under certain circumstances,  such as periods of high volatility, the
Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial  margin
payment,  and initial margin  requirements  might be increased  generally in the
future by regulatory action.

      Subsequent  "variation  margin"  payments are made to and from the futures
broker daily as the value of the futures  position  varies,  a process  known as
"marking to market."  Variation  margin does not involve  borrowing,  but rather
represents a daily settlement of the Fund's  obligations with respect to or from
a futures  broker.  When the Fund  purchases an option on a future,  the premium
paid plus transaction  costs is all that is at risk. In contrast,  when the Fund
purchases or sells a futures contract or writes a put or call option thereon, it
is subject to daily  variation  margin  calls that could be  substantial  in the
event of adverse  price  movements.  If the Fund has  insufficient  cash to meet
daily variation margin requirements,  it might need to sell securities at a time
when such sales are disadvantageous.

      Holders and writers of futures  positions and options on futures can enter
into  offsetting  closing  transactions,  similar  to  closing  transactions  on
options, by selling or purchasing,  respectively, an instrument identical to the
instrument  held or written.  Positions in futures and options on futures may be
closed only on an exchange or board of trade that  provides a secondary  market.
The Fund intends to enter into such  transactions only on exchanges or boards of
trade where there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be
no  assurance  that such a market  will  exist for a  particular  contract  at a
particular time.

      Under certain circumstances,  futures exchanges may establish daily limits
on the amount  that the price of a futures  or related  option can vary from the
previous day's settlement  price;  once that limit is reached,  no trades may be
made that day at a price  beyond  the  limit.  Daily  price  limits do not limit
potential  losses  because  prices  could  move to the daily  limit for  several
consecutive days with little or no trading,  thereby  preventing  liquidation of
unfavorable positions.

      If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures or options  position due to
the absence of a liquid secondary  market or the imposition of price limits,  it
could incur substantial  losses. The Fund would continue to be subject to market
risk with respect to the position. In addition,  except in the case of purchased
options,  the Fund would continue to be required to make daily variation  margin
payments  and might be required to maintain  the  position  being  hedged by the
future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.

      Certain characteristics of the futures market might increase the risk that
movements  in the  prices of futures  contracts  or  related  options  might not
correlate  perfectly  with  movements  in the  prices of the  investments  being
hedged.  For example,  all  participants  in the futures and options markets are
subject to daily  variation  margin  calls and might be  compelled  to liquidate
futures or related  options  positions  whose prices are moving  unfavorably  to
avoid being subject to further calls.  These  liquidations  could increase price
volatility of the instruments and distort the normal price relationship  between
the futures or options and the investments being hedged.  Also,  because initial
margin deposit  requirements  in the futures market are less onerous than margin
requirements in the securities markets,  there might be increased  participation
by  speculators  in the futures  markets.  This  participation  also might cause
temporary price  distortions.  In addition,  activities of large traders in both
the futures and securities  markets involving  arbitrage,  "program trading" and
other investment strategies might result in temporary price distortions.

FOREIGN CURRENCY HEDGING STRATEGIES--SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS



                                       27
<PAGE>


      The Fund may use options on foreign  currencies,  as described  above, and
forward currency  contracts,  as described below, to hedge against  movements in
the  values  of  the  foreign  currencies  in  which  portfolio  securities  are
denominated  and to  attempt to enhance  income or to  realize  gains.  Currency
hedges can  protect  against  price  movements  in a  security  the Fund owns or
intends to acquire that are attributable to changes in the value of the currency
in which it is denominated.  Such hedges do not, however,  protect against price
movements in the securities that are attributable to other causes.

      The Fund might seek to hedge against  changes in the value of a particular
currency when no Derivative  Instruments  on that currency are available or such
Derivative   Instruments  are  more  expensive  than  certain  other  Derivative
Instruments.  In such cases,  the Fund may hedge against price movements in that
currency by entering into transactions  using Derivative  Instruments on another
currency or basket of currencies,  the value of which Mitchell Hutchins believes
will have a positive  correlation to the value of the currency being hedged. The
risk that movements in the price of the Derivative Instrument will not correlate
perfectly  with movements in the price of the currency being hedged is magnified
when this strategy is used.

      The value of Derivative  Instruments on foreign  currencies depends on the
value of the underlying  currency  relative to the U.S. dollar.  Because foreign
currency   transactions   occurring  in  the  interbank   market  might  involve
substantially  larger amounts than those involved in the use of such  Derivative
Instruments,  the Fund could be  disadvantaged  by having to deal in the odd-lot
market  (generally  consisting of  transactions of less than $1 million) for the
underlying  foreign  currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round
lots.

      There is no  systematic  reporting  of last sale  information  for foreign
currencies or any  regulatory  requirement  that  quotations  available  through
dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.  Quotation
information  generally  is  representative  of very  large  transactions  in the
interbank  market and thus might not reflect  odd-lot  transactions  where rates
might be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global,
round-the-clock  market.  To the extent the U.S.  options or futures markets are
closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open,  significant
price and rate movements might take place in the underlying  markets that cannot
be reflected in the markets for the Derivative Instruments until they reopen.

      Settlement of Derivative Instruments involving foreign currencies might be
required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency. Thus,
the Fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying  foreign
currency  in  accordance  with any U.S.  or foreign  regulations  regarding  the
maintenance  of foreign  banking  arrangements  by U.S.  residents  and might be
required  to pay any  fees,  taxes and  charges  associated  with such  delivery
assessed in the issuing country.

COMBINED TRANSACTIONS

      The Fund may enter into multiple transactions,  including multiple options
transactions,  multiple futures  transactions and any combination of futures and
options  transactions  (each a  "component"  transaction),  instead  of a single
Derivative  Instrument,  as part of a single or combined  strategy  when, in the
opinion of Mitchell Hutchins,  it is in the best interests of the Fund to do so.
A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in



                                       28
<PAGE>


each of its component transactions.  Although combined transactions are normally
entered into based on Mitchell Hutchins'  judgment that the combined  strategies
will reduce risk or otherwise  more  effectively  achieve the desired  portfolio
management  goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase such
risks or hinder achievement of the portfolio management objective.

GUIDELINE FOR FUTURES AND OPTIONS

      To the extent  that the Fund  enters into  futures  contracts,  options on
futures  positions  and options on foreign  currencies  traded on a  commodities
exchange, which are not for BONA FIDE hedging purposes (as defined by the CFTC),
the aggregate  initial  margin and premiums on these  positions  (excluding  the
amount by which options are  "in-the-money") may not exceed 5% of the Fund's net
assets.  This guideline may be modified by the Fund's Board of Directors without
a stockholder vote.  Adoption of this guideline does not limit the percentage of
the Fund's assets at risk to 5%.

FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACTS

      The Fund may enter into  forward  currency  contracts  to purchase or sell
foreign  currencies  for a fixed  amount  of U.S.  dollars  or  another  foreign
currency.  Such transactions may serve as long hedges--for example, the Fund may
purchase  a forward  currency  contract  to lock in the U.S.  dollar  price of a
security  denominated  in a foreign  currency  that the Fund intends to acquire.
Forward  currency  contract  transactions  may also  serve as short  hedges--for
example,  the Fund  may sell a  forward  currency  contract  to lock in the U.S.
dollar  equivalent  of the  proceeds  from the  anticipated  sale of a  security
denominated in a foreign currency.

      As noted  above,  the Fund also may seek to hedge  against  changes in the
value of a particular  currency by using  forward  contracts on another  foreign
currency  or a basket  of  currencies,  the  value of  which  Mitchell  Hutchins
believes will have a positive  correlation  to the values of the currency  being
hedged.  In addition,  the Fund may use forward currency  contracts to shift its
exposure to foreign  currency  fluctuations  from one  country to  another.  For
example,  if the Fund owned  securities  denominated  in a foreign  currency and
Mitchell  Hutchins  believed  that currency  would  decline  relative to another
currency,  it might enter into a forward contract to sell an appropriate  amount
of the first  foreign  currency,  with payment to be made in the second  foreign
currency. Transactions that use two foreign currencies are sometimes referred to
as "cross hedging." Use of a different foreign currency  magnifies the risk that
movements in the price of the Derivative  Instrument  will not correlate or will
correlate unfavorably with the foreign currency being hedged.

      The cost to the Fund of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with
factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the
market  conditions  then  prevailing.  Because  forward  currency  contracts are
usually entered into on a principal  basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
When  the Fund  enters  into a  forward  currency  contract,  it  relies  on the
counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity
of the contract.  Failure by the  counterparty to do so would result in the loss
of any expected benefit of the transaction.

      As in the case with  futures  contracts,  holders  and  writers of forward
currency  contracts can enter into offsetting closing  transactions,  similar to
closing  transactions  on futures,  by selling or purchasing,  respectively,  an
instrument  identical to the  instrument  purchased or sold.  Secondary  markets



                                       29
<PAGE>


generally  do not exist for  forward  currency  contracts,  with the result that
closing  transactions  generally can be made for forward currency contracts only
by negotiating  directly with the counterparty.  Thus, there can be no assurance
that the Fund will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a
favorable  price prior to maturity.  In addition,  in the event of insolvency of
the  counterparty,  the Fund  might be unable  to close  out a forward  currency
contract at any time prior to maturity. In either event, the Fund would continue
to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to
be required to maintain a position in the securities or currencies  that are the
subject of the hedge or to maintain  cash or liquid  securities  in a segregated
account.

      The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of
the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such
securities,  measured in the  foreign  currency,  will change  after the forward
currency contract has been established. Thus, the Fund might need to purchase or
sell  foreign  currencies  in the spot (cash)  market to the extent such foreign
currencies  are not covered by forward  contracts.  The projection of short-term
currency market movements is extremely  difficult,  and the successful execution
of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

LIMITATIONS ON THE USE OF FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACTS

      The Fund may enter  into  forward  currency  contracts  or  maintain a net
exposure to such contracts only if (1) the  consummation  of the contracts would
not obligate the Fund to deliver an amount of foreign  currency in excess of the
value of the position  being hedged by such  contracts or (2) the Fund maintains
cash or liquid securities in a segregated account in an amount not less than the
value of its total assets  committed to the consummation of the contract and not
covered as provided in (1) above, as marked to market daily.

SWAP TRANSACTIONS

      The Fund may enter into interest rate swap transactions. Swap transactions
include caps,  floors and collars.  Interest rate swap  transactions  involve an
agreement between two parties to exchange payments that are based, respectively,
on variable and fixed rates of interest and that are  calculated on the basis of
a specified amount of principal  ("notional  principal  amount") for a specified
period of time.  Interest rate cap and floor  transactions  involve an agreement
between  two  parties  in  which  one  party  agrees  to  make  payments  to its
counterparty when a designated market interest rate goes above (in the case of a
cap) or below (in the case of a floor) a designated level on predetermined dates
or during a specified time period.  Interest rate collar transactions involve an
agreement  between  two  parties in which  payments  are made when a  designated
market  interest  rate  either  goes  above a  designated  level or goes below a
designated floor level on predetermined dates or during a specified time period.

      The Fund would enter into swap transactions to preserve a return or spread
on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to protect against any
increase in the price of securities it  anticipates  purchasing at a later date.
The Fund  would  use  these  transactions  as a hedge  and not as a  speculative
investment.  Interest rate swap  transactions are subject to risks comparable to
those described above with respect to other Derivative Instruments.

      The Fund may enter into interest rate swaps,  caps,  floors and collars on
either an  asset-based  or  liability-based  basis,  depending  on whether it is
hedging its assets or its liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate



                                       30
<PAGE>


swaps on a net basis,  i.e.,  the two payment  streams are netted out,  with the
Fund  receiving  or paying,  as the case may be,  only the net amount of the two
payments.  Inasmuch as these swap  transactions  are entered into for good faith
hedging  purposes and inasmuch as segregated  accounts will be established  with
respect  to such  transactions,  Mitchell  Hutchins  and the Fund  believe  such
obligations do not constitute senior securities and, accordingly, will not treat
them as being  subject  to its  borrowing  restrictions.  The net  amount of the
excess, if any, of the Fund's  obligations over its entitlements with respect to
each  interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis and  appropriate  Fund
assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued  excess
will be maintained  in a segregated  account by a custodian  that  satisfies the
requirements  of the 1940 Act. The Fund also will  establish  and maintain  such
segregated  accounts  with respect to its total  obligations  under any interest
rate  swaps  that are not  entered  into on a net basis and with  respect to any
interest rate caps, floors and collars that are written by the Fund.

      The Fund will enter into swap  transactions  only with  banks,  securities
dealers and their respective affiliates believed by Mitchell Hutchins to present
minimal  credit risks in accordance  with  guidelines  established by the Fund's
Board. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction,  the Fund
will  have  to  rely  on its  contractual  remedies  (which  may be  limited  by
bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the  agreements  related to
the transaction.

                             DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

      The Fund pays its Directors who are not  "interested  persons" of the Fund
$1,000  annually  and up to $150 for each board  meeting  and for each  separate
meeting of a board  committee.  The  chairmen of the audit and  contract  review
committees of individual  funds within the PaineWebber fund complex each receive
additional  compensation  aggregating  $15,000 annually from the relevant funds.
All Directors are  reimbursed for any expenses  incurred in attending  meetings.
Because Mitchell Hutchins performs  substantially all of the services  necessary
for the  operation  of the Fund,  the Fund  requires no  employees.  No officer,
director or employee of PaineWebber or Mitchell Hutchins  presently receives any
compensation from the Fund for acting as a director or officer.

      The table below includes certain information  relating to the compensation
of the Fund's Directors.

                               COMPENSATION TABLE^

                                     AGGREGATE         TOTAL COMPENSATION
                                    COMPENSATION   FROM THE FUND AND THE FUND
     NAME OF PERSONS POSITION      FROM THE FUND*          COMPLEX**
   Richard Q. Armstrong, Director     $1,327              [        ]
   Richard R. Burt, Director          $1,297              [        ]
   Meyer Feldberg, Director           $1,816              [        ]
   George W. Gowen, Director          $1,327              [        ]
   Frederic Malek, Director           $1,327              [        ]
   Carl W. Schafer, Director          $1,327              [        ]



                                       31
<PAGE>


- --------

^  Only  independent  members of the Board of Directors are  compensated  by the
   Fund and identified above; Directors who are "interested persons," as defined
   in the 1940 Act, do not receive compensation.

*  Represents  fees paid to each director during the fiscal period ended May 31,
   1999 by the Fund.

** Represents total  compensation paid to each Director during the calendar year
   ended  December  31, 1999;  no fund within the complex has a bonus,  pension,
   profit sharing or retirement plan.


               CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

      As of _____,  2000,  Cede & Co.  (the  nominee  for The  Depository  Trust
Company) owned of record ____ shares or ___% of the outstanding  shares.  To the
knowledge of the Fund,  no person is the  beneficial  owner of 5% or more of its
shares. As of ______,  2000, the Directors and officers of the Fund beneficially
owned less than 1% of the outstanding Fund shares.


                        INVESTMENT ADVISORY ARRANGEMENTS

      Mitchell  Hutchins  is the Fund's  investment  adviser  and  administrator
pursuant  to a contract  dated June 22,  1998  ("Advisory  Contract").  Mitchell
Hutchins is a wholly owned asset management subsidiary of PaineWebber,  which is
a wholly owned  subsidiary of Paine Webber Group Inc., a publicly held financial
services holding company.  Mitchell  Hutchins provides  investment  advisory and
portfolio management services to investment companies,  pension funds, and other
institutional, corporate and individual clients.

      Pursuant to the Advisory Contract, Mitchell Hutchins provides a continuous
investment program for the Fund and makes investment decisions and places orders
to buy, sell or hold particular securities. As administrator,  Mitchell Hutchins
supervises  all matters  relating to the operation of the Fund and obtain for it
corporate,  administrative and clerical personnel,  office space,  equipment and
services, including arranging for the periodic preparation, updating, filing and
dissemination of proxy  materials,  tax returns and reports to the Fund's Board,
stockholders and regulatory authorities.

      The Advisory  Contract  between  Mitchell  Hutchins and the Fund  provides
Mitchell Hutchins with a fee, computed weekly and payable monthly,  in an amount
equal to the annual  rate of 0.70% of the Fund's  average  weekly  total  assets
minus liabilities other than the aggregate  indebtedness  constituting  leverage
("Managed Assets").  During periods in which the Fund is utilizing leverage, the
investment  advisory and administrative fee payable to Mitchell Hutchins will be
higher than if the Fund did not utilize a leveraged  capital  structure  because
the fee is calculated as a percentage of the Fund's  Managed  Assets,  including
those purchased with leverage.

      In  addition  to the  payments to  Mitchell  Hutchins  under the  Advisory
Contract  described above, the Fund pays certain other costs,  including (1) the
costs (including  brokerage  commissions) of securities purchased or sold by the



                                       32
<PAGE>


Fund and any losses  incurred in connection  therewith;  (2) fees payable to and
expenses incurred on behalf of the Fund by Mitchell Hutchins; (3) organizational
and offering expenses of the Fund, whether or not advanced by Mitchell Hutchins;
(4) filing fees and expenses  relating to the registration and  qualification of
the Fund's shares and the Fund under federal  securities  laws and/or state laws
and maintaining  such  registration  and  qualifications;  (5) fees and salaries
payable to Fund's  directors and officers who are not interested  persons of the
Fund or Mitchell  Hutchins;  (6) all expenses  incurred in  connection  with the
Fund's directors' services,  including travel expenses; (7) taxes (including any
income or franchise  taxes) and  governmental  fees; (8) costs of any liability,
uncollectible  items of deposit and any other insurance or fidelity  bonds;  (9)
any  costs,  expenses  or losses  arising  out of a  liability  of or claims for
damages or other relief asserted against the Fund for violation of any law; (10)
legal, accounting and auditing expenses, including legal fees of special counsel
for those directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund; (11)
charges of custodians,  transfer agents and other agents  (including any lending
agent); (12) costs of preparing share certificates;  (13) expenses of setting in
type and printing prospectuses and supplements thereto, statements of additional
information  and supplements  thereto,  reports and proxy materials for existing
shareholders;  (14)  costs of  mailing  prospectuses  and  supplements  thereto,
statements of additional information and supplements thereto,  reports and proxy
materials to existing  shareholders;  (15) any extraordinary expenses (including
fees and  disbursements  of counsel,  costs of actions,  suits or proceedings to
which the Fund is a party and the expenses the Fund may incur as a result of its
legal obligation to provide indemnification to its officers,  directors,  agents
and  shareholders)  incurred by the Fund; (16) fees,  voluntary  assessments and
other  expenses  incurred in connection  with  membership in investment  company
organizations;  (17)  costs of  mailing  and  tabulating  proxies  and  costs of
meetings of shareholders,  the Board and any committees thereof;  (18) the costs
of investment company literature and other publications  provided by the Fund to
its directors and officers; (19) costs of mailing, stationery and communications
equipment;  (20)  expenses  incident to any  dividend  reinvestment  plan;  (21)
changes and  expenses of any outside  pricing  service  used to value  portfolio
securities;  (22) interest on borrowings of the Fund;  (23) fees and expenses of
listing  and  maintaining  any  listing  of the  Fund's  shares on any  national
securities exchange;  and (24) costs and expenses (including rating agency fees)
associated with the issuance of any preferred stock.

      The  Advisory  Contract was approved by the Fund's Board and by a majority
of the  Directors  who are not parties to the  Advisory  Contract or  interested
persons of any such party  ("Independent  Directors") on May 13, 1998 and by its
initial  shareholder on June 22, 1998.  Unless sooner  terminated,  the Advisory
Contract will continue  automatically  for successive  annual periods,  provided
that such  continuance  is  specifically  approved  at least  annually  (1) by a
majority vote of the  Independent  Directors  cast in person at a meeting called
for the purpose of voting on such approval; and (2) by the Board or by vote of a
majority of the Fund's outstanding voting securities.

      Under the Advisory Contract, Mitchell Hutchins is not liable for any error
of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection
with the Advisory  Contract,  except a loss resulting from willful  misfeasance,
bad  faith  or  gross  negligence  on  the  part  of  Mitchell  Hutchins  in the
performance  of  its  duties  or  from  reckless  disregard  of its  duties  and
obligations under the Advisory Contract.  The Advisory Contract is terminable by



                                       33
<PAGE>


vote of the Board or by the  holders of a  majority  of the  outstanding  voting
securities of the Fund, at any time without penalty,  on 60 days' written notice
to Mitchell  Hutchins.  The Advisory Contract may also be terminated by Mitchell
Hutchins  on 60  days'  written  notice  to  the  Fund.  The  Advisory  Contract
terminates automatically upon its assignment.

      Mitchell  Hutchins  personnel  may  invest  in  securities  for  their own
accounts  pursuant to a code of ethics that describes the fiduciary duty owed to
shareholders  of the  PaineWebber  funds and other Mitchell  Hutchins'  advisory
accounts by all  Mitchell  Hutchins'  directors,  officers and  employees,  that
establishes  procedures  for  personal  investing  and  that  restricts  certain
transactions.  For example,  employee  accounts  generally must be maintained at
PaineWebber,  personal  trades  in most  securities  require  pre-clearance  and
short-term  trading and participation in initial public offerings  generally are
prohibited.  In addition,  the code of ethics puts restrictions on the timing of
personal investing in relation to trades by PaineWebber funds and other Mitchell
Hutchins advisory clients.

      For the  fiscal  year  ended May 31,  1999,  the Fund paid or  accrued  to
Mitchell Hutchins  investment  advisory and  administration  fees totaling $322,
661.

                       CUSTODIAN AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

      State Street Bank and Trust Company ("State Street"),  One Heritage Drive,
North Quincy,  Massachusetts 02171, serves as custodian of the Fund's assets. As
custodian of the Fund, State Street responsibility's  include the safekeeping of
securities,  cash and other assets of the Fund; settling portfolio purchases and
sales;  identifying and collecting  portfolio income;  and performing  portfolio
accounting functions.  State Street also employs foreign sub-custodians approved
by the Board of Directors,  in accordance with applicable requirements under the
1940 Act, to provide  custody of the Fund's  foreign  assets.  Ernst & Young LLP
("Ernst & Young"),  787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019,  serves as the
Fund's independent auditors. As independent auditors,  Ernst & Young reviews the
books and records of the Fund.  Moreover,  it advises  management  on accounting
issues.  Ernst and Young also issues  audit  reports to the Board of  Directors,
stockholders, and the SEC.

                             PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

      Subject  to  policies  established  by the  Board of  Directors,  Mitchell
Hutchins is responsible for the execution of the Fund's  portfolio  transactions
and  the   allocation  of  brokerage   transactions.   In  executing   portfolio
transactions,  Mitchell  Hutchins  seeks to obtain the best net  results for the
Fund,  taking into account such factors as the price  (including  the applicable
dealer spread or brokerage commission),  size of order,  difficulty of execution
and operational facilities of the firm involved.  Generally, debt securities are
traded on the OTC market on a "net" basis  without a stated  commission  through
dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers.  Prices paid to dealers
in principal  transactions generally include a "spread," which is the difference
between  the  prices  at which the  dealer is  willing  to  purchase  and sell a
specific security at that time.

      The Fund has no  obligation to deal with any broker or group of brokers in
the execution of portfolio transactions.  The Fund contemplates that, consistent
with  obtaining the best net results,  brokerage  transactions  may be conducted
through Mitchell Hutchins or any of its affiliates,  including PaineWebber.  The
Fund's Board of Directors adopted procedures in conformity with Rule 17e-1 under
the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage  commissions paid to Mitchell Hutchins



                                       34
<PAGE>


or any of its affiliates are  reasonable  and fair.  Specific  provisions in the
Advisory Contract  authorize Mitchell Hutchins and any affiliate thereof that is
a member of a national securities exchange to effect portfolio  transactions for
the Fund on such exchange and to retain  compensation  in  connection  with such
transactions.  Any such transactions  will be effected and related  compensation
paid only in accordance with applicable SEC regulations.

      Transactions in futures contracts are executed through futures  commission
merchants  ("FCMs") who receive  brokerage  commissions for their services.  The
Fund's  procedures  in  selecting  FCMs to execute  the Fund's  transactions  in
futures contracts,  including procedures permitting the use of Mitchell Hutchins
and its  affiliates,  are similar to those in effect with  respect to  brokerage
transactions in securities. For the fiscal year ended May 31, 1999, the Fund did
not pay any commissions to FCMs.

      Consistent  with the  Fund's  interests  and  subject to the review of the
Fund's Board of Directors,  Mitchell Hutchins may cause the Fund to purchase and
sell portfolio  securities  through  brokers who provide the Fund with research,
analysis, advice and similar services. In return for such services, the Fund may
pay to those brokers a higher  commission  than may be charged by other brokers,
provided that Mitchell Hutchins determines in good faith that such commission is
reasonable  in terms  either of that  particular  transaction  or of the overall
responsibility  of Mitchell  Hutchins to the Fund and its other clients and that
the total  commissions  paid by the Fund will be  reasonable  in relation to the
benefits  to  the  Fund  over  the  long  term.  For  purchases  or  sales  with
broker-dealer  firms  which  act as  principal,  Mitchell  Hutchins  seeks  best
execution.  Although Mitchell Hutchins may receive certain research or execution
services in  connection  with these  transactions,  Mitchell  Hutchins  will not
purchase  securities at a higher price or sell  securities at a lower price than
would otherwise be paid if no weight was attributed to the services  provided by
the  executing  dealer.  Moreover,  Mitchell  Hutchins  does not enter  into any
explicit soft dollar  arrangements  relating to principal  transactions and does
not  receive in  principal  transactions  the types of  services  which could be
purchased for hard dollars.  Mitchell Hutchins may engage in agency transactions
in OTC equity and debt securities in return for research and execution services.
These transactions are entered into only in compliance with procedures  ensuring
that the  transaction  (including  commissions)  is at least as  favorable as it
would have been if effected  directly with a  market-maker  that did not provide
research or execution  services.  These  procedures  include  Mitchell  Hutchins
receiving  multiple  quotes from dealers before  executing the transaction on an
agency basis.

      Research  services  furnished by dealers or brokers with or through  which
the Fund effects  securities  transactions  may be used by Mitchell  Hutchins in
advising other funds or accounts and, conversely, research services furnished to
Mitchell  Hutchins  by  dealers or brokers  in  connection  with other  funds or
accounts Mitchell Hutchins advisers may be used by Mitchell Hutchins in advising
the Fund. Information and research received from such brokers or dealers will be
in addition  to, and not in lieu of, the  services  required to be  performed by
Mitchell Hutchins under the Advisory Contract.

      Investment  decisions  for the  Fund  and for  other  investment  accounts
managed by Mitchell  Hutchins are made  independently  of each other in light of
differing considerations for the various accounts. The same investment decision,
however, may occasionally be made for the Fund and one or more such accounts. In
such cases,  simultaneous  transactions  are inevitable.  Purchases or sales are
then  averaged  as to price  and  allocated  between  the  Fund  and such  other



                                       35
<PAGE>


account(s) as to amount  according to a formula deemed equitable to the Fund and
such  account(s).  While in some cases this  practice  could have a  detrimental
effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Fund is  concerned,
or upon its ability to complete its entire order,  in other cases it is believed
that  coordination  and the ability to  participate in volume  transactions  are
beneficial to the Fund.

      The Fund does not purchase securities that are offered in underwritings in
which  PaineWebber,  Mitchell Hutchins or any of their affiliates is a member of
the underwriting or selling group,  except pursuant to procedures adopted by the
Fund's Board of Directors pursuant to Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act. Among other
things,  these  procedures  require  that  the  commission  or  spread  paid  in
connection  with such a purchase be reasonable and fair, that the purchase be at
not more than the public  offering  price prior to the end of the first business
day  after  the  date of the  public  offering  and that  PaineWebber,  Mitchell
Hutchins and their affiliates not participate in or benefit from the sale to the
Fund.

      For the fiscal year ended May 31, 1999,  Mitchell  Hutchins did not direct
any brokerage  commissions to brokers chosen because they provided  research and
analysis.  For the fiscal year ended May 31, 1999,  Managed High Yield Plus paid
no brokerage commissions.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

      The Fund's portfolio  turnover rate was 52% for the fiscal period June 26,
1998  (commencement of operations) to May 31, 1999.  Portfolio turnover may vary
from year to year and will not be a limiting factor when Mitchell Hutchins deems
portfolio  changes  appropriate.  Higher portfolio  turnover (100% or more) will
result in higher Fund expenses, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups
and other  transaction  costs on the sale of securities and on  reinvestment  in
other  securities.  The  portfolio  turnover  rate is calculated by dividing the
lesser of a Fund's annual sales or purchases of portfolio securities  (exclusive
of purchases or sales of securities  whose maturities at the time of acquisition
were one year or less) by the monthly average value of the long-term  securities
in the portfolio during the year.


                            NET ASSET VALUE OF SHARES

      The net asset value of the Fund's  shares is  determined  weekly as of the
close of regular  trading on the New York Stock Exchange,  Inc.  ("NYSE") on the
last day of the week on which the NYSE is open for trading.  The net asset value
of the shares also is determined  monthly at the close of regular trading on the
NYSE on the last day of the month on which the NYSE is open for trading. The net
asset value per share is computed by dividing the value of the  securities  held
by the Fund plus any cash or other  assets  (including  interest  and  dividends
accrued  but not  yet  received  and  earned  discount)  minus  all  liabilities
(including  accrued expenses) by the total number of shares  outstanding at such
time.

      When market quotations are readily  available,  the Fund's debt securities
are valued based upon those  quotations.  When market quotations for options and
futures  positions held by the Fund are readily  available,  those positions are
valued based upon such quotations. Market quotations generally are not available
for options  traded in the OTC market.  When  market  quotations  for options or
futures  positions are not readily  available,  they are valued at fair value as
determined  in good faith by or under the  direction of the Board of  Directors.



                                       36
<PAGE>


When  market  quotations  are not readily  available  for any of the Fund's debt
securities,  such  securities are valued based upon  appraisals  received from a
pricing  service using a  computerized  matrix  system or based upon  appraisals
derived from information  concerning the security or similar securities received
from recognized  dealers in those  securities.  Notwithstanding  the above, debt
securities  with maturities of 60 days or less generally are valued at amortized
cost if their  original  term to maturity was 60 days or less,  or by amortizing
the difference between their fair value as of the 61st day prior to maturity and
their maturity value if their original term to maturity exceeded 60 days, unless
in either case the Board of Directors or its delegate  determines that this does
not represent fair value.

      Securities and other instruments that are listed on U.S. and foreign stock
exchanges and for which market  quotations  are readily  available are valued at
the last sale price on the exchange on which the  securities  are traded,  as of
the close of business on the day the securities are being valued or, lacking any
sales on such day, at the last bid price available. In cases where securities or
other instruments are traded on more than one exchange, such securities or other
instruments generally are valued on the exchange designated by Mitchell Hutchins
under the direction of the Board of Directors as the primary market.  Securities
traded  in the OTC  market  and  listed  on the  Nasdaq  are  valued at the last
available  sale  price  on  Nasdaq  prior to the time of  valuation;  other  OTC
securities and  instruments  are valued at the last available bid price prior to
the time of valuation.  Other  securities and assets for which  reliable  market
quotations are not readily available (including restricted securities subject to
limitations  as to their  sale) are valued at fair value as  determined  in good
faith by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

      All  securities  and other assets  quoted in foreign  currency and forward
currency contracts are valued weekly in U.S. dollars on the basis of the foreign
currency  exchange rate  prevailing at the time such  valuation is determined by
the Fund's custodian.  Foreign currency exchange rates are generally  determined
prior to the  close of the NYSE.  Occasionally,  events  affecting  the value of
foreign  securities and such exchange rates occur between the time at which they
are determined and the close of the NYSE,  which events will not be reflected in
a computation of the Fund's net asset value. If events materially  affecting the
value of such  securities or assets or currency  exchange rates occurred  during
such time period,  the  securities or assets would be valued at their fair value
as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
The foreign currency exchange transactions of the Fund conducted on a spot basis
are valued at the spot rate for purchasing or selling currency prevailing on the
foreign exchange market.  Under normal market  conditions this rate differs from
the prevailing  exchange rate by an amount  generally less than one-tenth of one
percent due to the costs of converting from one currency to another.


                                    TAXATION

GENERAL

      The following discussion of federal income tax consequences is for general
information  only.  Investors  should  consult their tax advisors  regarding the
specific  federal tax  consequences  of  purchasing,  holding and  disposing  of
shares, as well as the effects thereon of state,  local and foreign tax laws and
any proposed tax law changes.



                                       37
<PAGE>


      In order to continue to qualify for  treatment  as a regulated  investment
company ("RIC") under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 ("Code"),  the Fund must
distribute  to its  stockholders  for  each  taxable  year at  least  90% of its
investment  company  taxable  income  (consisting  generally  of net  investment
income,  net short-term capital gain and net gains from certain foreign currency
transactions)  ("Distribution  Requirement")  and must meet  several  additional
requirements. These requirements include the following: (1) the Fund must derive
at least 90% of its gross  income each taxable  year from  dividends,  interest,
payments  with  respect  to  securities  loans and gains  from the sale or other
disposition  of securities  or foreign  currencies,  or other income  (including
gains from options,  futures or forward  contracts)  derived with respect to its
business of investing in securities or those currencies ("Income  Requirement");
(2) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year, at least 50% of the
value of its total  assets  must be  represented  by cash and cash  items,  U.S.
government  securities,  securities of other RICs and other  securities that are
limited,  in respect of any one issuer,  to an amount that does not exceed 5% of
the value of the Fund's total assets and that does not  represent  more than 10%
of the  issuer's  outstanding  voting  securities;  and (3) at the close of each
quarter of the Fund's  taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its total
assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S.  government  securities or
the  securities of other RICs) of any one issuer.  If the Fund failed to qualify
for  treatment as a RIC for any taxable  year,  it would be taxed as an ordinary
corporation  on its  taxable  income  for that  year  (even if that  income  was
distributed to its  Stockholders)  and all distributions out of its earnings and
profits would be taxable to its  Stockholders  as dividends  (that is,  ordinary
income).

      Dividends  and  other  distributions  declared  by the  Fund  in  October,
November or December of any year and payable to stockholders of record on a date
in any of those months will be deemed to have been paid by the Fund and received
by the stockholders on December 31st of that year if the  distributions are paid
by the Fund during the following January. Accordingly,  those distributions will
be taxed to stockholders for the year in which that December 31st falls.

      If the Fund  retains  any net capital  gain (the  excess of net  long-term
capital gain over net short-term  capital  loss),  it may designate the retained
amount as undistributed  capital gains in a notice to its  stockholders.  If the
Fund makes such a designation,  it will be required to pay federal income tax at
the rate of 35% on the  undistributed  gains ("Fund  tax") and each  stockholder
subject to  federal  income tax (1) will be  required  to include in income,  as
long-term  capital gains, his or her  proportionate  share of the  undistributed
gains,  (2) will be allowed a credit or  refund,  as the case may be, for his or
her  proportionate  share of the Fund tax and (3) will increase the tax basis of
his or her Fund shares by the  difference  between the included  income and such
share of the Fund tax.

      A portion of the  dividends  from the Fund's  investment  company  taxable
income (whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares) may be eligible
for the  dividends-received  deduction  allowed to  corporations.  The  eligible
portion  may not exceed the  aggregate  dividends  the Fund  receives  from U.S.
corporations.  However,  dividends  received  by  a  corporate  stockholder  and
deducted  by  it  pursuant  to  the  dividends-received  deduction  are  subject
indirectly  to the federal  alternative  minimum tax. It is not expected  that a
significant portion of the Fund's dividends will qualify for this deduction.

      If  the  Fund  has  both  shares  of  common  stock  and  preferred  stock
outstanding,  it intends to designate  distributions  made to each such class in



                                       38
<PAGE>


any year as  consisting  of no more  than  the  class's  proportionate  share of
particular types of income based on the total  distributions  paid to each class
for the year, including distributions out of net capital gain.

      Income from investments in foreign securities, and gains realized thereon,
may be subject to foreign  withholding or other taxes.  Tax conventions  between
certain  countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate  foreign taxes,
however,  and many foreign  countries  do not impose  taxes on capital  gains in
respect of investments by foreign  investors.  Stockholders  will not be able to
claim any foreign tax credit or deduction with respect to those foreign taxes.

      The Fund will be subject to a  nondeductible  4% excise tax ("Excise Tax")
to the  extent  it  fails  to  distribute  by  the  end  of  any  calendar  year
substantially  all of its  ordinary  income for that year and  capital  gain net
income for the one-year period ending on October 31st of that year, plus certain
other amounts. For these purposes,  any such income retained by the Fund, and on
which it pays federal income tax, will be treated as having been distributed.

PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES

      The Fund may invest in the stock of "passive foreign investment companies"
("PFICs").  A PFIC is a foreign  corporation--other  than a "controlled  foreign
corporation"  (I.E.,  a foreign  corporation  in which,  on any day  during  its
taxable  year,  more  than 50% of the total  voting  power of all  voting  stock
therein or the total value of all stock therein is owned, directly,  indirectly,
or  constructively,  by  "U.S.  Stockholders,"  defined  as  U.S.  persons  that
individually own, directly, indirectly, or constructively,  at least 10% of that
voting  power) as to which  the Fund is a U.S.  shareholder--that,  in  general,
meets  either of the  following  tests:  (1) at least 75% of its gross income is
passive or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for
the production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, the Fund will be
subject to federal income tax on a portion of any "excess distribution" received
on the stock of a PFIC or of any gain on disposition of that stock (collectively
"PFIC income"),  plus interest  thereon,  even if the Fund  distributes the PFIC
income as a taxable dividend to its Stockholders. The balance of the PFIC income
will  be  included  in  the  Fund's  investment   company  taxable  income  and,
accordingly,  will not be taxable to it to the extent that income is distributed
to its Stockholders.  If the Fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC
as a "qualified  electing fund," then, in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest
obligation,  the Fund will be  required  to include in income  each year its pro
rata share of the qualified  electing  fund's annual  ordinary  earnings and net
capital  gain--which  most likely  would have to be  distributed  by the Fund to
satisfy  the  Distribution  Requirement  and  avoid  imposition  of  the  Excise
Tax--even  if those  earnings  and gain are not  distributed  to the Fund by the
qualified  electing  fund. In most instances it will be very  difficult,  if not
impossible, to make this election because of certain requirements for making the
election.

      The  Fund  may  elect  to  "mark  to  market"   its  stock  in  any  PFIC.
"Marking-to-market,"  in this context,  means  including in ordinary income each
taxable  year the excess,  if any, of the fair market  value of the PFIC's stock
over the Fund's  adjusted basis therein as of the end of that year.  Pursuant to
the  election,  the Fund also will be  allowed to deduct  (as an  ordinary,  not
capital,  loss) the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in PFIC stock over the
fair market value thereof as of the taxable year-end,  but only to the extent of
any net mark-to-market gains with respect to that stock included by the Fund for
prior taxable years. The Fund's adjusted basis in each PFIC's stock with respect
to which it makes this  election  will be  adjusted  to reflect  the  amounts of
income included and deductions taken under the election.



                                       39
<PAGE>


STRATEGIES USING DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

      Strategies using  Derivative  Instruments,  such as selling  (writing) and
purchasing  options and futures and entering  into forward  currency  contracts,
involve  complex  rules that will  determine for income tax purposes the amount,
character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses the Fund realizes in
connection therewith.  These rules also may require the Fund to "mark to market"
(that is, treat as sold for their fair market  value) at the end of each taxable
year certain  positions in its portfolio,  which may cause the Fund to recognize
income  and/or  gain  without  receiving  cash with which to make  distributions
necessary to satisfy the  Distribution  Requirement and avoid  imposition of the
Excise Tax. Gains from the  disposition of foreign  currencies  (except  certain
gains that may be  excluded  by future  regulations),  and gains  from  options,
futures and forward currency  contracts  derived by the Fund with respect to its
business of  investing  in  securities  or foreign  currencies,  will qualify as
permissible income under the Income Requirement.

      If  the  Fund  has  an  "appreciated  financial  position"--generally,  an
interest  (including an interest through an option,  futures or forward currency
contract,  or short sale) with respect to any stock, debt instrument (other than
"straight debt") or partnership  interest the fair market value of which exceeds
its  adjusted  basis--and  enters  into a  "constructive  sale"  of the  same or
substantially  similar  property,  the Fund will be  treated  as having  made an
actual sale thereof,  with the result that gain will be recognized at that time.
A constructive sale generally  consists of a short sale, an offsetting  notional
principal  contract or futures or forward currency  contract entered into by the
Fund or a related  person  with  respect  to the same or  substantially  similar
property.  In addition,  if the appreciated financial position is itself a short
sale or such a contract, acquisition of the underlying property or substantially
similar property will be deemed a constructive sale.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

STOCK REPURCHASES AND TENDERS

      The Fund's Board of  Directors  may  authorize  the Fund to tender for its
shares to reduce  or  eliminate  the  discount  to net asset  value at which the
Fund's shares might trade.  Even if a tender offer has been made, it will be the
Board's  announced  policy,  which may be changed  by the  Board,  not to accept
tenders or effect  repurchases  (or, if a tender offer has not been made, not to
initiate a tender offer) if (1) such  transactions,  if  consummated,  would (a)
result in the  delisting  of the  Common  Stock  from the NYSE (the NYSE  having
advised the Fund that it would consider  delisting if the aggregate market value
of the outstanding  shares is less than $5,000,000,  the number of publicly held
shares falls below 600,000 or the number of round-lot holders falls below 1,200)
or (b) impair  the Fund's  status as a RIC  (which  would  eliminate  the Fund's
eligibility  to deduct  dividends  paid to its  stockholders,  thus  causing its
income to be fully taxed at the  corporate  level in addition to the taxation of
stockholders on distributions received from the Fund); (2) the Fund would not be
able to liquidate portfolio  securities in an orderly manner and consistent with
the Fund's investment  objective and policies in order to repurchase its shares;
or (3) there is, in the  Board's  judgment,  any (a)  material  legal  action or



                                       40
<PAGE>


proceeding  instituted or threatened  challenging such transactions or otherwise
materially adversely affecting the Fund, (b) suspension of trading or limitation
on prices of  securities  generally  on the NYSE or any other  exchange on which
portfolio  securities  of the Fund are  traded,  (c)  declaration  of a  banking
moratorium by federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by banks
in the United States, New York State or any state in which the Fund invests, (d)
limitation affecting the Fund or the issuers of its portfolio securities imposed
by  federal  or  state  authorities  on  the  extension  of  credit  by  lending
institutions,  (e) commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international
or national calamity  directly or indirectly  involving the United States or (f)
other events or conditions that would have a material adverse effect on the Fund
or its  stockholders  if shares were  repurchased.  The Board of  Directors  may
modify these conditions in light of experience.


                               RATINGS INFORMATION

DESCRIPTION OF MOODY'S CORPORATE BOND RATINGS

      Aaa. Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They
carry the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as
"gilt edged." Interest  payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally
stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
likely to change,  such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair
the fundamentally  strong position of such issues;  Aa. Bonds which are rated Aa
are judged to be of high quality by all  standards.  Together with the Aaa group
they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower
than the best bonds because  margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa
securities or fluctuation of protective  elements may be of greater amplitude or
there  may be other  elements  present  which  make the  long-term  risk  appear
somewhat larger than the Aaa securities; A. Bonds which are rated A possess many
favorable investment  attributes and are to be considered as  upper-medium-grade
obligations.  Factors  giving  security to principal and interest are considered
adequate,  but  elements  may be  present  which  suggest  a  susceptibility  to
impairment  some  time  in the  future;  Baa.  Bonds  which  are  rated  Baa are
considered as medium-grade obligations,  i.e., they are neither highly protected
nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for
the  present  but  certain  protective   elements  may  be  lacking  or  may  be
characteristically  unreliable  over any great  length of time.  Such bonds lack
outstanding   investment   characteristics   and  in   fact   have   speculative
characteristics  as well;  Ba.  Bonds  which  are  rated Ba are  judged  to have
speculative elements;  their future cannot be considered as well-assured.  Often
the  protection  of interest and  principal  payments  may be very  moderate and
thereby  not well  safeguarded  during  both good and bad times over the future.
Uncertainty of position  characterizes  bonds in this class;  B. Bonds which are
rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of
interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract
over any long period of time may be small; Caa. Bonds which are rated Caa are of
poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of
danger with  respect to  principal  or  interest;  Ca.  Bonds which are rated Ca
represent  obligations  which are speculative in a high degree.  Such issues are
often in default or have other marked  shortcomings;  C. Bonds which are rated C
are the lowest  rated  class of bonds,  and issues so rated can be  regarded  as
having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

      Note:  Moody's  applies  numerical  modifiers,  1, 2 and 3 in each generic
rating  classification  from Aa through Caa.  The modifier 1 indicates  that the
obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category,  the modifier
2 indicates a mid-range  ranking,  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
lower end of that generic rating category.



                                       41
<PAGE>


DESCRIPTION OF S&P CORPORATE DEBT RATINGS

      AAA. An obligation  rated AAA has the highest rating  assigned by S&P. The
obligor's  capacity  to meet  its  financial  commitment  on the  obligation  is
extremely  strong;  AA. An  obligation  rated AA differs from the highest  rated
obligations only in small degree.  The obligor's  capacity to meet its financial
commitment  on the  obligation  is  very  strong;  A. An  obligation  rated A is
somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and
economic  conditions than obligations in higher rated categories.  However,  the
obligor's  capacity to meet its financial  commitment on the obligation is still
strong;  BBB. An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate  protection  parameters.
However,  adverse economic conditions or changing  circumstances are more likely
to lead to a weakened  capacity of the obligor to meet its financial  commitment
on the obligation. Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C are regarded as having
significant  speculative  characteristics.  BB  indicates  the  least  degree of
speculation  and C the  highest.  While such  obligations  will likely have some
quality  and  protective  characteristics,  these  may be  outweighed  by  large
uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions;  BB. An obligation rated
BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative  issues.  However, it
faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or
economic  conditions  which could lead to the obligor's  inadequate  capacity to
meet its financial  commitment on the  obligation;  B. An obligation  rated B is
more  vulnerable  to  nonpayment  than  obligations  rated BB,  but the  obligor
currently has the capacity to meet its financial  commitment on the  obligation.
Adverse  business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  will likely  impair the
obligor's  capacity  or  willingness  to meet its  financial  commitment  on the
obligation;  CCC. An obligation rated CCC is currently  vulnerable to nonpayment
and is dependent upon favorable business,  financial and economic conditions for
the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In the event of
adverse business,  financial, or economic conditions,  the obligor is not likely
to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation;  CC. An
obligation  rated  CC  is  currently  highly  vulnerable  to  nonpayment;  C.  A
subordinated  debt or preferred  stock  obligation  rated C is currently  highly
vulnerable to nonpayment.  The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a
bankruptcy  petition  has been  filed or  similar  action  has been  taken,  but
payments on this obligation are being continued.  A C also will be assigned to a
preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that
is currently  paying.  D. An  obligation  rated D is in payment  default.  The D
rating  category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date
due even if the  applicable  grace period has not  expired,  unless S&P believes
that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will
be used upon the  filing of a  bankruptcy  petition  or the  taking of a similar
action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

      CI. The rating CI is reserved  for income  bonds on which no interest is
being paid.

      Plus (+) or Minus (-):  The ratings  from "AA" to "CCC" may be modified by
the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative  standing within the major
rating categories.

      R. This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments  with significant
noncredit  risks.  It  highlights  risks to principal or  volatility of expected
returns  which  are  not  addressed  in the  credit  rating.  Examples  include:
obligations  linked  or  indexed  to  equities,   currencies,   or  commodities;
obligations  exposed  to  severe  prepayment   risk--such  as  interest-only  or
principal-only  mortgage  securities;   and  obligations  with  unusually  risky
interest terms, such as inverse floaters.



                                       42
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PRO FORMA PORTFOLIO OF INVESTMENTS
JANUARY 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                            MANAGED HIGH   MANAGED HIGH
  Principal                                                                                YIELD PLUS FUND  YIELD FUND      COMBINED
   Amount
 (combined)                                                  Maturity         Interest
    (000)                                                      Dates           Rates            Value         Value          Value
- --------------                                            ----------------   -----------    ----------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>               <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>
          Corporate Bonds -                   126.80%

          Automotive -                          2.14%
   $5,250 HDA Parts Systems Incorporated                 08/01/05          12.000   %      $4,072,500       $678,750     $4,751,250
    4,750 JL French Automotive Castings**                06/01/09          11.500           4,040,000        757,500      4,797,500
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                            8,112,500      1,436,250      9,548,750
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Cable -                              15.73%
   13,000 21st Century Telecom Group Incorporated        02/15/08          12.250   +       8,190,000        682,500      8,872,500
    7,000 Charter Communications Holdings                04/01/09          10.000           6,930,000              0      6,930,000
   15,250 Knology Holdings Incorporated                  10/15/07          11.875   +       8,844,375      1,335,000     10,179,375
    6,000 NTL Incorporated                               10/01/08          11.500           5,300,000      1,060,000      6,360,000
   13,575 Park 'N View Incorporated                      05/15/08          13.000           8,381,250      1,800,000     10,181,250
   11,250 RCN Corporation                                10/15/07          11.125   +       6,900,000        862,500      7,762,500
    5,000 UIH Australia/Pacific Incorporated             05/15/06          14.000   +       2,580,000      1,720,000      4,300,000
    9,250 United Pan Europe**                            08/01/09          10.875           4,714,250        327,000      5,041,250
   19,250 United Pan Europe**                      08/01/09 - 11/01/09  12.500 to 13.375+  10,137,000        354,250     10,491,250
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           61,976,875      8,141,250     70,118,125
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Chemicals -                           2.69%
    7,500 Lyondell Chemical Company                      05/01/07           9.875           6,698,000        689,500      7,387,500
    4,500 ZSC Specialty**                                07/01/09          11.000           4,080,000        510,000      4,590,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           10,778,000      1,199,500     11,977,500
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Communications - Fixed -             28.80%
    9,687 Alestra S.A.**                                 05/15/06          12.125           8,752,153      1,007,500      9,759,653
    5,000 Allegiance Telecom Incorporated                05/15/08          12.875           5,650,000              0      5,650,000
    9,250 Barak ITC                                      11/15/07          12.500   +       4,340,000        840,000      5,180,000
    2,500 Carrier1 International S.A.#                   02/15/09          13.250           2,520,000        280,000      2,800,000
    4,543 Esprit Telecom Group PLC                       06/15/08          10.875           3,882,200        388,220      4,270,420
    5,250 Flag Limited                                   01/30/08           8.250           4,550,000        227,500      4,777,500
    2,000 Focal Communication Corporation                01/15/00          11.875           2,040,000              0      2,040,000
    5,000 Global Crossing Holdings Limited**             11/15/09           9.500           4,825,000              0      4,825,000
    6,500 GlobeNet Communications Group**                07/15/07          13.000           5,880,000        490,000      6,370,000
    7,000 GST Equipment Funding Incorporated             05/01/07          13.250           6,000,000      1,000,000      7,000,000
    7,750 GT Group Telecom Incorporated                  02/01/10           1.000           4,126,875              0      4,126,875
    9,150 Hyperion Telecommunications Incorporated       11/01/07          12.000           8,040,625      1,475,000      9,515,625
    3,000 ICG Services Incorporated                      02/15/08          10.000           1,120,000        565,000      1,685,000
    4,025 Intelcom Group USA Incorporated                09/15/05           1.000           3,662,750              0      3,662,750
    5,640 KMC Telecom Holdings Incorporated              05/15/09          13.500           5,140,000        500,000      5,640,000
    5,750 Metromedia Fiber Network Incorporated          11/15/08          10.000           5,012,500        751,875      5,764,375
    5,550 NEXTLINK Communications Incorporated           06/01/09          10.750           5,163,437        428,188      5,591,625
    8,500 NorthEast Optic Network Incorporated           08/15/08          12.750           8,882,500              0      8,882,500
    8,475 Pathnet Incorporated                           04/15/08          12.250           4,933,500        660,000      5,593,500
    5,000 Tele1 Europe BV**                              05/15/09          13.000           4,916,250        258,750      5,175,000
   11,000 Viatel Incorporated                            04/15/08          12.500   +       5,800,000        580,000      6,380,000
    9,750 Williams Communications Group                  10/01/09          10.875           8,497,500      1,545,000     10,042,500
    4,000 World Access Incorporated                      01/15/08          13.250           3,180,625        454,375      3,635,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                          116,915,915     11,451,408    128,367,323
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Communications - Mobile -             7.75%
    1,000 Crown Castle International Corporation         08/01/11           9.500                   0        605,000        605,000
    7,000 ICO Global Communications Limited#(b)          08/01/05          15.000           3,185,000        245,000      3,430,000
    7,500 Nextel Communications Incorporated             02/15/08           9.950   +       3,462,500      1,731,250      5,193,750
   14,000 Nextel International Incorporated              04/15/08          12.125   +       7,812,500        937,500      8,750,000
    7,875 PTC International Finance**                    12/01/09          11.250           7,462,500        373,125      7,835,625
   10,625 Spectrasite Holdings Incorporated              04/15/09          11.250   +       6,162,500              0      6,162,500
    2,500 Voicestream Wire**                             11/15/09          10.375           2,562,500              0      2,562,500
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           30,647,500      3,891,875     34,539,375
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

                                                                 43

<PAGE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PRO FORMA PORTFOLIO OF INVESTMENTS
JANUARY 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           MANAGED HIGH   MANAGED HIGH
  Principal                                                                               YIELD PLUS FUND  YIELD FUND      COMBINED
   Amount
 (combined)                                                  Maturity         Interest
    (000)                                                      Dates           Rates            Value         Value          Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------    ----------------------------------------
          Corporate Bonds -(continued)
          Consumer Manufacturing -              3.30%
   $5,250 Commemorative Brands Incorporated              01/15/07          11.000   %      $2,200,000       $687,500     $2,887,500
    5,500 Decora Industries Incorporated                 05/01/05          11.000           3,870,000        860,000      4,730,000
    4,000 Desa International Incorporated                12/15/07           9.875           3,040,000              0      3,040,000
    4,250 Jafra Cosmetics International Incorporated     05/01/08          11.750           4,037,500              0      4,037,500
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           13,147,500      1,547,500     14,695,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Energy -                              7.86%
    1,650 GulfMark Offshore Incorporated                 06/01/08           8.750           1,518,000              0      1,518,000
    4,500 Key Energy Services Incorporated               01/15/09          14.000           4,360,000        545,000      4,905,000
    5,000 Northern Offshore ASA                          05/15/05          10.000           2,360,000        590,000      2,950,000
    8,791 Orion Refining Corporation**                   12/01/03          15.000           7,396,966        514,603      7,911,569
    3,000 Pride International Incorporated               06/01/09          10.000           2,700,000        300,000      3,000,000
    7,250 R & B Falcon Corporation                       12/15/08           9.500           5,606,250      1,462,500      7,068,750
    8,250 Tesoro Petroleum Corporation                   07/01/08           9.000           6,975,000        697,500      7,672,500
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           30,916,216      4,109,603     35,025,819
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Finance -                             5.43%
    6,488 Airplanes Pass-Through Trust                   03/15/19          10.875           4,466,937      1,340,081      5,807,018
    5,000 Morgan Stanley Aircraft Finance                03/15/23           8.700           4,275,000              0      4,275,000
    6,250 Olympic Financial Limited                      03/15/07          11.500           5,733,750        781,875      6,515,625
   13,000 Signet Capital Trust I                         08/15/27           9.500           4,290,000              0      4,290,000
    5,550 Superior National Insurance Group              12/01/17          10.750           3,030,000        300,000      3,330,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           21,795,687      2,421,956     24,217,643
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Food & Beverage -                     4.94%
    8,125 Iowa Select Farms L.P.**                       12/01/05          10.750           3,250,000        812,500      4,062,500
   16,625 Mrs Field's Holdings Company Incorporated**#   12/01/05          14.000   +       8,890,000        420,000      9,310,000
    1,000 Mrs Field's Original Cookies Incorporated**    12/01/04          10.125                   0        800,000        800,000
    8,808 Packaged Ice Incorporated                      02/01/05           9.750           6,504,120      1,335,000      7,839,120
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           18,644,120      3,367,500     22,011,620
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Gaming -                              2.06%
    4,250 Hollywood Casino Corporation                   05/01/07          11.250           4,100,000        256,250      4,356,250
    5,125 Park Place Entertainment Corporation           12/15/05           7.875           4,359,063        471,250      4,830,313
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                            8,459,063        727,500      9,186,563
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          General Industrial -                  5.04%
    7,000 Aqua Chemical Incorporated                     07/01/08          11.250           3,710,000              0      3,710,000
    8,250 Blount Incorporated**                          08/01/09          13.000           7,931,250        793,125      8,724,375
    3,750 J.B. Poindexter & Company  Incorporated        05/15/04          12.500           2,835,000        708,750      3,543,750
    8,000 Sabreliner Corporation**                       06/15/08          11.000           5,670,000        810,000      6,480,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           20,146,250      2,311,875     22,458,125
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Healthcare -                          2.33%
    4,000 Fresenius Medical Care Capital Trust           02/01/08           7.875           2,685,000        895,000      3,580,000
    4,000 Tenet Healthcare Corporation                   12/01/08           8.125           3,228,750        461,250      3,690,000
    3,000 Triad Hospitals Holdings Incorporated**        05/15/09          11.000           2,794,500        310,500      3,105,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                            8,708,250      1,666,750     10,375,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Hotels & Lodging -                    2.35%
    4,650 Host Marriott L.P.                             02/15/06           8.375           4,301,250              0      4,301,250
    2,875 Signature Resorts Incorporated                 05/15/06           9.250           1,926,250              0      1,926,250
    6,322 Silverleaf Resorts Incorporated                04/01/08          10.500           3,398,240        837,500      4,235,740
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                            9,625,740        837,500     10,463,240
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Media-                                0.40%
    3,250 Inter Act Systems Incorporated(b)              08/01/03          14.000           1,375,000        412,500      1,787,500
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Metals -                              1.24%
    7,250 Metal Management Incorporated                  05/15/08          10.000           4,560,000        950,000      5,510,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Real Estate -                         1.67%
    9,400 American Architectural Products Corporation    12/01/07          11.750           3,360,000        400,000      3,760,000
    4,075 D.R. Horton Incorporated                       02/01/09           8.000           3,235,375        452,500      3,687,875
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                            6,595,375        852,500      7,447,875
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                 44
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PRO FORMA PORTFOLIO OF INVESTMENTS
JANUARY 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            MANAGED HIGH   MANAGED HIGH
  Principal                                                                                YIELD PLUS FUND  YIELD FUND      COMBINED
   Amount
 (combined)                                                  Maturity         Interest
    (000)                                                      Dates           Rates            Value         Value          Value
- --------------                                            ----------------   -----------    ----------------------------------------

          Corporate Bonds - (concluded)

          Restaurants -                         1.11%
   $6,230 American Restaurant Group Incorporated         02/15/03          11.500   %      $4,370,300       $598,125     $4,968,425
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Retail -                              3.18%
    7,210 Advance Holding Corporation                    04/15/09          12.875   +       2,999,800        821,500      3,821,300
    5,350 Advance Stores Company  Incorporated           04/15/08          10.250           3,956,000        645,000      4,601,000
    6,000 Ames Department Stores Incorporated            04/15/06          10.000           5,252,500        477,500      5,730,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           12,208,300      1,944,000     14,152,300
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Service -                             8.83%
    8,500 Allied Waste North America Incorporated**      08/01/09          10.000           6,525,000        870,000      7,395,000
    6,995 American Eco Corporation                       05/15/08           9.625           2,937,550        490,000      3,427,550
    6,750 Ameriserve Food Distribution Incorporated      07/15/07          10.125           2,328,750              0      2,328,750
    7,135 Atlantic Express Transportation Corporation    02/01/04          10.750           6,193,450        727,500      6,920,950
    8,750 Budget Group Incorporated                      04/01/06           9.125           7,110,625        917,500      8,028,125
    4,000 Nationwide Credit Incorporated                 01/15/08          10.250           2,520,000              0      2,520,000
    5,750 Premier Graphics Incorporated                  12/01/05          11.500           2,137,500        450,000      2,587,500
    6,500 Waste Systems International Incorporated#      01/15/06          11.500           5,197,500        945,000      6,142,500
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           34,950,375      4,400,000     39,350,375
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Supermarkets & Drugstores -           1.29%
    6,000 The Pantry Incorporated                        10/15/07          10.250           5,760,000              0      5,760,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Technology -                         12.21%
    7,000 Ampex Corporation*                             03/15/03          12.000           6,532,500        502,500      7,035,000
    4,000 Chippac International Limited**                08/01/09          12.750           3,622,500        517,500      4,140,000
    8,000 Earthwatch Incorporated**#                     07/15/07          13.000   +       5,600,000              0      5,600,000
    6,690 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation            03/15/07          10.125           6,015,000        691,725      6,706,725
    3,000 Globix Corporation                             02/01/10          12.500           3,030,000              0      3,030,000
    8,500 Intersil Corporation**#                        08/15/09          13.250           8,400,000      1,120,000      9,520,000
    4,750 SCG Holdings Corporation**                     08/01/09          12.000           4,515,625        531,250      5,046,875
    5,775 Verio Incorporated                             12/01/08          11.250           5,525,563        523,750      6,049,313
   13,000 Wam! Net Incorporated                          03/01/05          13.250   +       6,160,000      1,120,000      7,280,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           49,401,188      5,006,725     54,407,913
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Transportation -                      4.85%
    1,465 Eletson Holdings Incorporated                  11/15/03           9.250           1,274,550              0      1,274,550
    8,000 Equimar Shipholdings Limited                   07/01/07           9.875           4,290,000        990,000      5,280,000
    1,250 Navigator Gas Transport PLC**#                 06/30/07          12.000                   0         37,500         37,500
    6,000 Millenium Seacarriers Incorporated             07/15/05          12.000           3,420,000              0      3,420,000
    6,750 Stena AB                                       06/15/07           8.750           5,125,000        410,000      5,535,000
   10,000 TFM S.A. de C.V.                               06/15/09          11.750   +       5,747,500        302,500      6,050,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                           19,857,050      1,740,000     21,597,050
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Utilities -                           1.62%
    5,500 AES  Corporation                               06/01/09           9.500           4,975,000        497,500      5,472,500
    1,750 Panda Funding Corporation                      08/20/12          11.625           1,314,423        436,490      1,750,913
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                            6,289,423        933,990      7,223,413
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Total Corporate Bonds (cost - $560,029,486, $69,008,986, $629,038,472)          505,240,626     59,948,306    565,188,932
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Convertible Bonds -                   0.50%

          Communications - Fixed-               0.05%
      215 GST Telecommunications Incorporated            12/15/05          13.875                   0        204,250        204,250
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Service -                             0.45%
    2,496 Waste Systems International Incorporated**     05/13/05           7.000           1,215,000        807,079      2,022,079
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Total Convertible Bonds (cost - $1,194,375, $1,183,711, $2,378,086)               1,215,000      1,011,329      2,226,329
                                                                                       --------------------------------------------
                                                                 45
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PRO FORMA PORTFOLIO OF INVESTMENTS
JANUARY 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            MANAGED HIGH   MANAGED HIGH
   Number                                                                                  YIELD PLUS FUND  YIELD FUND      COMBINED
  of Shares
 (combined)
- --------------
                                                                                            Value         Value          Value
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Common Stock(a) -                     1.66%

          Cable-                                0.00%
    2,000 Knology Holdings Incorporated                                                             0        $10,500        $10,500
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Communications - Fixed -              0.96%
  110,549 Viatel Incorporated                                                              $4,083,404              0      4,083,404
   12,568 World Access Incorporated                                                           189,698         27,100        216,798
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                            4,273,102         27,100      4,300,202
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Food & Beverage -                     0.04%
   40,949 Packaged Ice Incorporated                                                           130,208         59,182        189,390
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Gaming-                               0.01%
   10,000 Hollywood Casino Corporation                                                              0         42,500         42,500
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Media-                                0.11%
    2,000 MediaNews Group Incorporated                                                              0        500,000        500,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Retail-                               0.08%
   47,500 Samuel Jewelers Incorporated*                                                             0        368,125        368,125
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Service -                             0.27%
  289,744 Waste Systems International Incorporated                                            970,509        224,685      1,195,194
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Technology -                          0.17%
  239,676 Ampex Corporation*                                                                  325,000        453,947        778,947
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Total Common Stock (cost - $4,865,535, $1,211,625, $6,077,160)                    5,698,819      1,686,038      7,384,857
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Preferred Stock(a) -                  3.18%

          Cable -                               0.98%
    4,714 21st Century Telecommunications Group Incorporated**                              4,384,020              0      4,384,020
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Communications - Fixed                0.56%
     2750 ICG Holdings Corporation                                                          2,502,500              0      2,502,500
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Communications - Mobile -             0.95%
    4,192 Crown Castle International Corporation                                            4,254,880              0      4,254,880
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Energy -                              0.02%
  104,029 Orion Refining Corporation                                                           56,869         14,183         71,052
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Media -                               0.36%
    6,500 InterAct systems Incorporated**                                                   1,250,000        375,000      1,625,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Paper & Packaging -                   0.20%
    7,935 Packaging Corporation of America                                                    872,850              0        872,850
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Restaurants-                          0.11%
      592 American Restaurant Group Incorporated                                                    0        473,600        473,600
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Total Preferred Stock (cost - $10,212,394, $1,177,870, $11,390,264)              13,321,119        862,783     14,183,902
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

                                                                 46
<PAGE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PRO FORMA PORTFOLIO OF INVESTMENTS
JANUARY 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                            MANAGED HIGH   MANAGED HIGH
                                                                                           YIELD PLUS FUND  YIELD FUND      COMBINED
   Number
 of Warrants                                                 Maturity         Interest
 (combined)                                                    Dates           Rates            Value         Value          Value
- --------------                                            ----------------   -----------    ----------------------------------------
          Warrants(a) -                         1.33%

          Cable -                               0.44%
    3,500 21st Century Telecommunications Group Incorporated                                 $962,500              0       $962,500
   14,575 Park 'N View Incorporated                                                           791,375       $156,000        947,375
    2,000 UIH Australia Pacific Incorporated                                                        0         60,000         60,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                            1,753,875        216,000      1,969,875
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Communications - Fixed -              0.23%
    8,475 Pathnet Incorporated                                                                 74,750         10,000         84,750
    5,000 Tele1 Europe BV**                                                                   902,500         47,500        950,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                              977,250         57,500      1,034,750
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Communications - Mobile               0.00%
    1,750 McCaw International Limited                                                               0          5,250          5,250
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Energy -                              0.05%
    4,500 Key Energy Services Incorporated                                                    200,000         25,000        225,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Financial Services                    0.00%
      750 Olympic Financial Limited                                                                 0            750            750
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Media-                                0.04%
    6,500 InterAct Electronic Marketing Incorporated                                               50             15             65
    6,500 InterAct Systems Incorporated                                                       125,000         37,500        162,500
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                              125,050         37,515        162,565
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Restaurants-                          0.00%
      500 American Restaurants Group Incorporated                                                   0              5              5
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Service -                             0.02%
   97,500 Waste Systems International Incorporated**                                           61,875         11,250         73,125
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Technology -                          0.55%
      800 Electronic Retailing Systems International Incorporated                                   0            800            800
    8,500 Intersil Corporation                                                              1,875,000        250,000      2,125,000
   30,000 Wam! Net Incorporated                                                               264,000         66,000        330,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                                            2,139,000        316,800      2,455,800
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
          Transportation -                      0.00%
    6,000 Millenium Seacarriers Incorporated                                                      750              0            750
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Total Warrants (cost - $188, $85,134, $85,322)                                    5,257,800        670,070      5,927,870
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                 47
<PAGE>

  Principal
   Amount
 (combined)
    (000)     Repurchase Agreements -               2.18%
- --------------

   $7,595 Repurchase Agreement dated 01/31/2000 with Zions Bank,
          collateralized by $7,865,000 U.S. Treasury Notes, 5.500%
          due 07/31/2001 (value-$7,747,025);
          proceeds; $7,596,198                           02/01/00          5.680    %       7,595,000              0      7,595,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

    2,128 Repurchase Agreement dated 01/31/2000 with Zions Bank,
          collateralized by $2,160,000 U.S. Treasury Notes, 5.500%
          due 08/31/2001 (value-$2,175,012);
          proceeds; $2,128,336                           02/01/00          5.680                    0      2,128,000      2,128,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Total Repurchase Agreements (Cost - $7,595,000, $2,128,000, $9,723,000) --        7,595,000      2,128,000      9,723,000
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Total Investments (Cost - $583,896,978, 135.65%                                 538,328,364     66,306,526    604,634,890
                $74,795,326, $658,692,304)

          Liabilities in excess of other assets   -35.65%                                (160,822,811)     1,920,609   (158,902,202)
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

          Net Assets                              100.00%                                $377,505,553    $68,227,135   $445,732,688
                                                                                        ============================================

</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------

       #     Security  represents  a unit which is  composed  of the stated bond
             with attached warrants or common stock.

       +     Denotes a step-up  bond or zero  coupon  bond that  converts to the
             noted fixed rate at a designated future date.

       *     Illiquid  securities  representing  1.84% of  combined  net assets.
             These  securities  are valued at fair value as  determined  in good
             faith by a valuation  committee  under the  direction of the Funds'
             board of directors.

       **    Security exempt from registration under Rule 144A of the Securities
             Act of 1933. These securities may be resold in transactions  exempt
             from registration, normally to qualified institutional buyers.

       (a)   Non-income producing securities.

       (b)   Bond interest in default










            See accompanying notes to pro forma financial statements






                                       48
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES              JANUARY 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED)

                                                           Managed High      Managed High      Combined
                                                         Yield Plus Fund      Yield Fund
<S>                <C>                                      <C>                 <C>           <C>

ASSETS
Investments in securities, at value (cost - $583,896,978,
  $74,795,326, and $658,692,304, respectively) ..........   $538,328,364      $ 66,306,526   $604,634,890
Cash ....................................................              0            14,113         14,113
Receivables for investments sold.........................      5,593,260           646,250      6,239,510
Interest receivable......................................     12,153,394         1,429,610     13,583,004
Interest receivable on swap contract.....................        459,607                 0        459,607
Unrealized appreciation on interest rate swap............         20,325                 0         20,325
                                                          ---------------   ---------------   ------------

Total assets ............................................    556,554,950        68,396,499    624,951,449
                                                          ---------------   ---------------   ------------

LIABILITIES
Bank loan payable .......................................    167,000,000                 0    167,000,000
Payable for investments purchased........................      9,552,222            13,154      9,565,376
Payable for interest on bank loan........................        945,434                 0        945,434
Payable to  investment adviser and administrator.........        325,503            52,568        378,071
Accrued expenses and other liabilities...................      1,226,238           103,642      1,329,880
                                                          ---------------   ---------------   ------------

Total liabilities........................................    179,049,397           169,364    179,218,761
                                                          ---------------   ---------------   ------------


NET ASSETS
Capital Stock-$0.001 par value; 200,000,000
  shares authorized (31,858,651, 6,031,667,
  and 37,616,221 shares outstanding, respectively).......    474,998,612        90,447,851    565,446,463
Undistributed net investment income......................      5,727,200           131,923      5,859,123
Accumulated net realized loss from investment
   transactions..........................................    (57,671,970)      (13,863,839)   (71,535,809)
Net unrealized depreciation of investments and
  interest rate swap.....................................    (45,548,289)       (8,488,800)   (54,037,089)
                                                          ---------------   ---------------   ------------
Net assets applicable to shares outstanding..............   $377,505,553      $ 68,227,135   $445,732,688
                                                          ===============   ===============   ============
Net asset value per share................................        $11.85            $11.31         $11.85
                                                                 ======            ======         ======

</TABLE>


             See accompanying notes to pro forma financial statements



                                       49
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Twelve Months Ended  January 31, 2000 (unaudited)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Managed High        Managed High
                                                            Yield Plus Fund       Yield Fund       Adjustments        Combined
<S>                                                               <C>                 <C>             <C>              <C>
      INVESTMENT INCOME:
         Interest                                                $61,710,622      $   8,243,842     $ 3,246,492 (a)  $ 73,200,956
                                                           ------------------  -----------------  --------------    --------------
      EXPENSES:
         Bank loan interest expense......................          8,591,719                  0       1,650,000 (a)    10,241,719
         Investment advisory and administration fees.....          3,703,061            634,026          61,331 (b)     4,398,418
         Transfer agency fees and expenses...............             16,934             11,622               0            28,556
         Custody and accounting..........................            326,484             42,430          15,000 (c)       383,914
         Reports and notices to shareholders.............             72,543             45,716         (30,000)(d)        88,259
         Legal and audit.................................            392,975             58,954         (58,954)(d)       392,975
         Amortization of organizational expenses.........             45,053                  0               0            45,053
         Trustees' fees and expenses.....................             11,040             10,303         (10,303)(d)        11,040
         Other expenses..................................            107,760             63,129         (20,000)(d)       150,889
                                                           ------------------  -----------------  --------------    --------------
                                                                  13,267,569            866,180       1,607,074        15,740,823
                                                           ------------------  -----------------  --------------    --------------
         Net investment income...........................         48,443,053          7,377,662       1,639,418        57,460,133
                                                           ------------------  -----------------  --------------    --------------

      REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAINS (LOSSES) FROM
         INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS:
         Net realized losses from:
             Investment transactions.....................        (42,248,727)        (5,032,949)                      (47,281,676)
         Net change in unrealized
             appreciation/depreciation of:

         Investments.....................................         13,889,843           (408,158)                       13,481,685
                                                           ------------------  -----------------                    --------------
      Net realized and unrealized losses from
        investment transactions .........................        (28,358,884)        (5,441,107)                      (33,799,991)
                                                           ------------------  -----------------  --------------    --------------
      Net increase in net assets resulting from
             operations..................................        $20,084,169         $1,936,555     $ 1,639,418        $23,660,142
                                                           ==================  =================  ==============    ==============
</TABLE>

      ------------

      (a)  Reflects the  anticipated  additional  income  generated and interest
           expense  incurred after the merger,  through leverage of Managed High
           Yield's assets.
      (b)  Reflects  increase  in fees  charged on the  leveraged  assets of the
           Managed High Yield Plus Fund.
      (c)  Reflects the anticipated additional custody charges after the merger,
           as a result of additional leverage.
      (d) Reflects the anticipated savings of the merger.




             See accompanying notes to pro forma financial statements


                                       50
<PAGE>

Notes To Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Basis of Presentation:

Subject to the approval of the Plan of  Reorganization  by the  stockholders  of
Managed High Yield Fund Inc.  ("High Yield Fund"),  Managed High Yield Plus Fund
Inc.  ("Plus  Fund")  would  acquire  the assets of High Yield Fund in  exchange
solely for the  assumption  by Plus Fund of High Yield  Fund's  liabilities  and
shares of Plus Fund that  correspond  to the  outstanding  shares of High  Yield
Fund.  The number of shares to be received  would be based on the  relative  net
asset value of High Yield Fund shares and Plus Fund shares on the effective date
of the Plan of Reorganization  and High Yield Fund will be terminated as soon as
practicable thereafter.

The pro forma combined  financial  statements  reflect the financial position of
High Yield Fund and Plus Fund at January  31, 2000 and the  combined  results of
operations of High Yield Fund and Plus Fund for the year ended January 31, 2000.

As a  result  of  the  plan  of  reorganization,  the  investment  advisory  and
administration fee may increase due to the fee schedule of Plus Fund being based
on  total  assets  minus  liabilities  other  than  the  aggregate  indebtedness
constituting  leverage.  As  closed-end  funds,  High  Yield  Fund and Plus Fund
currently pay no Rule 12b-1  distribution or service fees.  Other fixed expenses
will be reduced due to the elimination of duplicate expenses.  In addition,  the
pro forma combined  statement of assets and liabilities has not been adjusted as
a result  of the  proposed  transaction  because  such  adjustment  would not be
material.  IT IS ESTIMATED THAT THE COST OF  APPROXIMATELY  $245,000  ASSOCIATED
WITH THE  MERGER  WILL BE  CHARGED  TO EACH FUND SO THAT EACH FUND BEARS ITS OWN
EXPENSES OF THE  REORGANIZATION.  These costs are not  included in the pro forma
statement of operations since they are not recurring.

The pro forma combined financial statements are presented for the information of
the reader and may not necessarily be representative of what the actual combined
financial statements would have been had the Plan of Reorganization  occurred on
January 31, 2000.  The pro forma combined financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the historical  financial  statements of the constituent  Funds
included  in or  incorporated  by  reference  in  the  statement  of  additional
information.

Significant Accounting Policies:

  The Fund's  financial  statements  are prepared in accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles which may require the use of management accruals
and estimates.  These  unaudited  financial  statements  reflect all adjustments
which are, in the opinion of  management,  necessary to a fair  statement of the
results for the interim period  presented.  The Fund's Common Stock is listed on
the New York Stock  Exchange under the symbol HYF. The following is a summary of
significant accounting policies followed by the Fund.

  VALUATION OF INVESTMENTS-The  Fund calculates its net asset value based on the
current  market value for its portfolio  securities.  The Fund normally  obtains
market  values  for  its  securities  from   independent   pricing  sources  and
broker-dealers.  Independent  pricing  sources use last  reported  sale  prices,
current market quotations or valuations from computerized  "matrix" systems that
derive  values  based  on  comparable  securities.   Securities  traded  in  the
over-the-counter   ("OTC")  market  and  listed  on  The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market,
Inc.("Nasdaq") normally are valued at the last sale price on the Nasdaq prior to
valuation. Other OTC securities are valued at the last bid price available prior
to valuation.  Securities  which are listed on U.S. and foreign stock  exchanges
normally are valued at the last sale price on the day the  securities are valued
or,  lacking any sales on such day, at the last  available  bid price.  In cases
where securities are traded on more than one exchange, the securities are valued
on the exchange  designated  as the primary  market by Mitchell  Hutchins  Asset
Management Incorporated  ("Mitchell Hutchins"),  a wholly owned asset management
subsidiary of PaineWebber  Incorporated  ("PaineWebber")  and investment adviser
and  administrator  of the  Fund.  If a market  value is not  available  from an
independent pricing source for a particular security, that security is valued at
fair value as  determined  in good faith by or under the direction of the Fund's
board of directors (the "board"). The amortized cost method of valuation,  which
approximates   market  value,   generally  is  used  to  value  short-term  debt
instruments  with sixty days or less  remaining  to  maturity,  unless the board
determines that this does not represent fair value.  All  investments  quoted in
foreign  currencies  will be valued  daily in U.S.  dollars  on the basis of the
foreign  currency  exchange  rates  prevailing  at the time  such  valuation  is
determined by the Fund's custodian.

  REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS-The Fund's custodian takes possession of the collateral
pledged for investments in repurchase  agreements.  The underlying collateral is
valued  daily on a  mark-to-market  basis to ensure  that the  value,  including
accrued  interest,  is at least equal to the repurchase  price.  In the event of
default of the obligation to repurchase, the Fund has the right to liquidate the
collateral  and apply the  proceeds in  satisfaction  of the  obligation.  Under
certain circumstances,  in the event of default or bankruptcy by the other party
to the agreement,  realization and/or retention of the collateral may be subject
to legal  proceedings.  The Fund  occasionally  participates in joint repurchase
agreement transactions with other funds managed by Mitchell Hutchins.


                                       51
<PAGE>

  INVESTMENT  TRANSACTIONS  AND INVESTMENT  INCOME-Investment  transactions  are
recorded  on  the  trade  date.   Realized  gains  and  losses  from  investment
transactions are calculated using the identified cost method. Interest income is
recorded on an accrual basis.  Discounts are accreted and premiums are amortized
as adjustments to interest income and the identified cost of investments.

  DIVIDENDS AND  DISTRIBUTIONS-Dividends  and  distributions to stockholders are
recorded on the  ex-dividend  date.  Dividends  from net  investment  income and
distributions  from net realized capital gains are determined in accordance with
federal  income  tax  regulations  which  may  differ  from  generally  accepted
accounting  principles.  These  "book/tax"  differences  are  either  considered
temporary or permanent in nature.  To the extent these differences are permanent
in nature,  such amounts are  reclassified  within the capital accounts based on
the  federal  tax  basis  treatment;   temporary   differences  do  not  require
reclassification.

  BORROWINGS-The  Fund  has a $200  million  dollar  committed  credit  facility
("facility").  Under the terms of the  facility,  the Fund borrows at the London
Interbank  Overnight Rate ("LIBOR")  plus facility and  administrative  fees. In
addition,  the Fund pays a liquidity fee on the unused  portion of the facility.
The  Fund may  borrow  up to 33 1/3% of its  total  assets  up to the  committed
amount.  In accordance  with the terms of the debt  agreement,  the Fund pledges
assets as collateral for the bank loan.


                                       52
<PAGE>



                            PART C. OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION.

         Article Twelfth of the Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc.'s ("Plus Fund"
or "Fund") Articles of Incorporation,  incorporated by reference as exhibit 1 to
this Registration  Statement,  and Article IX of the Fund's Amended and Restated
Bylaws,  incorporated by reference as exhibit 2 to this Registration  Statement,
provide that the Fund shall indemnify its present and past directors,  officers,
employees  and agents,  and persons who are serving or have served at the Fund's
request in similar capacities for other entities to the maximum extent permitted
by applicable law (including Maryland law and the 1940 Act). Section 2-418(b) of
the Maryland  General  Corporation  Law  ("Maryland  Code")  permits the Fund to
indemnify  its  directors  unless it is proved  that the act or  omission of the
director was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding,  and
(a) the act or omission  was  committed in bad faith or was the result of active
or  deliberate  dishonesty  or (b) the  director  actually  received an improper
personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of a criminal
proceeding, the director had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was
unlawful.  Indemnification  may be made  against  judgments,  penalties,  fines,
settlements and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with a proceeding, in
accordance with the Maryland Code.  Pursuant to Section  2-418(j)(1) and Section
4-418(j)(2)  of the  Maryland  Code,  the Fund is  permitted  to  indemnify  its
officers,  employees  and agents to the same extent.  The  provisions  set forth
above apply  insofar as  consistent  with Section  17(h) of the 1940 Act,  which
prohibits  indemnification  of any  director or officer of the Fund  against any
liability  to the Fund or its  Stockholders  to which such  director  or officer
otherwise would be subject by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross
negligence  or reckless  disregard of the duties  involved in the conduct of his
office.

         Section  9 of  the  Advisory  Contract  with  Mitchell  Hutchins  Asset
Management Inc.  ("Mitchell  Hutchins") filed as exhibit 6 to this  Registration
Statement  provides that Mitchell  Hutchins shall not be liable for any error of
judgment or mistake of law or for loss suffered by the Fund in  connection  with
the matters to which the Advisory Contract relates, except a loss resulting from
the willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross neglect of Mitchell Hutchins in the
performance  of its duties or from  reckless  disregard of its  obligations  and
duties under the Advisory Contract.

         Section  7 of the  Underwriting  Agreement  filed as  exhibit 7 to this
Registration Statement provides that the Fund and Mitchell Hutchins, jointly and
severally,  will  indemnify  each  Underwriter  and  its  directors,   officers,
employees and agents,  and each person,  if any, who controls  such  underwriter
within the meaning of Section 15 of the  Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act") and
section 20 of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act of 1934 from and  against  all
losses,  claims,  liabilities,  expenses  and  damages  to which any of them may
become subject  arising out of any alleged untrue  statement of material fact in
any  preliminary  prospectus,  the  Registration  Statement  filed on N-2 or the
prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto or in any sales  materials or
any application or other document  executed by or on behalf of the Fund filed in
any  jurisdiction in order to qualify the shares of Managed High Yield Plus Fund
Inc.  under the  securities  laws  thereof or filed with the SEC, or the alleged

<PAGE>

omission to state in any such  document a material fact required to be stated in
it or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  The Underwriting
Agreement  further provides that Mitchell  Hutchins and each officer or director
of the Fund who  signs a  Registration  Statement  shall be  indemnified  by the
Underwriter  to the  same  extent  as set out  above,  but only  insofar  as any
liability arises out of any untrue statement or omission made in reliance on and
in  conformity  with  information  furnished  to the  Fund  by  the  Underwriter
expressly for use in the  preparation of the documents in which the statement or
omission is made or alleged to be made.

         Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the 1933 Act
may be provided to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the Fund,
pursuant to the foregoing  provisions  or  otherwise,  the Fund has been advised
that in the opinion of the SEC such  indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a
claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other that the payment by
the Fund of  expenses  incurred or paid by a  director,  officer or  controlling
person of the Fund in connection with the successful defense of any action, suit
or proceeding or payment  pursuant to any insurance  policy) is asserted against
the Fund by such director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the Fund will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the  matter  has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against  public  policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.


ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS.

(1)      Articles of Incorporation 1/

(2)      (a)      Amended and Restated Bylaws 2/
         (b)      Amendment  to Amended  and Restated  Bylaws  dated January 18,
                  2000 (filed herewith)

(3)      Voting Trust Agreements - None

(4)      A copy  of the  form  of  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Reorganization  and
         Termination  is attached as Appendix A to the  Prospectus  contained in
         the Registration Statement.

(5)      (a)      Specimen of Share Certificate 2/
         (b)      Dividend Reinvestment Plan 2/
         (c)      Portions of the Articles of  Incorporation  and the By-laws of
                  the Registrant  defining the rights of holders of common stock
                  of the Registrant 3/

(6)      Investment Advisory and Administration Contract (filed herewith)

(7)      (a)      Underwriting Agreement (filed herewith)
         (b)      Amended  and  Restated  Master  Agreement  among  Underwriters
                  (filed herewith)
         (c)      Amended   and   Restated   Master  Selected  Dealer  Agreement
                  (filed herewith)

(8)      Bonus, profit sharing or pension plans - None


<PAGE>

(9)      Custodian Agreement (filed herewith)

(10)     Not Applicable

(11)     Opinion  and  consent of  Kirkpatrick  &  Lockhart  LLP  regarding  the
         legality of securities being registered (filed herewith)

(12)     Opinion and Consent of Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP regarding certain tax
         matters in  connection  with  Managed  High  Yield  Plus Fund Inc., and
         Managed High Yield Fund Inc. (to be filed)

(13)     (a) Transfer Agency Agreement (filed herewith)
         (b) Revolving Credit and Security  Agreement (filed herewith)
         (c) Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (filed
             herewith)

(14)     Consent of Independent Auditors (filed herewith)

(15)     Financial statements omitted from part B - None

(16)     Powers of Attorney 4/

- -----------------------------

1/     Incorporated by reference from the Registration  Statement on Form N-2 as
       filed May 24, 1998.
2/     Incorporated  by reference to the  Pre-Effective  Amendment  No. 2 to the
       Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed June 24, 1998.
3/     Incorporated  by reference  from Article VI of  Registrant's  Articles of
       Incorporation  and from  Articles II and VI of the  Amended and  Restated
       By-laws.
4/     Incorporated  by  reference  from  Pre-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 to the
       Registration Statement on Form N-2 as filed May 26, 1998.


ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.

         (1)  The  undersigned  Registrant  agrees  that  prior  to  any  public
re-offering of the securities registered through the use of the prospectus which
is a part of this Registration Statement by any person or party who is deemed to
be an  underwriter  within the meaning of Rule 145(c) of the  Securities  Act of
1933, the re-offering  prospectus will contain the information called for by the
applicable  registration  form for  re-offering  by  persons  who may be  deemed
underwriters,  in addition to the  information  called for by the other items of
the applicable form.

         (2) The  undersigned  Registrant  agrees that every  prospectus that is
filed under  paragraph  (1) above will be filed as a part of an amendment to the
Registration  Statement  and will not be used until the  amendment is effective,

<PAGE>

and that, in determining  any liability  under the Securities Act of 1933,  each
post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement for
the securities offered therein,  and the offering of the securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering of them.



<PAGE>




         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the  Registrant has duly caused this  Registration  Statement on Form N-14 to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of New York and State of New York, on the 17th day of February, 2000.

                                  MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.

                                  By: /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                          Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                          Vice President and Secretary

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  on Form  N-14 has been  signed  below by the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Signature                                 Title                                 Date
- ---------                                 -----                                 ----
<S>                                       <C>                                   <C>
/s/ Margo N. Alexander
- ------------------------------------      President and Director                February 17, 2000
Margo N. Alexander *                      (Chief Executive Officer)

/s/ E. Garrett Bewkes, Jr.
- ------------------------------------      Director and Chairman                 February 17, 2000
E. Garrett Bewkes, Jr. *                  of the Board of Directors

/s/ Richard Q. Armstrong
- ------------------------------------      Director                              February 17, 2000
Richard Q. Armstrong *

/s/ Richard R. Burt
- ------------------------------------      Director                              February 17, 2000
Richard R. Burt *

/s/ Mary C. Farrell
- ------------------------------------      Director                              February 17, 2000
Mary C. Farrell *

/s/ Meyer Feldberg
- ------------------------------------      Director                              February 17, 2000
Meyer Feldberg *

/s/ George W. Gowen
- ------------------------------------      Director                              February 17, 2000
George W. Gowen *

/s/ Frederic V. Malek
- ------------------------------------      Director                              February 17, 2000
Frederic V. Malek *

/s/ Carl W. Schafer
- ------------------------------------      Director                              February 17, 2000
Carl W. Schafer *

/s/ Brian M. Storms
- ------------------------------------      Director                              February 17, 2000
Brian M. Storms **

/s/ Paul H. Schubert
- ------------------------------------      Vice President and Treasurer          February 17, 2000
Paul H. Schubert                          (Chief Financial and Accounting
                                          Officer)
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


         * Signatures affixed by Robert A. Wittie pursuant to powers of attorney
dated May 13, 1998 and  incorporated by reference from  Pre-Effective  Amendment
No. 1 to the registration statement on Form N-2 of Managed High Yield Plus Fund,
SEC File 333-5107 and 811-08765, filed May 26, 1998.

         ** Signature affixed by Robert A. Wittie pursuant to powers of attorney
dated May 14, 1999 and incorporated by reference from  Post-Effective  Amendment
No. 18 to the registration  statement of PaineWebber  Financial  Services Growth
Fund Inc., SEC File 33-33231 and 811-4587, filed June 1, 1999.



<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

(1)      Articles of Incorporation 1/

(2)      (a)      Amended and Restated Bylaws 2/
         (b)      Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated Bylaws dated January 18,
                  2000 (filed herewith)

(3)      Voting Trust Agreements - None

(4)      A copy  of the  form  of  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Reorganization  and
         Termination  is attached as Appendix A to the  Prospectus  contained in
         the Registration Statement.

(5)      (a)      Specimen of Share Certificate 2/
         (b)      Dividend Reinvestment Plan 2/
         (c)      Portions of the Articles of  Incorporation  and the By-laws of
                  the Registrant  defining the rights of holders of common stock
                  of the Registrant 3/

(6)      Investment Advisory and Administration Contract (filed herewith)

(7)      (a)      Underwriting Agreement (filed herewith)
         (b)      Amended  and  Restated  Master  Agreement  among  Underwriters
                  (filed herewith)
         (c)      Amended  and  Restated Master Selected Dealer Agreement (filed
                  herewith)

(8)      Bonus, profit sharing or pension plans - None

(9)      Custodian Agreement (filed herewith)

(10)     Not Applicable

(11)     Opinion  and  consent of  Kirkpatrick  &  Lockhart  LLP  regarding  the
         legality of securities being registered (filed herewith)

(12)     Opinion and Consent of Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP regarding certain tax
         matters in  connection  with  Managed  High  Yield  Plus Fund Inc., and
         Managed High Yield Fund Inc. (to be filed)

(13)     (a) Transfer Agency Agreement (filed herewith)
         (b) Revolving Credit and  Security  Agreement  (filed herewith)
         (c) Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (filed
             herewith)

(14)     Consent of Independent Auditors (filed herewith)

(15)     Financial statements omitted from part B - None

(16)     Powers of Attorney 4/


<PAGE>


- -----------------------------

1/       Incorporated  by  reference from the Registration Statement on Form N-2
         as filed May 24, 1998.

2/       Incorporated  by  reference to the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the
         Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed June 24, 1998.

3/       Incorporated by reference from Article VI of  Registrant's  Articles of
         Incorporation  and from  Articles II and VI of the Amended and Restated
         By-laws.

4/       Incorporated  by reference  from  Pre-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to the
         Registration Statement on Form N-2 as filed May 26, 1998.



                                                                Exhibit No. 2(b)

                    AMENDEMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

                        MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.

                   CERTIFICATE OF VICE PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY

        I, Dianne E.  O'Donnell,  Vice  President  and Secretary of Managed High
Yield Plus Fund Inc.  ("Fund"),  hereby certify that, at a duly convened meeting
of the Board of Directors  of the Fund held on December  17, 1999 the  Directors
adopted the following resolutions:

               RESOLVED, that it is advisable and in the best interests
        of the Fund and its stockholders to amend Article II, Section 2
        of the Fund's Amended and Restated Bylaws to read as follows:

               Special meetings of the stockholders may be called
               by the Secretary  upon the written  request of the
               holders of shares  entitled  to vote a majority of
               all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting,
               provided  that (1) such  request  shall  state the
               purposes of such meeting and the matters  proposed
               to  be  acted   on,   and  (2)  the   stockholders
               requesting  such  meeting  shall  have paid to the
               Corporation  the  reasonably   estimated  cost  of
               preparing  and mailing the notice  thereof,  which
               the Secretary shall determine.

        ; and be it further

               RESOLVED, that it is advisable and in the best interests
        of the Fund and its  stockholders  to amend the second sentence
        of Article II,  Section 4 of the Fund's  Amended  and  Restated
        Bylaws to read as follows:

               Subject to the rules  established  by the Chairman
               of the stockholders'  meeting, in the absence of a
               quorum,  the  holders  of  a  majority  of  shares
               entitled  to vote at the  meeting  and  present in
               person or by proxy, or, if no stockholder entitled
               to vote is  present  in person  or by  proxy,  any
               officer  present  entitled  to  preside  or act as
               secretary  of such meeting may adjourn the meeting
               without determining the date of the new meeting or
               from time to time without further notice to a date
               not more than 120 days after the  original  record
               date.

        ; and be it further

               RESOLVED, that it is advisable and in the best interests
        of the Fund and its  stockholders  to amend the Fund's  Amended
        and  Restated  Bylaws to create  Article II,  Section 11, which
        will read as follows:

               Section  11.  Organization.  At every  meeting  of
               stockholders,  the Chairman of the Board, if there
               be one,  shall conduct the meeting or, in the case
               of vacancy in office or absence of the Chairman of
               the  Board,  one of the  following  present  shall
               conduct the meeting in the order stated:  the Vice
               Chairman,  if there be one,  the  President,  Vice
               Presidents,  in their order of rank and seniority,
               or, in the absence of such Director or officers, a
               Chairman  chosen by the  stockholders  entitled to
               cast  a   majority   of  the   votes   which   all
               stockholders  present  in  person  or by proxy are
               entitled to cast,  shall act as Chairman,  and the
               Secretary,  or in his or her absence, an assistant
               secretary, or in the absence of both the Secretary
               and assistant  secretaries,  a person appointed by
               the  Chairman   shall  act  as  Secretary  of  the
               meeting.  The  order  of  business  and all  other
               matters   of   procedure   at   any   meeting   of
               stockholders  shall be  determined by the Chairman

<PAGE>
               of the  meeting.  The  Chairman of the meeting may
               prescribe such rules,  regulations  and procedures
               and take such action as, in the discretion of such
               Chairman,  are  appropriate for the proper conduct
               of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a)
               restricting  admission  to the  time  set  for the
               commencement   of  the   meeting;   (b)   limiting
               attendance  at  the  meeting  to  stockholders  of
               record of the  Corporation,  their duly authorized
               proxies or other such  persons as the  Chairman of
               the   meeting   may   determine;    (c)   limiting
               participation  at the  meeting  on any  matter  to
               stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled
               to vote on any such matter,  their duly authorized
               proxies or other such  persons as the  Chairman of
               the meeting may  determine;  (d) limiting the time
               allotted to questions or comments by participants;
               (e) maintaining order and security at the meeting;
               and (f) recessing or  adjourning  the meeting to a
               later  date,  time  and  place  announced  by  the
               Chairman   of  the   meeting.   Unless   otherwise
               determined   by  the   Chairman  of  the  meeting,
               meetings of stockholders  shall not be required to
               be  held  in   accordance   with   the   rules  of
               parliamentary procedure.


Dated: January 18, 2000
       --------------------

                                    By:      /s/  Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                             ----------------------------
                                             Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                             Vice President and Secretary
                                             Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc.
New York, New York (ss)

        Subscribed and sworn before me this 18th day of January, 2000.

        /s/ Victoria Drake
        --------------------
        Notary Public
        Victoria Drake
        Notary Public, State of New York
        No. 31-5060750
        Qualified in New York County
        Commission Expires May 20, 2000


                                                                   Exhibit No. 6

                 INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND ADMINISTRATION CONTRACT



      Contract made as of June 22, 1998 between MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND
INC., a Maryland corporation ("Fund"), and MITCHELL HUTCHINS ASSET MANAGEMENT
INC. ("Mitchell Hutchins"), a Delaware corporation registered as a broker-dealer
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934 Act"), and as an
investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

      WHEREAS the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended ("1940 Act"), as a closed-end, diversified management investment
company, and intends to register shares of its common stock ("Shares") for sale
to the public under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act"); and

      WHEREAS the Fund desires to retain Mitchell Hutchins as investment adviser
and administrator to furnish certain administrative, investment advisory and
portfolio management services to the Fund, and Mitchell Hutchins is willing to
furnish such services;

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

      1. APPOINTMENT. The Fund hereby appoints Mitchell Hutchins as investment
adviser and administrator of the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth
in this Contract. Mitchell Hutchins accepts such appointment and agrees to
render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.

      2.   DUTIES AS INVESTMENT ADVISER.

      (a) Subject to the supervision of the Fund's board of directors ("Board"),
Mitchell Hutchins will provide a continuous investment program for the Fund,
including investment research and management with respect to all securities and
investments and cash equivalents in the Fund. Mitchell Hutchins will determine
from time to time what securities and other investments will be purchased,
retained or sold by the Fund.

      (b) Mitchell Hutchins agrees that in placing orders with brokers, it will
attempt to obtain the best net result in terms of price and execution; provided
that Mitchell Hutchins may, in its discretion, use brokers who provide the Fund
with research, analysis, advice and similar services to execute portfolio
transactions on behalf of the Fund, and Mitchell Hutchins may pay to those
brokers in return for brokerage and research services a higher commission than
may be charged by other brokers, subject to Mitchell Hutchins' determining in
good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the particular
transaction or of the overall responsibility of Mitchell Hutchins to the Fund
and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by such Series will be


<PAGE>


reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Fund over the long term. In no
instance will portfolio securities be purchased from or sold to Mitchell
Hutchins, or any affiliated person thereof, except in accordance with the
federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Whenever
Mitchell Hutchins simultaneously places orders to purchase or sell the same
security on behalf of the Fund and one or more other accounts advised by
Mitchell Hutchins, such orders will be allocated as to price and amount among
all such accounts in a manner believed to be equitable to each account. The Fund
recognizes that in some cases this procedure may adversely affect the results
obtained for the Fund.

      (c) Mitchell Hutchins will oversee the maintenance of all books and
records with respect to the securities transactions of the Fund, and will
furnish the Board with such periodic and special reports as the Board reasonably
may request. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940
Act, Mitchell Hutchins hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the
Fund are the property of the Fund, agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed
by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act any records which it maintains for the Fund and
which are required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act and further
agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund any records which it maintains for the
Fund upon request by the Fund.

      (d) Mitchell Hutchins will oversee the computation of the net asset value
and the net income of the Fund as described in the currently effective
registration statement of the Fund under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act and any
amendments or supplements thereto ("Registration Statement") or as more
frequently requested by the Board.


                                    -2-
<PAGE>


      (e) The Fund hereby authorizes Mitchell Hutchins and any entity or person
associated with Mitchell Hutchins which is a member of a national securities
exchange to effect any transaction on such exchange for the account of the Fund,
which transaction is permitted by Section 11(a) of the 1934 Act, and the Fund
hereby consents to the retention of compensation by Mitchell Hutchins or any
person or entity associated with Mitchell Hutchins.

      3. DUTIES AS ADMINISTRATOR. Mitchell Hutchins will administer the affairs
of the Fund subject to the supervision of the Board and the following
understandings:

      (a) Mitchell Hutchins will supervise all aspects of the operations of the
Fund, including oversight of transfer agency, custodial and accounting services,
except as hereinafter set forth; provided, however, that nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to relieve or deprive the Board of its responsibility
for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Fund.

      (b) Mitchell Hutchins will provide the Fund with such corporate,
administrative and clerical personnel (including officers of the Fund) and
services as are reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Board, including
the maintenance of certain books and records of the Fund.

      (c) Mitchell Hutchins will arrange, but not pay, for the periodic
preparation, updating, filing and dissemination (as applicable) of the Fund's
Registration Statement, proxy material, tax returns and required reports to the
Fund's shareholders and the Securities and Exchange Commission and other
appropriate federal or state regulatory authorities.

      (d) Mitchell Hutchins will provide the Fund with, or obtain for it,
adequate office space and all necessary office equipment and services, including
telephone service, heat, utilities, stationery supplies and similar items.

      (e) Mitchell Hutchins will provide the Board on a regular basis with
economic and investment analyses and reports and make available to the Board
upon request any economic, statistical and investment services normally
available to institutional or other customers of Mitchell Hutchins.

      4. FURTHER DUTIES. In all matters relating to the performance of this
Contract, Mitchell Hutchins will act in conformity with the Articles of
Incorporation, By-Laws and Registration Statement of the Fund and with the
instructions and directions of the Board and will comply with the requirements
of the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder, and all other applicable federal and
state laws and regulations.

      5. DELEGATION OF MITCHELL HUTCHINS' DUTIES AS INVESTMENT ADVISER AND
ADMINISTRATOR. Mitchell Hutchins may enter into one or more contracts
("Sub-Advisory or Sub-Administration Contracts") with a sub-adviser or
sub-administrator in which Mitchell Hutchins delegates to such sub-adviser or
sub-administrator any or all its duties specified in Paragraphs 2 and 3 of this
Contract, provided that each Sub-Advisory or Sub-Administration Contract imposes
on the sub-adviser or sub-administrator bound thereby all applicable duties and
conditions to which Mitchell Hutchins is subject by Paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 of
this Contract, and further provided that each Sub-Advisory or Sub-Administration
Contract meets all requirements of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder.

      6. SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. The services furnished by Mitchell Hutchins
hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive and Mitchell Hutchins shall be free to
furnish similar services to others so long as its services under this Contract
are not impaired thereby. Nothing in this Contract shall limit or restrict the
right of any director, officer or employee of Mitchell Hutchins, who may also be
a director, officer or employee of the Fund, to engage in any other business or
to devote his or her time and attention in part to the management or other
aspects of any other business, whether of a similar nature or a dissimilar
nature.

      7.   EXPENSES.
           --------

      (a) During the term of this Contract, the Fund will bear all expenses, not
specifically assumed by Mitchell Hutchins, incurred in its operations and the
offering of its Shares or any preferred stock.

      (b) Expenses borne by the Fund will include but not be limited to the
following (which shall be in addition to the fees payable to and expenses
incurred on behalf of the Fund by Mitchell Hutchins under the Contract): (i) the
cost (including brokerage commissions) of securities purchased or sold by the
Fund and any losses incurred in connection therewith; (ii) fees payable to and
expenses incurred on behalf of the Fund by Mitchell Hutchins under this
Contract; (iii) organizational and offering expenses of the Fund, whether or not
advanced by Mitchell Hutchins; (iv) filing fees and expenses relating to the
registrations and qualification of the Fund's shares and the Fund under federal
and/or state securities laws and maintaining such registration and
qualifications; (v) fees and salaries payable to the Fund's directors and
officers who are not interested persons of the Fund or Mitchell Hutchins; (vi)
all expenses incurred in connection with the Fund's directors' services,


                                      -3-
<PAGE>


including travel expenses; (vii) taxes (including any income or franchise taxes)
and governmental fees; (viii) costs of any liability, uncollectible items of
deposit and other insurance and fidelity bonds; (ix) any costs, expenses or
losses arising out of a liability of or claim for damages or other relief
asserted against the Fund for violation of any law; (x) legal, accounting and
auditing expenses, including legal fees of special counsel for those directors
of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund; (xi) charges of
custodians, transfer agents and other agents (including any lending agent);
(xii) costs of preparing share certificates; (xiii) expenses of setting in type
and printing prospectuses and supplements thereto, statements of additional
information and supplements thereto, reports and proxy materials for existing
shareholders; (xiv) costs of mailing prospectuses and supplements thereto,
statements of additional information and supplements thereto, reports and proxy
materials to existing shareholders; (xv) any extraordinary expenses (including
fees and disbursements of counsel, costs of actions, suits or proceedings to
which the Fund is a party and the expenses the Fund may incur as a result of its
legal obligation to provide indemnification to its officers, directors, agents
and shareholders) incurred by the Fund; (xvi) fees, voluntary assessments and
other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company
organizations; (xvii) the cost of mailing and tabulating proxies and costs of
meetings of shareholders, the Board and any committees thereof; (xviii) the cost
of investment company literature and other publications provided by the Fund to
its directors and officers; (xix) costs of mailing, stationery and
communications equipment; (xx) expenses incident to any dividend reinvestment
plan; (xxi) charges and expenses of any outside pricing service used to value
portfolio securities; (xxii) interest on borrowings of the Fund; (xxiii) fees
and expenses of listing and maintaining any listing of the Fund's Shares on any
national securities exchange; and (xxiv) costs and expenses (including rating
agency fees) associated with the issuance of any preferred stock.

      (c) Mitchell Hutchins will assume the cost of any compensation for
services provided to the Fund received by the officers of the Fund and by those
directors who are interested persons of the Fund.

      (d) The payment or assumption by Mitchell Hutchins of any expenses of the
Fund that Mitchell Hutchins is not required by this Contract to pay or assume
shall not obligate Mitchell Hutchins to pay or assume the same or any similar
expense of the Fund on any subsequent occasion.

      8.   COMPENSATION.
           ------------

      (a) For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this
Contract, the Fund will pay to Mitchell Hutchins a fee, computed weekly and paid
monthly, at an annual rate of 0.70% of the Fund's average weekly total assets
minus liabilities other than the Fund's aggregate indebtedness constituting
leverage.

      (b) The fee shall be computed weekly and paid monthly to Mitchell Hutchins
on or before the first business day of the next succeeding calendar month.

      (c) If this Contract becomes effective or terminates before the end of any
month, the fee for the period from the effective day to the end of the month or
from the beginning of such month to the date of termination, as the case may be,
shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to the
full month in which such effectiveness or termination occurs.

      9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF MITCHELL HUTCHINS. Mitchell Hutchins and its
delegates, including any Sub-Adviser or Sub-Administrator to the Fund, shall not
be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


by the Fund or any of its shareholders, in connection with the matters to which
this Contract relates, except to the extent that such a loss results from
willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the
performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations
and duties under this Contract. Any person, even though also an officer,
director, employee, or agent of Mitchell Hutchins, who may be or become an
officer, director, employee or agent of the Fund shall be deemed, when rendering
services to the Fund or acting with respect to any business of the Fund, to be
rendering such service to or acting solely for the Fund and not as an officer,
director, employee, or agent or one under the control or direction of Mitchell
Hutchins even though paid by it.

      10.  DURATION AND TERMINATION.
           ------------------------

      (a) This Contract shall become effective upon the date hereinabove written
provided that, this Contract shall not take effect unless it has first been
approved (i) by a vote of a majority of those directors of the Fund who are not
parties to this Contract or interested persons of any such party cast in person
at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote
of a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting securities.

      (b) Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, this Contract shall
continue in effect for two years from its effective date. Thereafter, if not
terminated, this Contract shall continue automatically for successive periods of
twelve months each, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at
least annually (i) by a vote of a majority of those directors of the Fund who
are not parties to this Contract or interested persons of any such party, cast
in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and
(ii) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities
of the Fund.

      (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Contract may be terminated at any
time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Board or by a vote of a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund on sixty days' written
notice to Mitchell Hutchins or by Mitchell Hutchins at any time, without the
payment of any penalty, on sixty days' written notice to the Fund. This Contract
will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

      11. AMENDMENT OF THIS CONTRACT. No provision of this Contract may be
changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in
writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver,
discharge or termination is sought, and no amendment of this Contract shall be
effective until approved by vote of a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting
securities.

      12. GOVERNING LAW. This Contract shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws
principles thereof, and in accordance with the 1940 Act. To the extent that the
applicable laws of the State of Delaware conflict with the applicable provisions
of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

      13. MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Contract are included for
convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the
provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any
provision of this Contract shall be held or made invalid by a court decision,


                                      -5-
<PAGE>


statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Contract shall not be affected
thereby. This Contract shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective successors. As used in this Contract,
the terms "majority of the outstanding voting securities," "affiliated person,"
"interested person," "assignment," "broker," "investment adviser," "national
securities exchange," "net assets," "prospectus," "sale," "sell" and "security"
shall have the same meaning as such terms have in the 1940 Act, subject to such
exemption as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission by any
rule, regulation or order. Where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act
reflected in any provision of this Contract is relaxed by a rule, regulation or
order of the Securities and Exchange Commission, whether of special or general
application, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such
rule, regulation or order.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be
executed by their officers designated as of the day and year first above
written.


Attest:                                  MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.


/s/ Jennifer Farrell                     By /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
- ------------------------                    -----------------------------------


Attest:                                  MITCHELL HUTCHINS ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.


/s/ Andrew S. Novak                      By /s/ Victoria Schonfeld
- ------------------------                    ----------------------------------


                                      -6-


                                                                Exhibit No. 7(a)

                               26,700,000 SHARES*


                                 OF COMMON STOCK



                        MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.



                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT



                                                        June 24, 1998




PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
as Representative of the Several Underwriters
named in  Schedule  1 hereto
c/o  PaineWebber  Incorporated
1285  Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:


            Managed  High  Yield Plus Fund Inc.,  a  Maryland  corporation  (the
"Fund"),  proposes to issue and sell to you and the other  underwriters named in
Schedule   1  hereto   (the   "Underwriters"),   for  whom  you  are  acting  as
representative  (the  "Representative"),  up to 26,700,000  shares of its common
stock (the "Firm Shares"),  par value $.001 per share (the "Common Shares").  In

      -----------------------
*     Plus an optin to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 4,005,000 additional
      Commmon Shares to cover over-allotments.


<PAGE>


addition, the Fund hereby grants to the Underwriters an option (the "Option") to
purchase  up to an  additional  4,005,000  of its  Common  Shares  (the  "Option
Shares") solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments. The Firm Shares and
the Option Shares are referred to collectively herein as the "Shares."

            Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Investment   Adviser"),   will  act  as  the  Fund's  investment   adviser  and
administrator pursuant to an Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement by
and between the Fund and the Investment Adviser,  dated as of June 22, 1998 (the
"Investment  Advisory  Agreement").  State Street Bank and Trust Company ("State
Street")  will act as the  custodian  (the  "Custodian")  of the Fund's cash and
portfolio assets pursuant to a custody agreement, dated as of June 22, 1998 (the
"Custody  Agreement").  PNC Bank, National  Association,  will act as the Fund's
dividend  disbursing agent,  transfer agent and registrar (the "Transfer Agent")
pursuant to a transfer  agency  agreement,  dated June 22,  1998 (the  "Transfer
Agency Agreement").

            The Fund and the Investment  Adviser each hereby confirms as follows
their agreements with the Representative and the several other Underwriters.

            1.  SALE AND PURCHASE; COMPENSATION
                -------------------------------

                  (a) The Fund will issue and sell to each Underwriter, and each
Underwriter will purchase from the Fund, the number of Firm Shares opposite such
Underwriter's  name in Schedule 1 hereto,  at the  purchase  price of $15.00 per
share of Common Shares.

                  (b) The Fund grants to the Underwriters the Option to purchase
all or any part of the Option Shares for the same consideration per share as for
the Firm Shares.  The Option may be exercised only to cover  over-allotments  in
the sales of the Firm Shares by the  Underwriters.  The number of Option  Shares
(adjusted by the Representative to eliminate  fractions) to be purchased by each
Underwriter will be the same percentage of the aggregate number of Option Shares
being sold as such Underwriter is obligated to purchase of the Firm Shares. Such
Option may be exercised in whole or in part, only to cover  over-allotments,  at
any time or from time to time on or  before  the 45th day after the date of this
Underwriting Agreement, upon written or telefacsimile notice (the "Option Shares
Notice") from the  Representative to the Fund no later than 12:00 noon, New York
City time,  at least two and not more than five  business  days  before the date


                                       2
<PAGE>


specified for closing in the Option Shares  Notice (the "Option  Shares  Closing
Date"),  setting  forth the number of Option Shares to be purchased and the time
and date of such  purchase.  Upon  delivery  and  receipt of the  Option  Shares
Notice,  the Fund will issue and sell to each Underwriter,  and each Underwriter
will purchase from the Fund, on the Option Shares  Closing Date,  its portion of
the number of Option Shares set forth in the Option Shares Notice.

                  (c)  The   obligations   of  the   Underwriters   under   this
Underwriting Agreement are several and not joint and are undertaken on the basis
of the  representations  and are  subject  to the  conditions  set forth in this
Underwriting Agreement.

                  (d) The Investment  Adviser agrees to make the payments to the
Underwriters when and as required by Section 2 hereof.

            2.  PAYMENT  AND  DELIVERY.  Delivery by the Fund of the Firm Shares
(the "Firm  Shares  Closing")  to the  Representative  for the  accounts  of the
Underwriters  against  payment of the purchase price by wire transfer of Federal
Funds or similar same day funds to the Fund for the Firm Shares, will take place
at the offices of  PaineWebber  Incorporated,  1285 Avenue of the Americas,  New
York,  New York, or through the  facilities of the  Depository  Trust Company or
another mutually  agreeable  facility,  at 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
third business day following the date of this Underwriting Agreement, or at such
time on such other date, not later than ten business days after the date of this
Underwriting  Agreement,  as may be agreed on by the Fund and the Representative
(the "Firm Shares Closing Date").

            If and to the extent that the Option is  exercised,  delivery of the
Option Shares and payment by the  Underwriters  (in the manner  specified above)
will take place at the offices or through the facilities specified above for the
Firm Shares  Closing at the time and date (which may be the Firm Shares  Closing
Date) specified in the Option Shares Notice.  Any Option Shares Closing Date may
not be later than three  business  days  following  the  exercise of the related
Option.  The Firm Shares  Closing  Date and any Option  Shares  Closing Date are
called the "Closing Dates."

            Certificates evidencing Common Shares will be in definitive form (or
temporary form  acceptable to the New York Stock  Exchange),  registered in such
names and in such  denominations as the  Representative  requests at least three
full business days before the Firm Shares Closing Date or, in the case of Option
Shares,  on the day of notice of exercise of the Option as  described in Section


                                       3
<PAGE>


1(b),  and  will  be made  available  to the  Representative  for  checking  and
packaging,  at a place in New York City  designated  by the  Representative,  at
least one full business day before the relevant Closing Date.

            Simultaneous with delivery to the Underwriters of and payment by the
Underwriters for (i) Firm Shares on the Firm Shares Closing Date and (ii) Option
Shares  on  the   Option   Shares   Closing   Date,   PaineWebber   Incorporated
("PaineWebber")  will  pay to the  Underwriters  an  amount  equal  to 5% of the
purchase price per Share for each Share to be purchased by the  Underwriters  on
such date by wire  transfer of Federal Funds or similar  same-day  funds on such
Firm Shares  Closing Date or Option Shares  Closing Date, as the case may be, to
the order of PaineWebber Incorporated.

            3. REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS;  PUBLIC OFFERING. The Fund
has filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission"),
pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"), the
Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment  Company Act"), and
the  published  rules  and  regulations  adopted  by the  Commission  under  the
Securities Act (the "Securities Act Rules") and the Investment  Company Act (the
"Investment  Company Act Rules"),  a Notification  of  Registration on Form N-8A
(the  "Notification"  pursuant to Section 8 of the Investment  Company Act and a
registration  statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-51017 and 811-08765) relating
to the Shares (the "registration statement"), including a preliminary prospectus
(including  any  preliminary  statement  of  additional  information),  and such
amendments to such registration  statement as may have been required to the date
of this  Underwriting  Agreement.  The  preliminary  prospectus  (including  any
preliminary  statement of  additional  information)  is to be used in connection
with the offering and sale of the Shares.  The term "Preliminary  Prospectus" as
used  herein  means  any  preliminary   prospectus  (including  any  preliminary
statement  of  additional  information)  included  at any  time as a part of the
registration statement and any preliminary prospectus (including any preliminary
statement  of  additional   information)   omitted  therefrom  pursuant  to  the
Securities Act Rules.

            The  Fund  has   furnished   the   Representative   copies  of  such
registration  statement,  each amendment to such registration statement filed by
the Fund with the Commission and the  Preliminary  Prospectus  filed by the Fund
with the Commission or used by the Fund. If the  registration  statement has not
become  effective,   a  further  amendment  (the  "Final   Amendment")  to  such
registration  statement,  including the forms of final prospectus (including any


                                       4
<PAGE>


final   statement  of   additional   information),   necessary  to  permit  such
registration  statement to become  effective  will promptly be filed by the Fund
with the Commission. If such registration statement has become effective and any
prospectus (including any statement of additional information) contained therein
omits certain information at the time of effectiveness  pursuant to Rule 430A of
the  Securities  Act Rules,  a final  prospectus  (the  "Rule 430A  Prospectus")
containing  such  omitted  information  will  be  filed  by the  Fund  with  the
Commission  in  accordance  with Rule 497(h) of the  Securities  Act Rules.  The
registration  statement  as amended  at the time it becomes or became  effective
(the "Effective Date"), including financial statements and all exhibits, and any
information  deemed to be  included  by Rule 430A,  is called the  "Registration
Statement." The term "Prospectus" means the prospectus  (including any statement
of  additional  information)  in the form in which  it is first  filed  with the
Commission  pursuant to Rule 497(b),  (h) or (j) of the Securities Act Rules, as
the case may be.

            The Fund and the Investment Adviser understand that the Underwriters
propose  to make a public  offering  of the Firm  Shares,  as  described  in the
Prospectus,  as soon after the Effective Date (or, if later, after the date this
Underwriting  Agreement is signed) as the  Representative  deems advisable.  The
Fund and the Investment  Adviser confirm that the  Underwriters and dealers have
been authorized to distribute the Preliminary  Prospectus relating to the Shares
included in Pre-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement and are
authorized to  distribute  the  Prospectus  and any  amendments  or  supplements
thereto.

            4.  REPRESENTATIONS.
                ---------------

                  (a) Each of the Fund and the  Investment  Adviser  jointly and
severally represents to each Underwriter as follows:

                        (i) On (A) the Effective  Date and the date on which the
      Prospectus is first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497(b), (h)
      or (j) of the  Securities  Act Rules,  as the case may be, (B) the date on
      which any post-effective  amendment to the Registration  Statement (except
      any post-effective  amendment which is filed with the Commission after the
      later of (x) one year from the date of this Underwriting  Agreement or (y)
      the date on which the  distribution of the Shares is completed)  became or
      becomes  effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus was or
      is filed with the Commission and (C) the Closing Dates,  the  Registration
      Statement, the Prospectus and any such amendment or supplement thereto and
      the Notification complied or will comply in all material respects with the


                                       5
<PAGE>


      requirements  of the  Securities  Act,  the  Investment  Company  Act, the
      Securities Act Rules and the Investment Company Act Rules, as the case may
      be.  On the  Effective  Date  and  on the  date  that  any  post-effective
      amendment  to  the  Registration   Statement  (except  any  post-effective
      amendment  which is filed with the  Commission  after the later of (x) one
      year from the date of this Underwriting Agreement or (y) the date on which
      the distribution of the Shares is completed) became or becomes  effective,
      neither the  Registration  Statement  nor any such  amendment  did or will
      contain  any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or  omit to  state a
      material  fact  required  to be  stated  in it or  necessary  to make  the
      statements in it not misleading. At the Effective Date and, if applicable,
      the date the  Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the  Prospectus
      was  or is  filed  with  the  Commission  and at the  Closing  Dates,  the
      Prospectus  did not or will not,  as the case may be,  contain  any untrue
      statement of a material  fact or omit to state a material fact required to
      be stated in it or necessary to make the statements in it, in light of the
      circumstances  under which they were made, not  misleading.  The foregoing
      representations  in this  Section  4(a)(i) do not apply to  statements  or
      omissions  relating  to  the  Underwriters  made  in  reliance  on  and in
      conformity  with  information  furnished  in  writing  to the  Fund by the
      Representative  expressly  for  use in  the  Registration  Statement,  the
      Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto.

                        (ii)  The  Fund  has been  duly  organized,  is  validly
      existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State
      of Maryland,  with full power and authority to conduct all the  activities
      conducted  by it, to own or lease all assets  owned or leased by it and to
      conduct its  business  as  described  in the  Registration  Statement  and
      Prospectus, and the Fund is duly licensed and qualified to do business and
      in  good  standing  as  a  foreign   corporation   or  otherwise  in  each
      jurisdiction  in  which  its  ownership  or  leasing  of  property  or its
      conducting  of business  requires  such  qualification,  except  where the
      failure  to be so  qualified  or be in  good  standing  would  not  have a
      material  adverse effect on the Fund, and the Fund owns,  possesses or has
      obtained and  currently  maintains  all  governmental  licenses,  permits,
      consents,  orders, approvals and other authorizations,  whether foreign or
      domestic,  necessary  to  carry on its  business  as  contemplated  in the


                                       6
<PAGE>


      Prospectus. The Fund has no subsidiaries.

                        (iii) The  capitalization of the Fund is as set forth in
      the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus.  The Common Shares of the
      Fund conform in all material  respects to the  description  of them in the
      Prospectus.  All the  outstanding  Common Shares have been duly authorized
      and are validly  issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable.  The Shares to be
      issued and  delivered to and paid for by the  Underwriters  in  accordance
      with this  Underwriting  Agreement against payment therefor as provided by
      this Underwriting  Agreement have been duly authorized and when issued and
      delivered to the  Underwriters  will have been validly  issued and will be
      fully paid and  nonassessable.  No person is entitled to any preemptive or
      other similar rights with respect to the Shares.

                        (iv) The  Fund is duly  registered  with the  Commission
      under the Investment Company Act as a diversified,  closed-end  management
      investment company, and, subject to the filing of the Final Amendment,  if
      not already  filed,  all action under the  Securities  Act, the Investment
      Company  Act,  the  Securities  Act Rules and the  Investment  Company Act
      Rules,  as the case may be,  necessary  to make the  public  offering  and
      consummate  the  sale of the  Shares  as  provided  in  this  Underwriting
      Agreement has or will have been taken by the Fund.

                        (v) The Fund has full power and  authority to enter into
      each of the Underwriting Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the
      Custody  Agreement and the Transfer Agency  Agreement  (collectively,  the
      "Fund  Agreements") and to perform all of the terms and provisions  hereof
      and thereof to be carried out by it and (A) each Fund  Agreement  has been
      duly and validly authorized,  executed and delivered by the Fund, (B) each
      Fund  Agreement  does  not  violate  in any  material  respect  any of the
      applicable  provisions  of the  Investment  Company  Act,  the  Investment
      Advisers Act of 1940 (the  "Advisers  Act"),  the  Investment  Company Act
      Rules and the rules and  regulations  adopted by the Commission  under the
      Advisers  Act (the  "Advisers  Act  Rules"),  as the case may be,  and (C)
      assuming due  authorization,  execution  and delivery by the other parties
      thereto,  each Fund  Agreement  constitutes  the legal,  valid and binding


                                       7
<PAGE>


      obligation  of the Fund  enforceable  in  accordance  with its terms,  (1)
      subject,  as to  enforcement,  to applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency  and
      similar  laws  affecting   creditors'  rights  generally  and  to  general
      equitable  principles  (regardless  of whether  enforcement is sought in a
      proceeding  in  equity or at law) and (2)  except  as rights to  indemnity
      thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws.

                        (vi) None of (A) the  execution and delivery by the Fund
      of the Fund  Agreements,  (B) the issue and sale by the Fund of the Shares
      as contemplated by this Underwriting  Agreement and (C) the performance by
      the Fund of its  obligations  under the Fund Agreements or consummation by
      the Fund of the other  transactions  contemplated  by the Fund  Agreements
      conflicts  with or will  conflict  with,  or results  or will  result in a
      breach of, the Articles of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Fund or any
      agreement or  instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which the Fund
      is  bound,  or any  law,  rule  or  regulation,  or  order  of any  court,
      governmental  instrumentality,   securities  exchange  or  association  or
      arbitrator,  whether  foreign or domestic,  applicable to the Fund,  other
      than  state  or  foreign  securities  or "blue  sky"  laws  applicable  in
      connection  with  the  purchase  and  distribution  of the  Shares  by the
      Underwriters pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement.

                        (vii)  The Fund is not  currently  in  breach  of, or in
      default under, any written  agreement or instrument to which it is a party
      or by which it or its property is bound or affected.

                        (viii) No person  has any right to the  registration  of
      any  securities  of the Fund  because  of the  filing of the  registration
      statement.

                        (ix) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any
      court  or   governmental   agency  or  body  or  securities   exchange  or
      association,  whether foreign or domestic, is required by the Fund for the
      consummation  by the Fund of the  transactions to be performed by the Fund
      or the  performance  by the Fund of all the  terms  and  provisions  to be
      performed by or on behalf of it in each case as  contemplated  in the Fund
      Agreements,  except such as (A) have been  obtained  under the  Securities


                                       8
<PAGE>


      Act, the  Investment  Company Act, the Advisers  Act, the  Securities  Act
      Rules,  the Investment  Company Act Rules, and the Advisers Act Rules, and
      (B) may be  required  by the New York  Stock  Exchange  or under  state or
      foreign securities or "blue sky" laws, in connection with the purchase and
      distribution  of  the  Shares  by  the   Underwriters   pursuant  to  this
      Underwriting Agreement.

                        (x) The Shares are duly authorized for listing,  subject
      to official  notice of  issuance,  on the New York Stock  Exchange and the
      Fund's  Registration  Statement on Form 8-A, under the Securities Exchange
      Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), has become effective.

                        (xi)  Ernst & Young  LLP,  whose  report  appears in the
      Prospectus, are independent public accountants with respect to the Fund as
      required by the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act, the Securities
      Act Rules and the Investment Company Act Rules.

                        (xii) The statement of assets and  liabilities  included
      in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus  presents fairly in all
      material  respects,  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
      principles  in the  United  States  applied  on a  consistent  basis,  the
      financial position of the Fund as at the date indicated.

                        (xiii)  The Fund  will  maintain  a system  of  internal
      accounting controls  sufficient to provide reasonable  assurances that (A)
      transactions  are  executed in  accordance  with  management's  general or
      specific  authorization;  (B)  transactions  are  recorded as necessary to
      permit  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
      accepted accounting principles and to maintain  accountability for assets;
      (C) access to assets is permitted  only in  accordance  with  management's
      general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for
      assets is  compared  with  existing  assets at  reasonable  intervals  and
      appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

                        (xiv) Since the date as of which information is given in
      the Registration Statement and the Prospectus,  except as otherwise stated


                                       9
<PAGE>


      therein,  (A) there has been no material  adverse change in the condition,
      financial  or  otherwise,  business  affairs or business  prospects of the
      Fund, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, (B) there
      have been no transactions entered into by the Fund other than those in the
      ordinary  course of its  business  and (C) there has been no  dividend  or
      distribution  of any  kind  declared,  paid or made  on any  class  of its
      capital shares.

                        (xv) There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by
      any court,  commission,  regulatory body,  administrative  agency or other
      governmental agency or body, foreign or domestic,  now pending, or, to the
      knowledge of the Fund, threatened against or affecting the Fund, which (A)
      might result in any material adverse change in the condition, financial or
      otherwise,  business  affairs or business  prospects  of the Fund or might
      materially adversely affect the properties or assets of the Fund or (B) is
      of a character  required to be described in the Registration  Statement or
      the Prospectus; and there are no contracts,  franchises or other documents
      that are of a character  required to be described in, or that are required
      to be filed as exhibits to, the Registration  Statement that have not been
      described or filed as required.

                        (xvi) Except for stabilization transactions conducted by
      the Underwriters,  and except for tender offers, Share repurchases and the
      issuance  or  purchase   of  Shares   pursuant  to  the  Fund's   dividend
      reinvestment  plan  ("DRP")  effected  following  the  date on  which  the
      distribution of the Shares is completed in accordance with the policies of
      the Fund as set forth in the  Prospectus,  the Fund has not taken and will
      not take,  directly or indirectly,  any action  designed or which might be
      reasonably  expected  to cause or  result  in, or which  will  constitute,
      stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Shares.

                        (xvii) The Fund intends to direct the  investment of the
      proceeds of the  offering of the Shares in such a manner as to comply with
      the  requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
      amended (the "Code").


                                       10
<PAGE>


                        (xviii) To the  knowledge of the Fund after due inquiry,
      no advertising, sales literature or other promotional materials (excluding
      broker kits, which include the broker fact sheet, road show slides or road
      show  tapes) were  authorized  or prepared by or on behalf of the Fund and
      the Investment Adviser or any representative thereof for use in connection
      with the public  offering or sale of the Shares other than the  definitive
      client brochure, a draft of which was filed with the NASD on May 19, 1998,
      and final investor  prospecting  letters,  drafts of which were filed with
      the NASD on June 8, 1998 (collectively,  the "sales materials"); the sales
      materials complied and comply in all material respects with the applicable
      requirements of the Securities Act, the Securities Act Rules and the rules
      and  interpretations  of the NASD;  and no broker kits,  road show slides,
      road show tapes or sales  materials  authorized or prepared by the Fund or
      authorized or prepared on behalf of the Fund by the Investment  Adviser or
      any representative  thereof for use in connection with the public offering
      or sale of the Shares  contained  or contains  any untrue  statement  of a
      material  fact or omitted or omits to state any material  fact required to
      be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not
      misleading.

                  (b) The Investment  Adviser  represents to each Underwriter as
follows:

                        (i) The Investment  Adviser has been duly organized,  is
      validly  existing and in good standing as a corporation  under the laws of
      the State of Delaware  with full power and authority to conduct all of the
      activities  conducted  by it, to own or lease all of the  assets  owned or
      leased by it and to conduct its business as described in the  Registration
      Statement and Prospectus,  and the Investment Adviser is duly licensed and
      qualified  as  a  foreign   corporation  and  in  good  standing  in  each
      jurisdiction  in which it is  required to be so  qualified,  except to the
      extent that failure to be so qualified  or be in good  standing  would not
      have  a  material  adverse  affect  on the  Investment  Adviser;  and  the
      Investment Adviser owns, possesses or has obtained and currently maintains
      all governmental licenses,  permits, consents, orders, approvals and other
      authorizations,  whether  foreign or  domestic,  necessary to carry on its
      business as contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.


                                       11
<PAGE>


                        (ii) The Investment Adviser is (A) duly registered as an
      investment  adviser  under the Advisers Act and (B) not  prohibited by the
      Advisers  Act, the  Investment  Company Act, the Advisers Act Rules or the
      Investment Company Act Rules from acting as the investment adviser for the
      Fund  as  contemplated   by  the  Investment   Advisory   Agreement,   the
      Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

                        (iii)  The   Investment   Adviser  has  full  power  and
      authority  to  enter  into  each of this  Underwriting  Agreement  and the
      Investment  Advisory  Agreement  and  to  carry  out  all  the  terms  and
      provisions  hereof  and  thereof  to be  carried  out by it, and each such
      agreement has been duly and validly authorized,  executed and delivered by
      the Investment Adviser; each of the Investment Advisory Agreement and this
      Underwriting Agreement does not violate in any material respect any of the
      applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the
      Investment  Company Act Rules and the Advisers Act Rules; and assuming due
      authorization,  execution and delivery by the other parties thereto,  each
      of this  Underwriting  Agreement  and the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement
      constitutes  a legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of the  Investment
      Adviser,  enforceable  in accordance  with its terms,  (1) subject,  as to
      enforcement,  to  applicable  bankruptcy,   insolvency  and  similar  laws
      affecting  creditors' rights generally and to general equitable principles
      (regardless of whether  enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or
      at law) and (2) except as rights to indemnity thereunder may be limited by
      federal or state securities laws.

                        (iv)  Neither  (A) the  execution  and  delivery  by the
      Investment  Adviser  of  the  Underwriting  Agreement  or  the  Investment
      Advisory  Agreement by the Investment  Adviser nor (B) the consummation by
      the  Investment  Adviser  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by,  or the
      performance of its  obligations  under such  agreements  conflicts or will
      conflict  with,  or results or will result in a breach of, the Articles of
      Incorporation  or By-Laws of the  Investment  Adviser or any  agreement or
      instrument  to which  the  Investment  Adviser  is a party or by which the
      Investment  Adviser is bound, or any law, rule or regulation,  or order of
      any  court,   governmental   instrumentality,   securities   exchange   or


                                       12
<PAGE>


      association or arbitrator,  whether foreign or domestic, applicable to the
      Investment Adviser.

                        (v) No consent, approval,  authorization or order of any
      court,  governmental agency or body or securities exchange or association,
      whether  foreign or  domestic,  is required  for the  consummation  of the
      transactions contemplated in, or the performance by the Investment Adviser
      of its obligations  under,  the  Underwriting  Agreement or the Investment
      Advisory  Agreement,  as the case  may be,  except  such as (A) have  been
      obtained  under  the  Investment   Company  Act,  the  Advisers  Act,  the
      Securities Act, the Investment  Company Act Rules,  the Advisers Act Rules
      and the  Securities  Act Rules,  and (B) may be  required  by the New York
      Stock Exchange or under state or foreign securities or "blue sky" laws, in
      connection  with  the  purchase  and  distribution  of the  Shares  by the
      Underwriters pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement.

                        (vi) The  description of the Investment  Adviser and its
      business in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus  complies with
      the  requirements of the Securities  Act, the Investment  Company Act, the
      Securities  Act Rules and the  Investment  Company  Act Rules and does not
      contain  any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state any
      material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary in order to make
      the statements therein not misleading.

                        (vii) There is no action,  suit or proceeding  before or
      by any court, commission,  regulatory body, administrative agency or other
      governmental  agency or body, foreign or domestic,  now pending or, to the
      knowledge of the Investment  Adviser,  threatened against or affecting the
      Investment   Adviser  of  a  nature   required  to  be  disclosed  in  the
      Registration  Statement or Prospectus or that might result in any material
      adverse change in the condition,  financial or otherwise, business affairs
      or  business  prospects  of the  Investment  Adviser or the ability of the
      Investment  Adviser  to  fulfill  its  respective  obligations  under  the
      Underwriting Agreement or under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

                        (viii) Except for stabilization  activities conducted by
      the Underwriters and except for tender offers,  Share  repurchases and the
      issuance  or  purchase   of  Shares   pursuant  to  the  Fund's   dividend


                                       13
<PAGE>


      reinvestment  plan  ("DRP")  effected  following  the  date on  which  the
      distribution of the Shares is completed in accordance with the policies of
      the Fund as set forth in the  Prospectus,  the Investment  Adviser has not
      taken and will not take, directly or indirectly,  any action designed,  or
      which  might  reasonably  be expected to cause or result in, or which will
      constitute,  stabilization  or  manipulation  of the  price of the  Common
      Shares.

            5. AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.
               -------------------------

                  (a) If the registration  statement  relating to the Shares has
not yet become  effective,  the Fund will promptly file the Final Amendment,  if
not  previously  filed,  with the  Commission,  and will use its best efforts to
cause such  registration  statement to become effective and, as soon as the Fund
is advised,  will advise the Representative  when the Registration  Statement or
any amendment  thereto has become effective.  If the Registration  Statement has
become effective and the Prospectus  contained therein omits certain information
at the time of effectiveness  pursuant to Rule 430A of the Securities Act Rules,
the Fund will file a 430A  Prospectus  pursuant to Rule 497(h) of the Securities
Act Rules as promptly as practicable,  but no later than the second business day
following the earlier of the date of the  determination of the offering price of
the Shares or the date the Prospectus is first used after the Effective Date. If
the  Registration  Statement has become  effective and the Prospectus  contained
therein  does not so omit such  information,  the Fund  will  file a  Prospectus
pursuant  to Rule  497(b)  or (j) of the  Securities  Act Rules as  promptly  as
practicable,  but no later than the fifth business day following the date of the
later of the Effective Date or the  commencement  of the public  offering of the
Shares  after the  Effective  Date.  In either  case,  the Fund will provide the
Representative  satisfactory evidence of the filing. The Fund will not file with
the Commission any Prospectus or any other amendment (except any  post-effective
amendment  which is filed  with the  Commission  after the later of (x) one year
from  the  date  of  this  Underwriting  Agreement  or (y)  the  date  on  which
distribution  of the Shares is  completed)  or  supplement  to the  Registration
Statement  or the  Prospectus  unless a copy has  first  been  submitted  to the
Representative  a reasonable time before its filing and the  Representative  has
not objected to it in writing within a reasonable time after receiving the copy.

                  (b) For the period of three  years from the date  hereof,  the
Fund  will  advise  the  Representative  promptly  (1)  of the  issuance  by the
Commission of any order in respect of the Fund or the  Investment  Adviser which


                                       14
<PAGE>


relates  to  the  Fund,  or  which  relates  to  any  arrangements  or  proposed
arrangements involving the Fund or the Investment Adviser, (2) of the initiation
or threatening of any proceedings for, or receipt by the Fund of any notice with
respect to, the  suspension of the  qualification  of the Shares for sale in any
jurisdiction  or the  issuance  of any order by the  Commission  suspending  the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement,  (3) of receipt by the Fund, or any
representative  or attorney  of the Fund,  of any other  communication  from the
Commission relating to the Fund, the Registration  Statement,  the Notification,
any Preliminary Prospectus,  the Prospectus or to the transactions  contemplated
by this  Underwriting  Agreement  and (4) the issuance by any court,  regulatory
body,  administrative  agency  or other  governmental  agency  or body,  whether
foreign or domestic,  of any order,  ruling or decree, or the threat to initiate
any proceedings with respect  thereto,  regarding the Fund, which relates to the
Fund or any arrangements or proposed  arrangements  involving the Fund. The Fund
will  make  every  reasonable  effort  to  prevent  the  issuance  of any  order
suspending  the  effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement and, if any such
order is issued, to obtain its lifting as soon as possible.

                  (c) If not  delivered  prior to the date of this  Underwriting
Agreement, the Fund will deliver to the Representative, without charge, a signed
copy of the  registration  statement and the  Notification and of any amendments
(except any  post-effective  amendment which is filed with the Commission  after
the later of (x) one year from the date of this  Underwriting  Agreement  or (y)
the date on which the  distribution  of the Shares is  completed)  to either the
Registration  Statement or the  Notification  (including all exhibits filed with
any such document) and as many conformed  copies of the  registration  statement
and any amendments thereto (except any  post-effective  amendment which is filed
with the  Commission  after  the  later  of (x) one  year  from the date of this
Underwriting  Agreement or (y) the date on which the  distribution of the Shares
is completed) (excluding exhibits) as the Representative may reasonably request.

                  (d) During such period as a  prospectus  is required by law to
be delivered  by an  underwriter  or a dealer,  the Fund will  deliver,  without
charge, to the Representative,  the Underwriters and any dealers, at such office
or offices as the Representative may designate, as many copies of the Prospectus
as the  Representative may reasonably  request,  and, if any event occurs during
such  period as a result of which it is  necessary  to amend or  supplement  the
Prospectus,   in  order  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances  existing  when such  prospectus  is  delivered  to a purchaser of
Shares,  not misleading in any material respect,  or if during such period it is


                                       15
<PAGE>


necessary to amend or supplement  the  prospectus to comply with the  Securities
Act, the  Investment  Company Act, the  Securities  Act Rules or the  Investment
Company Act Rules, the Fund promptly will prepare, submit to the Representative,
file with the Commission and deliver, without charge, to the Underwriters and to
dealers (whose names and addresses the Representative  will furnish to the Fund)
to whom Shares may have been sold by the  Underwriters,  and to other dealers on
request,  amendments or  supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in
such  Prospectus,  as so  amended  or  supplemented,  will not,  in light of the
circumstances  existing  when such  Prospectus  is delivered to a purchaser,  be
misleading in any material  respect and will comply with the Securities Act, the
Investment  Company Act, the Securities Act Rules and the Investment Company Act
Rules. Delivery by the Underwriters of any such amendments or supplements to the
Prospectus  will not  constitute a waiver of any of the  conditions in Section 6
hereof.

                  (e) The Fund will make  generally  available to holders of the
Fund's  securities,  as soon as practicable  but in no event later than the last
day of the 18th full calendar month following the calendar  quarter in which the
Effective  Date falls,  an earnings  statement,  if  applicable,  satisfying the
provisions  of Section  11(a) of the  Securities  Act and,  at the option of the
Fund, Rule 158 of the Securities Act Rules.

                  (f) The Fund  will  take such  actions  as the  Representative
reasonably  requests in order to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the
securities  or  "blue  sky"  laws of such  jurisdictions  as the  Representative
reasonably  designates;  provided  that  the  Fund  shall  not  be  required  in
connection  therewith  or  as a  condition  thereof  to  qualify  as  a  foreign
corporation  or to  execute a general  consent  to  service  of  process  in any
jurisdiction.

                  (g) If the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Underwriting
Agreement are consummated,  PaineWebber will pay all costs and expenses incident
to the  performance  of the  obligations  of the Fund  under  this  Underwriting
Agreement, including but not limited to costs and expenses of or relating to (1)
the preparation,  printing and filing of the registration statement and exhibits
to it, each  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the  Prospectus  and all  amendments  and
supplements  thereto,  (2) the  issuance of the Shares and the  preparation  and
delivery of certificates  for the Shares,  (3) the registration or qualification
of the Shares for offer and sale under the  securities or "blue sky" laws of the
jurisdictions  referred to in the  foregoing  paragraph,  including the fees and
disbursements  of  counsel  for the  Underwriters  in that  connection,  and the
preparation and printing of preliminary and  supplemental  "blue sky" memoranda,


                                       16
<PAGE>


(4) the furnishing (including costs of design, production, shipping and mailing)
to the  Underwriters  and  dealers  of  copies  of each  Preliminary  Prospectus
relating to the Shares, the sales materials, the Prospectus,  and all amendments
or supplements to the Prospectus,  and of the other  documents  required by this
Section  to be so  furnished,  (5)  the  filing  requirements  of  the  National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc., in connection  with its review of the
financing,  including filing fees and the fees,  disbursements and other charges
of counsel for the Underwriters in that  connection,  (6) all transfer taxes, if
any,  with respect to the sale and  delivery of the Shares to the  Underwriters,
(7) the  listing  of the  Shares  on the New York  Stock  Exchange,  and (8) the
transfer agent for the Shares.

                  (h) If the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Underwriting
Agreement are not consummated,  except as otherwise  provided  herein,  no party
will be  under  any  liability  to any  other  party,  except  that  (1) if this
Underwriting  Agreement is terminated by (x) the Fund or the Investment  Adviser
pursuant to any of the provisions  hereof  (otherwise than pursuant to Section 9
hereof)  or  (y) by  the  Representative  or  the  Underwriters  because  of any
inability,  failure or refusal on the part of the Fund or the Investment Adviser
to comply with its terms or because any of the  conditions  in Section 6 are not
satisfied,  PaineWebber and the Investment Adviser, jointly and severally,  will
reimburse  the  Underwriters  for  all  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  the
reasonable fees,  disbursements  and other charges of their counsel)  reasonably
incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Shares
and (2) no  Underwriter  who has failed or refused to purchase the Shares agreed
to be  purchased  by it under  this  Underwriting  Agreement,  in  breach of its
obligations  pursuant  to  this  Underwriting  Agreement,  will be  relieved  of
liability to the Fund and the Investment  Adviser and the other Underwriters for
damages occasioned by its default.

                  (i) Without the prior written  consent of the  Representative,
the Fund will not offer,  sell or register with the  Commission,  or announce an
offering  of,  any  equity  securities  of the Fund,  within  180 days after the
Effective  Date,  except for the Shares as described in the  Prospectus  and any
issuances  of  Common  Shares  pursuant  to  the  dividend   reinvestment   plan
established by the Fund.

                  (j) The Fund will use its best  efforts  to list the Shares on
the New York Stock  Exchange and comply with the rules and  regulations  of such
exchange.

                  (k) The Fund will direct the investment of the net proceeds of
the  offering  of the Shares in such a manner as to comply  with the  investment


                                       17
<PAGE>


objective and policies of the Fund as described in the Prospectus.

            6. CONDITIONS OF THE UNDERWRITERS'  OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of
the  Underwriters to purchase the Shares are subject to the accuracy on the date
of this Underwriting Agreement, and on the Closing Dates, of the representations
of the Fund and the Investment  Adviser in this Underwriting  Agreement,  to the
accuracy and  completeness  of all statements made by the Fund or the Investment
Adviser or any of their respective officers in any certificate  delivered to the
Representative  or their counsel  pursuant to this  Underwriting  Agreement,  to
performance  by  the  Fund  and  the  Investment  Adviser  of  their  respective
obligations  under  this  Underwriting  Agreement  and to each of the  following
additional conditions:

                  (a) The  registration  statement must have become effective by
5:30 p.m.,  New York City time,  on the date of this  Underwriting  Agreement or
such later  date and time as the  Representative  consents  to in  writing.  The
Prospectus must have been filed in accordance  with Rule 497(b),  (h) or (j), as
the case may be, of the Securities Act Rules.

                  (b) No order suspending the  effectiveness of the Registration
Statement  may be in effect and no  proceedings  for such purpose may be pending
before or, to the  knowledge of counsel to the  Underwriters,  threatened by the
Commission,  and any  requests  for  additional  information  on the part of the
Commission  (to be included in the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus or
otherwise) must be complied with or waived to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Representative.

                  (c) Since the  dates as of which  information  is given in the
Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  (1) there  must not have been any
material  change in the Common Shares or  liabilities  of the Fund except as set
forth in or  contemplated  by the  Prospectus;  (2) there must not have been any
material adverse change in the general affairs, prospects, management, business,
financial  condition  or results  of  operations  of the Fund or the  Investment
Adviser  whether or not arising  from  transactions  in the  ordinary  course of
business as set forth in or contemplated  by the  Prospectus;  (3) the Fund must
not have sustained any material loss or interference  with its business from any
court or from legislative or other governmental action, order or decree, whether
foreign  or  domestic,  or  from  any  other  occurrence  not  described  in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus;  and (4) there must not have occurred any
event that makes untrue or incorrect  in any material  respect any  statement or
information contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or that is not


                                       18
<PAGE>


reflected in the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus  but should be reflected
therein in order to make the statements or  information  therein (in the case of
the  Prospectus,  in light of the  circumstances  in which  they were  made) not
misleading in any material respect;  if, in the judgment of the  Representative,
any  such  development  referred  to in  clause  (1),  (2),  (3) or (4) of  this
paragraph (c) makes it  impracticable  or inadvisable to consummate the sale and
delivery  of  the  Shares  pursuant  to  the   Underwriting   Agreement  by  the
Underwriters, at the initial public offering price of the Shares.

                  (d) The Representative must have received on each Closing Date
a certificate,  dated such date, of a President or Vice-President  and the chief
financial or accounting  officer of each of the Fund and the Investment  Adviser
certifying  that  (1) the  signers  have  carefully  examined  the  Registration
Statement,   the  Prospectus,   and  this   Underwriting   Agreement,   (2)  the
representations  of the Fund (with  respect to the  certificates  from such Fund
officers) and the representations of the Investment Adviser (with respect to the
certificates from such officers of the Investment  Adviser) in this Underwriting
Agreement are accurate on and as of the date of the  certificate,  (3) there has
not  been  any  material  adverse  change  in the  general  affairs,  prospects,
management,  business,  financial condition or results of operations of the Fund
(with respect to the  certificates  from such Fund  officers) or the  Investment
Adviser (with respect to the  certificates  from such officers of the Investment
Adviser),  which change would materially and adversely affect the ability of the
Fund or the Investment  Adviser,  as the case may be, to fulfill its obligations
under this Underwriting Agreement or the Investment Advisory Agreement,  whether
or not arising from  transactions in the ordinary  course of business,  (4) with
respect to the Fund only,  to the knowledge of such  officers  after  reasonable
investigation,  no  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of  the  Registration
Statement,  prohibiting  the sale of any of the  Shares  or  having  a  material
adverse  effect  on the Fund has been  issued  and no  proceedings  for any such
purpose  are  pending  before  or  threatened  by the  Commission  or any  other
regulatory  body,  whether  foreign or  domestic,  (5) to the  knowledge  of the
officers of the Investment  Adviser,  after reasonable  investigation,  no order
having an adverse effect on the ability of the Investment Adviser to fulfill its
obligations  under  this  Underwriting  Agreement  or  the  Investment  Advisory
Agreement,  as the case may be, has been issued and no proceedings  for any such
purpose  are  pending  before  or  threatened  by the  Commission  or any  other
regulatory  body,  whether  foreign or domestic,  and (6) each of the Fund (with
respect to the certificates from such Fund officers) and the Investment  Adviser
(with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Investment  Adviser)
has performed all of its respective agreements that this Underwriting  Agreement
requires it to perform by such Closing Date.


                                       19
<PAGE>


                  (e) The  Representative  must receive on each Closing Date the
opinions dated such Closing Date substantially in the form of Annexes A and B to
this Underwriting Agreement from the counsel identified in each such Annex.

                  (f) The Representative  must receive on each Closing Date from
Skadden,  Arps, Slate,  Meagher & Flom LLP or its affiliates,  their counsel, an
opinion  dated such  Closing  Date with  respect to the Fund,  the  Shares,  the
Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  this Underwriting Agreement and the
form and  sufficiency of all  proceedings  taken in connection with the sale and
delivery  of  the  Shares.  Such  opinion  and  proceedings  shall  fulfill  the
requirements  of this  Section  6(f) only if such  opinion and  proceedings  are
satisfactory in all respects to the Representative.  The Fund and the Investment
Adviser  must have  furnished  to such  counsel  such  documents  as counsel may
reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to render such opinion.

                  (g)  The   Representative   must  receive  on  the  date  this
Underwriting  Agreement is signed and delivered by the  Representative  a signed
letter,  dated  such  date,  substantially  in  the  form  of  Annex  C to  this
Underwriting  Agreement from the firm of  accountants  designated in such Annex.
The  Representative  also must receive on each Closing Date a signed letter from
such accountants,  dated such Closing Date,  confirming on the basis of a review
in accordance with the procedures set forth in their earlier letter that nothing
has come to their  attention  during the  period  from a date not more than five
business days before the date of this Underwriting  Agreement,  specified in the
letter,  to a date not more than five  business  days before such Closing  Date,
that would  require  any change in their  letter  referred  to in the  foregoing
sentence.

                  All opinions,  letters,  evidence and  certificates  mentioned
above or elsewhere in this  Underwriting  Agreement will comply only if they are
in form and scope  reasonably  satisfactory  to counsel for the  Representative,
provided that any such documents,  forms of which are annexed  hereto,  shall be
deemed satisfactory to such counsel if substantially in such form.
            7.  INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.
                --------------------------------

                  (a) Each of the Fund and the Investment  Adviser,  jointly and
severally,  will  indemnify and hold harmless each  Underwriter,  the directors,
officers,  employees and agents of such Underwriter and each person, if any, who
controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act
and Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses,  claims,


                                       20
<PAGE>


liabilities,  expenses and damages  (including,  but not limited to, any and all
investigative,  legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with,
and any and all amounts paid in  settlement  of, any action,  suit or proceeding
between any of the indemnified  parties and any indemnifying  parties or between
any indemnified party and any third party, or otherwise, or any claim asserted),
to which such Underwriter or any such person, or any of them, may become subject
under the  Securities  Act, the Exchange  Act, the  Investment  Company Act, the
Advisers Act or other federal or state  statutory law or  regulation,  at common
law or otherwise,  whether foreign or domestic,  insofar as such losses, claims,
liabilities,  expenses  or  damages  arise out of or are based on (i) any untrue
statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact  contained  in the
Registration Statement,  the Preliminary Prospectus,  the Prospectus,  the sales
materials,  or any amendment or supplement to the  Registration  Statement,  the
Preliminary Prospectus,  the Prospectus, the sales materials or in any documents
filed under the Exchange Act and deemed to be incorporated by reference into the
Registration Statement,  the Preliminary Prospectus,  the Prospectus,  or in any
application or other  document  executed by or on behalf of the Fund or based on
written  information  furnished  by or on  behalf  of  the  Fund  filed  in  any
jurisdiction in order to qualify the Shares under the securities laws thereof or
filed with the  Commission,  (ii) the omission or alleged  omission to state, in
any or all such  documents,  a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or
necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading  or (iii) any act or
failure  to act or any  alleged  act or failure  to act by such  Underwriter  in
connection  with,  or  relating  in any manner  to,  the Shares or the  offering
contemplated  hereby,  and which is  included  as part of or  referred to in any
loss, claim,  liability,  expense or damage arising out of or based upon matters
covered by clause (i) or (ii) above  (provided,  however,  that neither the Fund
nor the Investment Adviser shall be liable under this clause (iii) to the extent
it is finally  judicially  determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction that
such loss, claim,  liability,  expense or damage resulted directly from any such
acts or failures to act  undertaken  or omitted to be taken by such  Underwriter
through its gross negligence,  bad faith or willful  misconduct);  provided that
neither the Fund nor the  Investment  Adviser  will be liable to the extent that
such  losses,  claims,  liabilities,  expenses or damages are based on an untrue
statement or omission or alleged  untrue  statement or omission made in reliance
on and in conformity  with  information  furnished in writing to the Fund by the
Representative  on  behalf  of  Underwriters  expressly  for  inclusion  in  the
Registration  Statement,  the  Preliminary  Prospectus or the  Prospectus.  This
indemnity  agreement  will be in addition to any liability  that the Fund or the
Investment Adviser might otherwise have.


                                       21
<PAGE>


                  (b) Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Fund
and the Investment  Adviser,  each person,  if any, who controls the Fund or the
Investment  Adviser  within the meaning of Section 15 of the  Securities  Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange  Act,  each  director of the Fund and each officer of
the Fund  who  signs  the  Registration  Statement  to the  same  extent  as the
foregoing  indemnity from the Fund or the Investment Adviser to the Underwriter,
but only insofar as losses, claims,  liabilities,  expenses or damages arise out
of or are based on any untrue  statement or omission or alleged untrue statement
or omission made in reliance on and in conformity with  information  relating to
such Underwriter  furnished in writing to the Fund by such Underwriter expressly
for use in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus.
This indemnity will be in addition to any liability that such Underwriter  might
otherwise have;  provided,  however,  that in no case shall such  Underwriter be
liable or  responsible  for any  amount  in  excess of the fees and  commissions
received by the Underwriter.

                  (c)  Any  party  that  proposes  to  assert  the  right  to be
indemnified  under  this  Section 7 will,  promptly  after  receipt of notice of
commencement  of any action against such party in respect of which a claim is to
be made against an  indemnifying  party or parties  under this Section 7, notify
each such  indemnifying  party of the  commencement of such action,  enclosing a
copy of all papers served, but the omission to so notify such indemnifying party
will not relieve it from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party
under the foregoing  provision of this Section 7 unless,  and only to the extent
that, such omission results in the forfeiture of substantive  rights or defenses
by the indemnifying party. If any such action is brought against any indemnified
party  and  it  notifies  the  indemnifying  party  of  its  commencement,   the
indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it
elects by delivering  written  notice to the  indemnified  party  promptly after
receiving notice of the  commencement of the action from the indemnified  party,
jointly with any other  indemnifying  party  similarly  notified,  to assume the
defense of the action,  with counsel  satisfactory to the indemnified party, and
after  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party  to the  indemnified  party of its
election to assume the defense, the indemnifying party will not be liable to the
indemnified  party for any legal or other expenses  except as provided below and
except for the reasonable  costs of investigation  subsequently  incurred by the
indemnified  party in connection with the defense.  The  indemnified  party will
have the right to  employ  its own  counsel  in any such  action,  but the fees,
disbursements  and other  charges of such counsel will be at the expense of such
indemnified  party unless (1) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party


                                       22
<PAGE>


has been authorized in writing by the  indemnifying  party,  (2) the indemnified
party has reasonably  concluded  (based on the advice of counsel) that there may
be  legal  defenses  available  to it or  other  indemnified  parties  that  are
different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party (3) a
conflict  or  potential  conflict  exists  (based on advice  of  counsel  to the
indemnified  party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in
which case the indemnifying  party will not have the right to direct the defense
of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (4) the indemnifying party
has not in fact  employed  counsel to assume the defense of such action within a
reasonable time after  receiving  notice of the  commencement of the action,  in
each of which  cases the  reasonable  fees  disbursements  and other  charges of
counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties.  Subject to
the  requirements  of Investment  Company Act Release No. 11330,  all such fees,
disbursements  and other charges will be reimbursed  by the  indemnifying  party
promptly as they are incurred.  It is understood that the indemnifying  party or
parties shall not, in connection  with any proceeding or related  proceedings in
the same  jurisdiction,  be liable for the reasonable  fees,  disbursements  and
other  charges of more than one  separate  firm  admitted  to  practice  in such
jurisdiction  at any one time  for all such  indemnified  party or  parties.  An
indemnifying  party will not be liable for any settlement of any action or claim
effected  without its written  consent (which  consent will not be  unreasonably
withheld).  No  indemnifying  party shall,  without the prior written consent of
each  indemnified  party,  settle or  compromise  or consent to the entry of any
judgment in any pending or threatened  claim,  action or proceeding  relating to
the matters contemplated by this Section 7 (whether or not any indemnified party
is a party thereto),  unless such settlement,  compromise or consent includes an
unconditional  release of each indemnified  party from all liability  arising or
that may arise out of such claim, action or proceeding.

                  (d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in
circumstances  in which the  indemnification  provided  for in this Section 7 is
applicable  in  accordance  with  its  terms  but for any  reason  is held to be
unavailable from the Fund, the Investment Adviser or the Underwriters, the Fund,
the Investment Adviser and the Underwriters will contribute to the total losses,
claims,  liabilities,  expenses and damages (including any investigative,  legal
and other expenses  reasonably  incurred in connection with, and any amount paid
in settlement  of, any action,  suit or proceeding  or any claim  asserted,  but
after deducting any contribution received by the Fund and the Investment Adviser
from persons other than the Underwriter, such as persons who control the Fund or
the Investment  Adviser within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange
Act, officers of the Fund who signed the Registration Statement and directors of
the  Fund,  who may also be liable  for  contribution)  to which  the Fund,  the


                                       23
<PAGE>


Investment  Adviser and the  Underwriters  may be subject in such  proportion as
shall be appropriate to reflect the relative  benefits  received by the Fund and
the Investment  Adviser on the one hand and the  Underwriters on the other.  The
relative  benefits  received  by the Fund and the  Investment  Adviser  (treated
jointly for this purpose as one person) on the one hand and the  Underwriters on
the other  hand  shall be deemed to be in the same  proportion  as the total net
proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Fund bear
to the total fees and commissions received by the Underwriters. If, but only if,
the allocation provided by the foregoing sentence is not permitted by applicable
law, the  allocation  of  contribution  shall be made in such  proportion  as is
appropriate  to  reflect  not only such  relative  benefits  referred  to in the
foregoing  sentence but also the relative  fault of the Fund and the  Investment
Adviser (treated jointly for this purpose as one person) on the one hand and the
Underwriters  on the other hand in connection  with respect to the statements or
omissions  or alleged  statements  or  omissions  that  resulted  in the losses,
claims, liabilities, expenses or damages (including any investigative,  legal or
other expenses  reasonably  incurred in connection  with, and any amount paid in
settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), as well as
any other relevant  equitable  considerations  appropriate in the circumstances.
Such  relative  fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to whether
the untrue or alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact or the omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Fund, the Investment Adviser or the Underwriters,  the intent of the parties and
their relative  knowledge,  access to information  and opportunity to correct or
prevent  such  statement  or  omission  and any other  equitable  considerations
appropriate  in the  circumstances.  The Fund,  the  Investment  Adviser and the
Underwriters  agree  that it would not be just and  equitable  if  contributions
pursuant to this Section 7(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by
any other method of  allocation  which does not take into account the  equitable
considerations  referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified
party as a result of the loss, claim,  liability,  expense or damage , or action
in respect  thereof,  referred to above in this  Section 7(d) shall be deemed to
include,  for  purposes  of this  Section  7(d)  any  legal  or  other  expenses
reasonably  incurred by such indemnified party in connection with  investigating
or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding  any other provisions of
this Section 7(d),  the  Underwriters  shall not be required to  contribute  any
amount in excess of the fees and commissions  received by it and no person found
guilty of fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of
the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person who was not


                                       24
<PAGE>


guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 7(d),
any person  who  controls a party to this  Agreement  within the  meaning of the
Securities Act will have the same rights to contribution as that party, and each
trustee of the Fund and each  officer  of the Fund who  signed the  Registration
Statement will have the same rights to contribution as the Fund, subject in each
case to the provisions hereof. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly
after  receipt of notice of  commencement  of any action  against  such party in
respect of which a claim for  contribution  may be made under this Section 7(d),
notify  such  party or parties  from whom  contribution  may be sought,  but the
omission  so to  notify  will  not  relieve  the  party  or  parties  from  whom
contribution  may be sought from any other  obligation it or they may have under
this Section 7(d). No party will be liable for contribution  with respect to any
action or claim settled  without its written consent (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld).

                  (e) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Section 7, no
party shall be entitled to  indemnification or contribution under this Agreement
against any loss, claim, liability,  expense or damage arising by reason of such
person's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance
of its duties  hereunder,  or by reason of such person's  reckless  disregard of
such person's obligations and duties hereunder.

                  (f) The Fund and the Investment  Adviser  acknowledge that the
statements  with  respect to  stabilization  on the second page of and under the
caption  "Underwriting"  in the  Preliminary  Prospectus  and in the  Prospectus
constitute  the  only  information  furnished  in  writing  to the  Fund  by the
Representative on behalf of the Underwriters expressly for use in such document.

            8. TERMINATION. This Underwriting Agreement may be terminated by the
Representative by notifying the Fund at any time:

                  (a) before the later of the  effectiveness of the Registration
Statement  and the time  when any of the  Shares  are  first  generally  offered
pursuant  to the  Underwriting  Agreement  by the  Representative  to dealers by
letter or telegram;

                  (b) at or before any Closing Date if, in the sole  judgment of
the  Representative,  payment  for  and  delivery  of  any  Shares  is  rendered
impracticable or inadvisable because (1) trading in the equity securities of the
Fund is suspended by the Commission or by the principal  exchange that lists the
Shares, (2) additional material governmental  restrictions,  not in force on the
date  of  this  Underwriting  Agreement,  have  been  imposed  upon  trading  in
securities or trading has been suspended on any U.S. securities exchange,  (3) a
general  banking  moratorium has been  established  by U.S.  federal or New York


                                       25
<PAGE>


authorities  or (4) any outbreak or material  escalation of hostilities or other
calamity  or  crisis  occurs,  the  effect  of  which  is  such  as to  make  it
impracticable to market any of the Shares; or

                  (c) at or before any Closing  Date,  if any of the  conditions
specified  in Section 6 have not been  fulfilled  when and as  required  by this
Underwriting Agreement.

            9. SUBSTITUTION OF UNDERWRITERS.  If one or more of the Underwriters
fails (other than for a reason  sufficient  to justify the  termination  of this
Underwriting  Agreement) to purchase on any Closing Date the Shares agreed to be
purchased  on such  Closing  Date  by  such  Underwriter  or  Underwriters,  the
Representative  may find one or more  substitute  underwriters  to purchase such
Shares or make such other arrangements as the Representative deems advisable, or
one or more of the remaining  Underwriters  may agree to purchase such Shares in
such proportions as may be approved by the Representative, in each case upon the
terms set forth in this  Underwriting  Agreement.  If no such  arrangements have
been made within 36 hours after such Closing Date, and

                  (a) the  number of Shares to be  purchased  by the  defaulting
Underwriters  on such  Closing  Date does not exceed 10% of the Shares  that the
Underwriters  are  obligated  to  purchase  on such  Closing  Date,  each of the
nondefaulting  Underwriters  will be  obligated  to purchase  such Shares on the
terms set forth in this Underwriting Agreement in proportion to their respective
obligations under this Underwriting Agreement, or

                  (b) the  number of Shares to be  purchased  by the  defaulting
Underwriters  on such  Closing Date exceeds 10% of the Shares to be purchased by
all the  Underwriters  on such  Closing  Date,  the Fund will be  entitled to an
additional  period  of 24 hours  within  which  to find  one or more  substitute
underwriters  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Representative  to purchase such
Shares on the terms set forth in this Underwriting Agreement.

            In any such case,  either the  Representative  or the Fund will have
the  right to  postpone  the  applicable  Closing  Date for not more  than  five
business days in order that necessary  changes and  arrangements  (including any
necessary  amendments  or  supplements  to  the  Registration  Statement  or the
Prospectus) may be effected by the Representative and the Fund. If the number of
Shares to be purchased on such Closing Date by such  defaulting  Underwriter  or
Underwriters  exceeds 10% of the Shares that the  Underwriters  are obligated to


                                       26
<PAGE>


purchase on such Closing Date, and none of the nondefaulting Underwriters or the
Fund makes  arrangements  pursuant to this Section  within the period stated for
the purchase of the Shares that the defaulting  Underwriters agreed to purchase,
this Underwriting  Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any
nondefaulting  Underwriter,  the  Fund  or the  Investment  Adviser,  except  as
provided  in  Sections  5(g) and 7 hereof.  This  Section  will not  affect  the
liability  of any  defaulting  Underwriter  to  the  Fund  or the  nondefaulting
Underwriters arising out of such default. A substitute underwriter will become a
Underwriter for all purposes of this Underwriting Agreement.

            10.  MISCELLANEOUS.
                 -------------

                  (a)  The  reimbursement,   indemnification   and  contribution
agreements  in Sections 5(g) and 7 hereof and the  representations  of the Fund,
the Investment Adviser and the Underwriters in this Underwriting  Agreement will
remain  in  full  force  and  effect  regardless  of  any  termination  of  this
Underwriting  Agreement.  The  reimbursement,  indemnification  and contribution
agreements in Sections 5(g) and 7 hereof and the  representations and agreements
of the Fund, the Investment  Adviser and the  Underwriters in this  Underwriting
Agreement  shall  survive the Closing  Dates and shall  remain in full force and
effect regardless of any investigation  made by or on behalf of any Underwriter,
the Fund, the Investment  Adviser or any controlling  person and delivery of and
payment for the Shares.

                  (b) This  Underwriting  Agreement  is for the  benefit  of the
Underwriters, the Fund, the Investment Adviser and their successors and assigns,
and, to the extent expressed in this Underwriting Agreement,  for the benefit of
persons  controlling any of the Underwriters,  the Fund, the Investment  Adviser
and directors  and officers of the Fund and the  Investment  Adviser,  and their
respective successors and assigns, and no other person, partnership, association
or  corporation  will  acquire  or have any  right  under or by  virtue  of this
Underwriting  Agreement.  The term "successors and assigns" does not include any
purchaser of the Shares from any Underwriter merely because of such purchase.

                  (c) All notices  and  communications  under this  Underwriting
Agreement will be in writing, effective only on receipt and mailed or delivered,
by messenger, facsimile transmission or otherwise, to the Representative in care
of PaineWebber Incorporated,  Attn: Financial Institutions Group, 1285 Avenue of
the  Americas,  New  York,  New York  10019,  to the Fund at 1285  Avenue of the
Americas,  New York, New York 10019 and to the Investment Adviser at 1285 Avenue
of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.


                                       27
<PAGE>


                  (d) Any  action  required  or  permitted  to be  taken  by the
Representative  under this  Underwriting  Agreement may be taken by them jointly
through PaineWebber Incorporated.

                  (e) This  Underwriting  Agreement  may be signed  in  multiple
counterparts that taken as a whole constitute one agreement.

                  (f)  This  Underwriting  Agreement  will  be  governed  by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference
to choice of law principles thereof.


                                       28
<PAGE>


                  Please  confirm that the  foregoing  correctly  sets forth the
agreement between us.

                                Very truly yours,

                                Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc.


                             By:   /s/ Thomas J. Libassi
                                   ------------------------------------
                                 Name:  Thomas J. Libassi
                                 Title:  Vice President



                             Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc.


                             By:   /s/ Paul Schubert
                                   ------------------------------------
                                 Name:  Paul Schubert
                                 Title:  Senior Vice President



Confirmed:
PaineWebber Incorporated
As Representative of the Underwriters
c/o PaineWebber Incorporated
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York  10019


By:  PaineWebber Incorporated


By: /s/ Oscar J. Junquera
    ---------------------------------
    Name: Oscar J. Junquera
    Title: Managing Director



Acting on behalf of itself
and the Underwriters
named in Schedule 1


                                       29
<PAGE>


                              SCHEDULE 1


NAME                                            NUMBER OF FIRM SHARES
                                                   TO BE PURCHASED
PaineWebber Incorporated....................                19,150,000
ABN AMRO Chicago Corporation................                   350,000
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated.................                   350,000
CIBC Oppenheimer Corp.......................                   350,000
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc....................                   350,000
Advest, Inc.................................                   175,000
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated..........                   175,000
Crowell, Weedon & Co........................                   175,000
Dain Rauscher Wessels.......................                   175,000
Everen Securities, Inc......................                   175,000
Fahnestock & Co. Inc........................                   175,000
First Albany Corporation....................                   175,000
Fifth Third/The Ohio Company................                   175,000
First of Michigan Corporation...............                   175,000
Interstate/Johnson Lane Corporation.........                   175,000
Janney Montgomery Scott Inc.................                   175,000
Josephthal & Co. Inc........................                   175,000
McDonald & Company Securities, Inc..........                   175,000
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc................                   175,000
Pacific Growth Equities, Inc................                   175,000
Parker/Hunter Incorporated..................                   175,000
Pennsylvania Merchant Group.................                   175,000
Piper Jaffray Inc...........................                   175,000
Ragen Mackenzie Incorporated................                   175,000
The Robinson-Humphrey Company, LLC..........                   175,000
Roney Capital Markets.......................                   175,000
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated....                   175,000
Sutro & Co. Incorporated....................                   175,000
Tucker Anthony Incorporated.................                   175,000
C.E. Unterberg, Towbin......................                   175,000


                                       30
<PAGE>


Wedbush Morgan Securities, Inc..............                   175,000
Allen & Company of Florida, Inc.............                   100,000
George K. Baum & Company....................                   100,000
Huntleigh Securities Corporation............                   100,000
C.L. King & Associates, Inc.................                   100,000
John G. Kinnard & Company, Incorporated.....                   100,000
Mesirow Financial, Inc......................                   100,000
Miller, Johnson & Kuehn, Inc................                   100,000
Moors & Cabot, Inc..........................                   100,000
North Coast Securities Corporation..........                   100,000
David A. Noyes & Company....................                   100,000
Paulson Investment Company, Incorporated....                   100,000
The Seidler Companies Incorporated..........                   100,000
Southwest Securities, Inc...................                   100,000
M.L. Stern & Co., Inc.......................                   100,000
TD Securities (USA) Inc.....................                   100,000
Torrey Pines Securities, Inc................                   100,000
                                                               -------
          Total                                             26,700,000
                                                            ==========


                                       31
<PAGE>



                                                                         ANNEX A


                               FORM OF OPINION OF
                  KIRKPATRICK & LOCKHART LLP REGARDING THE FUND

               1. The Registration Statement and all post-effective amendments,
if any, are effective under the Securities Act and no stop order with respect
thereto has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted
or, to the best of our knowledge, is threatened by the Commission. Any filing of
the Prospectus or any supplements thereto required under Rule 497 of the
Securities Act Rules prior to the date hereof have been made in the manner and
within the time required by such rule.

               2. The Fund has been duly organized, is validly existing and in
good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, with
full power and authority to conduct all the activities conducted by it, to own
or lease all assets owned or leased by it and to conduct its business as
described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and the Fund is duly
licensed and qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign
corporation or otherwise in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or leasing
of property or its conducting of business requires such qualification, except
where the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a
material adverse effect on the Fund, and the Fund owns, possesses or has
obtained and currently maintains all governmental licenses, permits, consents,
orders, approvals and other authorizations necessary to carry on its business as
contemplated in the Prospectus. The Fund has no subsidiaries.

               3. The Common Shares of the Fund conform in all respects to the
description of them in the Prospectus. All the outstanding Common Shares have
been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The
Common Shares to be issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters in
accordance with the Underwriting Agreement against payment therefor as provided
by the Underwriting Agreement have been duly authorized and when issued and
delivered to the Underwriters will have been validly issued and will be fully
paid and nonassessable. No person is entitled to any preemptive or other similar
rights with respect to the Common Shares.

               4. The Fund is duly registered with the Commission under the
Investment Company Act as a diversified, closed-end management investment

<PAGE>


company and all action under the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act, the
Securities Act Rules and the Investment Company Act Rules, as the case may be,
necessary to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the Common
Shares as provided in the Underwriting Agreement has or will have been taken by
the Fund.

               5. The Fund has full power and authority to enter into each of
the Underwriting Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Custody
Agreement, and the Transfer Agency Agreement (collectively, the "Fund
Agreements") and to perform all of the terms and provisions thereof to be
carried out by it and (A) each Fund Agreement has been duly and validly
authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, (B) each Fund Agreement does not
violate in any material respect any of the applicable provisions of the
Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act , the Investment Company Act Rules and
the Advisers Act Rules, as the case may be, and (C) assuming due authorization,
execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, each Fund Agreement
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in
accordance with its terms, (1) subject, as to enforcement, to applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally
and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought
in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (2) as rights to indemnity thereunder
may be limited by federal or state securities laws.

               6. None of (A) the execution and delivery by the Fund of the Fund
Agreements, (B) the issue and sale by the Fund of the Common Shares as
contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement and (C) the performance by the Fund
of its obligations under the Fund Agreements or consummation by the Fund of the
other transactions contemplated by the Fund Agreements conflicts with or will
conflict with, or results or will result in a breach of, the Articles of
Incorporation or the By-laws of the Fund or any agreement or instrument to which
the Fund is a party or by which the Fund is bound, or any law, rule or
regulation, or order of any court, governmental instrumentality, securities
exchange or association or arbitrator, whether foreign or domestic, applicable
to the Fund, except that we express no opinion as to the securities or "blue
sky" laws applicable in connection with the purchase and distribution of the
Common Shares by the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

               7. The Fund is not currently in breach of, or in default under,
any written agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its
property is bound or affected.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

               8. No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or
governmental agency or body or securities exchange or association is required by
the Fund for the consummation by the Fund of the transactions to be performed by
the Fund or the performance by the Fund of all the terms and provisions to be
performed by or on behalf of it in each case as contemplated in the Fund
Agreements, except such as (A) have been obtained under the Securities Act, the
Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the Securities Act Rules, the
Investment Company Act Rules and the Advisers Act Rules and (B) may be required
by the New York Stock Exchange or under state securities or "blue sky" laws in
connection with the purchase and distribution of the Common Shares by the
Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

               9. The Common Shares have been approved for listing on the New
York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, and the Fund's
Registration Statement on Form 8-A under the 1934 Act is effective.

               10. The form of the certificates for the Common Shares conform to
the requirements of Maryland law.

               11. There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any
court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
agency or body, foreign or domestic, now pending or, to our knowledge,
threatened against or affecting the Fund, which is required to be disclosed in
the Prospectus that is not disclosed in the Prospectus, and there are no
contracts, franchises or other documents that are of a character required to be
described in, or that are required to be filed as exhibits to, the Registration
Statement that have not been described or filed as required.

               12. The Fund does not require any tax or other rulings to enable
it to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.

               13. The section in the Prospectus entitled "Taxation" is a fair
summary of the principal United States federal income tax rules applicable to
the Fund and to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Common Shares.

               14. The Registration Statement (except the financial statements
and schedules and other financial data included therein as to which we express
no view), at the time it became effective, and the Prospectus (except as
aforesaid), as of the date thereof, complied as to form in all material respects


                                      A-3
<PAGE>


to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act and the
rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

               In rendering our opinion,  we have relied, as to factual matters,
upon the attached written certificates and statements of officers of the Fund.

               In connection with the registration of the Common Shares, we have
advised the Fund as to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Investment
Company Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder and have rendered other legal advice and assistance to the Fund in
the course of its preparation of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and
sales materials. Rendering such assistance involved, among other things,
discussions and inquiries concerning various legal and related subjects and
reviews of certain corporate records, documents and proceedings. We also
participated in conferences with representatives of the Fund and its accountants
at which the contents of the Registration Statement, Prospectus, sales materials
and related matters were discussed. With your permission, we have not
undertaken, except as otherwise indicated herein, to determine independently,
and do not assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, completeness or fairness
of the statements in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or sales materials.
On the basis of the information which was developed in the course of the
performance of the services referred to above, no information has come to our
attention that would lead us to believe that the Registration Statement, at the
time it became effective, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus, as of its
date and as of such Closing Date, or the sales materials, as of its date and of
such Closing Date, contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact
or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading, or that any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, as
of its date, and as of such Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to
make the statements in the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading (except the financial statements, schedules
and other financial data included therein, as to which we express no view).




                                      A-4
<PAGE>

                                                                         ANNEX B


                               FORM OF OPINION OF
               VICTORIA E. SCHONEFELD REGARDING INVESTMENT ADVISER


               1. The Investment Adviser has been duly organized, is validly
existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of
Delaware incorporation with full power and authority to conduct all of the
activities conducted by it, to own or lease all of the assets owned or leased by
it and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus, and the Investment Adviser is duly licensed and qualified as a
foreign corporation and in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which it
is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified or
be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Investment
Adviser, and the Investment Adviser owns, possesses or has obtained and
currently maintains all governmental licenses, permits, consents, orders,
approvals and other authorizations, whether foreign or domestic, necessary for
the Investment Adviser to carry on its business as contemplated in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

               2. The Investment Adviser is duly registered as an investment
adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the
Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act Rules or the Investment Company Act
Rules from acting as investment adviser for the Fund as contemplated by the
Investment Advisory Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

               3. The Investment Adviser has full power and authority to enter
into each of the Underwriting Agreement and the Investment Advisory Agreement
and to carry out all the terms and provisions thereof to be carried out by it,
and each such agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Investment Adviser; each of the Investment Advisory Agreement
and the Underwriting Agreement does not violate in any material respect any of
the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the
Investment Company Act Rules and the Advisers Act Rules; and assuming due
authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, each of the
Underwriting Agreement and the Investment Advisory Agreement constitutes a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Investment Adviser, enforceable in
accordance with its terms, (1) subject, as to enforcement, to applicable


                                      B-1
<PAGE>

bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally
and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought
in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (2) as rights to indemnity thereunder
may be limited by federal or state securities laws.

               4. Neither (A) the execution and delivery by the Investment
Adviser of the Underwriting Agreement or the Investment Advisory Agreement nor
(B) the consummation by the Investment Adviser of the transactions contemplated
by, or the performance of its obligations under such agreements conflicts or
will conflict with, or results or will result in a breach of, the Articles of
Incorporation or By-Laws of the Investment Adviser or any agreement or
instrument to which the Investment Adviser is a party or by which the Investment
Adviser is bound, or any law, rule or regulation, or order of any court,
governmental instrumentality, securities exchange or association or arbitrator,
whether foreign or domestic, applicable to the Investment Adviser.

               5. No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court,
governmental agency or body or securities exchange or association is required
for the consummation of the transactions contemplated in, or the performance by
the Investment Adviser of its obligations under, the Underwriting Agreement or
the Investment Advisory Agreement, as the case may be, except such as (A) have
been obtained under the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the Securities
Act, the Investment Company Act Rules, the Advisers Act Rules and the Securities
Act Rules and (B) may be required by the New York Stock Exchange or under state
securities or "blue sky" laws in connection with the purchase and distribution
of the Common Shares by the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

               6. The description of the Investment Adviser and its business in
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus complies with the requirements of
the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act, the Securities Act Rules and the
Investment Company Act Rules and does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading.

               7. There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court,
commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency
or body, foreign or domestic, now pending or, to our knowledge, threatened
against or affecting the Investment Adviser of a nature required to be disclosed
in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or that might result in any material
adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, business affairs or


                                      B-2
<PAGE>

business prospects of the Investment Adviser or the ability of the Investment
Adviser to fulfill its respective obligations under the Underwriting Agreement
or under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

               8. The Registration Statement (except the financial statements
and schedules and other financial data included therein as to which we express
no view), at the time it became effective, and the Prospectus (except as
aforesaid), as of the date thereof, appeared on their face to be appropriately
responsive in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act,
the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder.

               In rendering our opinion, we have relied, as to factual matters,
upon the attached written certificates and statements of officers of the
Investment Adviser.

               In connection with the registration of the Common Shares, we have
advised the Investment Adviser as to the requirements of the Securities Act, the
Investment Company Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder and have rendered other legal advice and assistance to the
Investment Adviser in the course of the preparation of the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus and the sales materials. Rendering such assistance
involved, among other things, discussions and inquiries concerning various legal
and related subjects and reviews of certain corporate records, documents and
proceedings. We also participated in conferences with representatives of the
Fund and its accountants and the Investment Adviser at which the contents of the
Registration Statement, Prospectus, sales materials and related matters were
discussed. With your permission, we have not undertaken, except as otherwise
indicated herein, to determine independently, and do not assume any
responsibility for, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements in
the Registration Statement, Prospectus or sales materials. On the basis of the
information which was developed in the course of the performance of the services
referred to above, no information has come to our attention that would lead us
to believe that the Registration Statement, at the time it became effective,
contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, or that the Prospectus, as of its date and as of such Closing
Date, or the sales materials, as of its date and as of such Closing Date,
contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits
to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or
that any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, as of its date, and as of
such Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted

                                      B-3
<PAGE>


or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements in
the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading (except the financial statements, schedules and other financial
data included therein, as to which we express no view).


                                      B-4
<PAGE>

                                                                         ANNEX C


                           FORM OF ACCOUNTANT'S LETTER


                                  June _, 1998



Ladies and Gentlemen:

               We have audited the statement of assets, liabilities and capital
of Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc. (the "Fund") as of June _, 1998 included in
the Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed by the Fund under the Securities
Act of 1933 (the "Act") (File No. 333-51017) and under the Investment Company
Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") (File No. 811-08765); such statement and our report
with respect to such statement are included in the Registration Statement; we
are independent public accountants with respect to the Fund within the meaning
of the Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

               1. In our opinion, the statement of assets, liabilities and
capital included in the Registration Statement and audited by us complies as to
form in all respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act, the
1940 Act and the respective rules and regulations thereunder.

               2. For purposes of this letter we have read the minutes of all
meetings of the Shareholders, the Board of Directors and all Committees of the
Board of Directors of the Fund as set forth in the minute books at the offices
of the Fund, officials of the Fund having advised us that the minutes of all
such meetings through __________ ___, 1998, were set forth therein.

               3. Fund officials have advised us that no financial statements as
of any date subsequent to ___________ ___, 1998, are available. We have made
inquiries of certain officials of the Fund who have responsibility for financial
and accounting matters regarding whether there was any change at __________ ___,
1998, in the capital shares or net assets of the Fund as compared with amounts
shown in the __________ ___, 1998 statement of assets, liabilities and capital
included in the Registration Statement, except for changes that the Registration


                                      C-1
<PAGE>

Statement discloses have occurred or may occur. On the basis of our inquiries
and our reading of the minutes as described in Paragraph 3, nothing came to our
attention that caused us to believe that there were any such changes.

               The foregoing procedures do not constitute an audit made in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Accordingly, we make no
representations as to the sufficiency of the foregoing procedures for your
purposes.

               4. This letter is solely for the information of the addressees
and to assist the underwriters in conducting and documenting their investigation
of the affairs of the Fund in connection with the offering of the securities
covered by the Registration Statement, and is not to be used, circulated, quoted
or otherwise referred to within or without the underwriting group for any other
purpose, including but not limited to the registration, purchase or sale of
securities, nor is it to be filed with or referred to in whole or in part in the
Registration Statement or any other document, except that reference may be made
to it in the underwriting agreement or in any list of closing documents
pertaining to the offering of the securities covered by the Registration
Statement.

                                                   Very truly yours,



                                                   -----------------------------














                                      C-2


                                                                Exhibit No. 7(b)

                      AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER AGREEMENT
                               AMONG UNDERWRITERS

                                                                   June 11, 1984

Paine Weber Incorporated
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York  10019


Gentlemen:

      1.  GENERAL.  We  understand  that  PaineWebber  Incorporated  ("PWI")  is
entering into this Agreement in counterparts  with us and other firms who may be
underwriters for issues of securities for which PWI is acting as  Representative
or one of the Representatives of the several underwriters.  This Agreement shall
apply to any offering of securities  in which we elect to act as an  underwriter
after  receipt  of a  telegram,  telex or other  form of  written  communication
("Written  Communication")  from PWI stating the  identity of the issuer and, if
different  from the  issuer,  the  seller or  sellers  of such  securities,  the
securities  proposed to be offered,  whether the  underwriters  are  afforded an
option to purchase additional securities to cover over-allotments,  the price to
underwriters,  public offering price and date,  interest rate, if any, and other
variables,  the amount of our proposed  participation and the names of the other
Representative,  if any, and that our  participation  as an  underwriter  in the
proposed offering shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Upon our
telegraphic  acceptance of such Written Communication we shall become one of the
underwriters   of  such  issue  for  the  amount   specified   in  the   Written
Communication,  and  this  Agreement  shall  become  binding  upon  us  and  the
Representatives  with  respect  to  such  offering.   The  obligations  of  each
underwriter shall be several and not joint. The issuer of the securities offered
in any offering of  securities  made pursuant to this  Agreement is  hereinafter
referred to as the "Company",  and such  securities are  hereinafter  called the
"Securities". The seller or sellers of the Securities (including, if applicable,
the Company) are  hereinafter  referred to  collectively  as the  "Seller".  All
references  herein to "you" or the  "Representatives"  shall include PWI and the
other  firms,  if  any,  which  are  named  as  Representatives  in the  Written
Communication.  The Securities to be offered in any offering may but need not be
registered in a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933 (the "Securities Act"). The following provisions of this Agreement shall
apply separately to each individual offering of Securities.

      2. UNDERWRITING  ARRANGEMENTS.  The Representatives  shall determine which
signatories  to this Agreement  will be invited to become  underwriters  for the
Securities.  Changes may be made by the  Representatives  in those who are to be
underwriters  and in the  respective  amounts of  Securities  to be purchased by
them,  but the amount of  Securities  to be  purchased by us as set forth in the
Written  Communication  to us will not be changed  without our consent except as
provided herein or in the underwriting agreement (the "Underwriting  Agreement")
with the Seller  covering  the  Securities.  We  authorize  you on our behalf to
execute and deliver the Underwriting Agreement in such form as you determine and
to take such action as you deem advisable in connection  with the performance of

<PAGE>

the Underwriting Agreement and this Agreement and the purchase,  carrying,  sale
and  distribution  of the  Securities,  including  the  election to exercise any
option  to  purchase  additional  Securities  to  cover  over-allotments  if  so
provided. The parties on whose behalf you execute the Underwriting Agreement are
hereinafter called the "Underwriters". You may waive performance or satisfaction
by the  Seller of certain  of its  obligations  or  conditions  included  in the
Underwriting Agreement, if in your judgment such waiver will not have a material
adverse effect upon the interests of the Underwriters. It is understood that, if
so specified in the Written  Communication  for the issue,  arrangements  may be
made for the sale of  Securities  by the Seller  pursuant  to  delayed  delivery
contracts.  Such  Securities are  hereinafter  referred to as "Delayed  Delivery
Securities",  and such  contracts as "Delayed  Delivery  Contracts".  References
herein  to  delayed  delivery  and  Delayed  Delivery  Contracts  apply  only to
offerings  in which  delayed  delivery  is  authorized.  The term  "underwriting
obligation",  as used in this Agreement with respect to any  Underwriter,  shall
refer to the principal  amount or number of shares of the Securities  which such
Underwriter  is  obligated  to  purchase  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the
Underwriting Agreement,  without regard to any reduction in such obligation as a
result of Delayed Delivery Contracts which are entered into by the Seller.

      As  compensation  for  your  services  we  will  pay a  management  fee as
specified  in the Written  Communication  for the issue  (without  deduction  in
respect  of  Delayed  Delivery  Securities),  and you  may  charge  our  account
therefor.  If there is more than one  Representative,  such compensation will be
divided among the Representatives in such proportions as they determine.

      3. PROSPECTUS AND REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  You will furnish to us as soon
as possible  copies of the prospectus or  supplemented  prospectus to be used in
connection with the offering of the  Securities.  As used herein with respect to
an offering of Securities  registered  under the  Securities  Act,  "Prospectus"
means the form of prospectus  (including any supplements)  authorized for use in
connection  with  such  offering,   and   "Registration   Statement"  means  the
registration  statement,  as amended, filed under the Securities Act pursuant to
which the  Securities are  registered  under the Securities  Act. As used herein
with respect to an offering of Securities  not  registered  under the Securities
Act,  "Prospectus" or "Registration  Statement" means the form of final offering
circular (including any supplements)  authorized for use in connection with such
offering and "preliminary  prospectus"  means any preliminary  offering circular
authorized for use in connection  with such offering.  We consent to being named
in the prospectus as one of the Underwriters of the Securities.

      4. PUBLIC  OFFERING.  (a) In  connection  with the public  offering of the
Securities, we authorize you, in your discretion

          (i) to determine the time of the initial  public  offering,  to change
      the public  offering  price and the  concessions  and discounts to dealers
      after the  initial  public  offering,  to  furnish  the  Company  with the
      information  to be included in the  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus
      with  respect  to the terms of  offering,  and to  determine  all  matters
      relating to advertising and communications with dealers or others;

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

         (ii)  to  reserve  for  sale  to  dealers  selected  by you  ("Selected
      Dealers")  and to others,  and to  reserve  for sale  pursuant  to Delayed
      Delivery  Contracts  (including Delayed Delivery Contracts arranged by you
      through  Selected  Dealers),  all or any  part  of our  Securities,  which
      reservations  for  sales to  others  and for  sales  pursuant  to  Delayed
      Delivery  Contracts  not arranged  through  Selected  Dealers are to be as
      nearly  as  practicable  in  proportion  to  the  respective  underwriting
      obligations of the Underwriters,  unless you agree to a smaller proportion
      at the request of any  Underwriter,  and such other  reservations to be in
      such  proportions as you determine,  and, from time to time, to add to the
      reserved  Securities any Securities retained by us remaining unsold and to
      release to us any of our Securities reserved but not sold;

        (iii)  to  sell  reserved  Securities,   as  nearly  as  practicable  in
      proportion  to the  respective  reservations,  to Selected  Dealers at the
      public offering price less the Selected Dealers'  concession and to others
      at the public offering price; and

         (iv) to buy  Securities  for our account from  Selected  Dealers at the
      public  offering  price  less such  amount  not in excess of the  Selected
      Dealers' concession as you determine.

      If, in accordance  with the terms of offering set forth in the Prospectus,
the offering of the Securities is not at a fixed price but at varying prices set
by individual  Underwriters  based on market prices or at negotiated prices, the
provisions  of clause  (i) above  relating  to your  right to change  the public
offering  price and  concessions  and discounts to dealers shall not apply,  and
other  references in this Section and elsewhere in this  Agreement to the public
offering  price or  Selected  Dealers'  concession  shall be  deemed to mean the
prices and concessions determined by you from time to time in your discretion.

      Sales of  Securities  between  Underwriters  may be made with  your  prior
consent, or as you deem advisable for Blue Sky purposes.

      After  advice  from  you that  the  Securities  are  released  for  public
offering,  we will offer to the public in conformity  with the terms of offering
set forth in the  Prospectus  such of our  Securities  as you  advise us are not
reserved.

      Any Securities  sold by us (otherwise than through you) which you purchase
in the open market for the account of any Underwriter  will be repurchased by us
on demand at a price  equal to the total  cost of such  purchase  including  any
taxes on redelivery,  commissions,  accrued  interest and dividends.  Securities
delivered  on  such  repurchase  need  not  be  the  identical  certificates  so
purchased.  In lieu of such  action  you  may in your  discretion  sell  for our
account the Securities so purchased and debit or credit our account for the loss
or profit  resulting from such sale, or charge our account with an amount not in
excess of the Selected Dealers' concession with respect to such Securities.

      (b) We authorize you to act on our behalf in making all  arrangements  for
the  solicitation  of offers to purchase  Delayed  Delivery  Securities from the

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

Seller  pursuant  to  Delayed  Delivery  Contracts  and we  agree  that all such
arrangements will be made only through you, directly or through Selected Dealers
(including  Underwriters  acting  as  Selected  Dealers)  to whom  you may pay a
commission as provided in the Prospectus and herein.

      The  obligation  of  each  of the  Underwriters  to  purchase  and pay for
Securities as set forth in the  Underwriting  Agreement  shall be reduced in the
proportion  provided  for  therein,  except that (i) as to any Delayed  Delivery
Contract  determined  by you,  in your  discretion,  to have been  directed  and
allocated by a purchaser to a particular  Underwriter,  such  obligation of such
Underwriters  shall be  reduced by the  amount of  Delayed  Delivery  Securities
covered  thereby,   (ii)  as  to  any  Delayed  Delivery   Contracts  for  which
arrangements  are  made  through  Selected  Dealers,  such  obligation  of  each
Underwriter  shall  be  reduced  as  nearly  as  practicable  in the  proportion
determined by you that the amount of Securities of such Underwriter reserved and
sold pursuant to Delayed  Delivery  Contracts  arranged through Selected Dealers
bears to the total  Securities so reserved and sold,  and (iii) such  reductions
shall be rounded, as you shall determine, to the nearest $1,000 principal amount
or whole share of the Securities.

      The fee  payable to each  Underwriter  with  respect  to Delayed  Delivery
Securities  pursuant  to the  Underwriting  Agreement  shall be  credited to the
account of such  Underwriter  based upon the amount by which such  Underwriter's
underwriting obligation is reduced as specified in the preceding paragraph.

      If the  amount  of  Delayed  Delivery  Securities  applied  to  reduce  an
Underwriter's  underwriting  obligation and the amount of Securities  sold by or
for the account of such  Underwriter  exceeds  such  Underwriter's  underwriting
obligation,  there shall be credited to such Underwriter in connection with such
excess amount of Securities only the amount of the Selected Dealers'  concession
with respect thereto.

      The commissions payable to Selected Dealers in respect of Delayed Delivery
Contracts  arranged  through  them shall be charged to each  Underwriter  in the
proportion which the amount of Securities of such Underwriter  reserved and sold
pursuant to Delayed Delivery  Contracts  arranged through Selected Dealers bears
to the total Securities so reserved and sold.

      5. PAYMENT AND DELIVERY. We authorize you to make payment on our behalf to
the Seller of the  purchase  price of our  Securities,  to take  delivery of our
Securities,  registered as you may direct in order to facilitate deliveries, and
to deliver our reserved  Securities  against sales.  At your request we will pay
you, as you direct,  (i) an amount equal to the public offering price,  less the
selling  concession,  of either our Securities or our  unreserved  Securities or
(ii) the amount set forth or indicated in the Written Communication with respect
to the Securities,  and such payment will be credited to our account and applied
to the payment of the  purchase  price.  After you receive  payment for reserved
Securities  sold for our account,  you will remit to us the  purchase  price (if
any) paid by us for such  Securities  and credit or debit our  account  with the
difference  between the sale prices and the  purchase  price  thereof.  You will
deliver to us our unreserved  Securities  promptly,  and our reserved but unsold
Securities,  against payment of the purchase price therefor  (except in the case
of  Securities  for  which  payment  has  previously  been  made),  as  soon  as
practicable  after the  termination of the provisions  referred to in Section 9,
except that if the aggregate amount of reserved but unsold  Securities upon such

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

termination  does not exceed 10% of the total amount of the Securities,  you may
in your discretion sell such reserved but unsold  Securities for the accounts of
the several Underwriters as soon as practicable after such termination,  at such
prices and in such manner as you determine.  Unless we promptly give you written
instructions otherwise, if transactions in the Securities may be settled through
the  facilities of The  Depository  Trust  Company,  payment for and delivery of
securities  purchased by us will be made through  such  facilities,  if we are a
member,  or if we are not a member,  settlement may be made through our ordinary
correspondent who is a member.

      6. AUTHORITY TO BORROW. In connection with the purchase or carrying of our
Securities or other securities  purchased for our account,  we authorize you, in
your  discretion,  to  advance  your  funds for our  account,  charging  current
interest rates, to arrange loans for our account, and in connection therewith to
execute  and  deliver  any  notes or other  instruments  and hold or  pledge  as
security any of our  Securities  or such other  securities.  Any lender may rely
upon your  instructions in all matters relating to any such loan. Any Securities
or such other  securities held by you for our account may be delivered to us for
carrying purposes, and if so delivered will be redelivered to you upon demand.

      7. STABILIZATION AND OVER-ALLOTMENT. We authorize you, in your discretion,
to make purchases and sales of Securities,  any other  securities of the Company
of the same class and series and any other  securities  of the Company which you
may designate in the open market or  otherwise,  for long or short  account,  on
such terms as you deem  advisable,  and, in arranging  sales,  to over-allot and
cover any such  over-allotment,  at your discretion,  by purchasing  Securities,
exercising  the  over-allotment   option,  if  any,  indicated  in  the  Written
Communication,  or both.  Such purchases and sales and  over-allotments  will be
made for the accounts of the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion
to their respective underwriting obligations. It is understood that you may have
made  purchases of securities of the Company for  stabilizing  purposes prior to
the  time  when  we  become  one of the  Underwriters,  and we  agree  that  any
securities  so  purchased  shall be treated  as having  been  purchased  for the
respective accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the foregoing authorization.
We  authorize  you, in your  discretion,  to cover any short  position  incurred
pursuant  to this  Section by  purchasing  securities  on such terms as you deem
advisable.  At no time will our net commitment under the foregoing provisions of
this Section exceed 15% of our underwriting  obligation.  Solely for purposes of
the immediately  preceding  sentence,  our  "underwriting  obligation"  shall be
deemed to exclude any  Securities  which we are obligated to purchase  solely by
virtue of the exercise of an over-allotment option. We will on demand take up at
cost  any  securities  so  purchased  and  deliver  any  securities  so  sold or
over-allotted  for our account,  and, if any other  Underwriter  defaults in its
corresponding  obligation,  we  will  assume  our  proportionate  share  of such
obligation  without  relieving the defaulting  Underwriter from liability.  Upon
request, we will advise you of the Securities retained by us and unsold and will
sell to you  for the  account  of one or  more of the  Underwriters  such of our
unsold  Securities  and at such  price,  not less than the net price to Selected
Dealers nor more than the public offering price, as you determine.

      8. OPEN MARKET  TRANSACTIONS.  We and you agree not to bid for,  purchase,
attempt to induce  others to  purchase,  or sell,  directly or  indirectly,  any
Securities, any other securities of the Company of the same class and series and
any other  securities of the Company which you may designate,  except as brokers

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

pursuant to unsolicited orders and as otherwise  provided in this Agreement.  If
the Securities are common stock or securities  convertible into common stock, we
and you also  agree  not to  effect,  or  attempt  to induce  others to  effect,
directly or indirectly,  any  transactions in or relating to put or call options
on any stock of the Company,  except to the extent permitted by Rule 10b-6 under
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act") as interpreted by the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  An opening uncovered writing transaction in
options to acquire Securities for our account or for the account of any customer
shall be deemed,  for purposes of the  preceding  sentence,  to be a transaction
effected by us in or relating to put or call options on stock of the Company not
permitted by Rule 10b-6. The term "opening uncovered writing  transaction" means
an opening sale  transaction  where the seller  intends to become a writer of an
option to purchase stock which it does not own or have the right to acquire upon
exercise of conversion or option rights.

      9.  TERMINATION  AS TO  AN  OFFERING.  The  provisions  of  the  last  two
paragraphs of Section 4(a),  the first sentence of Section 7, and Section 8 will
terminate  at the close of business on the  thirtieth  day after the date of the
initial  public  offering  of  the  Securities,   unless  sooner  terminated  as
hereinafter  provided.  You may terminate  such provision as to such offering at
any time by notice to us to the  effect  that the  offering  provisions  of this
Agreement as to such offering are terminated.

      10. EXPENSES AND SETTLEMENT.  You may charge our account with any transfer
taxes on sales made by you of Securities  purchased by us under the Underwriting
Agreement  and with  our  proportionate  shares  (based  upon  our  underwriting
obligation)  of all other  expenses  incurred by you under this  Agreement or in
connection with the purchase,  carrying, sale or distribution of the Securities.
The  accounts  hereunder  will be settled as promptly as  practicable  after the
termination of the provisions referred to in Section 9, but you may reserve such
amount as you deem advisable for additional expenses.  Your determination of the
amount  to be  paid to or by us will be  conclusive.  You may at any  time  make
partial  distributions of credit balances or call for payment of debit balances.
Any of our  funds in your  hands may be held with  your  general  funds  without
accountability  for interest.  Notwithstanding  any  settlement,  we will remain
liable for any taxes on  transfers  for our account,  and for our  proportionate
share (based upon our  underwriting  obligation) of all expenses and liabilities
which may be incurred by or for the accounts of the Underwriters.

      11. DEFAULT BY UNDERWRITERS. Default by one or more Underwriters hereunder
or under the Underwriting Agreement will not release the other Underwriters from
their  obligations or affect the liability of any defaulting  Underwriter to the
other  Underwriters  for damages  resulting  from such  default.  If one or more
Underwriters default under the Underwriting  Agreement,  you may arrange for the
purchase by others,  including  nondefaulting  Underwriters,  of Securities  not
taken up by the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters.

      12. POSITION OF REPRESENTATIVES.  You will be under no liability to us for
any act or omission except for obligations  expressly assumed by you herein, and
no obligations on your part will be implied or inferred herefrom. Your authority
hereunder and under the  Underwriting  Agreement may be exercised by you jointly
or by PWI. The rights and  liabilities of the  Underwriters  are several and not
joint, and nothing will constitute the  Underwriters a partnership,  association
or separate entity.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

      If for Federal  income tax purposes the  Underwriters  should be deemed to
constitute a partnership  then each  Underwriter  elects to be excluded from the
application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1954, as amended.  You, as Representatives of the several  Underwriters,  are
authorized,  in your discretion,  to execute on behalf of the Underwriters  such
evidence of such election as may be required by the Internal Revenue Service.

      13.  INDEMNIFICATION.  We will  indemnify  and hold  harmless  each  other
Underwriter and each person,  if any, who controls such  Underwriter  within the
meaning  of Section  15 of the  Securities  Act to the extent and upon the terms
upon which each Underwriter agrees to indemnify the Company and any other Seller
in the Underwriting Agreement.

      14.  CONTRIBUTION.  Each  Underwriter  (including  you) will pay upon your
request, as contribution,  its proportionate  share, based upon its underwriting
obligation,  of any losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities,  joint or several,
paid or incurred by any  Underwriter  to any person  other than an  Underwriter,
arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
any material fact contained in the Registration Statement,  the Prospectus,  any
amendment or  supplement  thereto or any related  preliminary  prospectus or any
other  selling  or  advertising   material  approved  by  you  for  use  by  the
Underwriters in connection  with the sale of the Securities,  or the omission or
alleged  omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue
statement or alleged  untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission made in
reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the
Company  by an  Underwriter  specifically  for use  therein);  and will pay such
proportionate share of any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by you or
with your consent in connection with investigating or defending against any such
loss,  claim,  damage or liability,  or any action or proceeding  (including any
action or proceeding  brought by a governmental  or regulatory  body) in respect
thereof.  In determining the amount of any  Underwriter's  obligation under this
Section,  appropriate  adjustment  may be made  by you to  reflect  any  amounts
received  by any one or more  Underwriters  in  respect  of such  claim from the
Company or any other Seller pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or otherwise.
There  shall be  credited  against  any amount paid or payable by us pursuant to
this Section any loss, damage, liability or expense which is incurred by us as a
result of any such claim asserted against us, and if such loss,  claim,  damage,
liability or expense is incurred by us  subsequent to any payment by us pursuant
to this Section,  appropriate  provision shall be made to effect such credit, by
refund or otherwise.  If any such claim is asserted, you may take such action in
connection therewith as you deem necessary or desirable,  including retention of
counsel for the  Underwriters,  and in your discretion  separate counsel for any
particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters,  and the fees and disbursements
of any counsel so  retained  by you shall be  included  in the  amounts  payable
pursuant  to this  Section.  In  determining  amounts  payable  pursuant to this
Section,  any loss, claim,  damage,  liability or expense incurred by any person
controlling any  Underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
Act which has been  incurred  by reason of such  control  relationship  shall be
deemed to have been incurred by such  Underwriter.  Any Underwriter may elect to
retain at its own  expense  its own  counsel.  You may  settle or consent to the
settlement  of any such claim,  on advice of counsel  retained by you,  with the
approval of a majority in interest  of the  Underwriters.  Whenever  you receive
notice of the  assertion  of any claim to which the  provisions  of this Section
would be applicable,  you will give prompt notice  thereof to each  Underwriter.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

You will also furnish each Underwriter with periodic  reports,  at such times as
you deem appropriate, as to the status of such claim and the action taken by you
in connection  therewith.  If any Underwriter or  Underwriters  default in their
obligation  to  make  any  payments  under  this  Section,   each  nondefaulting
Underwriter shall be obligated to pay its  proportionate  share of all defaulted
payments,  based upon such Underwriter's  underwriting  obligation as related to
the underwriting obligations of all nondefaulting Underwriters.

      15.  REPORTS  AND BLUE SKY  MATTERS.  We  authorize  you to file  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and any other governmental agency any reports
required in  connection  with any  transactions  effected by you for our account
pursuant to this Agreement,  and we will furnish any information needed for such
reports.  If you effect  stabilizing  purchases  pursuant to Section 7, you will
notify us promptly of the initiation and termination  thereof.  If stabilization
is  effected  we will file  with you,  c/o PWI,  not later  than the fifth  full
business day following the termination of stabilization,  any report required to
be filed  pursuant to Rule 17a-2 under the  Exchange  Act. You will not have any
responsibility  with respect to the right of any  Underwriter or other person to
sell the Securities in any jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information you may
furnish in that connection.

      16.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  AGREEMENTS.  (a) You  represent  that you are a
member in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
(the "NASD"),  and we represent  that we are either a member in good standing of
the NASD or a foreign  dealer  not  eligible  for  membership.  If we are such a
member we agree that in making  sale of the  Securities  we will comply with all
applicable  rules  of  the  NASD,  including,  without  limitation,  the  NASD's
interpretation  with Respect to Free-Riding  and  Withholding  and Section 24 of
Article III of the Rules of Fair Practice.  If we are such a foreign dealer,  we
agree not to offer or sell any Securities in the United States of America except
through  you and in making  sales of  Securities  outside  the United  States of
America we agree to comply as though we were a member  with such  interpretation
and  Sections 8, 24 and 36 of Article III of the NASD's  Rules of Fair  Practice
and to comply with  Section 25 of such  Article III as it applies to a nonmember
broker or dealer in a foreign country.

      (b)  We  understand  that  it  is  our   responsibility   to  examine  the
Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus,  any amendment or supplement  thereto
relating to the offering of the Securities,  any preliminary  prospectus and the
material,  if any,  incorporated  by reference  therein and we will  familiarize
ourselves  with the terms of the  Securities and the other terms of the offering
thereof  which  are  to  be  reflected  in  the   Prospectus   and  the  Written
Communication  with respect  thereto.  You are authorized,  with the approval of
counsel  for the  Underwriters,  to  approve on our  behalf  any  amendments  or
supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

      (c) We confirm  that the  information  that we have given or are deemed to
have given in response  to the Master  Underwriters'  Questionnaire  attached as
Exhibit A hereto (which information has been furnished to the Company for use in
the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus) is correct.  We will notify you
immediately of any  development  before the  termination of this Agreement under
Section 9 as to the offering of the Securities  which makes untrue or incomplete
any  information  that we have given or are deemed to have given in  response to
the Master Underwriters' Questionnaire.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

      (d) Unless we have promptly notified you in writing otherwise, our name as
it  should  appear  in the  Prospectus  and our  address  are set  forth  on the
signature page hereof.

      (e)(i) If the Securities are being registered under the Securities Act, we
      represent  that we are  familiar  with Rule 15c2-8  under the Exchange Act
      relating to the  distribution  of preliminary and final  prospectuses  and
      agree that we will comply  therewith;  we agree to keep an accurate record
      of the distribution (including dates, number of copies and persons to whom
      sent) by us of copies of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any
      preliminary  prospectus  (or any  amendment or supplement to any thereof),
      and promptly upon request by you, to bring all  subsequent  changes to the
      attention of anyone to whom such material shall have been distributed; and
      we agree to furnish to persons who receive a  confirmation  of sale a copy
      of the  Prospectus  filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 424(c) under the
      Securities Act.

          (ii) If the  Securities  will not be registered  under the  Securities
      Act, we agree that we will  deliver  all  preliminary  and final  offering
      circulars required for compliance with the applicable laws and regulations
      governing the use and distribution of offering  circulars by underwriters,
      and, to the extent  consistent with such laws and regulations,  we confirm
      that we have delivered and agree that we will deliver all  preliminary and
      final offering circulars which would be required if the provisions of Rule
      15c2-8 under the Exchange Act applied to this offering.

      (f) If the Securities are being  registered  under the Securities  Act, we
agree that, if we are advised by you that the Company was not, immediately prior
to the filing of the  Registration  Statement,  subject to the  requirements  of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange  Act, we will not,  without your consent,
sell any of the  Securities  to an account over which we exercise  discretionary
authority.

      17.  MISCELLANEOUS.  (a) This  Agreement may be terminated by either party
hereto upon five business days' written notice to the other party; PROVIDED that
with respect to any offering of Securities for which a Written Communication was
sent by you and accepted by us prior to such notice, this Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect as to such offering and shall terminate with respect to
such offering in accordance with the provisions of Section 9. This Agreement may
be  supplemented or amended by you by written notice thereof to us, and any such
supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective with respect to any
offering of  securities to which this  Agreement  applies after the date of such
supplement or amendment.  Each reference to "this  Agreement"  herein shall,  as
appropriate, be to this Agreement as so amended and supplemented.

      (a) This  Agreement  and the terms and  conditions  set forth  herein with
respect to any offering of Securities together with such supplementary terms and
conditions  with  respect to such  offering as may be  contained  in any Written

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

Communication  from you to us in connection  therewith shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.


                                     Very truly yours,



                                    (Name of Firm)

                                    By
                                      -----------------------

Confirmed, as of the date first above written

PAINE WEBBER INCORPORATED


By
  -----------------------
      Vice President


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                            PaineWebber Incorporated
                       MASTER UNDERWRITERS' QUESTIONNAIRE


      The terms used herein and not  otherwise  defined  shall have the meanings
assigned thereto in the Amended and Restated Master Agreement Among Underwriters
dated June 11, 1984, between you and PaineWebber Incorporated ("PWI"). Reference
will be  made  to  this  Master  Underwriters'  Questionnaire  in  each  Written
Communication  described  in  Section  I of  the  Amended  and  Restated  Master
Agreement  Among  Underwriters  received  by you  from  PWI in  connection  with
offerings of securities in which PWI is acting as  Representative or the manager
of the Representatives of the several Underwriters.  Your telegraphic acceptance
of any such Written  Communication  should respond to this Master  Underwriters'
Questionnaire.

      Except  as  indicated  in  your  telegraphic  acceptance  of  our  Written
Communication with respect to the Securities:

      (1) neither you nor any of your  directors,  officers,  partners or branch
managers  has (nor have you or they had within the last three  years) a material
relationship (as "material" is defined in Regulation C under the Securities Act)
with the Company or its parent (if any), nor are you an affiliate of (within the
meaning of the By-laws of the NASD),  controlled by, controlling or under common
control with the Company;

      (2) neither you nor any of your  partners,  officers,  directors or branch
managers,  separately or as a group, owns of record or beneficially more than 5%
of any class of voting securities of the Company or its parent (if any);

      (3) if the  Securities are to be issued under an indenture to be qualified
under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939;

      (a)  neither  you nor any of your  directors,  officers  or partners is an
      affiliate  (as defined in Rule 0-2 under the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939)
      of the  Trustee,  or its parent (if any) and  neither  the Trustee nor its
      parent (if any) nor any of their  directors  or  executive  officers  is a
      director,  officer,  partner,  employee,  appointee or  representative  of
      yours;

      (b) neither you nor any of your directors, partners or executive officers,
      separately or as a group,  owns  beneficially more than 1% of any class of
      voting securities of the Trustee or its parent (if any); and

      (c) if you are a  corporation,  you do not have  outstanding  nor have you
      assumed or guaranteed  any  securities  otherwise  than in your  corporate
      name,  and neither the Trustee nor its parent (if any) is a holder of such
      securities;


                                      A-1
<PAGE>

      (4) other than as is, or is to be, stated in the  Registration  Statement,
the PWI  Amended and  Restated  Master  Agreement  Among  Underwriters,  the PWI
Amended and Restated  Master  Selected  Dealer  Agreement,  or the  Underwriting
Agreement relating to the proposed  offering,  you do not know of or have reason
to believe that (a) there are any discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid
to  underwriters  or any  other  items  that  would  be  deemed  by the  NASD to
constitute  underwriting  compensation  for purposes of the NASD's Rules of Fair
Practice,  (b) there are any discounts or  commissions  to be allowed or paid to
dealers,  including all cash, securities,  contracts, or other considerations to
be received by any dealer in  connection  with the sale of the  Securities,  (c)
there is an  intention  to  over-allot  or (d) the price of any  security may be
stabilized to facilitate the offering of the Securities;

      (5) your proposed  commitment to purchase  Securities will not result in a
violation of the financial  responsibility  requirements of Section  15(c)(3) of
the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, including Rule 15c3-1,
or any  provisions  of the  applicable  rules of the  NASD or of any  securities
exchange to which you are subject or any  restrictions  imposed  upon you by the
NASD or any such exchange;

      (6) neither  you nor any  related  person (as defined by the NASD) has (a)
purchased any warrants,  options or other  securities of the Company  within the
preceding 12 months or (b) had any other  dealings  with the Company  within the
preceding 12 months as to which documents or other information is required to be
furnished to the NASD, and, except as stated in the Registration Statement,  you
have no knowledge of any private  placement of the Company's  Securities  within
the preceding 18 months;

      (7) you  have  not  prepared  nor had  prepared  for  you  any  report  or
memorandum  for external  use in  connection  with the proposed  offering of the
Securities,  and if the  Registration  Statement  is on Form  S-1,  you have not
prepared any engineering, management or similar reports or memoranda relating to
broad aspects of the business,  operations or products of the Company within the
past 12 months (except for reports solely comprised of  recommendations  to buy,
sell or hold the  securities of the Company,  unless such  recommendations  have
changed within the past six months).  (If any such report or memorandum has been
prepared  furnish to PWI (a) four copies  thereof and (b) a statement  as to the
actual or proposed  use,  identifying  (i) each class of persons  (institutional
mailing  lists,  retail  clients,  etc.) who have  received or will  receive the
report or memorandum,  (ii) the number of copies  distributed to each such class
and (iii) the period of distribution.);

      (8) if the  Written  Communication  states  that the Company is subject to
regulation  under the Public Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935 (the "Holding
Company  Act"),  you  are  not a  "holding  company",  or an  "affiliate",  or a
"subsidiary company" of a "public utility company" or "holding company", each as
defined in the Holding Company Act; and

      (9) if the  Written  Communication  states  that the Company is subject to
regulation under the Holding Company Act, to the best of your knowledge, you are
not a party to any  proceeding  being  conducted by the  Securities and Exchange

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

Commission  pursuant to any of the Acts administered by it, which is required to
be  disclosed  in the  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus  or  which  would
disqualify you from purchasing the Securities.










                                      A-3

<PAGE>

                    [Letterhead of PaineWebber Incorporated]

                                     NOTICE
                                     ------

To:  All persons party with PaineWebber
     Incorporated ("PaineWebber") to the
     Amended and Restated Master Agreement
     Among Underwriters (the "Agreement")
     dated June 11, 1984

     Pursuant to Section 17(a) of the Agreement, PaineWebber hereby notifies you
that effective as of this date, the following provisions of the Agreement are
amended:

          (1)  The fifth sentence of Section 7 is hereby amended by deleting the
               percentage "15%" and inserting in its place "20%" so, that as so
               amended, such sentence shall read in its entirety as follows: "At
               no time will our net commitment under the foregoing provisions of
               this Section exceed 20% of our underwriting obligation."

(2) The first sentence of Section 9 is hereby amended by deleting the word
"thirtieth" and inserting in its place the word "forty fifth" so, that as so
amended, such sentence shall read in its entirety as follows: "The provisions of
the last two paragraphs of Section 4(a), the first sentece of Section 7, and
Section 8 will terminate at the close of business on the forty fifth day after
the date of the initial public offering of the Securities, unless sooner
terminated as hereinafter provided."

     Please acknowledge your receipt of this Notice by signing the enclosed copy
of this Notice where indicated and returning it to: PaineWebber Incorporated,
1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attention: _____________

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED


                                   By:_____________________


Acknowledged and Received:


_________________________
  [Print Name of Firm]


By:______________________
Title:

                                                                Exhibit No. 7(c)

              AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER SELECTED DEALER AGREEMENT

                                                                   June 11, 1984

Paine Webber Incorporated
1285 Avenue of Americas
New York, New York  10019


Gentlemen:

      1. GENERAL. We understand that PaineWebber Incorporated ("PW") is entering
into this  Agreement  with us and other  firms who may be  offered  the right to
purchase as principal a portion of securities  being  distributed to the public.
The terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement  shall be applicable to any public
offering of securities  ("Securities") wherein PW (acting for its own account or
for  the  account  of  any  underwriting  or  similar  group  or  syndicate)  is
responsible for managing or otherwise implementing the sale of the Securities to
selected dealers  ("Selected  Dealers") and has expressly  informed us that such
terms and conditions shall be applicable.  Any such offering of Securities to us
as a Selected  Dealer is hereinafter  called an  "Offering".  In the case of any
Offering in which you are acting for the account of any  underwriting or similar
group or syndicate ("Underwriters"),  the terms and conditions of this Agreement
shall be for the benefit of, and binding upon, such Underwriters,  including, in
the case of any Offering in which you are acting with others as  representatives
of Underwriters,  such other representatives.  The term "preliminary prospectus"
means,  in the case of an Offering  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Securities  Act"), any preliminary  prospectus  relating to an Offering of
Securities or any preliminary  prospectus  supplement together with a prospectus
relating  to an  Offering of  Securities  and,  in the case of an  Offering  not
registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary  offering circular relating
to an Offering of Securities or any  preliminary  offering  circular  supplement
together with an offering  circular  relating to an Offering of Securities;  the
term  "Prospectus"  means  in the  case  of an  Offering  registered  under  the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"), the prospectus, together with the
final prospectus  supplement,  if any,  relating to such Offering of Securities,
filed  pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 424(c) under the  Securities  Act and, in
the case of an Offering  not  registered  under the  Securities  Act,  the final
offering  circular,  including  any  supplements,  relating to such  Offering of
Securities.

      2. CONDITIONS OF OFFERING;  ACCEPTANCE AND PURCHASE.  Any Offering will be
subject to delivery of the Securities and their  acceptance by you and any other
Underwriters  may be subject to the approval of all legal matters by counsel and
the  satisfaction  of  other  conditions,  and  may  be  made  on the  basis  of
reservation of Securities or an allotment against subscription.  You will advise
us  by  telegram,  telex  or  other  form  of  written  communication  ("Written
Communication") of the particular method and supplementary  terms and conditions
(including,  without limitation,  the information as to prices and offering date
referred  to in  Section  3(b))  of any  Offering  in which  we are  invited  to
participate.   To  the  extent  such  supplementary  terms  and  conditions  are
inconsistent  with  any  provision  herein,  such  terms  and  conditions  shall
supersede any such  provision.  Unless  otherwise  indicated in any such Written
Communication,  acceptances and other  communications  by us with respect to any


<PAGE>

Offering  should  be  sent  to  PaineWebber  Incorporated,  1285  Avenue  of the
Americas,  New York,  New York  10019.  You  reserve  the  right to  reject  any
acceptance in whole or in part. Payment for Securities  purchased by us is to be
made at such office as you may designate,  at the public offering price,  or, if
you shall so advise us, at such price less the  concession  to dealers or at the
price set forth or  indicated  in a Written  Communication,  on such date as you
shall determine,  on one day's prior notice to us, by certified or official bank
check in New York  Clearing  House  funds  payable  to the order of  PaineWebber
Incorporated,  against delivery of certificates  evidencing such Securities.  If
payment is made for Securities purchased by us at the public offering price, the
concession to which we shall be entitled will be paid to us upon  termination of
the provisions of Section 3(b) with respect to such Securities.

      Unless  we  promptly   give  you  written   instructions   otherwise,   if
transactions  in the  Securities  may be settled  through the  facilities of The
Depository Trust Company, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by us
will be made  through  such  facilities  if we are a member,  or if we are not a
member,  settlement  may be made  through our  ordinary  correspondent  who is a
member.

      3. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS. (a) PROSPECTUSES. You shall
provide  us with  such  number of copies  of each  preliminary  prospectus,  the
Prospectus  and any  supplement  thereto  relating  to each  Offering  as we may
reasonably  request.  If the Securities will be registered  under the Securities
Act, we represent  that we are familiar  with Rule 15c2-8 under the Exchange Act
relating to the  distribution  of preliminary and final  prospectuses  and agree
that we will  comply  therewith;  we agree  to keep an  accurate  record  of our
distribution  (including  dates,  number of copies and  persons to whom sent) of
copies of the  Prospectus  or any  preliminary  prospectus  (or any amendment or
supplement  to any  thereof),  and  promptly  upon  request by you, to bring all
subsequent  changes to the attention of anyone to whom such material  shall have
been furnished; and we agree to furnish to persons who receive a confirmation of
sale a copy of the Prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 424(c) under
the  Securities  Act.  If the  Securities  will  not  be  registered  under  the
Securities Act, we agree that we will deliver all preliminary and final offering
circulars  required for  compliance  with the  applicable  laws and  regulations
governing the use and  distribution of the offering  circulars by  underwriters,
and, to the extent consistent with such laws and regulations, we confirm that we
have delivered and agree that we will deliver all preliminary and final offering
circulars  which would be required if the  provisions  of Rule l5c2-8  under the
Exchange Act applied to this offering. We agree that in purchasing Securities in
an Offering we will rely upon no statements  whatsoever,  written or oral, other
than the  statements  in the  Prospectus  delivered to us by you. We will not be
authorized  by the issuer or other seller of  Securities  offered  pursuant to a
Prospectus  or by any  Underwriters  to give  any  information  or to  make  any
representation  not contained in the  Prospectus in connection  with the sale of
such Securities.

      (b)  OFFER  AND  SALE OF THE  PUBLIC.  With  respect  to any  Offering  of
Securities, you will inform us by a Written Communication of the public offering
price, the selling concession,  the reallowance (if any) to dealers and the time
when we may  commence  selling  Securities  to the  public.  After  such  public
offering has commenced,  you may change the public offering  price,  the selling
concession  and the  reallowance  to dealers.  With respect to each  Offering of
Securities,  until the  provisions  of this  Section  3(b)  shall be  terminated
pursuant  to Section 4, we agree to offer  Securities  to the public only at the

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

public offering price,  except that if a reallowance is in effect, a reallowance
from the public offering price not in excess of such  reallowance may be allowed
as  consideration  for  services  rendered  in  distribution  to dealers who are
actually engaged in the investment banking or securities  business,  who execute
the written agreement prescribed by Section 24(c) of Article III of the Rules of
Fair  Practice of the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc. (the
"NASD"),  and who are  either  members in good  standing  of the NASD or foreign
brokers or dealers not eligible for  membership  in the NASD who represent to us
that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the public offering price and
will abide by the  conditions  with  respect to foreign  brokers and dealers set
forth in Section 3(e).

      (c)  STABILIZATION  AND  OVER-ALLOTMENT.  You  may,  with  respect  to any
Offering, be authorized to over-allot in arranging sales to Selected Dealers, to
purchase  and  sell  Securities,  any  other  securities  of the  issuer  of the
Securities of the same class and series and any other  securities of such issuer
that you may  designate  for long or short  account and to stabilize or maintain
the  market  price of the  Securities.  We agree to advise you from time to time
upon request,  prior to the  termination of the provisions of Section 3 (b) with
respect to any Offering,  of the amount of Securities  purchased by us hereunder
remaining  unsold and we will, upon your request,  sell to you, for the accounts
of the  Underwriters,  such amount of  Securities as you may  designate,  at the
public  offering  price  thereof less an amount to be  determined  by you not in
excess of the concession to dealers. In the event that prior to the later of (i)
the  termination of the provisions of Section 3(b) with respect to any Offering,
or (ii) the covering by you of any short  position  created by you in connection
with such Offering for your account or the account of one or more  Underwriters,
you purchase or contract to purchase for the account of any of the Underwriters,
in the open market or otherwise, any Securities theretofore delivered to us, you
reserve the right to withhold the above-mentioned  concession to dealers on such
Securities if sold to us at the public offering price, or if such concession has
been allowed to us through our  purchase at a net price,  we agree to repay such
commission  upon  your  demand,  plus in each  case  any  taxes  on  redelivery,
commissions,  accrued  interest  and  dividends  paid in  connection  with  such
purchase or contract to purchase.

      (d) OPEN MARKET TRANSACTIONS.  We agree not to bid for, purchase,  attempt
to  purchase,  or sell,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  Securities,  any  other
securities  of the issuer of the  Securities of the same class and series or any
other securities of such issuer as you may designate, except as brokers pursuant
to  unsolicited  orders and as  otherwise  provided  in this  Agreement.  If the
Securities  are common stock or securities  convertible  into common  stock,  we
agree not to  effect,  or  attempt  to  induce  others to  effect,  directly  or
indirectly,  any transactions in or relating to put or call options on any stock
of such issuer,  except to the extent permitted by Rule 10b-6 under the Exchange
Act as  interpreted  by the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  An  opening
uncovered writing  transaction in options to acquire  Securities for our account
or for the  account  of any  customer  shall  be  deemed,  for  purposes  of the
preceding sentence,  to be a transaction effected by us in or relating to put or
call  options on stock of the Company  not  permitted  by Rule  10b-6.  The term
"opening uncovered writing  transaction" means an opening sale transaction where
the seller  intends to become a writer of an option to  purchase  stock which it
does not own or have the right to acquire upon  exercise of conversion or option
rights.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

      (e) NASD.  We  represent  that we are actually  engaged in the  investment
banking or  securities  business and we are either a member in good  standing of
the  NASD,  or,  if not  such a  member,  a  foreign  dealer  not  eligible  for
membership.  If we are  such a  member  we  agree  that in  making  sales of the
Securities  we will comply  with all  applicable  rules of the NASD,  including,
without  limitation,  the NASD's  Interpretation  with Respect to Fee-Riding and
Withholding  and Section 24 of Article III of the Rules of Fair Practice.  If we
are such a foreign  dealer,  we agree not to offer or sell any Securities in the
United  States of America  except  through you and in making sales of Securities
outside  the  United  States of  America  we agree to comply as though we were a
member with such  Interpretation and Sections 8, 24 and 36 of Article III of the
NASD's Rules of Fair  Practice and to comply with Section 25 of such Article III
as it applies to a nonmember broker or dealer in a foreign country.

      (f)  RELATIONSHIP  AMONG  UNDERWRITERS AND SELECTED  DEALERS.  You may buy
Securities  from or sell  Securities to any  Underwriter or Selected Dealer and,
with your  consent,  the  Underwriters  (if any) and the  Selected  Dealers  may
purchase  Securities  from  and sell  Securities  to each  other  at the  public
offering price less all or any part of the concession.  We are not authorized to
act as agent for you or any  Underwriter  or the  issuer or other  seller of any
Securities in offering Securities to the public or otherwise.  Nothing contained
herein or in any Written  Communication  from you shall  constitute the Selected
Dealers  partners with you or any  Underwriter or with one another.  Neither you
nor any  Underwriter  shall be under any obligation to us except for obligations
assumed hereby or in any Written  Communication  from you in connection with any
Offering.  In connection  with any Offering,  we agree to pay our  proportionate
share of any  claim,  demand or  liability  asserted  against  us, and the other
Selected  Dealers or any of them,  or against you or the  Underwriters,  if any,
based on any claim  that such  Selected  Dealers  or any of them  constitute  an
association, unincorporated business or other separate entity, including in each
case our  proportionate  share of any expense incurred in defending  against any
such claim, demand or liability.

      (g) BLUE SKY LAWS.  Upon  application to you, you will inform us as to the
jurisdictions  in which you believe the Securities  have been qualified for sale
under the  respective  securities of "blue sky" laws of such  jurisdictions.  We
understand and agree that  compliance  with the securities or "blue sky" laws in
each jurisdiction in which we shall offer or sell any of the Securities shall be
our sole  responsibility and that you assume no responsibility or obligations as
to the  eligibility  of the  Securities  for  sale  or our  right  to  sell  the
Securities in any jurisdiction.

      (h) COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. We agree that in selling  Securities  pursuant to
any  Offering  (which  agreement  shall also be for the benefit of the issuer or
other seller of such  Securities) we will comply with the applicable  provisions
of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, the applicable rules and regulations
of the Securities and Exchange Commission  thereunder,  the applicable rules and
regulations  of the  NASD  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of any
securities exchange having  jurisdiction over the Offering.  You shall have full
authority  to take  such  action as you may deem  advisable  in  respect  of all
matters  pertaining to any Offering.  Neither you nor any  Underwriter  shall be
under any  liability  to us,  except for lack of good faith and for  obligations
expressly assumed by you in this Agreement;  PROVIDED,  however, that nothing in
this sentence  shall be deemed to relieve you from any liability  imposed by the
Securities Act.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

      4.  TERMINATION;   SUPPLEMENTS  AND  AMENDMENTS.  This  agreement  may  be
terminated by either party hereto upon five business days' written notice to the
other  party;  PROVIDED  that with  respect to any  Offering for which a Written
Communication  was sent and accepted prior to such notice,  this Agreement as it
applies  to such  Offering  shall  remain  in full  force and  effect  and shall
terminate with respect to such Offering in accordance  with the last sentence of
this Section.  This Agreement may be  supplemented  or amended by you by written
notice  thereof to us, and any such  supplement  or amendment to this  Agreement
shall be effective with respect to any Offering to which this Agreement  applies
after  the  date of such  supplement  or  amendment.  Each  reference  to  "this
Agreement" herein shall, as appropriate,  be to this Agreement as so amended and
supplemented.  The terms and  conditions set forth in Sections 3(b) and (d) with
regard to any Offering will  terminate at the close of business on the thirtieth
day after the date of the initial  public  offering of the  Securities  to which
such Offering relates, but such terms and conditions,  upon notice to us, may be
terminated by you at any time.

      5.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding on, and inure
to the benefit of, the parties  hereto and other persons  specified or indicated
in Section 1, and the respective successors and assigns of each of them.

      6.  GOVERNING LAW. This  Agreement and the terms and  conditions set forth
herein with respect to any Offering together with such  supplementary  terms and
conditions  with  respect to such  Offering as may be  contained  in any Written
Communication  from you to us in connection  therewith shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

      By signing  this  Agreement we confirm  that our  subscription  to, or our
acceptance of any reservation  of, any Securities  pursuant to an Offering shall
constitute (i) acceptance of and agreement to other terms and conditions of this
Agreement (as  supplemented and amended pursuant to Section 4) together with and
subject to any  supplementary  terms and  conditions  contained  in any  Written
Communication  from you in  connection  with such  Offering,  all of which shall
constitute  a  binding  agreement  between  us  and  you,   individually  or  as
representative of any Underwriters,  (ii) confirmation that our  representations
and  warranties  set forth in  Section 3 are true and  correct  at that time and
(iii)  confirmation  that our agreements set forth in Sections 2 and 3 have been
and  will be fully  performed  by us to the  extent  and at the  times  required
thereby.

                                Very truly yours,

                                (Name of Firm)

                                By
                                  -------------------

Confirmed, as of the date first above written.

PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED.

By
  ---------------------
      Vice President

<PAGE>

                    [Letterhead of PaineWebber Incorporated]

                                     NOTICE
                                     ------

To:  All persons party with
     PaineWebber Incorporated ("PaineWebber")
     to the Amended and Restated Master Selected
     Dealer Agreement (the "Agreement"),
     dated June 11, 1984

     Pursuant to Section 4 of the Agreement, PaineWebber hereby notifies you
that effective as of this date, the following provision of the Agreement is
amended:

          The fourth  sentence of Section 4 is hereby  amended by  deleting  the
          word "thirtieth" and inserting in its place the word "forty-fifth" so,
          that as so  amended,  such  sentence  shall  read in its  entirety  as
          follows:  "The terms and conditions set forth in Sections 3(b) and (d)
          with regard to any Offering will terminate at the close of business on
          the forty fifth day after the date of the initial  public  offering of
          the  Securities  to which such  Offering  relates,  but such terms and
          conditions, upon notice to us, may be terminated by you at any time."

     Please acknowledge your receipt of this Notice by signing the enclosed copy
of this Notice where indicated and returning it to: PaineWebber Incorporated,
1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attention: _____________

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED


                                   By:_____________________


Acknowledged and Received:


_________________________
  [Print Name of Firm]


By:______________________
Title:

                                                                   Exhibit No. 9

                               CUSTODIAN CONTRACT


      This  Contract  between  Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc., a  corporation
organized and existing under the laws of Maryland, having its principal place of
business at 1285 Avenue of the Americas,  New York,  New York 10019  hereinafter
called the "Fund",  and State  Street Bank and Trust  Company,  a  Massachusetts
trust company,  having its principal  place of business at 225 Franklin  Street,
Boston, Massachusetts, 02110, hereinafter called the "Custodian",

      WITNESSETH:   That  in   consideration   of  the  mutual   covenants  and
agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


1.    EMPLOYMENT OF CUSTODIAN AND PROPERTY TO BE HELD BY IT
      -----------------------------------------------------

      The Fund hereby  employs the  Custodian  as the  custodian  of its assets,
including  securities  which it desires  to be held in places  within the United
States ("domestic  securities") and securities it desires to be held outside the
United States ("foreign  securities") pursuant to the provisions of the Articles
of Incorporation. The Fund agrees to deliver to the Custodian all securities and
cash owned by it, and all  payments of income,  payments of principal or capital
distributions  received by it with respect to all  securities  owned by the Fund
from time to time,  and the cash  consideration  received  by it for such new or
treasury shares of capital stock ("Shares") of the Fund as may be issued or sold
from time to time. The Custodian  shall not be  responsible  for any property of
the Fund held or received by the Fund and not delivered to the Custodian.

      Upon receipt of "Proper  Instructions"  (within the meaning of Article 4),
the Custodian shall from time to time employ one or more sub-custodians  located
in the United  States,  but only in accordance  with an  applicable  vote by the
Board of Directors of the Fund,  and provided that the  Custodian  shall have no
more or less  responsibility  or liability to the Fund on account of any actions
or omissions of any sub-custodian so employed than any such sub-custodian has to
the Custodian.  The Custodian may employ as sub-custodian for the Fund's foreign
securities  and other  assets  the  foreign  banking  institutions  and  foreign
securities  depositories  designated in Schedule A hereto but only in accordance
with the provisions of Article 3.

      For  purposes  of this  Contract,  "delivery"  of domestic  securities  or
foreign  securities shall include the acquisition of a security  entitlement (as
that term is defined in the Massachusetts Uniform Commercial Code ("MA UCC")).


2.    DUTIES OF THE CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO PROPERTY OF THE FUND HELD BY THE
      CUSTODIAN IN THE UNITED STATES

2.1   HOLDING SECURITIES.  The Custodian shall hold and physically segregate for
      the  account of the Fund all  non-cash  property,  to be held by it in the
      United States  including all domestic  securities owned by the Fund, other
      than (a)  securities  which are  maintained  pursuant to Section 2.10 in a

<PAGE>

      clearing  agency which acts as a securities  depository or in a book-entry
      system  authorized  by the U.S.  Department  of the  Treasury  and certain
      federal  agencies  (each, a "U.S.  Securities  System") and (b) commercial
      paper of an issuer for which State  Street Bank and Trust  Company acts as
      issuing  and paying  agent  ("Direct  Paper")  which is  deposited  and/or
      maintained in the Direct Paper System of the Custodian  (the "Direct Paper
      System") pursuant to Section 2.11.

           To the  extent  that State  Street  holds  Fund  assets  constituting
      "financial  assets"  for  purposes  of the MA  UCC,  the  Custodian  shall
      maintain  those  financial  assets in an  account  established  under this
      Contract as security entitlements in favor of the Fund.

2.2   DELIVERY OF SECURITIES.  The Custodian shall release and deliver  domestic
      securities  owned by the Fund  maintained  by the  Custodian  directly  or
      indirectly in a U.S.  Securities System account of the Custodian or in the
      Custodian's  Direct Paper book entry system account  ("Direct Paper System
      Account")  only  upon  receipt  of  Proper  Instructions,   which  may  be
      continuing  instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties,  and only
      in the following cases:

      1)   Upon  sale of  such  securities  for the  account  of the  Fund  and
           receipt of payment therefor;

      2)   Upon the  receipt  of  payment  in  connection  with  any  repurchase
           agreement related to such securities entered into by the Fund;

      3)   In the case of a sale effected through a U.S.  Securities  System, in
           accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10 hereof;

      4)   To the  depository  agent in connection  with tender or other similar
           offers for securities of the Fund;

      5)   To the issuer  thereof or its agent when such  securities are called,
           redeemed,  retired or otherwise become payable; provided that, in any
           such case, the cash or other  consideration is to be delivered to the
           Custodian;

      6)   To the issuer  thereof,  or its agent,  for transfer into the name of
           the Fund or into the name of any nominee or nominees of the Custodian
           or into the name or nominee name of any agent  appointed  pursuant to
           Section  2.9 or into the name or  nominee  name of any  sub-custodian
           appointed  pursuant  to Article 1; or for  exchange  for a  different
           number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same
           aggregate face amount or number of units;  provided that, in any such
           case, the new securities are to be delivered to the Custodian;

      7)   Upon the sale of such  securities for the account of the Fund, to the
           broker or its clearing agent,  against a receipt,  for examination in
           accordance with "street delivery"  custom;  provided that in any such
           case, the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any


                                       2
<PAGE>


           loss arising from the delivery of such securities  prior to receiving
           payment for such securities  except as may arise from the Custodian's
           own negligence or willful misconduct;

      8)   For  exchange  or   conversion   pursuant  to  any  plan  of  merger,
           consolidation,  recapitalization,  reorganization  or readjustment of
           the  securities  of the issuer of such  securities,  or  pursuant  to
           provisions for conversion  contained in such securities,  or pursuant
           to any deposit  agreement;  provided  that, in any such case, the new
           securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

      9)   In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities,  the surrender
           thereof  in  the  exercise  of  such  warrants,   rights  or  similar
           securities  or  the  surrender  of  interim   receipts  or  temporary
           securities  for  definitive  securities;  provided  that, in any such
           case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the
           Custodian;

      10)  For delivery in connection  with any loans of securities  made by the
           Fund, BUT ONLY against receipt of adequate  collateral as agreed upon
           from time to time by the Custodian and the Fund,  which may be in the
           form of cash or obligations  issued by the United States  government,
           its agencies or instrumentalities, except that in connection with any
           loans for  which  collateral  is to be  credited  to the  Custodian's
           account in the book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of
           the Treasury,  the Custodian  will not be held liable or  responsible
           for the delivery of securities owned by the Fund prior to the receipt
           of such collateral;

      11)  For delivery as security in  connection  with any  borrowings  by the
           Fund  requiring  a pledge of assets  by the  Fund,  but only  against
           receipt of amounts borrowed;

      12)  For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among
           the Fund,  the Custodian  and a  broker-dealer  registered  under the
           Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and a member of
           The  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD"),
           relating  to  compliance  with  the  rules  of The  Options  Clearing
           Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of
           any similar organization or organizations,  regarding escrow or other
           arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

      13)  For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among
           the Fund, the Custodian, and a Futures Commission Merchant registered
           under the  Commodity  Exchange Act,  relating to compliance  with the
           rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or any Contract
           Market,  or any  similar  organization  or  organizations,  regarding
           account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund;

      14)  For any other proper corporate purpose,  but only upon receipt of, in
           addition to Proper Instructions,  a certified copy of a resolution of
           the Board of Directors  or of the  Executive  Committee  signed by an
           officer and  certified by the  Secretary  or an Assistant  Secretary,


                                       3
<PAGE>

           specifying the securities of the Fund to be delivered,  setting forth
           the purpose for which such  delivery  is to be made,  declaring  such
           purpose to be a proper  corporate  purpose,  and naming the person or
           persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

2.3   REGISTRATION  OF  SECURITIES.  Domestic  securities  held by the Custodian
      (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund
      or in the  name  of any  nominee  of the  Fund  or of any  nominee  of the
      Custodian which nominee shall be assigned  exclusively to the Fund, unless
      the Fund has authorized in writing the appointment of a nominee to be used
      in common  with  other  registered  investment  companies  having the same
      investment  adviser  as the Fund,  or in the name or  nominee  name of any
      agent appointed  pursuant to Section 2.9 or in the name or nominee name of
      any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Article 1. All securities accepted
      by the  Custodian  on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this  Contract
      shall be in "street name" or other good delivery  form. If,  however,  the
      Fund directs the Custodian to maintain  securities in "street  name",  the
      Custodian shall utilize its best efforts only to timely collect income due
      the Fund on such securities and to notify the Fund on a best efforts basis
      only of relevant corporate actions including, without limitation, pendency
      of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers.

2.4   BANK  ACCOUNTS.  The  Custodian  shall open and  maintain a separate  bank
      account or accounts in the United States in the name of the Fund,  subject
      only to draft or order by the  Custodian  acting  pursuant to the terms of
      this Contract, and shall hold in such account or accounts,  subject to the
      provisions  hereof, all cash received by it from or for the account of the
      Fund, other than cash maintained by the Fund in a bank account established
      and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the Investment Company Act of
      1940.  Funds held by the  Custodian for the Fund may be deposited by it to
      its credit as Custodian in the Banking  Department  of the Custodian or in
      such  other  banks or trust  companies  as it may in its  discretion  deem
      necessary or desirable;  PROVIDED,  however, that every such bank or trust
      company  shall be  qualified  to act as a custodian  under the  Investment
      Company Act of 1940 and that each such bank or trust company and the funds
      to be deposited  with each such bank or trust company shall be approved by
      vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Fund. Such funds shall
      be  deposited by the  Custodian in its capacity as Custodian  and shall be
      withdrawable by the Custodian only in that capacity.

2.5   AVAILABILITY OF FEDERAL FUNDS.  Upon mutual agreement between the Fund and
      the  Custodian,   the  Custodian   shall,   upon  the  receipt  of  Proper
      Instructions,  make  federal  funds  available to the Fund as of specified
      times  agreed upon from time to time by the Fund and the  Custodian in the
      amount of checks  received  in  payment  for  Shares of the Fund which are
      deposited into the Fund's account.

2.6   COLLECTION  OF INCOME.  Subject to the  provisions  of  Section  2.3,  the
      Custodian  shall  collect on a timely basis all income and other  payments
      with respect to domestic registered securities held hereunder to which the
      Fund  shall  be  entitled  either  by law or  pursuant  to  custom  in the
      securities  business,  and shall  collect on a timely basis all income and
      other  payments with respect to United States bearer  domestic  securities


                                       4
<PAGE>

      if, on the date of payment by the issuer,  such securities are held by the
      Custodian or its agent thereof and shall credit such income, as collected,
      to the Fund's  custodian  account.  Without limiting the generality of the
      foregoing,  the Custodian shall detach and present for payment all coupons
      and other income items requiring  presentation as and when they become due
      and shall collect  interest when due on securities held hereunder.  Income
      due the Fund on United States securities loaned pursuant to the provisions
      of Section 2.2 (10) shall be the responsibility of the Fund. The Custodian
      will have no duty or responsibility in connection therewith, other than to
      provide  the Fund with such  information  or data as may be  necessary  to
      assist the Fund in arranging  for the timely  delivery to the Custodian of
      the income to which the Fund is properly entitled.

2.7   PAYMENT OF FUND MONIES. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions,  which may be
      continuing  instructions  when  deemed  appropriate  by the  parties,  the
      Custodian shall pay out monies of the Fund in the following cases only:

      1)   Upon the purchase of domestic securities,  options, futures contracts
           or options on futures  contracts for the account of the Fund but only
           (a) against the delivery of such  securities  or evidence of title to
           such options,  futures  contracts or options on futures  contracts to
           the  Custodian  (or any bank,  banking  firm or trust  company  doing
           business in the United States or abroad which is qualified  under the
           Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, to act as a custodian and
           has been  designated  by the Custodian as its agent for this purpose)
           registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of a nominee of the
           Custodian  referred  to in Section  2.3 hereof or in proper  form for
           transfer;  (b) in the  case of a  purchase  effected  through  a U.S.
           Securities  System,  in accordance  with the  conditions set forth in
           Section  2.10  hereof;  (c) in the case of a purchase  involving  the
           Direct Paper System,  in accordance  with the conditions set forth in
           Section 2.11; (d) in the case of repurchase  agreements  entered into
           between  the  Fund  and  the   Custodian,   or  another  bank,  or  a
           broker-dealer  which is a member of NASD, (i) against delivery of the
           securities  either in certificate  form or through an entry crediting
           the  Custodian's  account  at the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  with  such
           securities  or  (ii)  against  delivery  of  the  receipt  evidencing
           purchase by the Fund of securities  owned by the Custodian along with
           written evidence of the agreement by the Custodian to repurchase such
           securities  from  the  Fund or (e)  for  transfer  to a time  deposit
           account of the Fund in any bank,  whether  domestic or foreign;  such
           transfer may be effected  prior to receipt of a  confirmation  from a
           broker and/or the applicable bank pursuant to Proper  Instructions as
           defined in Article 4;

      2)   In connection  with  conversion,  exchange or surrender of securities
           owned by the Fund as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof;

      3)   For the  payment of any  expense or  liability  incurred by the Fund,
           including but not limited to the  following  payments for the account
           of the Fund: interest, taxes, management,  accounting, transfer agent
           and legal fees,  and  operating  expenses of the Fund  whether or not


                                       5
<PAGE>

           such  expenses are to be in whole or part  capitalized  or treated as
           deferred expenses;

      4)   For the payment of any dividends  declared  pursuant to the governing
           documents of the Fund;

      5)   For  payment  of the  amount of  dividends  received  in  respect  of
           securities sold short;

      6)   For any other proper  purpose,  BUT ONLY upon receipt of, in addition
           to Proper Instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of the Board
           of Directors or of the  Executive  Committee of the Fund signed by an
           officer of the Fund and  certified  by its  Secretary or an Assistant
           Secretary,  specifying the amount of such payment,  setting forth the
           purpose for which such payment is to be made,  declaring such purpose
           to be a proper purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom such
           payment is to be made.

2.8   LIABILITY  FOR  PAYMENT IN ADVANCE  OF  RECEIPT OF  SECURITIES  PURCHASED.
      Except as specifically stated otherwise in this Contract, in any and every
      case where payment for purchase of domestic  securities for the account of
      the Fund is made by the Custodian in advance of receipt of the  securities
      purchased in the absence of specific written instructions from the Fund to
      so pay in advance,  the Custodian  shall be absolutely  liable to the Fund
      for such  securities  to the same  extent  as if the  securities  had been
      received by the Custodian.

2.9   APPOINTMENT  OF  AGENTS.  The  Custodian  may at any  time or times in its
      discretion  appoint  (and may at any time  remove) any other bank or trust
      company  which is itself  qualified  under the  Investment  Company Act of
      1940, as amended, to act as a custodian, as its agent to carry out such of
      the  provisions  of this Article 2 as the  Custodian may from time to time
      direct;  provided,  however,  that the  appointment of any agent shall not
      relieve the Custodian of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder.

2.10  DEPOSIT OF FUND  ASSETS IN U.S.  SECURITIES  SYSTEMS.  The  Custodian  may
      maintain  domestic  securities  owned  by the  Fund in a  clearing  agency
      registered with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under Section 17A
      of the Exchange Act, which acts as a securities  depository,  or in a U.S.
      Securities System in accordance with applicable  Federal Reserve Board and
      Securities  and Exchange  Commission  rules and  regulations,  if any, and
      subject to the following provisions:

      1)   The Custodian may maintain domestic securities of the Fund indirectly
           in a  U.S.  Securities  System  provided  that  such  securities  are
           represented  in an account  ("Account")  of the Custodian in the U.S.
           Securities System which shall not include any assets of the Custodian
           other than assets held as a fiduciary,  custodian  or  otherwise  for
           customers;


                                       6
<PAGE>

      2)   The records of the Custodian  with respect to domestic  securities of
           the Fund  which are  maintained  in a U.S.  Securities  System  shall
           identify by book-entry those securities belonging to the Fund;

      3)   The  Custodian  shall pay for domestic  securities  purchased for the
           account  of the  Fund  upon  (i)  receipt  of  advice  from  the U.S.
           Securities  System that such securities have been  transferred to the
           Account,  and (ii) the  making  of an  entry  on the  records  of the
           Custodian to reflect such payment and transfer for the account of the
           Fund. The Custodian shall transfer  domestic  securities sold for the
           account  of the  Fund  upon  (i)  receipt  of  advice  from  the U.S.
           Securities   System  that  payment  for  such   securities  has  been
           transferred  to the  Account,  and (ii) the making of an entry on the
           records of the Custodian to reflect such transfer and payment for the
           account of the Fund.  Copies of all advices from the U.S.  Securities
           System of  transfers  of domestic  securities  for the account of the
           Fund  shall  identify  the Fund,  be  maintained  for the Fund by the
           Custodian  and be provided to the Fund at its request.  Upon request,
           the Custodian shall furnish the Fund confirmation of each transfer to
           or from the  account  of the Fund in the form of a written  advice or
           notice  and shall  furnish  to the Fund  copies of daily  transaction
           sheets  reflecting  each day's  transactions  in the U.S.  Securities
           System for the account of the Fund;

      4)   The Custodian  shall provide the Fund with any report obtained by the
           Custodian on the U.S. Securities System's accounting system, internal
           accounting   control  and   procedures  for   safeguarding   domestic
           securities deposited in the U.S. Securities System;

      5)   The Custodian shall have received the initial certificate required by
           Article 12 hereof;

      6)   Anything  to the  contrary  in  this  Contract  notwithstanding,  the
           Custodian  shall be  liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the
           Fund  resulting from use of the U.S.  Securities  System by reason of
           any negligence,  misfeasance or misconduct of the Custodian or any of
           its agents or of any of its or their employees or from failure of the
           Custodian or any such agent to enforce  effectively such rights as it
           may have against the U.S.  Securities  System; at the election of the
           Fund,  it shall be  entitled  to be  subrogated  to the rights of the
           Custodian  with  respect  to any claim  against  the U.S.  Securities
           System  or any  other  person  which  the  Custodian  may  have  as a
           consequence  of any such loss or damage if and to the extent that the
           Fund has not been made whole for any such loss or damage.

2.11  FUND ASSETS HELD IN THE CUSTODIAN'S DIRECT PAPER SYSTEM. The Custodian may
      maintain  securities  owned by the Fund in the Direct  Paper System of the
      Custodian subject to the following provisions:

      1)   No  transaction  relating to  securities  in the Direct Paper System
           will be effected in the absence of Proper Instructions;


                                       7
<PAGE>

      2)   The  Custodian  may keep  securities  of the Fund in the Direct Paper
           System  only  if  such  securities  are  represented  in  an  account
           ("Account")  of the  Custodian in the Direct Paper System which shall
           not include any assets of the  Custodian  other than assets held as a
           fiduciary, custodian or otherwise for customers;

      3)   The records of the  Custodian  with respect to securities of the Fund
           which are  maintained  in the Direct Paper  System shall  identify by
           book-entry those securities belonging to the Fund;

      4)   The Custodian  shall pay for securities  purchased for the account of
           the Fund upon the making of an entry on the records of the  Custodian
           to reflect such payment and transfer of  securities to the account of
           the  Fund.  The  Custodian  shall  transfer  securities  sold for the
           account of the Fund upon the making of an entry on the records of the
           Custodian  to reflect  such  transfer  and receipt of payment for the
           account of the Fund;

      5)   The Custodian shall furnish the Fund confirmation of each transfer to
           or from the account of the Fund,  in the form of a written  advice or
           notice,  of Direct  Paper on the next  business  day  following  such
           transfer  and shall  furnish to the Fund copies of daily  transaction
           sheets  reflecting  each  day's  transaction  in the U.S.  Securities
           System for the account of the Fund;

      6)   The Custodian shall provide the Fund with any report on its system of
           internal  accounting  control as the Fund may reasonably request from
           time to time.

2.12  SEGREGATED   ACCOUNT.   The   Custodian   shall  upon  receipt  of  Proper
      Instructions  establish and maintain a segregated  account or accounts for
      and on  behalf  of  the  Fund,  into  which  account  or  accounts  may be
      transferred cash and/or securities,  including securities maintained in an
      account  by  the  Custodian  pursuant  to  Section  2.10  hereof,  (i)  in
      accordance  with the  provisions  of any  agreement  among the  Fund,  the
      Custodian  and a  broker-dealer  registered  under the  Exchange Act and a
      member of the NASD (or any futures  commission  merchant  registered under
      the Commodity Exchange Act),  relating to compliance with the rules of The
      Options  Clearing  Corporation and of any registered  national  securities
      exchange (or the Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission or any registered
      contract  market),  or  of  any  similar  organization  or  organizations,
      regarding escrow or other  arrangements in connection with transactions by
      the Fund, (ii) for purposes of segregating  cash or government  securities
      in  connection  with  options  purchased,  sold or  written by the Fund or
      commodity  futures  contracts or options thereon  purchased or sold by the
      Fund, (iii) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the procedures
      required by Investment  Company Act Release No. 10666,  or any  subsequent
      release or releases of the Securities and Exchange  Commission relating to
      the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered  investment companies
      and (iv) for other proper  corporate  purposes,  but only,  in the case of
      clause  (iv),  upon  receipt  of, in addition  to Proper  Instructions,  a
      certified  copy  of a  resolution  of the  Board  of  Directors  or of the
      Executive  Committee signed by an officer of the Fund and certified by the
      Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, setting forth the purpose or purposes


                                       8
<PAGE>

      of such  segregated  account  and  declaring  such  purposes  to be proper
      corporate purposes.

2.13  OWNERSHIP  CERTIFICATES  FOR TAX  PURPOSES.  The  Custodian  shall execute
      ownership and other  certificates and affidavits for all federal and state
      tax purposes in connection  with receipt of income or other  payments with
      respect to domestic  securities  of the Fund held by it and in  connection
      with transfers of such securities.

2.14  PROXIES. The Custodian shall, with respect to the domestic securities held
      hereunder,  cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such
      securities, if the securities are registered otherwise than in the name of
      the Fund or a nominee of the Fund, all proxies,  without indication of the
      manner in which such proxies are to be voted,  and shall promptly  deliver
      to the Fund such proxies,  all proxy soliciting  materials and all notices
      relating to such securities.

2.15  COMMUNICATIONS  RELATING TO FUND SECURITIES.  Subject to the provisions of
      Section 2.3, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written
      information  (including,   without  limitation,   pendency  of  calls  and
      maturities of domestic  securities and expirations of rights in connection
      therewith  and notices of exercise of call and put options  written by the
      Fund and the maturity of futures contracts  purchased or sold by the Fund)
      received by the Custodian  from issuers of the domestic  securities  being
      held for the  Fund.  With  respect  to  tender  or  exchange  offers,  the
      Custodian  shall  transmit  promptly to the Fund all  written  information
      received by the Custodian  from issuers of the domestic  securities  whose
      tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or his agents) making the
      tender or exchange  offer. If the Fund desires to take action with respect
      to any tender offer, exchange offer or any other similar transaction,  the
      Fund shall notify the Custodian at least three  business days prior to the
      date on which the Custodian is to take such action.

2.16  REPORTS TO FUND BY  INDEPENDENT  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS.  The Custodian shall
      provide the Fund, at such times as the Fund may reasonably  require,  with
      reports  by  independent  public  accountants  on the  accounting  system,
      internal  accounting  control and procedures for safeguarding  securities,
      futures  contracts and options on futures  contracts,  including  domestic
      securities  deposited  and/or  maintained  in a  U.S.  Securities  System,
      relating to the services  provided by the Custodian  under this  Contract;
      such reports,  shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient  detail,  as
      may  reasonably be required by the Fund, to provide  reasonable  assurance
      that any material  inadequacies  would be  disclosed by such  examination,
      and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.

3.    DUTIES  OF THE  CUSTODIAN  WITH  RESPECT  TO  PROPERTY  OF THE FUND HELD
      OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES

3.1   APPOINTMENT  OF FOREIGN  SUB-CUSTODIANS.  The Fund hereby  authorizes  and
      instructs  the  Custodian  to  employ  as  sub-custodians  for the  Fund's
      securities  and other  assets  maintained  outside  the United  States the
      foreign  banking   institutions   and  foreign   securities   depositories
      designated on Schedule A hereto ("foreign  sub-custodians").  Upon receipt
      of  "Proper  Instructions",  as  defined  in  Section 4 of this  Contract,


                                       9
<PAGE>

      together with a certified resolution of the Fund's Board of Directors, the
      Custodian  and the Fund may agree to amend  Schedule A hereto from time to
      time to designate  additional  foreign  banking  institutions  and foreign
      securities  depositories to act as  sub-custodian.  Upon receipt of Proper
      Instructions,  the Fund may instruct the Custodian to cease the employment
      of any one or more such  sub-custodians  for  maintaining  custody  of the
      Fund's assets.

3.2   ASSETS TO BE HELD.  The  Custodian  shall limit the  securities  and other
      assets  maintained  in the custody of the foreign  sub-custodians  to: (a)
      "foreign  securities",  as defined in paragraph (c)(1) of Rule 17f-5 under
      the Investment  Company Act of 1940, and (b) cash and cash  equivalents in
      such amounts as the  Custodian or the Fund may  determine to be reasonably
      necessary  to effect  the  Fund's  foreign  securities  transactions.  The
      Custodian  shall  identify  on its books as  belonging  to the  Fund,  the
      foreign securities of the Fund held by each foreign sub-custodian.

3.3   FOREIGN  SECURITIES  SYSTEMS.  Except as may  otherwise  be agreed upon in
      writing  by the  Custodian  and the Fund,  assets  of the  Funds  shall be
      maintained  indirectly  in a clearing  agency  which acts as a  securities
      depository  or  in  a  book-entry  system  for  the  central  handling  of
      securities  located  outside  of  the  United  States  (each,  a  "Foreign
      Securities System") only through  arrangements  implemented by the foreign
      banking  institutions  serving  as  sub-custodians  pursuant  to the terms
      hereof  (Foreign  Securities  Systems  and  U.S.  Securities  Systems  are
      collectively  referred  to  herein  as the  "Securities  Systems").  Where
      possible, such arrangements shall include entry into agreements containing
      the provisions set forth in Section 3.5 hereof.

3.4   HOLDING  SECURITIES.  The  Custodian  may  maintain  securities  and other
      non-cash property for all of its customers, including the Fund, indirectly
      with a foreign  sub-custodian  in a single  account that is  identified as
      belonging  to the  Custodian  for the benefit of its  customers,  provided
      however,  that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to securities
      and other  non-cash  property  of the Fund  which are  maintained  in such
      account shall identify by book-entry  those  securities and other non-cash
      property  belonging to the Fund and (ii) the Custodian  shall require that
      securities   and  other   non-cash   property   so  held  by  the  Foreign
      Sub-custodian   be  held   separately  from  any  assets  of  the  Foreign
      Sub-custodian or of others.

3.5   AGREEMENTS  WITH  FOREIGN  BANKING  INSTITUTIONS.  Each  agreement  with a
      foreign banking institution shall provide that: (a) the Fund's assets will
      not be subject to any right, charge,  security interest,  lien or claim of
      any kind in favor of the foreign  banking  institution or its creditors or
      agent, except a claim of payment for their safe custody or administration;
      (b) beneficial  ownership of the Fund's assets will be freely transferable
      without  the  payment  of  money  or  value  other  than  for  custody  or
      administration;  (c) adequate  records will be maintained  identifying the
      assets as belonging to the Fund; (d) officers of or auditors  employed by,
      or  other  representatives  of the  Custodian,  including  to  the  extent
      permitted under applicable law the independent  public accountants for the
      Fund, will be given access to the books and records of the foreign banking
      institution   relating  to  its  actions  under  its  agreement  with  the


                                       10
<PAGE>

      Custodian;  and (e) assets of the Fund held by the  foreign  sub-custodian
      will be subject only to the instructions of the Custodian or its agents.

3.6   ACCESS OF INDEPENDENT  ACCOUNTANTS OF THE FUND.  Upon request of the Fund,
      the  Custodian  will use its best  efforts to arrange for the  independent
      accountants of the Fund to be afforded  access to the books and records of
      any  foreign  banking  institution  employed  as a  foreign  sub-custodian
      insofar  as such  books  and  records  relate to the  performance  of such
      foreign banking institution under its agreement with the Custodian.

3.7   REPORTS BY CUSTODIAN.  The Custodian  will supply to the Fund from time to
      time, as mutually agreed upon, statements in respect of the securities and
      other assets of the Fund held by foreign sub-custodians, including but not
      limited to an  identification  of entities having possession of the Fund's
      securities and other assets and advices or  notifications of any transfers
      of securities to or from each  custodial  account  maintained by a foreign
      banking institution for the Custodian on behalf of the Fund indicating, as
      to  securities  acquired for the Fund,  the identity of the entity  having
      physical possession of such securities.

3.8   TRANSACTIONS IN FOREIGN CUSTODY ACCOUNT.  (a) Except as otherwise provided
      in paragraph  (b) of this  Section 3.8, the  provision of Sections 2.2 and
      2.7 of  this  Contract  shall  apply,  mutatis  mutandis  to  the  foreign
      securities  of  the  Fund  held  outside  the  United  States  by  foreign
      sub-custodians.

      (b)  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of this  Contract  to the  contrary,
      settlement and payment for securities received for the account of the Fund
      and delivery of securities  maintained  for the account of the Fund may be
      effected in accordance with the customary  established  securities trading
      or securities  processing  practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or
      market in which the transaction  occurs,  including,  without  limitation,
      delivering securities to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or
      an agent  for  such  purchaser  or  dealer)  against  a  receipt  with the
      expectation  of  receiving  later  payment for such  securities  from such
      purchaser or dealer.

      (c) Securities maintained in the custody of a foreign sub-custodian may be
      maintained in the name of such entity's  nominee to the same extent as set
      forth in Section  2.3 of this  Contract,  and the Fund  agrees to hold any
      such  nominee  harmless  from any  liability as a holder of record of such
      securities.

3.9   LIABILITY OF FOREIGN SUB-CUSTODIANS.  Each agreement pursuant to which the
      Custodian employs a foreign banking institution as a foreign sub-custodian
      shall  require  the  institution  to  exercise   reasonable  care  in  the
      performance  of its  duties  and to  indemnify,  and  hold  harmless,  the
      Custodian and each Fund from and against any loss, damage,  cost, expense,
      liability or claim arising out of or in connection with the  institution's
      performance of such obligations.  At the election of the Fund, it shall be
      entitled to be subrogated  to the rights of the Custodian  with respect to
      any claims against a foreign  banking  institution as a consequence of any
      such loss, damage, cost, expense,  liability or claim if and to the extent
      that the Fund has not been made  whole for any such  loss,  damage,  cost,
      expense, liability or claim.


                                       11
<PAGE>

3.10  LIABILITY  OF  CUSTODIAN.  The  Custodian  shall be liable for the acts or
      omissions of a foreign banking institution to the same extent as set forth
      with respect to sub-custodians  generally in this Contract and, regardless
      of  whether  assets are  maintained  in the  custody of a foreign  banking
      institution, a foreign securities depository or a branch of a U.S. bank as
      contemplated  by paragraph 3.13 hereof,  the Custodian shall not be liable
      for any loss,  damage,  cost,  expense,  liability or claim resulting from
      nationalization,  expropriation,  currency restrictions, or acts of war or
      terrorism  or any loss where the  sub-custodian  has  otherwise  exercised
      reasonable  care.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing   provisions  of  this
      paragraph 3.10, in delegating  custody duties to State Street London Ltd.,
      the Custodian shall not be relieved of any  responsibility to the Fund for
      any loss due to such  delegation,  except such loss as may result from (a)
      political  risk   (including,   but  not  limited  to,  exchange   control
      restrictions, confiscation, expropriation, nationalization,  insurrection,
      civil  strife or armed  hostilities)  or (b)  other  losses  (excluding  a
      bankruptcy  or  insolvency  of State  Street  London  Ltd.  not  caused by
      political risk) due to Acts of God, nuclear incident or other losses under
      circumstances  where the  Custodian  and State  Street  London  Ltd.  have
      exercised reasonable care.

3.11  REIMBURSEMENT  FOR  ADVANCES.  If the Fund  requires  the  Custodian,  its
      affiliates,  subsidiaries or agents, to advance cash or securities for any
      purpose  including  but not  limited to  securities  settlements,  foreign
      exchange  contracts  and  assumed  settlement  for the benefit of the Fund
      including  the purchase or sale of foreign  exchange or of  contracts  for
      foreign exchange,  or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall
      incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses,  assessments, claims or
      liabilities in connection  with the  performance of this Contract,  except
      such  as may  arise  from  its  or its  nominee's  own  negligent  action,
      negligent failure to act or willful  misconduct,  any property at any time
      held for the account of the Fund shall be security therefor and should the
      Fund fail to repay the Custodian promptly, the Custodian shall be entitled
      to utilize  available  cash and to  dispose  of such  Funds  assets to the
      extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.

3.12  MONITORING  RESPONSIBILITIES.  The Custodian shall furnish annually to the
      Fund,  during  the  month  of June,  information  concerning  the  foreign
      sub-custodians  employed  by the  Custodian.  Such  information  shall  be
      similar in kind and scope to that furnished to the Fund in connection with
      the initial  approval of this  Contract.  In addition,  the Custodian will
      promptly  inform  the Fund in the  event  that the  Custodian  learns of a
      material   adverse  change  in  the  financial   condition  of  a  foreign
      sub-custodian or any material loss of the assets of the Fund.

3.13  BRANCHES  OF U.S.  BANKS.  (a)  Except  as  otherwise  set  forth  in this
      Contract,  the provisions  hereof shall not apply where the custody of the
      Funds assets are maintained in a foreign  branch of a banking  institution
      which is a "bank" as defined by Section 2(a)(5) of the Investment  Company
      Act of 1940 meeting the  qualification  set forth in Section 26(a) of said
      Act.  The  appointment  of any such  branch  as a  sub-custodian  shall be
      governed by paragraph 1 of this Contract.


                                       12
<PAGE>

      (b) Cash held for the Fund in the United Kingdom shall be maintained in an
      interest  bearing  account  established  for the Fund with the Custodian's
      London  branch,  which  account  shall be subject to the  direction of the
      Custodian, State Street London Ltd. or both.

3.14  TAX LAW. The Custodian shall have no  responsibility  or liability for any
      obligations  now or  hereafter  imposed  on the Fund or the  Custodian  as
      custodian  of the Fund by the tax law of the  United  States of America or
      any state or political subdivision thereof. It shall be the responsibility
      of the Fund to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on the Fund
      or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of  jurisdictions
      other than those mentioned in the above sentence, including responsibility
      for  withholding  and  other  taxes,  assessments  or  other  governmental
      charges,    certifications   and   governmental   reporting.    The   sole
      responsibility  of the  Custodian  with regard to such tax law shall be to
      use  reasonable  efforts to assist the Fund with  respect to any claim for
      exemption or refund under the tax law of jurisdictions  for which the Fund
      has provided such information.

3.15  FOREIGN EXCHANGE  TRANSACTIONS.  (a) Upon receipt of Proper  Instructions,
      the  Custodian  shall  settle  foreign  exchange  contracts  or options to
      purchase  and sell  foreign  currencies  for spot and future  delivery  on
      behalf of and for the  account  of the Fund with  such  brokers,  banks or
      trust companies other than the Custodian  ("Currency Brokers") as the Fund
      may  determine  and  direct  pursuant  to  Proper  Instructions  or as the
      Custodian may select (Transactions Other Than As Principal").

      (b) The  Custodian  shall not be obligated to enter into foreign  exchange
      transactions as principal  ("Transactions As Principal").  However, if the
      Custodian  has made  available  to the Fund its services as a principal in
      foreign  exchange  transactions  and,  subject to any  separate  agreement
      between the parties  relating to such  transaction,  the  Custodian  shall
      enter into  foreign  exchange  contracts  or options to purchase  and sell
      foreign  currencies for spot and future  delivery on behalf of and for the
      account of the Fund, with the Custodian as principal.

      (c) If, in a  Transaction  Other Than As Principal,  a Currency  Broker is
      selected by the Fund, the Custodian shall have no duty with respect to the
      selection of the Currency  Broker,  or so long as the Custodian acts as in
      accordance  with Proper  Instructions,  for the  failure of such  Currency
      Broker  to comply  with the  terms of any  contract  or  option.  If, in a
      Transaction  Other Than As Principal,  the Currency  Broker is selected by
      the Custodian or if the Custodian  enters into a Transaction As Principal,
      the  Custodian  shall be  responsible  for the  selection  of the Currency
      Broker and the failure of such Currency Broker to comply with the terms of
      any contract or option.

      (d) In Transactions Other Than As Principal and Transactions As Principal,
      the  Custodian  shall  be  responsible  for  any  transfer  of  cash,  the
      transmission of instructions  to and from a Currency  Broker,  if any, the
      safekeeping  of  all  certificates  and  other  documents  and  agreements
      evidencing  or  relating to such  foreign  exchange  transactions  and the
      maintenance of proper records as set forth in Section 8 of this Contract.


                                       13
<PAGE>

4.    PROPER INSTRUCTIONS

      Proper  Instructions as used herein means a writing signed or initialed by
one or more person or persons as the Board of Directors  shall have from time to
time authorized.  Each such writing shall set forth the specific  transaction or
type of transaction involved,  including a specific statement of the purpose for
which such action is requested.  Oral  instructions  will be  considered  Proper
Instructions if the Custodian  reasonably  believes them to have been given by a
person  authorized  to give such  instructions  with respect to the  transaction
involved. The Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing.
Proper  Instructions  may  include  communications   effected  directly  between
electro-mechanical  or  electronic  devices  provided  that  the  Fund  and  the
Custodian  agree to  security  procedures,  including  but not  limited  to, the
security  procedure selected by the Fund in the Funds Transfer Addendum attached
hereto.  For  purposes  of  this  Section,  Proper  Instructions  shall  include
instructions  received by the Custodian  pursuant to any  three-party  agreement
which requires a segregated asset account in accordance with Section 2.12.

5.    ACTIONS PERMITTED WITHOUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY

      The Custodian may in its discretion,  without  express  authority from the
Fund:

      1)   make  payments  to itself or others for minor  expenses  of  handling
           securities or other  similar items  relating to its duties under this
           Contract,  PROVIDED that all such payments  shall be accounted for to
           the Fund;

      2)   surrender  securities in temporary  form for securities in definitive
           form;

      3)   endorse for collection,  in the name of the Fund, checks,  drafts and
           other negotiable instruments; and

      4)   in general,  attend to all  non-discretionary  details in  connection
           with the sale, exchange,  substitution,  purchase, transfer and other
           dealings  with the  securities  and  property  of the Fund  except as
           otherwise directed by the Board of Directors of the Fund.

6.    EVIDENCE OF AUTHORITY

      The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions,  notice,
request,  consent,  certificate or other instrument or paper reasonably believed
by it to be genuine  and to have been  properly  executed by or on behalf of the
Fund.  The  Custodian  may receive and accept a certified  copy of a vote of the
Board of Directors of the Fund as  conclusive  evidence (a) of the  authority of
any person to act in accordance with such vote or (b) of any determination or of
any action by the Board of Directors  pursuant to the Articles of  Incorporation
as described in such vote,  and such vote may be considered as in full force and
effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary.

7.    DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO THE BOOKS OF ACCOUNT AND CALCULATION
      OF NET ASSET VALUE AND NET INCOME


                                       14
<PAGE>

       The Custodian  shall cooperate with and supply  necessary  information to
the entity or entities  appointed  by the Board of Directors of the Fund to keep
the books of account of the Fund and/or compute the net asset value per share of
the  outstanding  shares of the Fund or, if  directed in writing to do so by the
Fund,  shall  itself keep such books of account  and/or  compute  such net asset
value per share. If so directed,  the Custodian shall also calculate  weekly the
net income of the Fund as described in the Fund's currently effective prospectus
and shall advise the Fund and the Transfer  Agent weekly of the total amounts of
such net income  and, if  instructed  in writing by an officer of the Fund to do
so,  shall advise the Transfer  Agent  periodically  of the division of such net
income among its various components. The calculations of the net asset value per
share  and the  weekly  income  of the  Fund  shall be made at the time or times
described from time to time in the Fund's currently effective prospectus.

8.    RECORDS

      The  Custodian  shall  create and  maintain  all  records  relating to its
activities and  obligations  under this Contract in such manner as will meet the
obligations  of  the  Fund  under  the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  with
particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder.
All such records shall be the property of the Fund and shall at all times during
the regular  business  hours of the  Custodian  be open for  inspection  by duly
authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund and employees and agents of
the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  The Custodian  shall,  at the Fund's
request,  supply the Fund with a tabulation of securities  owned by the Fund and
held by the  Custodian  and shall,  when  requested to do so by the Fund and for
such  compensation  as shall be agreed upon between the Fund and the  Custodian,
include certificate numbers in such tabulations.

9.    OPINION OF FUND'S INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT

      The Custodian shall take all reasonable  action, as the Fund may from time
to time request,  to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from the Fund's
independent  accountants with respect to its activities  hereunder in connection
with the  preparation  of the Fund's  Form N-2,  and Form N-SAR or other  annual
reports to the Securities and Exchange  Commission and with respect to any other
requirements of such Commission.

10.   COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN

      The  Custodian  shall  be  entitled  to  reasonable  compensation  for its
services and expenses as Custodian, as agreed upon from time to time between the
Fund and the Custodian.

11.   RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN

      So long as and to the  extent  that it is in the  exercise  of  reasonable
care,  the  Custodian  shall  not be  responsible  for the  title,  validity  or
genuineness  of any  property  or evidence  of title  thereto  received by it or
delivered by it pursuant to this  Contract and shall be held  harmless in acting
upon any notice,  request,  consent,  certificate or other instrument reasonably
believed  by it to be genuine  and to be signed by the proper  party or parties,


                                       15
<PAGE>

including  any futures  commission  merchant  acting  pursuant to the terms of a
three-party  futures or options  agreement.  The Custodian  shall be held to the
exercise of reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Contract, but
shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without  liability to the Fund for any
action  taken or  omitted by it in good faith  without  negligence.  It shall be
entitled to rely on and may act upon  advice of counsel  (who may be counsel for
the  Fund)  on all  matters,  and  shall be  without  liability  for any  action
reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice.

      Except  as may  arise  from the  Custodian's  own  negligence  or  willful
misconduct or the negligence or willful  misconduct of a sub-custodian or agent,
the Custodian  shall be without  liability to the Fund for any loss,  liability,
claim or expense resulting from or caused by; (i) events or circumstances beyond
the  reasonable  control of the  Custodian or any  sub-custodian  or  Securities
System or any  agent or  nominee  of any of the  foregoing,  including,  without
limitation, nationalization or expropriation, imposition of currency controls or
restrictions,  the interruption,  suspension or restriction of trading on or the
closure of any securities  market,  power or other  mechanical or  technological
failures or interruptions,  computer viruses or communications disruptions, acts
of war or terrorism,  riots, revolutions,  work stoppages,  natural disasters or
other similar events or acts; (ii) errors by the Fund in its instructions to the
Custodian provided such instructions have been in accordance with this Contract;
(iii) the  insolvency of or acts or omissions by a Securities  System;  (iv) any
delay or failure of any broker,  agent or  intermediary,  central  bank or other
commercially  prevalent payment or clearing system to deliver to the Custodian's
sub-custodian or agent securities purchased or in the remittance or payment made
in connection  with  securities  sold;  (v) any delay or failure of any company,
corporation,  or other body in charge or registering or transferring  securities
in the name of the Custodian, the Fund, the Custodian's sub-custodians, nominees
or agents or any  consequential  losses  arising out of such delay or failure to
transfer such securities  including  non-receipt of bonus,  dividends and rights
and other accretions or benefits; (vi) delays or inability to perform its duties
due to any  disorder in market  infrastructure  with  respect to any  particular
security or Securities  System; and (vii) any provision of any present or future
law or  regulation  or order of the  United  States  of  America,  or any  state
thereof, or any other country, or political  subdivision thereof or of any court
of competent jurisdiction.

      The  Custodian  shall be  liable  for the acts or  omissions  of a foreign
banking   institution   to  the  same  extent  as  set  forth  with  respect  to
sub-custodians generally in this Contract.

      If the Fund  requires  the  Custodian  to take any action with  respect to
securities,  which action  involves the payment of money or which action may, in
the opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to
the Fund being  liable for the payment of money or  incurring  liability of some
other form, the Fund, as a prerequisite  to requiring the Custodian to take such
action,  shall  provide  indemnity  to  the  Custodian  in an  amount  and  form
satisfactory to it.

      If the Fund  requires  the  Custodian,  its  affiliates,  subsidiaries  or
agents, to advance cash or securities for any purpose (including but not limited
to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement) or
in the event that the  Custodian  or its nominee  shall incur or be assessed any
taxes, charges, expenses,  assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with

                                       16
<PAGE>

the  performance  of this  Contract,  except  such as may arise  from its or its
nominee's own negligent action,  negligent failure to act or willful misconduct,
any  property  at any time held for the  account of the Fund  shall be  security
therefor and should the Fund fail to repay the Custodian promptly, the Custodian
shall be entitled to utilize available cash and to dispose of the Fund assets to
the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.

      In no event  shall  the  Custodian  be liable  for  indirect,  special  or
consequential damages.

12.   EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

      This Contract shall become  effective as of its execution,  shall continue
in full  force and effect  until  terminated  as  hereinafter  provided,  may be
amended  at any  time by  mutual  agreement  of the  parties  hereto  and may be
terminated  by either  party by an  instrument  in writing  delivered or mailed,
postage prepaid to the other party,  such  termination to take effect not sooner
than  thirty (30) days after the date of such  delivery  or  mailing;  provided,
however  that the  Custodian  shall not act  under  Section  2.10  hereof in the
absence of receipt of an initial  certificate  of the  Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary  that the Board of  Directors of the Fund has approved the initial use
of a  particular  Securities  System,  as  required  by  Rule  17f-4  under  the
Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended and that the Custodian shall not act
under Section 2.11 hereof in the absence of receipt of an initial certificate of
the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary that the Board of Directors has approved
the initial use of the Direct Paper System; provided further,  however, that the
Fund  shall  not  amend or  terminate  this  Contract  in  contravention  of any
applicable  federal or state  regulations,  or any  provision of the Articles of
Incorporation,  and further provided, that the Fund may at any time by action of
its Board of Directors  (i)  substitute  another  bank or trust  company for the
Custodian  by  giving  notice  as  described  above  to the  Custodian,  or (ii)
immediately  terminate  this  Contract  in the  event  of the  appointment  of a
conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the  Comptroller of the Currency or
upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate regulatory
agency or court of competent jurisdiction.

      Upon termination of the Contract, the Fund shall pay to the Custodian such
compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall likewise
reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements.

13.   SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN

      If a successor  custodian  shall be appointed by the Board of Directors of
the Fund,  the Custodian  shall,  upon  termination,  deliver to such  successor
custodian  at the office of the  Custodian,  duly  endorsed  and in the form for
transfer,  all  securities  then held by it hereunder  and shall  transfer to an
account  of the  successor  custodian  all of the  Fund's  securities  held in a
Securities System.

      If no such successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall, in
like  manner,  upon  receipt  of a  certified  copy  of a vote of the  Board  of
Directors of the Fund,  deliver at the office of the Custodian and transfer such
securities, funds and other properties in accordance with such vote.


                                       17
<PAGE>

      In the event that no written order  designating  a successor  custodian or
certified copy of a vote of the Board of Directors  shall have been delivered to
the  Custodian  on or  before  the  date  when  such  termination  shall  become
effective, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust
company,  which is a "bank" as defined in the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,
doing  business  in  Boston,  Massachusetts  or New York,  New York,  of its own
selection, having an aggregate capital, surplus, and undivided profits, as shown
by its last published  report,  of not less than  $25,000,000,  all  securities,
funds and other properties held by the Custodian and all instruments held by the
Custodian relative thereto and all other property held by it under this Contract
and to  transfer  to an account of such  successor  custodian  all of the Fund's
securities held in any Securities System. Thereafter, such bank or trust company
shall be the successor of the Custodian under this Contract.

      In the event that  securities,  funds and other  properties  remain in the
possession  of the  Custodian  after  the date of  termination  hereof  owing to
failure of the Fund to procure the certified  copy of the vote referred to or of
the Board of Directors to appoint a successor custodian,  the Custodian shall be
entitled  to fair  compensation  for its  services  during  such  period  as the
Custodian retains possession of such securities,  funds and other properties and
the  provisions of this Contract  relating to the duties and  obligations of the
Custodian shall remain in full force and effect.

14.   INTERPRETIVE AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

      In connection  with the operation of this Contract,  the Custodian and the
Fund,  may from  time to time  agree on such  provisions  interpretive  of or in
addition to the  provisions  of this  Contract as may in their joint  opinion be
consistent  with the general tenor of this Contract.  Any such  interpretive  or
additional  provisions shall be in a writing signed by both parties and shall be
annexed  hereto,  provided that no such  interpretive  or additional  provisions
shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of
the  Articles  of  Incorporation  of the Fund.  No  interpretive  or  additional
provisions  made as provided in the preceding  sentence shall be deemed to be an
amendment of this Contract.

15.   MASSACHUSETTS LAW TO APPLY

      This Contract  shall be construed and the provisions  thereof  interpreted
under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

16.   PRIOR CONTRACTS

      This Contract supersedes and terminates,  as of the date hereof, all prior
contracts  between  the Fund and the  Custodian  relating  to the custody of the
Fund's assets.

17.   REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

      This Contract and all  schedules,  exhibits,  attachments  and  amendments
hereto  may  be  reproduced  by  any   photographic,   photostatic,   microfilm,
micro-card,  miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto
all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the


                                       18
<PAGE>

original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the
original  is in  existence  and whether or not such  reproduction  was made by a
party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement,  facsimile or
further  reproduction  of such  reproduction  shall  likewise be  admissible  in
evidence.

18.   SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS ELECTION

      Securities  and Exchange  Commission  Rule 14b-2 requires banks which hold
securities  for the  account of  customers  to respond to requests by issuers of
securities  for the  names,  addresses  and  holdings  of  beneficial  owners of
securities  of that  issuer  held by the bank  unless the  beneficial  owner has
expressly  objected to disclosure of this  information.  In order to comply with
the rule,  the Custodian  needs the Fund to indicate  whether it authorizes  the
Custodian to provide the Fund's name, address,  and share position to requesting
companies whose  securities the Fund owns. If the Fund tells the Custodian "no",
the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies.  If the
Fund tells the Custodian "yes" or does not check either "yes" or "no" below, the
Custodian is required by the rule to treat the Fund as  consenting to disclosure
of this  information  for all  securities  owned  by the  Fund or any  funds  or
accounts established by the Fund. For the Fund's protection,  the Rule prohibits
the  requesting  company  from using the Fund's name and address for any purpose
other than  corporate  communications.  Please  indicate  below whether the Fund
consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.


      YES [ ]    The  Custodian  is  authorized  to  release  the  Fund's  name,
                 address, and share positions.

      NO  [ ]    The  Custodian  is  not  authorized to release the Fund's name,
                 address, and share positions.

19.   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

    The  Custodian  agrees that the  Contract  may only be enforced  against the
assets of the Fund or the particular Portfolio of the Fund.

20.   DATA ACCESS SERVICES ADDENDUM

    The Custodian and the Fund agree to be bound by the terms of the Data Access
Services Addendum attached hereto.

21.   YEAR 2000.

    The Custodian  will take  reasonable  steps to ensure that its products (and
those of its  third-party  suppliers)  reflect  the  available  state of the art
technology to offer products that are Year  2000-compliant,  INCLUDING,  but not
limited to, century  recognition of dates,  calculations  that correctly compute
same-century and  multi-century  formulas and date values,  and interface values

                                       19
<PAGE>

that reflect the date issues arising between now and the next one hundred years.
If any changes are required, the Custodian will make the changes to its products
at no cost to the Fund and in a  commercially  reasonable  time  frame  and will
require third-party suppliers to do likewise.

















                                       20
<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the parties has caused this instrument to be
executed in its name and behalf by its duly  authorized  representative  and its
seal to be hereunder affixed as of the 22nd day of June, 1998.


ATTEST                        MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.


/s/ Keith A. Weller           By:  /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
- ------------------------           -------------------------------
Name:  Keith A. Weller           Name:   Dianne E. O'Donnell
Title: Vice President and        Title:  Vice President
       Assistant Secretary

ATTEST                         STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


/s/ Thomas M. Lenz            By:  /s/ Ronald E. Logue
- ------------------------           -------------------------------
Thomas M. Lenz                     Ronald E. Logue
Vice President                     Executive Vice President





                                                                    EXHIBIT 11
                           KIRKPATRICK & LOCKHART LLP

                         1800 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE, NW.
                                    2ND FLOOR
                           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036-1800

                            TELEPHONE (202) 778-9000
                            FACSIMILE (202) 778-9100

                                   WWW.KL.COM

ROBERT A. WITTIE
(202) 778-9066
[email protected]

                                January 24, 2000




Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc.
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York  10019-6114


Ladies and Gentlemen:

        You have  requested  our opinion,  as counsel to Managed High Yield Plus
Fund Inc.  ("Acquiring  Fund"),  a Maryland  corporation,  as to certain matters
regarding  the  issuance of Shares of the  corporation  in  connection  with the
reorganization  of Managed High Yield Fund Inc.  ("Acquired  Fund"),  a Maryland
corporation,  into Acquiring  Fund, as provided for in the Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization  and  Termination   between  Acquiring  Fund  and  Acquired  Fund
("Plan").  The Plan  provides for Acquired Fund to transfer all of its assets to
Acquiring  Fund in  exchange  solely for the  issuance  of Shares and  Acquiring
Fund's  assumption of the liabilities of Acquired Fund. (As used in this letter,
the term  "Shares"  means the  shares of common  stock in  Acquiring  Fund to be
issued in connection with the Plan.)

        As such counsel, we have examined certified or other copies, believed by
us to be genuine,  of the Acquiring Fund's Articles of Incorporation dated April
24, 1998,  Amended and Restated Bylaws, and such other documents relating to its
organization  and  operation as we have deemed  relevant to our opinion,  as set
forth  herein.  Our opinion is limited to the laws and facts in existence on the
date hereof,  and it is further  limited to the laws (other than the conflict of
law  rules)  of the  State  of  Maryland  that in our  experience  are  normally
applicable to the issuance of shares of common stock by corporations  and to the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act"),  the Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended  ("1940 Act") and the rules and  regulations  of the Securities
and Exchange Commission ("SEC") thereunder.


<PAGE>



Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc.
January 24, 2000
Page 2

        Based on the  foregoing,  we are of the opinion that the issuance of the
Shares has been duly authorized by the Acquiring Fund; and that, when issued and
sold in accordance with the terms contemplated by Acquiring Fund's  registration
statement  on  Form  N-14  ("Registration  Statement"),   including  receipt  by
Acquiring Fund of full payment for the Shares and  compliance  with the 1933 Act
and the 1940 Act,  the Shares will have been  legally  issued,  fully paid,  and
non-assessable.

        We  hereby  consent  to  this  opinion   accompanying  the  Registration
Statement  when it is filed with the SEC and to the reference to our firm in the
Registration Statement.


                                            Very truly yours,

                                            KIRKPATRICK & LOCKHART LLP


                                            By:    /s/ Robert A. Wittie
                                                ------------------------
                                                   Robert A. Wittie


                                                               Exhibit No. 13(a)

                       TRANSFER AGENCY SERVICES AGREEMENT
                       ----------------------------------


      THIS  AGREEMENT  is made as of June  22,  1998 by and  between  PNC  BANK,
NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a national banking association ("PNC"), and MANAGED HIGH
YIELD PLUS FUND INC., a Maryland corporation (the "Fund").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS,  the Fund is  registered  as a closed-end  management  investment
company under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act");
and

      WHEREAS,  the Fund  wishes  to  retain  PNC to serve  as  transfer  agent,
registrar, dividend disbursing agent and shareholder servicing agent to the Fund
and PNC wishes to furnish such services.

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises and mutual  covenants
herein contained,  and intending to be legally bound hereby,  the parties hereto
agree as follows:

  1.  DEFINITIONS.  AS USED IN THIS AGREEMENT:

      (A)  "1933 ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      (B)  "1934 ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

      (C)  "AUTHORIZED  PERSON"  means  any  officer  of the Fund and any  other
           person duly  authorized by the Fund's Board of Directors to give Oral
           Instructions  and  Written  Instructions  on  behalf  of the Fund and
           listed on the Authorized  Persons Appendix attached hereto and made a
           part  hereof or any  amendment  thereto as may be received by PNC. An
           Authorized  Person's scope of authority may be limited by the Fund by
           setting forth such limitation in the Authorized Persons Appendix.

      (D)  "CEA" means the Commodities Exchange Act, as amended.


<PAGE>


      (E)  "ORAL  INSTRUCTIONS"  mean oral instructions  received by PNC from an
           Authorized Person.

      (F)  "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      (G)  "SECURITIES  LAWS" mean the 1933 Act,  the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act and
           the CEA.

      (H)  "SHARES" mean the shares of common stock of the Fund.

      (I)  "WRITTEN   INSTRUCTIONS"  mean  written  instructions  signed  by  an
           Authorized  Person  and  received  by PNC.  The  instructions  may be
           delivered by hand, mail, tested telegram,  cable,  telex or facsimile
           sending device.

2.    APPOINTMENT.  The Fund hereby  appoints  PNC to serve as  transfer  agent,
      registrar,  dividend  disbursing agent and shareholder  servicing agent to
      the Fund in  accordance  with the terms set forth in this  Agreement.  PNC
      accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish such services.

3.    DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS.  The Fund has provided or, where  applicable,  will
      provide PNC with the following:

      (A)  Certified or  authenticated  copies of the  resolutions of the Fund's
           Board  of  Directors,   approving  the  appointment  of  PNC  or  its
           affiliates  to  provide  services  to the  Fund  and  approving  this
           Agreement;

      (B)  A copy of the  Fund's  Registration  Statement  on Form N-2 under the
           1933 Act and the 1940 Act filed with the SEC;

      (C)  A copy of the Fund's advisory agreement;

      (D)  A copy of the Fund's underwriting agreement;

      (E)  A copy of the Fund's administration agreement; and

      (F)  Copies  (certified or authenticated  where applicable) of any and all
           amendments or supplements to the foregoing.

4.    COMPLIANCE WITH RULES AND  REGULATIONS.  PNC undertakes to comply with all
      applicable  requirements  of the Securities  Laws and any laws,  rules and


                                       2
<PAGE>


      regulations of governmental  authorities having  jurisdiction with respect
      to the duties to be performed by PNC hereunder. Except as specifically set
      forth herein,  PNC assumes no  responsibility  for such  compliance by the
      Fund.

5.    INSTRUCTIONS.
      ------------

      (A)  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement,  PNC shall act only upon
           Oral Instructions and Written Instructions.

      (B)  PNC shall be entitled to rely upon any Oral  Instructions and Written
           Instructions  it receives from an Authorized  Person pursuant to this
           Agreement.  PNC may  assume  that any  Oral  Instruction  or  Written
           Instruction  received  hereunder is not in any way inconsistent  with
           the provisions of organizational documents or of any vote, resolution
           or  proceeding  of the  Fund's  Board of  Directors  or of the Fund's
           shareholders,  unless and until PNC receives Written  Instructions to
           the contrary.

      (C)  The Fund  agrees to forward to PNC  Written  Instructions  confirming
           Oral  Instructions  so that PNC receives the Written  Instructions by
           the  close of  business  on the next  business  day  after  such Oral
           Instructions  are  received.  The fact that such  confirming  Written
           Instructions  are not received by PNC shall in no way  invalidate the
           transactions or enforceability of the transactions  authorized by the
           Oral  Instructions.  Where Oral Instructions or Written  Instructions
           reasonably  appear to have been received  from an Authorized  Person,
           PNC shall  incur no  liability  to the Fund in acting  upon such Oral
           Instructions  or Written  Instructions  provided  that PNC's  actions
           comply with the other provisions of this Agreement.


                                       3
<PAGE>


6.    RIGHT TO RECEIVE ADVICE.
      -----------------------

      (A)  ADVICE OF THE FUND.  If PNC is in doubt as to any action it should or
           should not take, PNC may request directions or advice, including Oral
           Instructions or Written Instructions, from the Fund.

      (B)  ADVICE OF COUNSEL. If PNC shall be in doubt as to any question of law
           pertaining  to any  action  it should  or  should  not take,  PNC may
           request  advice at its own cost from such counsel of its own choosing
           (who may be counsel for the Fund,  the Fund's  investment  adviser or
           PNC, at the option of PNC).

      (C)  CONFLICTING  ADVICE.  In the event of a conflict between  directions,
           advice or Oral Instructions or Written Instructions PNC receives from
           the Fund, and the advice it receives from counsel,  PNC may rely upon
           and follow the advice of  counsel.  In the event PNC so relies on the
           advice of counsel,  PNC remains  liable for any action or omission on
           the part of PNC which  constitutes  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,
           negligence or reckless disregard by PNC of any duties, obligations or
           responsibilities set forth in this Agreement.

      (D)  PROTECTION  OF PNC.  PNC shall be protected in any action it takes or
           does  not  take  in  reliance   upon   directions,   advice  or  Oral
           Instructions  or Written  Instructions  it receives  from the Fund or
           from counsel and which PNC believes,  in good faith, to be consistent
           with  those  directions,  advice  or  Oral  Instructions  or  Written
           Instructions.  Nothing in this  section  shall be  construed so as to
           impose an obligation upon PNC (i) to seek such directions,  advice or
           Oral  Instructions  or  Written  Instructions,  or  (ii)  to  act  in
           accordance  with  such  directions,  advice or Oral  Instructions  or
           Written  Instructions  unless, under the terms of other provisions of
           this  Agreement,  the same is a condition of PNC's properly taking or
           not taking such action.  Nothing in this subsection  shall excuse PNC
           when an action or  omission  on the part of PNC  constitutes  willful
           misfeasance,  bad faith,  negligence or reckless  disregard by PNC of
           any  duties,  obligations  or  responsibilities  set  forth  in  this
           Agreement.

                                       4
<PAGE>




7.    RECORDS;  VISITS.  PNC shall prepare and maintain in complete and accurate
      form all books and records  necessary  for it to serve as transfer  agent,
      registrar,  dividend  disbursing agent and shareholder  servicing agent to
      the Fund,  including  (a) all those  records  required to be prepared  and
      maintained by the Fund under the 1940 Act, by other applicable  Securities
      Laws,  rules  and  regulations  and by state  laws and (b) such  books and
      records as are  necessary for PNC to perform all of the services it agrees
      to provide in this  Agreement.  The books and  records  pertaining  to the
      Fund,  which are in the  possession or under the control of PNC,  shall be
      the  property  of the Fund.  The Fund and  Authorized  Persons  shall have
      access to such books and records in the possession or under the control of
      PNC at all times during PNC's normal business  hours.  Upon the reasonable
      request  of the  Fund,  copies  of  any  such  books  and  records  in the
      possession  or under the  control of PNC shall be  provided  by PNC to the
      Fund or to an Authorized  Person.  Upon reasonable notice by the Fund, PNC
      shall make  available  during  regular  business  hours its facilities and
      premises employed in connection with its performance of this Agreement for
      reasonable  visits by the Fund, any agent or person designated by the Fund
      or any regulatory agency having authority over the Fund.

8.    CONFIDENTIALITY.  PNC agrees to keep  confidential all records of the Fund
      and information  relating to the Fund and its shareholders (past,  present



                                       5
<PAGE>

      and future), its investment adviser, PaineWebber Incorporated or any other
      principal  underwriter  for the Fund unless the release of such records or
      information  is otherwise  consented to, in writing,  by the Fund prior to
      its release.  The Fund agrees that such consent shall not be  unreasonably
      withheld  and may not be  withheld  where PNC may be  exposed  to civil or
      criminal contempt proceedings or when required to divulge such information
      or records to duly constituted authorities.

9.    COOPERATION  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS.   PNC  shall  cooperate  with  the  Fund's
      independent  public  accountants and shall take all reasonable  actions in
      the performance of its obligations under this Agreement to ensure that the
      necessary  information  is  made  available  to such  accountants  for the
      expression of their opinion, as required by the Fund.

10.   DISASTER  RECOVERY.  PNC shall  enter  into and shall  maintain  in effect
      with  appropriate   parties  one  or  more  agreements  making  reasonable
      provisions for periodic  backup of computer files and data with respect to
      the Fund and emergency use of electronic data processing  equipment to the
      extent  appropriate  equipment  is  available.  In the event of  equipment
      failures, PNC shall, at no additional expense to the Fund, take reasonable
      steps to minimize service interruptions.  PNC shall have no liability with
      respect to the loss of data or service  interruptions  caused by equipment
      failure,  provided  such loss or  interruption  is not caused by PNC's own
      willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  negligence or reckless disregard of its
      duties or obligations  under this Agreement and provided  further that PNC
      has complied with this Paragraph 10.

11.   COMPENSATION. As compensation for services rendered by PNC during the term
      of this Agreement, the Fund will pay to PNC a fee or fees as may be agreed
      to from time to time in writing by the Fund and PNC.


                                       6
<PAGE>


12.  INDEMNIFICATION.
     ---------------

     (A)   The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless PNC and its affiliates
           from  all  taxes,   charges,   expenses,   assessments,   claims  and
           liabilities (including, without limitation, liabilities arising under
           the Securities Laws and any state and foreign securities and blue sky
           laws,  and  amendments  thereto),  and expenses,  including  (without
           limitation)  reasonable  attorneys' fees and  disbursements,  arising
           directly or  indirectly  from (i) any action or omission to act which
           PNC takes (a) at the request or on the direction of or in reliance on
           the  advice  of the Fund or (b) upon  Oral  Instructions  or  Written
           Instructions or (ii) the acceptance, processing and/or negotiation of
           checks or other methods utilized for the purchase of Shares.  Neither
           PNC,  nor any of its  affiliates,  shall be  indemnified  against any
           liability (or any expenses incident to such liability) arising out of
           PNC's  or  its  affiliates'  own  willful  misfeasance,   bad  faith,
           negligence or reckless  disregard of its duties and obligations under
           this  Agreement.  The Fund's  liability to PNC for PNC's  acceptance,
           processing and/or negotiation of checks or other methods utilized for
           the  purchase of Shares  shall be limited to the extent of the Fund's
           policy(es) of insurance that provide for coverage of such  liability,
           and the Fund's insurance coverage shall take precedence.

     (B)   PNC agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless the Fund from all taxes,
           charges,  expenses,  assessment,  penalties,  claims and  liabilities
           arising from PNC's obligations pursuant to this Agreement (including,
           without  limitation,  liabilities  arising under the Securities Laws,
           and  any  state  and  foreign  securities  and  blue  sky  laws,  and
           amendments  thereto) and  expenses,  including  (without  limitation)
           reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  disbursements  arising  directly or
           indirectly out of PNC's or its nominee's own willful misfeasance, bad
           faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its duties and obligations
           under this Agreement.


                                       7
<PAGE>


     (C)   In  order  that  the  indemnification  provisions  contained  in this
           Paragraph  12 shall  apply,  upon the  assertion of a claim for which
           either  party may be  required  to  indemnify  the  other,  the party
           seeking indemnification shall promptly notify the other party of such
           assertion, and shall keep the other party advised with respect to all
           developments  concerning such claim. The party who may be required to
           indemnify shall have the option to participate with the party seeking
           indemnification  in the  defense  of such  claim.  The party  seeking
           indemnification  shall  in no case  confess  any  claim  or make  any
           compromise  or settlement in any case in which the other party may be
           required to indemnify it except with the other  party's prior written
           consent.

     (D)   The members of the Board of the Fund,  its officers and  shareholders
           shall  not be  liable  for any  obligations  of the Fund  under  this
           Agreement,  and PNC  agrees  that in  asserting  any rights or claims
           under this  Agreement,  it shall look only to the assets and property
           of the Fund in  settlement  of such  rights or claims and not to such
           members of the Board, its officers and shareholders.

13.  RESPONSIBILITY OF PNC.
     ---------------------

     (A)   PNC  shall be under no duty to take any  action on behalf of the Fund
           except as  specifically  set forth  herein or as may be  specifically
           agreed to by PNC in writing.  PNC shall be obligated to exercise care
           and diligence in the performance of its duties  hereunder,  to act in
           good  faith  and to use  its  best  efforts  in  performing  services
           provided  for under  this  Agreement.  PNC  shall be  liable  for any


                                       8
<PAGE>


           damages arising out of PNC's failure to perform its duties under this
           Agreement  to the  extent  such  damages  arise out of PNC's  willful
           misfeasance,  bad faith,  negligence  or reckless  disregard  of such
           duties.

     (B)   Without  limiting  the  generality  of the  foregoing or of any other
           provision  of this  Agreement,  PNC  shall  not be under  any duty or
           obligation  to  inquire  into and  shall  not be  liable  for (A) the
           validity  or  invalidity  or  authority  or lack  thereof of any Oral
           Instruction or Written Instruction,  notice or other instrument which
           conforms to the applicable requirements of this Agreement,  and which
           PNC reasonably  believes to be genuine; or (B) subject to Section 10,
           delays or errors or loss of data occurring by reason of circumstances
           beyond PNC's control,  including acts of civil or military authority,
           national emergencies,  labor difficulties,  fire, flood, catastrophe,
           acts of God,  insurrection,  war,  riots  or  failure  of the  mails,
           transportation, communication or power supply.

      (C)  Notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement to the contrary,  neither
           PNC  nor  its  affiliates  shall  be  liable  to  the  Fund  for  any
           consequential,  special or indirect  losses or damages which the Fund
           may  incur  or  suffer  by  or  as a  consequence  of  PNC's  or  its
           affiliates'  performance of the services provided hereunder,  whether
           or not the  likelihood  of such losses or damages was known by PNC or
           its affiliates.

14.   INSURANCE.  PNC shall  maintain  insurance of the types and in the amounts
      deemed by it to be  appropriate.  To the extent that policies of insurance
      may  provide for  coverage of claims for  liability  or  indemnity  by the
      parties set forth in this Agreement, the contracts of insurance shall take
      precedence,  and no  provision  of this  Agreement  shall be  construed to
      relieve  an insurer of any  obligation  to pay claims to the Fund,  PNC or
      other  insured  party  which  would  otherwise  be a covered  claim in the
      absence of any provision of this Agreement.


                                       9
<PAGE>




15.   SECURITY
      --------

      (A)  PNC represents  and warrants that, to the best of its knowledge,  the
           various  procedures and systems which PNC has implemented with regard
           to the safeguarding  from loss or damage  attributable to fire, theft
           or any other cause (including  provision for twenty-four  hours a day
           restricted access) of the Fund's blank checks, certificates,  records
           and other data and PNC's  equipment,  facilities  and other  property
           used in the  performance of its  obligations  hereunder are adequate,
           and that it will make such  changes  therein  from time to time as in
           its  judgment  are  required  for  the  secure   performance  of  its
           obligations  hereunder.  PNC shall review such systems and procedures
           on a periodic  basis,  and the Fund shall have  reasonable  access to
           review these systems and procedures.

      (B)  Y2K Compliance.  PNC further represents and warrants that any and all
           electronic  data  processing  systems  and  programs  that it uses or
           retains in connection  with the provision of services  hereunder will
           be year 2000 compliant.

16.  DESCRIPTION  OF SERVICES
     ------------------------

      (A)   Services Provided on an Ongoing Basis by PNC to the Fund.

             (i)    Establish and maintain proper shareholder registrations;
             (ii)   Countersign certificates of stock;
             (iii)  Provide  toll-free  lines for direct  shareholder  use, plus
                    customer liaison staff for on-line inquiry response;
             (iv)   Provide  periodic   shareholder  lists,   outstanding  share
                    calculations and statistics;
             (v)    Prepare and mail required calendar and taxable year-end tax




                                       10
<PAGE>

                  and statement information (including forms 1099-DIV and 1099-B
                  and accompanying statements); and
             (vi) Periodic mailing of shareholder  account  information and Fund
                  financial reports.

      (B)  SERVICES  PROVIDED BY PNC UNDER ORAL OR WRITTEN  INSTRUCTIONS  OF THE
           FUND.
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------

           (i)     Accept, post and perform shareholder transfers;
           (ii)    Pay dividends and other distributions; and
           (iii)   Issue and cancel Share certificates.

      (C)  TRANSACTIONS NOT REQUIRING  INSTRUCTIONS.  In the absence of contrary
           Written  Instructions,  PNC  is  authorized  to  take  the  following
           actions:

           (i)     TRANSFER  OF  SHARES;   UNCERTIFICATED  SECURITIES.  Where  a
                   shareholder  does not  hold a  certificate  representing  the
                   number  of  Shares  in his  account  and  provides  PNC  with
                   instructions  for the transfer of such Shares which include a
                   signature   guaranteed  by  a  national  bank  or  registered
                   broker/dealer  and such other  appropriate  documentation  to
                   permit a transfer,  then PNC shall  register  such Shares and
                   shall deliver them pursuant to instructions received from the
                   transferor,  pursuant to the rules of the exchange upon which
                   Shares are listed,  the rules and regulations of the SEC, and
                   the law of the State of Maryland  relating to the transfer of
                   shares of common stock.

           (ii)    STOCK  CERTIFICATES.  If at any time the  Fund  issues  stock
                   certificates, the following provisions will apply:

                   (a)   The Fund will  supply PNC with a  sufficient  supply of
                         stock  certificates  representing  Shares,  in the form
                         approved from time to time by the Board of Directors of
                         the Fund, and, from time to time,  shall replenish such
                         supply  upon  request  of  PNC. Such stock certificates


                                    11
<PAGE>


                         shall be  properly  signed,  manually  or by  facsimile
                         signature,  by the duly authorized officers of the Fund
                         and shall bear the corporate seal or facsimile  thereof
                         of the Fund, and notwithstanding the death, resignation
                         or removal of any  officer of the Fund,  such  executed
                         certificates  bearing the manual or facsimile signature
                         of such officer shall remain valid and may be issued to
                         Shareholders until PNC is otherwise directed by Written
                         Instructions.

                   (b)   PNC shall place a stop notice  against any  certificate
                         reported to be lost or stolen and shall comply with all
                         applicable   federal   regulatory    requirements   for
                         reporting such loss or alleged misappropriation. In the
                         case of the  loss  or  destruction  of any  certificate
                         representing Shares, no new certificate shall be issued
                         in lieu  thereof,  unless  there  shall first have been
                         furnished:  (i) an appropriate bond of indemnity issued
                         by  the  surety  company  approved  by PNC  and  (ii) a
                         completed release and indemnification agreement, signed
                         by the Shareholder to protect the Fund and PNC.

                   (c)   Upon receipt of signed stock certificates,  which shall
                         be in proper form for transfer,  and upon  cancellation
                         or destruction thereof, PNC shall countersign, register
                         and  issue  new  certificates  for the same  number  of
                         Shares and shall deliver them pursuant to  instructions
                         received from the transferor, the rules of the exchange


                                       12
<PAGE>

                         upon which Shares are listed, the rules and regulations
                         of the  SEC,  and  the  law of the  State  of  Maryland
                         relating to the transfer of shares of common stock.

                   (d)   Upon receipt of the stock certificates,  which shall be
                         in  proper  form  for   transfer,   together  with  the
                         Shareholder's   instructions   to   hold   such   stock
                         certificates  for  safekeeping,  PNC shall  reduce such
                         Shares to  uncertificated  status,  while retaining the
                         appropriate registration in the name of the Shareholder
                         upon the transfer books.

                   (e)   Upon receipt of Written Instructions from a Shareholder
                         of  uncertified  securities  for a  certificate  in the
                         number of shares in his  account,  PNC will  issue such
                         stock certificates and deliver them to the Shareholder.

      (D)  TENDER AGENT  SERVICES.  The terms and conditions of any tender offer
           by the Fund to purchase  its Shares shall be set forth in the form of
           document  entitled  "Offer to  Purchase"  and in the related  form of
           "Letter of  Transmittal,"  which together  constitute the "Offer" and
           shall be forwarded to PNC by the Fund when  applicable.  In the event
           any tender offer is made,  and if so requested by the Fund, PNC shall
           provide the  following  services in its capacity as a tender agent to
           the Fund:

           (i)    Establish   accounts   with  respect  to  the  Shares  at  the
                  Depository  Trust Company for purposes of the Offer within two
                  business days after the date of the Offer to Purchase.

           (ii)   Receive all Letters of Transmittal and the accompanying  stock
                  certificates  sent or delivered at the  addresses set forth in
                  the Offer. Accept a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery presented by
                  hand, mail, telegram, telex or facsimile transmission from an

                                       13
<PAGE>


                  Eligible   Institution  which  sets  forth  the  name  of  the
                  tendering shareholder, the number of Shares tendered, and that
                  a Letter of Transmittal  with the stock  certificates  will be
                  presented as required under the Offer to Purchase;

           (iii)  Accept  provisionally those tenders evidencing some deficiency
                  in  execution.   Make  a  reasonable  attempt  to  inform  the
                  presenters of the need for fulfillment of  requirements.  Make
                  any such tenders remaining deficient at the time of expiration
                  available   for  review  by  the  Fund  on  the  business  day
                  immediately  succeeding the Expiration Date, as defined in the
                  Offer to  Purchase,  and act in  accordance  with  the  Fund's
                  instructions regarding the disposition.

           (iv)   Accept tenders in cases where the Shares are registered in two
                  or more names only if signed by all named holders.

           (v)    Accept  tenders  signed by persons  acting in a  fiduciary  or
                  representative  capacity only if such capacity is shown on the
                  Letter of Transmittal  and proper  evidence of their authority
                  to act is submitted.


           (vi)   Accept   tenders  from  persons  other  than  the   registered
                  shareholder   provided  that  normal  transfer   requirements,
                  including any  applicable  transfer  taxes as set forth in the
                  Letter of Transmittal, are fulfilled.

           (vii)  Accept  partial  tenders  of Shares where so  indicated in the
                  appropriate section of the Letter of Transmittal. Split up and
                  return   untendered  Shares  to  the  holder  as  promptly  as
                  practicable.


                                       14
<PAGE>


           (viii) Record on a daily log the  Letters  of  Transmittal  and stock
                  certificates   and   confirmations   of  book-entry   transfer
                  received,  maintain  such  Letters  of  Transmittal  and stock
                  certificates and  confirmations in a secure place, and prepare
                  control   ledgers  of  Letters   of   Transmittal   and  stock
                  certificates  and  confirmations  by item and number of Shares
                  tendered.

           (ix)   Review   Letters  of  Transmittal  to  determine  if  the  box
                  captioned  "Description  of Shares  Tendered"  is filled in or
                  completed with a preprinted  label and the box captioned "Sign
                  Here" has been executed on the first line.

           (x)    Handle   withdrawals  of  tendered   Shares,   the  return  of
                  certificates for tendered Shares not accepted by the Fund, and
                  payment for tendered  Shares which the Fund has  accepted,  in
                  accordance with the Fund's specific instructions given to PNC,
                  and  consistently  with the terms of the Offer to Purchase and
                  Letter of Transmittal;  provided, that no payment for tendered
                  Shares shall be required until the Fund has deposited with PNC
                  all  necessary  funds  (which the Fund  agrees to do  promptly
                  after the Fund's  acceptance  of tenders as  described  in the
                  Offer  to   Purchase).

           (xi)   Prepare and file tax forms.


           (xii)  Respond to inquiries from the Fund's  shareholders  and others
                  in regard to  the   mechanics  of  tendering   Shares  (or, as
                  appropriate, refer such inquiries to the Information Agent).

           (xiii) Prepare  a  final  list  of  all  persons  whose  tenders  are
                  accepted, and the number of Shares tendered.


                                       15
<PAGE>


           (xiv)  Notify   the    Fund   with   respect   to any Shares received
                  subsequent to the Expiration  Date (as defined in the Offer to
                  Purchase)  and accept  instructions  provided on behalf of the
                  Fund with  respect  to the  disposition  of such  Shares.

      (E)  CANCELLATION  AND  REISSUANCE OF SHARES.  Upon receipt of appropriate
           notification  of  cancellation  and  reissuance,  PNC  shall  cancel,
           reissue and credit the account of the investor or other  recordholder
           with Shares in accordance with standard industry practice.

      (F)  DIVIDENDS  AND  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Upon receipt of a  resolution  of the
           Fund's Board of Directors  authorizing the declaration and payment of
           dividends  and  distributions,  PNC  shall  issue the  dividends  and
           distributions  in cash, or, if the  resolution so provides,  pay such
           dividends and distributions in Shares. Such issuance or payment shall
           be made after  deduction and payment of the required  amount of funds
           to be withheld in accordance  with any  applicable  tax laws or other
           laws, rules or regulations. PNC shall mail to the Fund's shareholders
           and the IRS and other appropriate  taxing authorities such tax forms,
           or permissible  substitute forms, and other  information  relating to
           dividends and distributions paid by the Fund (including  designations
           of the  portions of  distributions  of net capital  gain that are 20%
           rate gain distributions and 28% rate gain  distributions  pursuant to
           IRS  Notice  97-64)  as  are  required  to be  filed  and  mailed  by
           applicable law, rule or regulation  within the time required thereby.
           PNC  shall  prepare,  maintain  and  file  with  the  IRS  and  other
           appropriate  taxing  authorities  reports  relating to all  dividends
           above a  stipulated  amount paid by the Fund to its  shareholders  as
           required by tax or other laws, rules or regulations


                                       16
<PAGE>


           Pursuant  to Written  Instructions,  PNC may  arrange  for the direct
           payment of cash dividends and  distributions  to  shareholders by the
           Fund's  custodian,  instead of PNC Bank  disbursing such funds to the
           shareholder after receipt from the Fund's custodian.

           PNC shall maintain and file with the United States  Internal  Revenue
           Service and other appropriate taxing authorities  reports relating to
           all dividends above a stipulated amount (currently $10.00 accumulated
           yearly dividends) paid by the Fund to its shareholders as required by
           tax or other law, rule or regulation.

           In accordance with the Prospectus and such procedures and controls as
           are mutually agreed upon from time to time by and among the Fund, PNC
           and  the  Fund's  Custodian,  PNC  shall  process  applications  from
           Shareholders  relating  to  the  Fund's  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan
           ("Dividend Reinvestment Plan") and will effect purchases of Shares in
           connection with and pursuant to the Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan.

      (G)  COMMUNICATIONS  TO  SHAREHOLDERS.  Upon timely Written  Instructions,
           PNC shall mail all communications by the Fund to its shareholders,
           including:

           (i)   Reports to shareholders;
           (ii)  Confirmations   of   purchases   and  sales  of  fund  shares;
           (iii) Monthly or quarterly statements;
           (iv)  Dividend and distribution notices;
           (v)   Proxy material; and


                                       17
<PAGE>


           (vi)  Tax form information.


           If  requested by the Fund,  PNC will prepare and certify  shareholder
           lists in conjunction with proxy  solicitations,  receive and tabulate
           the proxy  cards for the  meetings  of the Fund's  shareholders,  and
           supply personnel to serve as inspectors of election.

      (H)  RECORDS.  PNC  shall  maintain  records  of  the  accounts  for  each
           shareholder showing the following information:

           (i)   Name,  address and United States Tax  Identification  or Social
                 Security number;

           (ii)  Number and class of shares  held and number and class of shares
                 for which  certificates,  if any,  have been issued,  including
                 certificate numbers and denominations;

           (iii) Historical   information   regarding   the   account   of  each
                 shareholder,  including dividends and distributions paid, their
                 character (e.g.  ordinary  income,  net capital gain (including
                 20% rate gain and 28% rate gain), exempt-interest,  foreign tax
                 credit and dividends received  deduction  eligible) for federal
                 income tax purposes  and the date and price (where  applicable)
                 for all transactions in a shareholder's account;

           (iv)  Any stop or restraining  order placed  against a  shareholder's
                 account;

           (v)   Any  correspondence  relating to the current  maintenance  of a
                 shareholder's account;

           (vi)  Information with respect to withholdings; and

           (vii) Any  information  required  in order for the transfer  agent to
                 perform  any  calculations  contemplated  or  required  by this
                 Agreement.

      (I)  SHAREHOLDER  INSPECTION  OF STOCK  RECORDS.  Upon  requests from Fund
           shareholders  to inspect stock records,  PNC will notify the Fund and
           require  instructions  granting or denying each such request.

           Unless PNC has acted  contrary to the Fund's  instructions,  the Fund
           agrees to release PNC from any  liability  for refusal of  permission
           for a  particular  shareholder  to  inspect  the  Fund's  shareholder
           records.

                                       18
<PAGE>


      (J)  WITHDRAWAL OF SHARES AND CANCELLATION OF  CERTIFICATES.  Upon receipt
           of Written  Instructions,  PNC shall cancel outstanding  certificates
           surrendered  by the Fund to reduce  the total  amount of  outstanding
           shares by the number of shares surrendered by the Fund.

17.   AUTHORIZED  SHARES.  The Fund's  authorized  capital stock consists of Two
      Hundred Million  (200,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $.001 per
      Share.  PNC shall record issues of all Shares and shall notify the Fund in
      case  any  proposed  issue  of  Shares  by the  Fund  shall  result  in an
      over-issue  as defined by Section  8-210(a)  of Article 8 of the  Maryland
      Uniform  Commercial Code. In case any issue of Shares would result in such
      an  over-issue,  PNC  shall  refuse  to issue  such  Shares  and shall not
      countersign and issue certificates for such Shares.

18.   DURATION AND TERMINATION.
      ------------------------

      (A)  This  Agreement  shall be effective on the date first above  written
           and shall  continue in effect for an initial period of two (2) years
           ("Initial  Term").  Upon the  expiration of the Initial  Term,  this
           Agreement shall  automatically renew for successive terms of one (1)
           year  ("Renewal  Terms");  provided,  that  this  Agreement  may  be
           terminated  by  either  party  during a Renewal  Term  upon  written
           notice  given at  least  ninety  (90)  days  prior  to  termination.
           During either the Initial Term or the Renewal Terms,  this Agreement
           may also be terminated on an earlier date by either party for cause.

      (B)  With  respect to the Fund,  cause  includes,  but is not limited to,
           (i) PNC's material  breach of this  Agreement  causing it to fail to
           substantially  perform  its duties  under this  Agreement.  In order


                                       19
<PAGE>

           for  such  material   breach  to   constitute   "cause"  under  this
           Paragraph,  PNC must receive written notice from the Fund specifying
           the  material  breach and PNC shall not have  corrected  such breach
           within  a  15-day  period;   (ii)  financial   difficulties  of  PNC
           evidenced by the  authorization  or  commencement  of a voluntary or
           involuntary  bankruptcy  under  the  U.S.  Bankruptcy  Code  or  any
           applicable  bankruptcy or similar law, or under any  applicable  law
           of any  jurisdiction  relating to the liquidation or  reorganization
           of debt,  the  appointment of a receiver or to the  modification  or
           alleviation  of the rights of  creditors;  and (iii)  issuance of an
           administrative  or  court  order  against  PNC  with  regard  to the
           material  violation or alleged material  violation of the Securities
           Laws or other  applicable laws related to its business of performing
           transfer agency services;

      (C)  With  respect to PNC,  cause  includes,  but is not  limited  to, the
           failure  of the Fund to pay the  compensation  set  forth in  writing
           pursuant to Paragraph 11 of this Agreement.

      (D)  Any notice of termination for cause in conformity with  subparagraphs
           (a),  (b) and (c) of this  Paragraph  by the Fund shall be  effective
           thirty  (30) days  from the date of any such  notice.  Any  notice of
           termination for cause by PNC shall be effective 90 days from the date
           of such notice.

      (E)  Upon  the  termination  hereof,  the  Fund  shall  pay  to  PNC  such
           compensation  as may be due for the period  prior to the date of such
           termination. In the event that the Fund designates a successor to any
           of  PNC's  obligations  under  this  Agreement,  PNC  shall,  at  the
           direction  and expense of the Fund,  transfer to such  successor  all
           relevant books,  records and other data  established or maintained by
           PNC hereunder including,  a certified list of the shareholders of the


                                       20
<PAGE>


           Fund with name, address, and if provided,  taxpayer identification or
           Social Security number,  and a complete record of the account of each
           shareholder.  To the  extent  that PNC incurs  expenses  related to a
           transfer of  responsibilities  to a  successor,  other than  expenses
           involved in PNC's providing the Fund's books and records described in
           the preceding sentence to the successors, PNC shall be entitled to be
           reimbursed   for   such   extraordinary   expenses,   including   any
           out-of-pocket  expenses reasonably incurred by PNC in connection with
           the transfer.

      (F)  Any termination  effected pursuant to this Paragraph shall not affect
           the rights and  obligations of the parties under Paragraph 12 hereof.


      (G)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  this Agreement  shall terminate with
           respect  to  the  Fund  upon  the  liquidation,   merger,   or  other
           dissolution of the Fund or upon the Fund's ceasing to be a registered
           investment company.

19.   REGISTRATION  AS A TRANSFER  AGENT.  PNC  represents  that it is currently
      registered  with the  appropriate  federal agency for the  registration of
      transfer  agents,  or is  otherwise  permitted  to  lawfully  conduct  its
      activities without such registration and that it will remain so registered
      or able to so conduct such  activities for the duration of this Agreement.
      PNC  agrees  that it will  promptly  notify  the Fund in the  event of any
      material change in its status as a registered  transfer agent.  Should PNC
      fail to be registered  with the SEC as a transfer agent at any time during
      this  Agreement,  and such  failure  to  register  does not  permit PNC to
      lawfully  conduct its activities,  the Fund may, on written notice to PNC,
      terminate this Agreement upon five days written notice to PNC.

20.   NOTICES.   All  notices  and  other   communications,   including  Written
      Instructions,  shall be in writing or by confirming telegram, cable, telex
      or facsimile sending device. Notices shall be addressed (a) if to PNC, c/o
      PFPC Inc. at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809; (b) if to


                                       21
<PAGE>


      the Fund, at the address of the Fund, Attn: President or (c) if to neither
      of the  foregoing,  at such other address as shall have been given by like
      notice to the  sender of any such  notice  or other  communication  by the
      other party.  If notice is sent by confirming  telegram,  cable,  telex or
      facsimile sending device during regular business hours, it shall be deemed
      to have been given  immediately;  if sent during a time other than regular
      business  hours,  such  notice  shall be deemed to have been  given at the
      opening of the next business day. If notice is sent by  first-class  mail,
      it shall be deemed to have been given three days after it has been mailed.
      If notice is sent by  messenger,  it shall be deemed to have been given on
      the  day  it is  delivered.  All  postage,  cable,  telegram,  telex,  and
      facsimile  sending  device  charges  arising  from the sending of a notice
      hereunder shall be paid by the sender.

21.   AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement, or any term thereof, may be changed or waived
      only by a written amendment,  signed by the party against whom enforcement
      of such change or waiver is sought.

22.   DELEGATION;  ASSIGNMENT. PNC may assign its rights and delegate its duties
      hereunder to any wholly-owned  direct or indirect  subsidiary of PNC Bank,
      National  Association  or PNC Bank Corp.,  provided that (i) PNC gives the
      Fund  thirty  (30) days'  prior  written  notice;  (ii) the  delegate  (or
      assignee)  is  qualified  to act as a transfer  agent and  registrar  with
      respect to securities listed on any national  securities exchange on which
      Shares  of the Fund are  listed  ("Exchange");  (iii) if  required  by the
      Exchange,  PNC shall give notice of the  delegation to the Exchange;  (iv)
      the delegate (or assignee) agrees with PNC and the Fund to comply with all
      relevant  provisions of the Securities Laws; and (v) PNC and such delegate
      (or assignee) promptly provide such information

                                       22
<PAGE>

      as the Fund may  request,  and respond to such  questions  as the Fund may
      ask,  relative  to the  delegation  (or  assignment),  including  (without
      limitation) the capabilities of the delegate (or assignee). The assignment
      and  delegation  of any of PNC's  duties  under this  paragraph  shall not
      relieve  PNC of any of its  responsibilities  or  liabilities  under  this
      Agreement.

23.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
      each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall
      constitute one and the same instrument.

24.   FURTHER  ACTIONS.  Each party  agrees to  perform  such  further  acts and
      execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes
      hereof.

25.   MISCELLANEOUS.
      -------------

      (A)  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This Agreement  embodies the entire agreement and
           understanding between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements
           and  understandings  relating to the subject matter hereof,  provided
           that the parties may embody in one or more separate  documents  their
           agreement,  if  any,  with  respect  to  delegated  duties  and  Oral
           Instructions.

      (B)  CAPTIONS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience
           of  reference  only  and  in no  way  define  or  delimit  any of the
           provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

      (C)  GOVERNING LAW. This  Agreement  shall be deemed to be a contract made
           in  Delaware  and  governed  by  Delaware  law,   without  regard  to
           principles of conflicts of law.


                                       23
<PAGE>


      (D)  PARTIAL INVALIDITY.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held
           or made invalid by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the
           remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

      (E)  SUCCESSORS  AND  ASSIGNS.  This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and
           shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
           successors and permitted assigns.

      (F)  FACSIMILE  SIGNATURES.  The facsimile  signature of any party to this
           Agreement shall constitute the valid and binding  execution hereof by
           such party.


                                       24
<PAGE>


      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed  as of the day  and  year  first  above  written.  PNC  BANK,  NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION



                               BY: /s/ Robert J. Perlsweig
                                   -------------------------------
                                   Robert J. Perlsweig


                               TITLE: Vice President
                                     -----------------------------


                               MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.



                               BY: /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                  --------------------------------


                               TITLE: Vice President and Secretary
                                     -----------------------------


                                       25
<PAGE>





                           AUTHORIZED PERSONS APPENDIX


NAME (TYPE)                               SIGNATURE

- ------------------------------            ------------------------------


- ------------------------------            ------------------------------


- ------------------------------            ------------------------------


- ------------------------------            ------------------------------


- ------------------------------            ------------------------------


- ------------------------------            ------------------------------


- ------------------------------            ------------------------------


- ------------------------------            ------------------------------


- ------------------------------            ------------------------------


                                       26


                                                                   Exhibit 13(b)



                     REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT




                                      among



                       MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.,
                                   as Borrower



                       CORPORATE RECEIVABLES CORPORATION,
                                    as Lender



                                 CITIBANK, N.A.,
                               as Secondary Lender



                                       and



                          CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
                                    as Agent




                          Dated as of October 23, 1998

==============================================================================
                                                                    [Type VII-C]


<PAGE>



TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.............................


   DEFINITIONS...............................................................1


   SECTION I.02. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION......................................22


   SECTION I.03. COMPUTATION OF TIME PERIODS................................22


ARTICLE II ADVANCES TO THE BORROWER.........................................23


   SECTION I.04. ADVANCE FACILITY...........................................23


   SECTION I.05. MAKING OF ADVANCES.........................................23


   SECTION I.06. ADVANCE NOTES..............................................24


   SECTION I.07. MATURITY OF THE ADVANCES...................................24


   SECTION I.08. PREPAYMENT OF THE ADVANCES.................................25


   SECTION I.09. YIELD......................................................26


   SECTION I.10. INCREASED COSTS............................................26


   SECTION I.11. COMPENSATION...............................................27


   SECTION I.12. ADDITIONAL YIELD ON EURODOLLAR RATE ADVANCES...............27


   SECTION I.13. TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF THE TOTAL COMMITMENT...........27


   SECTION I.14. RESCISSION OR RETURN OF PAYMENT............................28


   SECTION I.15. FEES PAYABLE BY BORROWER...................................28


   SECTION I.16. POST DEFAULT INTEREST......................................28


   SECTION I.17. PAYMENTS...................................................28


   SECTION I.18. BORROWER'S OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE............................29


ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT............................................29


   SECTION I.19. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS
   AGREEMENT................................................................29


   SECTION I.20. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL ADVANCES.......................31


<PAGE>


ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................................31


   SECTION I.21. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BORROWER.............31


ARTICLE V COVENANTS.........................................................34


   SECTION I.22. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER......................34


   SECTION I.23. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.........................38


ARTICLE VI EVENTS OF DEFAULT................................................40


   SECTION I.24. EVENTS OF DEFAULT..........................................40


ARTICLE VII PLEDGE OF ASSIGNED COLLATERAL; RIGHTS OF THE AGENT..............43


   SECTION I.25. SECURITY INTERESTS.........................................43


   SECTION I.26. SUBSTITUTION OF COLLATERAL AND RELEASE OF SECURITY
   INTEREST.................................................................44


   SECTION I.27. APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS....................................45


   SECTION I.28. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT..................46


   SECTION I.29. REMEDIES CUMULATIVE........................................46


   SECTION I.30. ENFORCEMENT OF REMEDIES UNDER THE CUSTODIAL AGREEMENT......47


ARTICLE VIII THE AGENT......................................................47


   SECTION I.31. AUTHORIZATION AND ACTION...................................47


   SECTION I.32. AGENT'S RELIANCE, ETC......................................47


ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS....................................................48


   SECTION I.33. NO WAIVER; MODIFICATIONS IN WRITING........................48


   SECTION I.34. NOTICES, ETC...............................................48


   SECTION I.35. TAXES......................................................50


   SECTION I.36. COSTS AND EXPENSES; INDEMNIFICATION........................51


   SECTION I.37. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS..................................52


   SECTION I.38. ASSIGNABILITY..............................................52


   SECTION I.39. GOVERNING LAW..............................................53


2


<PAGE>


   SECTION I.40. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.................................53


   SECTION I.41. CONFIDENTIALITY............................................53


   SECTION I.42. MERGER.....................................................55


   SECTION I.43. NO PROCEEDINGS.............................................55


   SECTION I.44. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.................55


   SECTION I.45. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS........................55


   SECTION I.46. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.......................................56





                                    SCHEDULES


Schedule I          Form of Investor Report
Schedule II         Form of Weekly Portfolio Report
Schedule III        List of Approved Assets

                                    EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A           Form of Advance Note
EXHIBIT B           Form of Notice of Borrowing
EXHIBIT C           Form of Assignment and Acceptance


<PAGE>

                     REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


            REVOLVING  CREDIT AND  SECURITY  AGREEMENT,  dated as of October 23,
1998 among  CORPORATE  RECEIVABLES  CORPORATION,  CITIBANK,  N.A.  and the other
Secondary  Lenders (as  hereinafter  defined) from time to time parties  hereto,
CITICORP NORTH AMERICA,  INC., as agent for the Lender (as hereinafter  defined)
and the Secondary  Lenders (in such  capacity,  together with its successors and
assigns,  the "Agent") and MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.  (together with its
permitted successors and assigns, the "Borrower").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

            WHEREAS,  the  Borrower  desires  that the Lender and the  Secondary
Lenders from time to time make advances to the Borrower on the terms and subject
to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

            WHEREAS,  the Lender and the  Secondary  Lenders are willing to make
such  advances to the Borrower for such purposes on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Agreement;

            NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                      DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

            DEFINITIONS.
            As used in this  Agreement,  the  following  terms  shall  have  the
meanings indicated:

            "ADVANCE"  shall mean each  borrowing  by the  Borrower  pursuant to
Article II.

            "ADVANCE  NOTE"  shall  mean  each  promissory  note  issued  by the
Borrower to the Lender and each Secondary Lender evidencing the Advances made to
the Borrower by the Lender and each Secondary Lender,  substantially in the form
of Exhibit A hereto, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented,
waived or modified.

            "ADVERSE CLAIM" means any Lien or other right, claim, or encumbrance
in, of or on any Person's  assets or  properties  in favor of any other  Person,
other than any such Lien,  right,  claim or  encumbrance  of any  Secured  Party
created by or pursuant to this Agreement.


<PAGE>


            "ADVISER" means Mitchell  Hutchins Asset Management  Inc.,  together
with its permitted successors and assigns.

            "ADVISORY    AGREEMENT"   means   the   Investment    Advisory   and
Administration  Contract  dated as of June 22, 1998  between the Adviser and the
Borrower,  as the same may be  amended,  supplemented,  waived  or  modified  as
permitted under the Program Documents.

            "AFFILIATE"  shall  mean,  in  respect  of a  referenced  Person (a)
another  Person  controlling,  controlled  by or under common  control with such
referenced  Person (which in the case of Corporate  Receivables  Corporation and
the Agent,  shall also  include any Person who has a  relationship  to the Agent
comparable  to that of  Corporate  Receivables  Corporation)  or (b) any officer
(exclusive  of a  "ministerial  officer"  with no  authority  to bind a Person),
director  of  or  partner  in  the  referenced   Person.  The  terms  "control,"
"controlling,"  "controlled"  and the like  shall  mean the  direct or  indirect
possession  of the power to direct or cause the  direction of the  management or
policies of a Person or the  disposition  of its assets or  properties,  whether
through ownership, by contract, arrangement or understanding, or otherwise.

            "AGENT"  shall  have  the  meaning  assigned  to  such  term  in the
introduction to this Agreement.

            "AGENT'S   ACCOUNT"  means  the  special  account   (account  number
40517805,  ABA No.  021000089) of the Agent maintained at the office of Citibank
at its Principal Office or to such other account as the Agent shall designate in
writing to the Borrower.

            "AGGREGATE CUSTODIAN'S ADVANCE AMOUNT" shall mean the sum of (i) the
aggregate  unpaid Dollar amount of all Custodian's  Overdraft  Advances of cash,
(ii)  the  aggregate  Asset  Value  of all  Custodian's  Overdraft  Advances  of
securities to the extent not  reimbursed by the Borrower,  and (iii) the accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, on the amounts set forth above.

            "AGREEMENT" shall mean this Agreement,  as the same may from time to
time be amended, supplemented, waived or modified.

            "ALTERNATE BASE RATE" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum as
shall be in effect from time to time,  which rate shall be at all times equal to
the highest of:

            (a)   the Base Rate;

            (b)  one-half  of one  percent  above the latest  three-week  moving
      average of secondary  market  morning  offering rates in the United States
      for  three-month  certificates  of deposit of major  United  States  money
      market banks,  such three-week  moving average being determined  weekly on
      each Monday (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding


                                       2
<PAGE>


      Business Day) for the three-week  period ending on the previous  Friday by
      Citibank  on the basis of such rates  reported by  certificate  of deposit
      dealers to and  published  by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York or, if
      such  publication  shall  be  suspended  or  terminated,  on the  basis of
      quotations  for such  rates  received  by  Citibank  from  three  New York
      certificate  of  deposit  dealers  of  recognized   standing  selected  by
      Citibank,  in either case  adjusted to the nearest 1/16 of one percent or,
      if there is no nearest 1/16 of one percent, to the next higher 1/16 of one
      percent; and

            (c) one half of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate.

            "APPLICABLE  LAW"  shall mean any Law of any  Authority,  including,
without  limitation,  all Federal and state banking or securities laws, to which
the  Person in  question  is subject  or by which it or any of its  property  is
bound.

            "APPLICABLE MARGIN" means, with respect to the Eurodollar Rate, .50%
per  annum;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  during the  continuance  of any Event of
Default the "Applicable Margin" shall be 1.50% per annum.

            "APPROVED  ASSETS"  shall mean the Assets  specified on Schedule III
hereto,  as  supplemented  or amended  upon the  agreement  of the Agent and the
Borrower.

            "ASSET  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT"  means  the  Asset  Purchase  Agreement
entered into by a Secondary Lender (other than Citibank)  concurrently  with the
Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became party to this Agreement.

            "ASSET  VALUE"  shall mean,  as of any day of  determination  (a) in
respect of Cash, the amount of such Cash, and (b) in respect of any other Asset,
the Value of such Asset  computed  in the manner as such Value is required to be
computed by the Borrower in accordance  with the  Prospectus of the Borrower and
in accordance  with  Applicable  Law,  including  without  limitation the rules,
regulations  and  interpretations  of the SEC under the Investment  Company Act;
PROVIDED,  that  the  Asset  Value  of  any  Asset  shall  be  net of all of the
Borrower's obligations to pay any unpaid portion of the purchase price thereof.

            "ASSETS"  means a  collective  reference to all items which would be
classified as an "asset" on the balance sheet of the Borrower in accordance with
GAAP.

            "ASSIGNED COLLATERAL" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in Section 7.01.

            "ASSIGNEE  RATE" means in respect of any Advance for any  Settlement
Period an  interest  rate per annum  equal to the  Applicable  Margin  above the
Eurodollar Rate for such Settlement Period; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in case of:


                                       3
<PAGE>


                  (i) any  Settlement  Period  on or prior to the  first  day of
      which a Secondary  Lender or Lender  (other than CRC) shall have  notified
      the  Agent  that  the   introduction  of  or  any  change  in  or  in  the
      interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful,  or any central
      bank or other governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such
      Secondary  Lender or Lender to fund such Advance at the Assignee  Rate set
      forth  above  (and  such  Secondary   Lender  or  Lender  shall  not  have
      subsequently notified the Agent that such circumstances no longer exist),

                 (ii) any Settlement Period of one to (and including) 27 days,

                (iii) any  Settlement  Period  as to which  the  Agent  does not
      receive  notice,  by no later  than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the
      third Business Day preceding the first day of such Settlement Period, that
      such Advances will not be funded by issuance of commercial paper, or

                 (iv) any  Settlement  Period for which the aggregate  principal
      amount of the outstanding Advances is less than $500,000,

the  "Assignee  Rate" for such  Settlement  Period shall be an interest rate per
annum  equal to the  Alternate  Base  Rate in  effect  on the  first day of such
Settlement Period; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that for any Advance for which Yield will
be calculated by reference to the Assignee Rate for any Settlement  Period,  the
"Assignee Rate" for such  Settlement  Period shall be an interest rate per annum
equal to the Alternate  Base Rate in effect on the first day of such  Settlement
Period if the Agent  receives a written  request from the Borrower  prior to the
third  Business Day preceding the first day of such  Settlement  Period that the
Assignee Rate be determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

            "ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE" means the Assignment and Acceptance,  in
substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto,  entered into by a Secondary Lender,
an Eligible Assignee and the Agent, pursuant to which such Eligible Assignee may
become a party to this Agreement.

            "AUTHORITY"  shall  mean  any  governmental  or   quasi-governmental
authority, whether executive, legislative, judicial, administrative or other, or
any combination  thereof,  including,  without limitation,  any Federal,  state,
territorial,   county,   municipal  or  other   government  or  governmental  or
quasi-governmental agency, arbitrator,  board, body, branch, bureau, commission,
corporation,  court,  department,  instrumentality,   master,  mediator,  panel,
referee, system or other political unit or subdivision or other entity of any of
the foregoing, whether domestic or foreign.

            "BASE  RATE"  shall  mean the  rate of  interest  from  time to time
announced  publicly by Citibank at its  Principal  Office as its base rate.  The


                                       4
<PAGE>

Base Rate is a reference rate and does not  necessarily  represent the lowest or
best rate actually charged to any customer of Citibank.

            "BENEFIT  ARRANGEMENT"  shall mean at any time an  employee  benefit
plan  within  the  meaning  of  Section  3(3) of ERISA  which is not a Plan or a
Multiemployer  Plan and which is maintained or otherwise  contributed  to by any
member of the ERISA Group.

            "BORROWER"  shall  have the  meaning  assigned  to such  term in the
introduction to this Agreement.

            "BORROWER  OBLIGATIONS"  shall mean the payment of all indebtedness,
whether absolute, fixed or contingent, at any time or from time to time owing by
the Borrower to any Secured  Party under or in connection  with this  Agreement,
the Advance Notes, the Asset Purchase  Agreement or any other Program  Document,
including without limitation,  all amounts payable by the Borrower in respect of
the Advances,  with interest  thereon,  and the amounts  payable under  Sections
2.06,  2.07,  2.08,  2.09,  2.11,  2.12,  2.13,  7.04(b),  9.03 and 9.04 of this
Agreement.

            "BORROWER'S  ACCOUNT" shall mean Account No.  5217-060-2 and ABA No.
011000028  maintained  with State Street Bank and Trust  Company,  or such other
account as the Borrower shall designate in writing to the Agent.

            "BORROWING BASE" shall mean on the date any determination thereof is
made,  an amount equal to the aggregate  Asset Value of all Eligible  Collateral
reduced by the  aggregate  Asset Value of all Eligible  Collateral  in which the
Agent does not have a valid and perfected first priority  security interest free
and clear of Adverse Claims.

            "BORROWING  BASE TEST"  shall  mean as of any date of  determination
that the  Borrowing  Base shall be at least  equal to the product of (i) Credits
Outstanding and (ii) 2.5.

            "BORROWING DATE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.02.

            "BUSINESS  DAY"  shall  mean  any day on  which  (i)  banks  are not
authorized or required to close in New York City, and (ii) if this definition of
"Business Day" is utilized in connection with a Eurodollar Advance, dealings are
carried out in the London interbank market.

            "CASH"  shall  mean a  demand  deposit  of  United  States  currency
immediately  available  on the day in question in an account  maintained  by the
Custodian.

            "CITIBANK" shall mean Citibank, N.A.


                                       5
<PAGE>


            "CLOSING  DATE"  shall mean the first  date on which the  conditions
precedent specified in Article III shall have been fully satisfied.

            "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

            "COLLATERAL ACCOUNT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
the Control Agreement.

            "CONTROL  AGREEMENT"  means the Control  Agreement,  dated as of the
date hereof among the  Borrower,  the Agent and the  Custodian,  as the same may
from time to time be amended, supplemented, waived or modified.

            "COMMITTED  ADVANCE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.02(b).

            "CRC" shall mean Corporate Receivables Corporation together with its
successors  and assigns that  constitute  special  purpose  entities  that issue
commercial paper notes or other debt securities.

            "CREDITS OUTSTANDING" shall mean at any time a determination thereof
is  made,  an  amount  equal  to (i) the  outstanding  principal  amount  of all
Advances,  and (ii) the unpaid  Yield  accrued and to accrue on the  outstanding
Advances  until  the last day of the next  succeeding  calendar  month  for such
Advances computed by reference to the Assignee Rate for a thirty (30) day period
in effect as of the time of determination.

            "CUSTODIAN"  shall  mean State  Street  Bank and Trust  Company,  as
custodian and  securities  intermediary  under the  Custodial  Agreement and the
Control Agreement, together with its permitted successors and assigns.

            "CUSTODIAN'S  OVERDRAFT  ADVANCES" shall mean any advance of cash or
securities by the Custodian pursuant to the Custodial Agreement.

            "CUSTODIAL  AGREEMENT" shall mean the Custodian Contract dated as of
June 22, 1998 between the Borrower and the Custodian,  as the same may from time
to time be amended,  supplemented,  waived or modified  as  permitted  under the
Program Documents.

            "DEBT" shall mean with respect to any Person,  at any date,  without
duplication,  (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed  money,  including
without  limitation,  reimbursement  obligations  relating to letters of credit,
(ii) all  obligations of such Person  evidenced by bonds,  debentures,  notes or
other  similar  instruments,  (iii) all  obligations  of such  Person to pay the
deferred  purchase price of property or services,  (iv) all  obligations of such
Person as lessee which are  capitalized in accordance with GAAP, (v) all Debt of
others  secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person,  whether or not such Debt


                                       6
<PAGE>


is assumed by such Person, (vi) payment obligations,  fixed or contingent, under
investment,  financial derivative or similar contracts (other than covered short
sales);  (vii) all Debt of others  Guaranteed by such Person,  and (viii) to the
extent not otherwise included,  all items which in accordance with GAAP would be
included in determining total liabilities as shown on the liability side of such
Person's balance sheet.

            "DEFAULT" shall mean any event which,  with the passage of time, the
giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

            "DERIVATIVES TRANSACTION" shall mean any financial futures contract,
exchange  traded or OTC  option,  forward  currency  contract,  swap,  swaption,
collar, floor, cap and other agreement of a similar nature.

            "DISTRESSED  ASSET"  means any Asset (i) which is the  subject  of a
bankruptcy,  insolvency, liquidation or other similar proceedings or in the case
of any Loan Asset the  related  Obligor is the  subject of any such  proceeding,
(ii) which is to the actual knowledge of the Adviser or the Borrower, in default
as to payment of  principal or interest or otherwise  under the  instruments  or
agreements  under  which they were issued or in the case of any Loan Asset under
the  applicable  Loan  Documents,  (iii) if such  Asset is a Loan  Asset  (x) in
respect of which there is a breach of a material  provision  of the related Loan
Documents or a "default"  or "event of default"  has occurred and is  continuing
under the Related Loan  Documents,  or (y) which is otherwise  classified by the
Borrower as "non-performing" pursuant to GAAP, or (iv) which is rated lower than
"Caa3" by Moody's or lower than "CCC-" by S&P or which,  if unrated,  are in the
reasonable judgment of the Adviser of equivalent credit quality.

            "DOLLARS" and "$" mean lawful money of the United States of
America.

            "ELIGIBLE  ASSET"  shall  mean  any  Asset  which  the  Borrower  is
permitted  to  purchase  in  accordance   with  the   Investment   Policies  and
Restrictions which the Borrower owns free and clear of all Adverse Claims (other
than Permitted Liens); PROVIDED, that such Asset:

                  (i) does not  constitute a Derivatives  Transaction,  Illiquid
      Asset  or an Asset  which is the  subject  of a  Derivatives  Transaction,
      reverse  repurchase  agreement,   dollar  roll  or  a  securities  lending
      transaction;

                 (ii) if it is a Loan Asset,  such Asset constitutes an Eligible
      Loan Asset which is not a subparticipation; and

                (iii) if it is not an Approved  Asset, is not of a type that the
      Agent  reasonably  determines  upon at least five (5) Business Days' prior
      written  notice to the Borrower is no longer  acceptable to be included as
      an Eligible Asset.


                                       7
<PAGE>


            "ELIGIBLE  ASSIGNEE" means Citicorp North America,  Inc.,  Citibank,
any of their  respective  Affiliates,  any Person managed by Citibank,  Citicorp
North America, Inc. or any of their respective  Affiliates,  or any financial or
other institution acceptable to the Agent.

            "ELIGIBLE COLLATERAL" shall mean at any time the Assigned Collateral
(a) which  constitutes  Eligible  Assets,  and (b) which does not  constitute  a
repurchase agreement or a Loan Asset.

            "ELIGIBLE LOAN ASSET" at any time means a Loan Asset:

                  (i) which is a  syndicated  term loan under which the interest
      payable on the principal  amount thereof by the related Obligor is payable
      in cash and which is part of a senior  credit  facility  with an aggregate
      outstanding  principal  amount of all loans  under  such  facility  on the
      Origination Date of such Loan Asset of at least $25,000,000;

                 (ii) under which (A) if the  Transaction  Agent is a bank,  the
      current  deposit  rating  of the  Transaction  Agent  or  its  controlling
      Affiliate is no less than "A-" from S&P and "A3" from Moody's,  and (B) if
      the  Transaction  Agent is not a bank,  the medium and long term corporate
      debt  obligations  of such  Transaction  Agent are rated no less than "A-"
      from S&P and "A3" from Moody's;

                (iii) which  relates to Loan  Documents in which the  Borrower's
      interest (direct or participating) in the aggregate  outstanding principal
      amount of all loans thereunder is no greater than 33-1/3%;

                 (iv)  which  is  not  subordinated   (pursuant  to  contractual
      provisions or otherwise) to the prior payment of any other  liabilities or
      any equity interests of the related Obligor;

                  (v) which has a scheduled  final  maturity  date no later than
      the tenth (10th) anniversary after the related Origination Date;

                 (vi)  which  is not a  revolving  loan  or any  other  type  of
      instrument,  the Loan  Documents for which provide that the Borrower has a
      continuing  obligation to advance any amount or otherwise extend credit to
      the Obligor  after the date the Borrower  funded its interest in such Loan
      Asset;

                (vii) if it is a  Distressed  Asset,  the  underlying  loans are
      fully  collateralized by a first priority  perfected  security interest in
      assets or properties of the related Obligor;

               (viii) in which,  to the best of the  Borrower's  knowledge,  the
      Borrower's  interest in all collateral security therefor and principal and
      interest payments  thereunder is no less than pro rata and pari passu with
      all other lenders thereunder and participants therein;


                                       8
<PAGE>


                 (ix) which,  if the  Borrower  is a  participant  therein,  was
      purchased  from a selling  institution  which is  either  (A) a bank (or a
      Section 20  Affiliate  of a  controlling  parent  bank),  which bank has a
      current  deposit  rating no less than "A-" from S&P and "A3" from Moody's,
      or (B) not a bank, and the medium and long term corporate debt obligations
      of which are rated no less than "A-" from S&P and "A3" from Moody's; and

                  (x) the related Loan Documents require the Obligor to make all
      payments  in respect of such Loan Asset free and clear of and  without any
      deduction  for any and all  present  or  future  taxes,  levies,  imposts,
      deductions,  charges  and  withholdings,  excluding  taxes  imposed on net
      income  and all income and  franchise  taxes of the United  States and any
      political subdivision thereof.

            "EQUITY SECURITIES" shall mean common and preferred stock, including
without  limitation common stock purchase warrants and rights,  equity interests
in trusts,  partnerships,  joint ventures or similar  enterprises and depositary
receipts,  but excluding  equity  securities  that are attached to, or part of a
unit with debt securities.

            "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations  promulgated and rulings
issued thereunder.

            "ERISA  GROUP"  shall  mean  the  Borrower  and  all  members  of  a
controlled  group of corporations  and all trades or businesses  (whether or not
incorporated)  under common  control  which,  together  with the  Borrower,  are
treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.

            "EUROCURRENCY  LIABILITIES"  shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as
in effect from time to time.

            "EURODOLLAR   ADDITIONAL   YIELD"  means  additional  Yield  on  the
outstanding principal of each Advance during the Settlement Period in respect of
such  Advance  in  respect  of  which  Yield is  computed  by  reference  to the
Eurodollar  Rate, for such Settlement  Period,  at a rate per annum equal at all
times during such Settlement Period to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i)
the Eurodollar  Rate for such  Settlement  Period from (ii) the rate obtained by
dividing such Eurodollar Rate referred to in clause (i) above by that percentage
equal to one-hundred percent (100%) minus the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage
of the Lender or a Secondary  Lender,  as  applicable  to an  Advance,  for such
Settlement Period.


                                       9
<PAGE>


            "EURODOLLAR RATE" means, for any Advance for any Settlement  Period,
an  interest  rate per annum  equal to the rate per annum at which  deposits  in
Dollars are offered by the  principal  office of Citibank in London,  England to
prime banks in the London  interbank  market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) two (2)
Business  Days  before  the  first  day of such  Settlement  Period in an amount
substantially equal to the outstanding  principal amount of such Advance on such
first day and for a period equal to such Settlement Period.

            "EURODOLLAR  RATE ADVANCE"  shall mean an Advance the Yield on which
is computed with reference to the Eurodollar Rate.

            "EURODOLLAR RATE RESERVE  PERCENTAGE" for any Settlement  Period for
any Eurodollar Rate Advance shall mean the reserve percentage  applicable during
such Settlement Period under  regulations  issued from time to time by the Board
of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System (or any successor) (or if more than
one such percentage  shall be applicable,  the daily average of such percentages
for those days in such Settlement  Period during which any such percentage shall
be so applicable) for determining  the maximum reserve  requirement  (including,
without  limitation,  any  emergency,  supplemental  or other  marginal  reserve
requirement)  for the  Lender  or any  Secondary  Lender,  if  applicable  to an
Advance,  with  respect to  liabilities  or assets  consisting  of or  including
Eurocurrency  Liabilities  (or any other category of  liabilities  that includes
deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Eurocurrency  Liabilities is
determined) having a term comparable to such Settlement Period.

            "EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall mean any of the events, acts or occurrences
set forth in Section 6.01.

            "EXCHANGE  ACT" shall mean the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended,  and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder,  all as from time
to time in effect, or any successor law, rules or regulations, and any reference
to any  statutory or regulatory  provision  shall be deemed to be a reference to
any successor statutory or regulatory provision.

            "FEDERAL  FUNDS  RATE" shall mean,  for any  period,  a  fluctuating
interest  rate per annum equal for each day during  such period to the  weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers,  as published for such
day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day)
by the Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York,  or, if such rate is not so published
for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the  quotations for such day
on such  transactions  received by Citibank  from three Federal funds brokers of
recognized standing selected by it.

            "FEE LETTER" shall mean that certain letter agreement dated the date
hereof between the Borrower and the Agent,  as the same may from time to time be
amended, supplemented, waived or modified.


                                       10
<PAGE>


            "FOREIGN  ASSET"  shall  mean any Asset  issued or  Guaranteed  by a
Person organized  outside of the United States and in the case of any Loan Asset
the related Obligor is organized outside of the United States.

            "GAAP" shall mean generally  accepted  accounting  principles in the
United States, in effect from time to time, consistently applied.

            "GOVERNMENTAL  AUTHORIZATIONS"  shall mean all franchises,  permits,
licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations of all Authorities.

            "GOVERNMENTAL  FILINGS" shall mean all filings,  including franchise
and similar tax filings, and the payment of all fees, assessments, interests and
penalties associated with such filing with all Authorities.

            "GUARANTEE" by any Person shall mean any  obligation,  contingent or
otherwise,  of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other
obligation  of any other  Person and,  without  limiting the  generality  of the
foregoing, any obligation,  direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such
Person (i) to purchase or pay (or  advance or supply  funds for the  purchase or
payment  of)  such  Debt or other  obligation  (whether  arising  by  virtue  of
partnership arrangements,  by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods,
securities  or services,  to  take-or-pay,  or to maintain  financial  statement
conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any
other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof
or to protect  such  obligee  against  loss in respect  thereof  (in whole or in
part);  PROVIDED that the term  "Guarantee"  shall not include  endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The term  "Guarantee"
used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

            "ILLIQUID ASSET" means as of any date, any Asset for which the Value
of such Asset is not readily ascertainable from a recognized  independent source
in the market for such Asset.

            "INDUSTRY  CLASS"  shall mean the Credit  Suisse  First  Boston High
Yield Index and, to the extent such index is no longer published,  each industry
class specified in Moody's industry classifications.

            "INTERNAL  REVENUE  CODE" shall mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
1986, as amended or any successor statute.

            "INVESTMENT  COMPANY ACT" shall mean the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended,  and the rules and regulations of the SEC  thereunder,  all as
from time to time in effect, or any successor law, rules or regulations, and any
reference  to any  statutory  or  regulatory  provision  shall be deemed to be a
reference to any successor statutory or regulatory provision.


                                       11
<PAGE>


            "INVESTMENT  POLICIES AND  RESTRICTIONS"  shall mean the  provisions
dealing with investment policies, distributions, investment restrictions, tender
offers,  repurchases,  leverage  and  diversified  status  as set  forth  in the
Borrower's Prospectus in effect on the Closing Date, or as modified as permitted
under this Agreement.

            "INVESTOR  REPORT"  shall mean the  Investor  Report of the Borrower
substantially in the form of Schedule I hereto.

            "LAW" shall mean any action,  code,  consent  decree,  constitution,
decree,  directive,  enactment,  guideline,  law,  injunction,   interpretation,
judgment,  order,  ordinance,  policy  statement,  proclamation,   promulgation,
regulation,  requirement,  rule, rule of law, rule of public policy, statute, or
writ of any Authority.

            "LENDER" shall mean CRC, together with all Persons which acquire any
interest in any Advance under the Asset Purchase Agreement.

            "LENDER  RATE" for each day during a  Settlement  Period any Advance
means to the  extent  the  Lender  funds  such  Advance  on such day by  issuing
commercial paper notes, the per annum rate equivalent to the weighted average of
the per annum  rates paid or payable by the Lender from time to time as interest
on or otherwise  (by means of interest  rate hedges or  otherwise) in respect of
those commercial paper notes issued by the Lender that are reasonably allocated,
in whole or in part,  by the Agent (on behalf of the  Lender) to fund the making
or maintenance of such Advance on such day as determined by the Agent (on behalf
of the Lender) and reported to the Borrower,  which rates shall reflect and give
effect to the commissions of placement  agents (which shall not exceed 0.05% per
annum of the face amount of the  commercial  paper notes) and dealers in respect
of such commercial paper notes, to the extent such commissions are allocated, in
whole or in part, to such  commercial  paper notes by the Agent on behalf of the
Lender;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that if any  component  of such rate is a discount
rate,  in  calculating  the "Lender  Rate" for such day the Agent shall for such
component  use the rate  resulting  from  converting  such  discount  rate to an
interest bearing equivalent rate per annum.

            "LENDER  TERMINATION DATE" shall mean the date which is the earliest
to occur of (i) the date which is one (1)  Business  Day prior to the  Secondary
Lender Stated  Expiration  Date, and (ii) the date on which the Total Commitment
shall terminate pursuant to Section 2.10 or Section 6.01.

            "LETTER  AGREEMENT"  shall mean the Letter Agreement dated as of the
date hereof from the Adviser to the Agent on behalf of the Secured  Parties,  as
the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented, waived or modified.

            "LIEN" shall mean any mortgage, pledge,  hypothecation,  assignment,
deposit  arrangement,  encumbrance,  lien or  security  interest  (statutory  or
other),  priority or other security  agreement of any kind or nature  whatsoever
(including,  without  limitation,  any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement,  any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as


                                       12
<PAGE>


any of the foregoing,  and the filing of any effective financing statement under
the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

            "LIQUIDATION   FEE"  means,  in  respect  of  any  Advance  for  any
Settlement  Period  during which the  principal on such Advance is repaid by the
Borrower in whole or in part,  the amount,  if any, by which (i) the  additional
Yield  (calculated  without  taking  into  account  any  Liquidation  Fee or any
shortened  duration of such  Settlement  Period) which would have accrued during
such Settlement  Period on the reduction of the outstanding  principal amount of
such Advance relating to such Settlement Period had such reductions  remained as
outstanding  principal,  exceeds  (ii)  that  income,  if any,  received  by the
Lender's investing the proceeds of such reductions of principal.

            "LOAN   ASSET"   shall   mean   a   direct   or   participation   or
subparticipation  interest  in or  assignment  or  novation  of a loan made to a
corporate   borrower  by  one  or  more  commercial  banks  or  other  financial
institutions, as described in the Prospectus in effect on the Closing Date under
the heading "Corporate Loans".

            "LOAN  DOCUMENTS"  means with  respect to any Loan Asset,  each loan
agreement, promissory note, collateral security agreement and any other document
evidencing,  securing or executed in connection with such Loan Asset,  including
without  limitation,  the  agreements  and  instruments  in respect of which the
Borrower acquired such Loan Asset.

            "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means a material adverse effect on (i) the
ability of the  Borrower,  the Adviser,  or the  Custodian to fully  perform its
obligations under this Agreement or any other Program Document, (ii) any Secured
Party's  right,  title and interest in the Assigned  Collateral  and the Related
Security or on the rights and  remedies  of any Secured  Party under any Program
Document,  or  (iii)  the  business,  financial  condition,  operations  of  the
Borrower,  or (iv) a  significant  portion  of the Assets or  properties  of the
Borrower.

            "MATURITY  DATE" shall mean (i) with  respect to any Advance made by
the Lender,  the Lender  Termination Date (or if such day is not a Business Day,
the  Business  Day  immediately  preceding  such date) or such  earlier  date as
provided  in  Section  6.01,  and (ii) with  respect  to any  Advance  made by a
Secondary Lender,  including the Committed  Advance,  the date which is four (4)
years after the Borrowing Date of such Advance (or if such day is not a Business
Day, the Business Day  immediately  preceding such date) or such earlier date as
provided in Section 6.01.

            "MOODY'S" shall mean Moody's Investors Service,  Inc., together with
its successors.

            "MULTIEMPLOYER  PLAN"  shall  mean at any time an  employee  pension
benefit  plan  within the  meaning of Section  4001(a)(3)  of ERISA to which any
member of the ERISA  Group is then  making or  accruing  an  obligation  to make
contributions  or has within the preceding  five plan years made  contributions,


                                       13
<PAGE>


including for these purposes any Person which ceased to be a member of the ERISA
Group during such five year period.

            "NET ASSET VALUE" shall mean,  with respect to the  Borrower,  as of
the date any determination  thereof is made, the net asset value of the Borrower
computed  in the manner  such net asset  value is required to be computed by the
Borrower in its reports to its shareholders.

            "NET ELIGIBLE ASSET VALUE" shall mean on the date any  determination
thereof is made,  an amount equal to the  aggregate  Asset Value of all Eligible
Assets reduced by the sum (without duplication) of:

                  (i) the  amount  by which  the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible  Assets (other than U.S.  Government  Securities and money market
      mutual funds) issued, Guaranteed or owing by any Person (together with all
      Affiliates of such Person),  other than the three Persons  (together  with
      all Affiliates of such Person) that have the highest  amounts of aggregate
      Asset Value of all Eligible  Assets  relating to them (the "Three  Largest
      Obligors"),  exceeds five percent (5%) of the aggregate Asset Value of all
      Eligible Assets;

                  (ii) the  amount by which  the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible  Assets (other than U.S.  Government  Securities and money market
      mutual  funds)  issued,  Guaranteed  or owing by any of the Three  Largest
      Obligors  exceeds eight  percent (8%) of the aggregate  Asset Value of all
      Eligible Assets;

                  (iii) the  amount by which the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible Assets which constitute  shares of any single money market mutual
      fund exceeds  twenty  percent  (20%) of the  aggregate  Asset Value of all
      Eligible Assets;

                  (iv) the  amount by which  the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible Assets (other than U.S. Government Securities) issued, Guaranteed
      or owing  by  Persons  in a  single  Industry  Class,  other  than the one
      Industry  Class with the highest  amounts of the aggregate  Asset Value of
      all Eligible Assets attributable to it (the "Largest  Industry"),  exceeds
      twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Assets;

                  (v) the  amount  by which  the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible Assets (other than U.S. Government Securities) issued, Guaranteed
      or  owing by all  Persons  in the  Largest  Industry  exceeds  twenty-five
      percent (25%) of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Assets;


                                       14
<PAGE>


                  (vi) the  amount by which  the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible  Assets which  constitute  Single Market  Source  Assets  exceeds
      twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the  aggregate  Asset Value of all Eligible
      Assets;

                  (vii) the  amount by which the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible  Assets  which  constitute  Foreign  Assets  exceeds  thirty-five
      percent (35%) of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Assets;

                  (viii)the  amount by which the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible  Assets which are denominated or payable in a currency other than
      Dollars  exceeds fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate Asset Value of all
      Eligible Assets;

                  (ix) the  amount by which  the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible Assets issued, Guaranteed or owing by Persons organized under the
      laws of any single  jurisdiction which is not an OECD Country exceeds five
      percent (5%) of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Assets;

                  (x) the  amount  by which  the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible Assets issued, Guaranteed or owing by Persons organized under the
      laws of all  jurisdictions  that are not OECD  Countries  exceeds  fifteen
      percent (15%) of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Assets;

                  (xi) the  amount by which  the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible  Assets which  constitute  Distressed  Assets exceeds ten percent
      (10%) of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Assets;

                  (xii) the  amount by which the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible Assets which constitute  Distressed Assets issued,  Guaranteed or
      owing by any single Person  (together  with all Affiliates of such Person)
      exceeds three  percent (3%) of the  aggregate  Asset Value of all Eligible
      Assets;

                  (xiii)the  amount by which the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible  Assets  which  as of any  date  of  determination  constitute  a
      Distressed  Asset or which are rated  "Caa" by Moody's or "CCC" by S&P or,
      if  unrated,  are in the  judgment  of the  Adviser of  equivalent  credit
      quality  exceeds forty  percent (40%) of the aggregate  Asset Value of all
      Eligible Assets;

                  (xiv) the  amount by which the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible Assets which constitute Equity Securities  exceeds twenty percent
      (20%) of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Assets;

                  (xv) the  amount by which  the  aggregate  Asset  Value of all
      Eligible Assets which constitute  Equity  Securities  issued by any single
      Person


                                       15
<PAGE>


      exceeds three  percent (3%) of the  aggregate  Asset Value of all Eligible
      Assets; and

                  (xvi) the Aggregate Custodian's Advance Amount.


            "NOTICE OF BORROWING"  shall have the meaning  assigned to such term
in Section 2.02.

            "NOTICE OF  EXCLUSIVE  CONTROL"  shall have the meaning  assigned to
such term in the Control Agreement.

            "OBLIGOR"  shall  mean in  respect  of any Loan  Asset,  the  Person
primarily  obligated  under  the  related  Loan  Documents  to repay the loan or
extension of credit which is the subject of such Loan Asset.

            "ORIGINATION  DATE"  shall  mean in  respect  of any Loan  Asset the
initial  date on which the  proceeds  of the loan or other  extension  of credit
which is the subject of such Loan Asset was  advanced  to the Obligor  under the
related Loan Documents.

            "OECD COUNTRY" means Israel and any country which is a member of the
Organization  for Economic  Cooperation  and  Development  which has a sovereign
credit  rating for  "foreign  currency" of at least "AA-" and "Aa3" from S&P and
Moody's, respectively.

            "PERCENTAGE"  of any  Secondary  Lender  means,  (a) with respect to
Citibank,  the percentage set forth on the signature page to this Agreement,  or
such amount as reduced by any  Assignment  and  Acceptance  entered into with an
Eligible  Assignee,  or (b) with respect to a Secondary  Lender that has entered
into an  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  the  amount  set  forth  therein  as such
Secondary  Lender's  Percentage,  or such amount as reduced by an Assignment and
Acceptance entered into between such Secondary Lender and an Eligible Assignee.

            "PERMITTED DEBT" shall mean (i) Debt arising under this Agreement or
the other Program  Documents to the Secured  Parties,  (ii) accrued expenses and
current trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of the Borrower's
business  which are not  overdue  for a period of more than  thirty (30) days or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings,  (iii) Debt
in favor of the Custodian  relating to Custodian  Overdraft Advances incurred in
the  ordinary  course  of the  Borrower's  business,  (iv)  Debt in  respect  of
judgments or awards that have been in force for less than the applicable  period
for taking an appeal so long as such  judgments or awards do not  constitute  an
Event of Default and so long as execution is not levied thereunder or in respect
of  which  the  Borrower  (A)  shall at the  time in good  faith  be  diligently
prosecuting an appeal or proceeding for review and in respect of which a stay of
execution  shall have been  obtained  pending such appeal or review or (B) shall
have  obtained  an  unsecured  performance  bond in respect of such  judgment or


                                       16
<PAGE>


award,  and (v) Debt (other than Debt for borrowed  money) arising in connection
with  transactions  in  the  ordinary  course  of  the  Borrower's  business  in
connection with its purchasing of securities,  Derivatives Transactions, reverse
repurchase  agreements  or dollar  rolls to the  extent  such  transactions  are
permitted  under  the  Investment  Company  Act  and the  Borrower's  Investment
Policies and Restrictions.

            "PERMITTED LIENS" shall mean in respect of any Asset of the Borrower
(i) Liens for taxes,  assessments or other governmental charges or levies not at
the time delinquent or being  diligently  contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings  and for which adequate  reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have
been set aside on the Borrower's books, (ii) Liens of the Custodian securing the
Custodian's Overdraft Advances, and (iii) Liens incidental to the conduct of the
Borrower's  business securing the performance of fee and expense  obligations to
the Custodian and other similar  agents which are providing  services in respect
of the  Borrower's  Assets  arising  in the  ordinary  course of the  Borrower's
business.

            "PERSON"  shall mean an  individual  or a  corporation  (including a
business trust), partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association,
joint stock  company,  limited  liability  company,  government (or an agency or
political subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

            "PLAN"  shall  mean at any time an  employee  pension  benefit  plan
(other  than a  Multiemployer  Plan)  which is  covered  by Title IV of ERISA or
subject to the minimum  funding  standards  under  Section  412 of the  Internal
Revenue Code and either (i) is maintained,  or contributed  to, by any member of
the ERISA  Group for  employees  of any member of the ERISA Group or (ii) has at
any time within the preceding five years been maintained,  or contributed to, by
any Person  which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group for  employees of
any Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group.

            "POST-DEFAULT  RATE" shall mean in respect of all amounts payable to
any  Secured  Party  under any Program  Document  not paid when due  (whether at
stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise),  including,  without limitation,
the  principal  and Yield on any  Advance  not paid  when due,  a rate per annum
during the period  commencing  on the due date until such amount is paid in full
equal to the  Alternative  Base  Rate as in  effect  from  time to time plus two
percent (2%).

            "PRINCIPAL  OFFICE"  shall  mean the  principal  office of  Citibank
presently located at 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York.

            "PRIVATE   AUTHORIZATIONS"  shall  mean  all  franchises,   permits,
licenses,  approvals,  consents and other  authorizations  of all Persons (other
than  Authorities)  including,   without  limitation,   those  with  respect  to
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights,  computer software programs,
technical and other know-how.


                                       17
<PAGE>


            "PROCEEDS" shall have, with reference to any asset or property,  the
meaning assigned to it under the UCC and, in any event,  shall include,  but not
be limited to, any and all amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in
connection with such asset or property.

            "PROGRAM  DOCUMENTS"  shall mean this Agreement,  the Advance Notes,
the Letter  Agreement,  the Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  the Control  Agreement,
Advisory  Agreement,  the  Custodial  Agreement,  the Fee  Letter  and the other
agreements,  documents and  instruments  entered into or delivered in connection
herewith or therewith.

            "PROSPECTUS"  shall mean with respect to the Borrower the prospectus
filed with the SEC as a part of the  Borrower's  registration  statement on Form
N-2,  as  amended  (or any  successor  SEC  form),  and shall  include,  without
limitation,  the related  statement of additional  information  included in such
registration statement.

            "REGULATION T" shall mean  Regulation T of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

            "REGULATION U" shall mean  Regulation U of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

            "REGULATION X" shall mean  Regulation X of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

            "RELATED SECURITY" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
in Section 7.01.

            "S&P" shall mean Standard & Poor's Ratings Group,  together with its
successors.

            "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other
governmental   authority   of  the   United   States  of  America  at  the  time
administrating  the Securities  Act, the Investment  Company Act or the Exchange
Act.

            "SECONDARY  LENDER  COMMITMENT"  shall  mean  (a)  with  respect  to
Citibank,  an amount  equal to the Total  Commitment,  as such  amount  shall be
reduced by any Assignment and  Acceptance  entered into between  Citibank and an
Eligible  Assignee,  or (b) with respect to a Secondary  Lender that has entered
into an  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  the  amount  set  forth  therein  as such
Secondary Lender's  "Secondary Lender  Commitment",  in each case as such amount
may be reduced  by an  Assignment  and  Acceptance  entered  into  between  such
Secondary  Lender and an Eligible  Assignee,  and as may be further  reduced (or
terminated) pursuant to the next sentence. Any reduction (or termination) of the


                                       18
<PAGE>


Total  Commitment  pursuant to the terms of this Agreement  shall reduce ratably
(or terminate) each Secondary Lender's Secondary Lender Commitment.

            "SECONDARY  LENDER  STATED  EXPIRATION  DATE" shall mean October 22,
1999,  UNLESS,  prior to such  date (or the date so  extended  pursuant  to this
clause),  upon the Borrower's  request,  made not more than forty-five (45) days
nor less than thirty (30) days prior to the then current Secondary Lender Stated
Expiration  Date,  one or  more  Secondary  Lenders  having  100%  of the  Total
Commitment shall in their sole discretion consent,  which consent shall be given
not less than ten (10) days prior to the then current  Secondary  Lender  Stated
Expiration Date (the date any such consent is given, the "Extension  Date"),  to
the  extension  of the  Secondary  Lender  Stated  Expiration  Date to the  date
occurring  364 days after  such  Extension  Date;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that any
failure of any Secondary  Lender to respond to the  Borrower's  request for such
extension shall be deemed a denial of such request by such Secondary Lender.

            "SECONDARY  LENDER  TERMINATION  DATE" shall mean the earlier of (a)
the  Secondary  Lender  Stated  Expiration  Date,  and (b) the  date  the  Total
Commitment shall terminate pursuant to Section 2.10 or Section 6.01.

            "SECTION  20  AFFILIATE"  means an  Affiliate  of a Federal  Reserve
member bank which engages principally in the securities business,  to the extent
allowed under and pursuant to Section 20 of the Glass-Steagall Act, as amended.

            "SECONDARY  LENDERS" shall mean Citibank and each Eligible  Assignee
that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.06.

            "SECURED  PARTIES" shall mean the Agent,  the Lender,  the Secondary
Lenders and their respective successors and assigns.

            "SECURITIES  ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as from time to time in
effect,  or any successor  law, rules or  regulations,  and any reference to any
statutory  or  regulatory  provisions  shall be deemed to be a reference  to any
successor statutory or regulatory provision.

            "SETTLEMENT DATE" shall mean the date which is two (2) Business Days
after the end of each Settlement Period.


                                       19
<PAGE>


            "SETTLEMENT PERIOD" shall mean in respect of any Advance:

                  (a) in the case of any  Settlement  Period in respect of which
            Yield is  computed  by  reference  to the  Lender  Rate,  the period
            beginning  on the date such  Advance was made and ending on the last
            day of the  calendar  month  in  which  such  Advance  was  made and
            thereafter  each  successive  period  commencing on the first day of
            each calendar  month during the term of this Agreement and ending on
            the  last  day of  such  calendar  month  during  the  term  of this
            Agreement;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that in the case of any  Settlement
            Period for any Advance which commences  before the Maturity Date for
            such Advance and would  otherwise end on a date occurring after such
            Maturity  Date,  such  Settlement  Period shall end on such Maturity
            Date;

                  (b) in the case of any  Settlement  Period in respect of which
            Yield is computed by  reference  to the  Assignee  Rate,  the period
            beginning  on the date such  Advance was made and ending on the last
            day of the  calendar  month  in  which  such  Advance  was  made and
            thereafter  each  successive  period  commencing on the first day of
            each calendar  month during the term of this Agreement and ending on
            the  last  day of  such  calendar  month  during  the  term  of this
            Agreement;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that any Settlement Period which is
            other than the monthly  Settlement  Period shall be of such duration
            as shall be selected by the Agent; and

                  (c) in the case of any  Settlement  Period in respect of which
            Yield is computed by  reference  to the  Alternate  Base Rate,  such
            Settlement  Period shall be of such duration as shall be selected by
            the Agent.

            "SINGLE MARKET SOURCE ASSET" shall mean any Asset for which Value is
only readily  ascertainable by one (1) recognized  independent  broker dealer or
recognized independent pricing service in the market for such Asset which broker
dealers or pricing services have been approved by the Adviser in accordance with
the guidelines established by the Borrower's Board of Directors.

            "TOTAL  COMMITMENT"  shall mean  $200,000,000  as such amount may be
reduced pursuant to Section 2.10.  References to the unused portion of the Total
Commitment shall mean, at any time, the Total  Commitment then in effect,  minus
the outstanding principal amount of the Advances.

            "TOTAL  ELIGIBLE  ASSET  COVERAGE  TEST" shall mean as of any day of
determination, and after giving effect to all transactions on such day, that the
Credits  Outstanding are less than or equal to 33 1/3% of the Net Eligible Asset
Value.

            "TRANSACTION  AGENT" means a  commercial  bank,  insurance  company,
finance company or other financial institution that is acting as agent under the
Loan Documents relating to any Loan Asset.


                                       20
<PAGE>


            "UCC" shall mean the Uniform  Commercial  Code, as from time to time
in effect in the applicable jurisdictions.

            "U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES" shall mean any securities which are
direct obligations of, or obligations the principal and interest on are
unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America.

            "VALUE"  shall  have the  meaning  assigned  to such term in Section
2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act.

            "WEEKLY  PORTFOLIO  REPORT" shall have the meaning  assigned to such
term in Section 5.01(e)(vii).

            "YEAR 2000 PROBLEM" shall have the meaning  assigned to such term in
Section 4.01(p).

            "YIELD" means for each Advance for each Settlement Period:

             (i) for each day during such  Settlement  Period to the extent such
      Advance  will be  funded  on  such  day by CRC  through  the  issuance  of
      commercial paper notes,


                                   LR x P + LF
                                       ---
                                       360

            (ii) for each day during such  Settlement  Period to the extent such
      Advance  will  be  funded  on such  day by the  Secondary  Lenders  or the
      Lenders, other than CRC,

                                     AR x P
                                         ---
                                       360

            where:

                  AR    =           the Assignee Rate for such Advance for
                                    such Settlement Period

                  P     =           the outstanding principal amount of such
                                    Advance on such day

                  LR    =           the Lender Rate for such Advance on such
                                       day


                                       21
<PAGE>


                  LF    =           the Liquidation Fee, if any, for such
                                    Advance for such Settlement Period;

PROVIDED,  FURTHER,  that Yield for any Advance shall not be considered  paid by
any  distribution  to the  extent  that at any  time  all or a  portion  of such
distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason.

            SECTION I.02.     RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

            For all purposes of this  Agreement,  except as otherwise  expressly
provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

            Singular words shall connote the plural as well as the singular, and
vice versa (except as indicated), as may be appropriate.

            The words  "herein,"  "hereof"  and  "hereunder"  and other words of
similar  import used herein  refer to this  Agreement  as a whole and not to any
particular appendix, article, schedule,  section, paragraph,  clause, exhibit or
other subdivision.

            The  headings,  subheadings  and table of contents set forth in this
Agreement are solely for  convenience  of reference  and shall not  constitute a
part of this Agreement nor shall they affect the meaning, construction or effect
of any provision hereof.

            References in this  Agreement to  "including"  shall mean  including
without limiting the generality of any description  preceding such term, and for
purposes  hereof the rule of ejusdem  generis shall not be applicable to limit a
general  statement,  followed  by or  referable  to an  enumeration  of specific
matters, to matters similar to those specifically mentioned.

            Each of the parties to this  Agreement and its counsel have reviewed
and revised,  or requested  revisions to, this Agreement,  and the usual rule of
construction  that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party
shall be inapplicable in the construction and interpretation of this Agreement.

            SECTION I.03.     COMPUTATION OF TIME PERIODS.

            Unless otherwise  stated in this Agreement,  in the computation of a
period of time from a specified date to a later  specified date, the word "from"
means  "from and  including"  and the words "to" and  "until"  both mean "to but
excluding".


                                       22
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II
                            ADVANCES TO THE BORROWER

            SECTION I.04.     ADVANCE FACILITY.

            On the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, including without
limitation,  Sections  3.01 and  3.02,  CRC may,  in its sole  discretion,  make
Advances  to the  Borrower  on any  Borrowing  Date from the date  hereof to the
Lender  Termination  Date. On the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set forth,
including without limitation,  Sections 3.01 and 3.02 and during the period from
the date hereof to the Secondary Lender  Termination Date, the Secondary Lenders
shall make Advances to the Borrower, ratably in accordance with their respective
Secondary Lender Commitments,  to the extent CRC has determined not to make such
Advance.  Under no circumstances shall CRC or any Secondary Lender make any such
Advance,  to the extent that after  giving  effect to the making of such Advance
the aggregate  principal  amount of all  outstanding  Advances  would exceed the
Total Commitment.

            SECTION I.05.     MAKING OF ADVANCES.

            (a) The Borrower  shall give the Agent written  notice (which notice
shall be  irrevocable  and  effective  only upon  receipt  by the Agent) of each
request for an Advance  (each such  request a "Notice of  Borrowing")  not later
than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the day which is three (3) Business Days
prior to the  proposed  borrowing  date,  which  notice  shall  specify  (i) the
proposed  borrowing date therefor (each such date, a "Borrowing Date"), and (ii)
the principal amount of the proposed Advance. Any such Notice of Borrowing shall
be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, dated the date such request is
being made, and otherwise  appropriately  completed.  Each Advance shall be in a
principal amount of at least $1,000,000 and in integral  multiples of $1,000,000
in excess thereof.  During the period prior to the Lender  Termination Date, CRC
shall  promptly  notify the Agent  whether it has  determined to make a proposed
Advance and the Agent shall promptly  thereafter notify the Borrower whether CRC
has  determined  to  make  such  Advance.  If CRC has  determined  not to make a
proposed  Advance or if the Lender  Termination  Date has occurred  prior to the
Secondary Lender  Termination  Date, the Agent shall promptly send notice of the
proposed  Advance to all of the Secondary  Lenders  concurrently  by telecopier,
telex or cable  specifying the Borrowing  Date for such Advance,  each Secondary
Lender's  Percentage  multiplied  by the  principal  amount of such  Advance and
whether the Yield for such Advance is calculated based on the Eurodollar Rate or
the  Alternate  Base Rate. On any  Borrowing  Date CRC or the Secondary  Lenders
shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,  make available to
the Borrower at the  Borrower's  Account the  principal  amount of the requested
Advance in  immediately  available  funds.  To the extent not covered by Section
2.08,  the Borrower shall  indemnify  CRC, each  Secondary  Lender and the Agent
against  any loss or expense  incurred by them as a result of any failure by the
Borrower to accept any Advance requested in a Notice of Borrowing or as a result
of the failure of the  Borrower to receive any Advance  requested in a Notice of
Borrowing as a result of the failure of any condition precedent to the making of


                                       23
<PAGE>


such Advance to be satisfied, including, without limitation, any loss or expense
incurred  by reason of the  liquidation  or  reemployment  of funds  acquired or
requested to fund such Advance.

            (b)  The  parties  hereto  agree  that on the  Maturity  Date of the
Advances made by CRC (the "CRC Maturity Date") so long as no Default or Event of
Default shall have  occurred and be continuing on such date,  and subject to the
other terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement  (other than the  obligation  to
deliver a Notice of Borrowing), the Secondary Lenders shall make an Advance (the
"Committed Advance") on such date in a principal amount equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Advances funded by CRC, unless on or prior to the Second
Business  Day  preceding  the CRC Maturity  Date the  Borrower  has  delivered a
written  notice to the Agent  stating  that it has elected  not to receive  such
Committed Advance.  Notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
the  principal  amount of such  Committed  Advance  shall be made ratably by the
Secondary  Lenders to the Agent's Account and shall constitute a payment in full
by the Borrower in respect of the outstanding  principal  amount of the Advances
maturing on the CRC  Maturity  Date and shall be applied by the Agent on the CRC
Maturity Date to the outstanding principal amount of the Advances made by CRC.

            SECTION I.06.     ADVANCE NOTES.

            (a) All  Advances by CRC and each  Secondary  Lender to the Borrower
shall be evidenced by separate Advance Notes, with appropriate insertions, which
shall (i) be  payable  to CRC and each  Secondary  Lender  and  provide  for the
payment of the unpaid principal amount of the Advances  evidenced thereby on the
Maturity Date for such Advances, (ii) require that the Borrower pay Yield on the
outstanding  principal  amount as provided in Section 2.06 hereof,  and (iii) be
entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the other Program Documents.  The
date and  principal  amount of each  Advance and of each  repayment of principal
thereon shall be recorded by CRC or the Secondary  Lenders,  as the case may be,
or their  designee on Schedule I attached  to CRC's or such  Secondary  Lender's
Advance Note and the aggregate  unpaid  principal amount shown on such schedules
shall be  rebuttable  presumptive  evidence of the  principal  amount  owing and
unpaid on the Advances. The failure to record or any error in recording any such
amount on such  schedule  shall  not,  however,  limit or  otherwise  affect the
obligations  of the  Borrower  hereunder  or under any Advance Note to repay the
principal amount of the Advances together with all Yield thereon.

            (b) The Borrower agrees that upon any Eligible  Assignee  becoming a
Secondary  Lender  hereunder in accordance  with Section 9.06, it shall promptly
upon the request of the Agent execute and deliver an Advance Note payable to the
order of such Secondary Lender and otherwise appropriately completed.


                                       24
<PAGE>


            SECTION I.07.     MATURITY OF THE ADVANCES.

            It is  understood  and agreed that the  principal  amount of and the
unpaid  Yield  on each  outstanding  Advance  shall  be due and  payable  on the
Maturity Date for such Advance.

            SECTION I.08. PREPAYMENT OF THE ADVANCES.

            (a) It is  understood  and agreed that the  Borrower  shall have the
right at any time and from time to time,  upon not less than three (3)  Business
Days' prior  written or  telephonic  notice (in the case of  telephonic  notice,
promptly  confirmed in writing) to the Agent  specifying  the date and amount of
such  prepayment,  to  prepay  all or a  portion  of the  outstanding  Advances,
together with unpaid Yield thereon,  on a Business Day; PROVIDED,  that any such
prepayment, if a partial prepayment, shall be an integral multiple of $1,000,000
with a minimum amount of $1,000,000.

            (b) If at any time the Borrower  does not comply with the  Borrowing
Base Test, the Borrower  shall,  no later than the close of business on the next
Business Day following the occurrence of such compliance  shortfall:  (i) either
(x) transfer into the Collateral Account additional  Eligible  Collateral having
an Asset Value at least  sufficient  to cause the  aggregate  Asset Value of the
Assigned  Collateral to satisfy the Borrowing Base Test; or (y) prepay  Advances
in a principal  amount (and pay the Yield thereon) at least  sufficient to cause
the  aggregate  Asset Value of the Assigned  Collateral to satisfy the Borrowing
Base Test,  and (ii)  deliver to Agent a  certificate,  signed by an  authorized
officer  of the  Borrower,  that (x)  specifies  the  amount  of the  compliance
shortfall; (y) specifies the identity and Asset Value of the additional Eligible
Collateral  transferred,  or  the  principal  amount  of  Advances  prepaid,  as
applicable; and (z) certifies that such compliance shortfall has been cured.

            (c) If at any  time the  Borrower  does not  comply  with the  Total
Eligible Asset Coverage Test, the Borrower shall: (i) no later than the close of
business on the fifth Business Day following the  occurrence of such  compliance
shortfall either (A) acquire additional Eligible Assets having an Asset Value at
least  sufficient  to  cause  Credits  Outstanding  to be less  than or equal to
32-1/3% of the Net Eligible  Asset Value,  as determined on the second  Business
Day after the occurrence of such compliance shortfall, or (B) prepay Advances in
a principal  amount (and pay the Yield  thereon)  at least  sufficient  to cause
Credits  Outstanding  to be less than or equal to  32-1/3%  of the Net  Eligible
Asset Value,  as determined on the second  Business Day after the  occurrence of
such compliance  shortfall;  and (ii) no later than the close of business on the
second  Business Day following  the  occurrence  of such  compliance  shortfall,
deliver  to the Agent a  certificate,  signed by an  authorized  officer  of the
Borrower,  that  certifies  (1) the  amount  of the  compliance  shortfall,  (2)
specifies  whether  the  Borrower  shall  either  (x)  prepay  the  Advances  in
accordance with clause (B) above, or (y) acquire  additional  Eligible Assets in
accordance  with clause (A) above and specifying the identity and Asset Value of
the Eligible Assets for which the Borrower has entered into corrective trades in
order to satisfy the requirements of clause (A) of this Section 2.05(c), and (3)
certifies that the requirements of this Section 2.05(c) shall be satisfied on or


                                       25
<PAGE>


prior to the fifth  Business Day  following the  occurrence  of such  compliance
shortfall.

(d) The amount of each  prepayment  under this  Section 2.05 shall be applied to
the Advances in the order in which such Advances were made.

            SECTION I.09.     YIELD.

            The Borrower  hereby agrees to pay the Yield computed with reference
to the principal  amount of each Advance  outstanding  from time to time.  Yield
accruing in respect of any Advance for any  Settlement  Period  shall be due and
payable on the Settlement Date immediately succeeding such Settlement Period and
as required by Section 2.05. It is the intention of the parties  hereto that the
Yield on the  Advances  shall not  exceed the  maximum  rate  permissible  under
applicable  law.  Accordingly,  anything  herein or in any  Advance  Note to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  in the event any Yield is charged to, collected from
or received  from or on behalf of the  Borrower  by the Lender or the  Secondary
Lenders  pursuant  hereto or thereto in excess of such maximum lawful rate, then
the excess of such  payment  over that  maximum  shall be  applied  first to the
payment of amounts owing by the Borrower to the Lender,  the  Secondary  Lenders
and the Agent under the Program  Documents  (other than in respect of  principal
and Yield on Advances)  and then to the reduction of the  outstanding  principal
balance of the Advances.

            SECTION I.10.     INCREASED COSTS.

            If, due to either (i) the  introduction of or any change (other than
any change by way of imposition or increase of reserve requirements reflected in
the  Eurodollar  Rate Reserve  Percentage)  in or in the  interpretation  of any
Applicable  Law or (ii) the  compliance  with any  guideline or request from any
central bank or other Authority  (whether or not having the force of law), there
shall be any increase in the cost to the Lender or any  Secondary  Lender or any
of their respective  Affiliates (each an "Affected  Person") of agreeing to make
or making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Advances to the Borrower, then
the  Borrower  shall  from  time to time,  upon  demand  by the  Lender  or such
Secondary  Lender  pay to the  Agent  for  the  account  of the  Lender  or such
Secondary Lender additional  amounts sufficient to compensate the Lender or such
Secondary Lender for such increased cost. A certificate as to the amount of such
increased  cost,  submitted  to the  Borrower  by the  Lender or such  Secondary
Lender, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

            If an Affected Person determines that compliance with any Applicable
Law or  request  from any  central  bank or  other  Authority  charged  with the
interpretation  or  administration  thereof  (whether or not having the force of
law)  affects or would  affect the amount of capital  required or expected to be
maintained  by such  Affected  Person  and that the  amount of such  capital  is
increased by or based upon the  existence of such Affected  Person's  commitment
under the Program  Documents or upon such Affected  Person's making,  funding or
maintaining Advances,  then, upon demand of such Affected Person (with a copy of


                                       26
<PAGE>


such demand to the Agent),  the Borrower shall  immediately pay to the Agent for
the account of such  Affected  Person,  from time to time as  specified  by such
Affected  Person,  additional  amounts  sufficient to  compensate  such Affected
Person in light of the circumstances.  A certificate setting forth in reasonable
detail such amounts  submitted to the Borrower by such Affected  Person shall be
conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

            SECTION I.11.     COMPENSATION.

            The Borrower shall compensate the Lender and each Secondary  Lender,
upon its written request (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting
such amounts), for all reasonable losses,  expenses and liabilities  (including,
without limitation, any interest paid by the Lender and each Secondary Lender to
lenders of funds  borrowed by it to make or carry its  Eurodollar  Rate Advances
and any loss sustained by the Lender or any such Secondary  Lender in connection
with the  re-employment  of such funds,  but excluding  any loss of  anticipated
profit),  which the Lender or any such Secondary Lender may sustain:  (i) if for
any  reason  (other  than a default by the  Lender or such  Secondary  Lender) a
borrowing of any  Eurodollar  Rate  Advance by the Borrower  does not occur on a
date specified  therefor in the Notice of Borrowing  (whether or not withdrawn),
(ii) if any prepayment of any of the Borrower's  Eurodollar Rate Advances occurs
on a date which is not the last day of a Settlement Period  applicable  thereto,
(iii) if any prepayment of any of the Borrower's Eurodollar Rate Advances is not
made on any date  specified in a notice of  prepayment  given by the  applicable
Borrower, or (iv) as a consequence of any other default by the Borrower to repay
its Eurodollar Rate Advances when required by the terms of this Agreement.

            SECTION I.12.     ADDITIONAL YIELD ON EURODOLLAR RATE ADVANCES.

            If the  Lender  or any  Secondary  Lender  shall be  required  under
regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System to maintain
reserves  with  respect to  liabilities  or assets  consisting  of or  including
Eurocurrency Liabilities, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender or such Secondary
Lender  Eurodollar  Additional Yield on the principal amount of each outstanding
Advance on each date on which Yield is payable on such Advance.  Such Eurodollar
Additional  Yield shall be determined by the Lender or such Secondary Lender and
notified to the  Borrower  through the Agent  within  thirty (30) days after any
Interest  payment  is made  with  respect  to  which  such  additional  Yield is
requested. A certificate as to such Eurodollar Additional Yield submitted to the
Borrower and the Agent shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes,  absent
manifest error.

            SECTION I.13.     TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF THE TOTAL
Commitment.

            The  Borrower may at any time,  upon thirty (30) days prior  written
notice to the Agent  terminate in whole or reduce in part the unused  portion of


                                       27
<PAGE>

the Total  Commitment;  PROVIDED,  that each such partial reduction of the Total
Commitment  shall be in an amount  equal to at least  $5,000,000  or an integral
multiple thereof.

            SECTION I.14.     RESCISSION OR RETURN OF PAYMENT.

            The Borrower  further agrees that, if at any time all or any part of
any payment theretofore made by it to any Secured Party or their designees is or
must be  rescinded  or returned for any reason  whatsoever  (including,  without
limitation, the insolvency,  bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any
of its affiliates),  the obligation of the Borrower to make such payment to such
Secured Party shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, to the extent that such
payment is or must be  rescinded  or  returned,  be deemed to have  continued in
existence and this Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as
the case may be, as to such obligations, all as though such payment had not been
made.

            SECTION I.15.     FEES PAYABLE BY BORROWER.

            The  Borrower  agrees to pay the Agent such fees as are set forth in
the Fee Letter.

            SECTION I.16.     POST DEFAULT INTEREST.

            The Borrower hereby promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount of each Advance and any other amount  payable by the Borrower  hereunder,
in  each  case,  which  shall  not be  paid in full  when  due,  for the  period
commencing  on the due date thereof until but not including the date the same is
paid in full at the Post-Default Rate. Interest payable at the Post-Default Rate
shall be payable on the Agent's demand.

            SECTION I.17.     PAYMENTS.

            (a) All amounts owing and payable by the Borrower to the Agent,  the
Lender or any Secondary Lender, in respect of the Advances,  including,  without
limitation,  the  principal  thereof,  Yield,  fees,  expenses or other  amounts
payable under the Program  Documents,  shall be paid in Dollars,  in immediately
available  funds by wire transfer  initiated on or prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York
City time) on the date due without  counterclaim,  setoff,  deduction,  defense,
abatement, suspension or deferment to the Agent's Account. Any payment initiated
after  11:00  a.m.  (New York City time) on any day shall be deemed to have been
made on the next Business Day for all purposes of this Agreement.

            (b) All  computations of interest at the  Post-Default  Rate and all
computations  of Yield,  fees and other amounts  hereunder  shall be made on the
basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days elapsed.  Whenever any
payment to be made  hereunder  shall be due on a day other than a Business  Day,


                                       28
<PAGE>


such  payment  shall  be made  on the  next  succeeding  Business  Day and  such
extension of time shall be included in the computation of such payment.

(c) Upon receipt of funds  deposited into the Agent's  Account,  the Agent shall
distribute such funds,  FIRST to the Lender and the Secondary Lenders in payment
in full of all  accrued  and unpaid  Yield  owing to the  Lender  and  Secondary
Lenders,  SECOND to the Lender, the Secondary Lenders or the Agent in payment of
any  other  fees or  other  amounts  owed by the  Borrower  to the  Lender,  the
Secondary  Lender  and the Agent  under  this  Agreement  and the other  Program
Documents (other than in respect of the principal  amount of the Advances),  and
THIRD to the payment of the principal amount of the Advances.

            (d) The Agent shall,  on or prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time)
on the Business Day  immediately  preceding  each  Settlement  Date,  notify the
Borrower of the Yield, Fees and other amounts due and payable on such Settlement
Date.

            SECTION I.18.     BORROWER'S OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.

            The Borrower's  obligations under this Agreement and under the other
Program Documents shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be
paid strictly in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, under any and all
circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment
which the  Borrower  may have or have had  against  the  Agent,  the  Lender any
Secondary Lender or any other Person.


                                   ARTICLE III
                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

            SECTION I.19.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVENESS OF
THIS AGREEMENT.

            The  effectiveness  of  this  Agreement  and  the  Lender's  and the
Secondary  Lenders'  obligations  hereunder  shall be subject to the  conditions
precedent that the Agent shall have received on or before the initial  Borrowing
Date the  following,  each (unless  otherwise  indicated)  in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Agent in sufficient copies for the Lender and the
Secondary Lenders:

            (a) each of the Program Documents duly executed and delivered by the
parties thereto;

            (b) the Prospectus, as in effect on the Closing Date;


                                       29
<PAGE>


            (c) the signed opinions of counsel to the Borrower,  and the Adviser
addressed to the Agent,  the Lender and each Secondary Lender as to such matters
as the Agent,  the  Lender  and each  Secondary  Lender  shall  have  reasonably
requested;

            (d) an Advance Note duly  executed and  completed by the Borrower to
the Lender and each Secondary Lender, which shall be in full force and effect;

            (e) all  Governmental  Authorizations,  Private  Authorizations  and
Governmental  Filings,  if any,  which may be  required in  connection  with the
transactions contemplated by the Program Documents;

            (f) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each of
the  Borrower  and  the  Adviser   certifying  (i)  as  to  its  certificate  of
incorporation and by-laws,  (ii) as to any resolutions of its Board of Directors
approving this Agreement and the other Program  Documents to which it is a party
and  the  transactions   contemplated   hereby  and  thereby,   (iii)  that  its
representations  and warranties set forth in the Program  Documents are true and
correct,  and (iv) the incumbency and specimen signature of each of its officers
authorized to execute the Program Documents;

            (g)  acknowledgment  copies or time stamped receipt copies of proper
financing statements, duly filed on or before the date of such initial borrowing
under the UCC in all  jurisdictions  necessary in order to perfect the interests
in the Assigned Collateral contemplated by this Agreement;

            (h)  acknowledgment  copies or time stamped receipt copies of proper
financing  statements,  if any,  necessary to release all security interests and
other  rights of any Person in the Eligible  Assets of the  Borrower  previously
granted by the Borrower;

            (i) the Agent shall have received a pro-forma Investor Report, which
shall evidence  compliance with the terms of the Program  Documents after giving
effect to the initial borrowing of Advances under this Agreement;

            (j) the Agent shall have  received  the fees to be received by it on
or prior to the Closing Date under the Fee Letter;

            (k) the results of a recent search by a Person  satisfactory  to the
Agent of all UCC lien  filings with  respect to the  Borrower,  and such results
shall be satisfactory to the Agent; and

            (l) the Agent  shall  have  received  from the  Borrower  such other
instruments,  certificates  and  documents  as the Agent  shall have  reasonably
requested, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.


                                       30
<PAGE>


            SECTION I.20.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL ADVANCES.

            The  obligation of the Lender and the Secondary  Lenders to make any
Advance  (including the initial  Advance) on any Borrowing Date shall be subject
to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

            (a) each of the representations and warranties of the Borrower,  the
Custodian and the Adviser contained in this Agreement,  the Letter Agreement and
the other Program Documents shall be true and correct as of such date;

            (b) no  Default  or Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing at or prior to the time of the making of such Advance or shall result
from the making of such Advance;

            (c) the  conditions  precedent  set forth in Section 3.01 shall have
been fully satisfied;

            (d)  immediately  after  giving  effect to such Advance the Borrower
shall be in  compliance  with  each of the  Borrowing  Base  Test and the  Total
Eligible Asset Coverage Test;

            (e) immediately after the making of any such Advance,  the aggregate
outstanding  principal  amount  of all  Advances  shall  not  exceed  the  Total
Commitment; and

            (f)  the  Agent  shall  have   received   such  other   instruments,
certificates and documents as the Agent or the Lender shall reasonably request.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

            SECTION I.21.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE
Borrower.

            The Borrower  represents and warrants to each of the Secured Parties
on and as of the  Closing  Date,  each  Borrowing  Date,  each date  Assets  are
credited  to or removed  from the  Collateral  Account  and the last day of each
Settlement Period, as follows:

            (a) the  Borrower is duly  organized  and  validly  existing in good
standing under the laws of the State of Maryland,  with full corporate power and
authority to own and operate its assets and properties,  conduct the business in


                                       31
<PAGE>


which it is now engaged  and to execute and deliver and perform its  obligations
under this Agreement and the other Program Documents to which it is a party;

            (b) the  Borrower is duly  qualified  to do business  and is in good
standing in each  jurisdiction  in which the nature of its business,  assets and
properties,  including,  without limitation,  the performance of its obligations
under this  Agreement  and the other  Program  Documents to which it is a party,
requires such qualification;

            (c) the execution,  delivery and  performance by the Borrower of the
Program  Documents  to  which  it is a  party  and  the  other  instruments  and
agreements  contemplated  thereby are within its corporate  powers and have been
duly authorized by all requisite  corporate action by the Borrower and have been
duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitute the legal,  valid and
binding  obligations  of  the  Borrower  enforceable  against  the  Borrower  in
accordance with their respective terms;

            (d)  neither the  execution  and  delivery  by the  Borrower of this
Agreement, the other Program Documents to which it is a party, or any instrument
or agreement referred to herein or therein,  or contemplated  hereby or thereby,
nor the consummation of the  transactions  herein or therein  contemplated,  nor
compliance  with the terms,  conditions and provisions  hereof or thereof by it,
will (i) conflict  with,  or result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
default   under  its   certificate   of   incorporation   or  by-laws  or  other
organizational documents, (ii) conflict with or contravene any Applicable Law or
any contractual  restriction  binding on or affecting the Borrower or any of its
Assets, (iii) result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under,
or permit the  acceleration  of any  obligation  or liability in, or but for any
requirement  of the  giving  of notice or the  passage  of time (or both)  would
constitute  such a conflict with,  breach or violation of, or default under,  or
permit any such acceleration in, any contractual  obligation or any agreement or
document to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound
(or to which any such obligation, agreement or document relates), or (iv) result
in any Adverse Claim upon any Asset of the Borrower;

            (e)  the   Borrower  has   obtained   all   necessary   Governmental
Authorizations  and Private  Authorizations,  and made all Governmental  Filings
necessary for the  execution,  delivery and  performance by the Borrower of this
Agreement, the other Program Documents to which it is a party and the agreements
and   instruments   contemplated   hereby  or  thereby,   and  no   Governmental
Authorization,  Private Authorization or Governmental Filing which have not been
obtained or made,  is required to be obtained or made by it in  connection  with
the  execution,  delivery or performance of this Agreement and the other Program
Documents;

            (f)  this  Agreement  and the  Control  Agreement  and  the  actions
required to be taken  pursuant to the terms  hereof are  effective to create and
perfect in the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected security
interest in the Assigned Collateral free and clear of all Adverse Claims;


                                       32
<PAGE>


            (g) each Asset of the Borrower which constitutes Assigned Collateral
is an Eligible Asset;  the Borrower owns each such Eligible Asset free and clear
of Adverse Claims (other than Permitted Liens);  and as of the initial Borrowing
Date and at all  times  thereafter,  the Agent  has a first  priority  perfected
security  interest  in the  Assigned  Collateral  free and clear of all  Adverse
Claims and no actions,  except as have been taken,  are  necessary to perfect or
protect such security interest;

            (h) no effective  financing  statements or other instruments similar
in effect covering any Asset of the Borrower is on file in any recording office,
except those filed in favor of the Agent pursuant to this Agreement;

            (i) the Borrower's  principal  place of business and chief executive
office is at the address referred to in Section 5.01(d);

            (j)  there  are no  pending  or,  to  the  best  of  the  Borrower's
knowledge,  threatened  investigations,  actions, suits or proceedings involving
the Borrower which give rise to a reasonable  possibility of a Material  Adverse
Effect;

            (k)  the  Borrower  is  registered  as  a  diversified,   closed-end
management investment company as such term is used in the Investment Company Act
and is in compliance in all material  respects with the Investment  Policies and
Restrictions;

            (l) the  Prospectus,  each Investor  Report,  each Weekly  Portfolio
Report, each Notice of Borrowing and all other written information,  reports and
statements  (with  respect to which,  other than the Investor  Report the Weekly
Portfolio  Report  and  each  Notice  of  Borrowing,  shall be taken as a whole)
provided by or on behalf of the Borrower to any Secured Party for purposes of or
in  connection  with  this  Agreement,   the  other  Program  Documents  or  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  or  thereby  is,  and all  such  information
hereafter  provided by or on behalf of the Borrower to any Secured Party will be
true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date such information
is stated or certified and no such information  contains,  or will contain,  any
material misrepresentation or any omission to state therein matters necessary to
make the  statements  made therein not  misleading in any material  respect when
considered in its entirety;

            (m) the  Borrower is in  compliance  in all material  respects  with
Applicable  Law,  including,  without  limitation,  the  Securities  Act and the
Investment Company Act;

            (n) the  Borrower  is not a  member  of an  ERISA  Group  and has no
Benefit Arrangement, Plan or Multiemployer Plan subject to ERISA;


                                       33
<PAGE>


            (o) on each Borrowing Date and immediately  after the making of each
Advance  itis in full  compliance  with the  Borrowing  Base  Test and the Total
Eligible Asset Coverage Test and the other conditions specified in Section 3.02;

            (p) the  Borrower  has  reasonably  determined  that the Adviser has
developed  a program to  address,  on a timely  basis (and in any event prior to
December  31,  1999)  and in all  material  respects,  the  risk  that  computer
applications used in connection with the business and operations of the Borrower
by the Adviser or by any of the Borrower's other material service  providers may
not properly perform date-sensitive  functions involving certain dates prior to,
during  and  after the year 2000 (the  "Year  2000  Problem")  and the Year 2000
Problem  will not result in any Default or Event of Default by the  Borrower and
does not give rise to a reasonable possibility of a Material Adverse Effect;

            (q) the Borrower  will qualify as a "regulated  investment  company"
within the meaning of the Internal  Revenue Code, and as such its income is not,
and will not be, subject to income tax at the corporate level under the Internal
Revenue Code;

            (r) the  Borrower  has filed all United  States  Federal  income tax
returns and all other material tax returns which are required to be filed by it,
if any, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns, if any, or pursuant
to any assessment received by the Borrower,  except for any taxes or assessments
which are being  contested  in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and with
respect thereto adequate  reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP
and  which  could  otherwise  not give  rise to a  reasonable  possibility  of a
Material Adverse Effect; and the charges,  accruals and reserves on the books of
the Borrower in respect of taxes or other governmental  charges, if any, are, in
the opinion of the Borrower, adequate; and

            (s) the  statement of assets and  liabilities  of the Borrower as at
June 18, 1998,  certified  by Ernst & Young LLP,  independent  auditors,  fairly
presents in conformity with GAAP the financial  position of the Borrower at such
date and  since  such  date  there has been no  material  adverse  change in the
business, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower.


                                    ARTICLE V
                                    COVENANTS

            SECTION I.22.     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.

            The Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall:

            (a) (i) duly observe, comply with and conform to all requirements of
Applicable  Law  relative  to the  conduct  of its  business  or to its  Assets,


                                       34
<PAGE>


including without  limitation the Investment  Company Act, to the extent failure
to so observe,  comply or conform does not give rise to a reasonable possibility
of a Material  Adverse  Effect,  (ii) preserve and keep in full force and effect
the legal existence of the Borrower and the rights,  privileges,  qualifications
and  franchises  of the Borrower,  and (iii)  obtain,  maintain and keep in full
force and effect all Governmental  Authorizations,  Private  Authorizations  and
Governmental  Filings which are necessary to properly carry out its business and
the  transactions  contemplated  to be  performed  by the  Borrower  under  this
Agreement and the other Program Documents;

            (b) cause to be computed,  paid and  discharged  when due all taxes,
assessments  and other  governmental  charges or levies imposed upon it, or upon
any income or Assets of the  Borrower,  prior to the day on which  penalties are
attached  thereto,  unless and to the extent that the same shall be contested in
good  faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and  with  respect  to which  adequate
reserves have been  established on the books of the Borrower in accordance  with
GAAP and which could not otherwise  give rise to a reasonable  possibility  of a
Material Adverse Effect;

            (c)  promptly,  at its  expense,  execute and deliver  such  further
instruments  and take such further  action in order to establish and protect the
rights,  interests and remedies created,  or intended to be created, in favor of
the Secured Parties,  including,  without limitation, all such actions which are
necessary or advisable  to maintain  and protect the Secured  Parties'  security
interest in the Related  Security  (other than as to perfection) and the Secured
Parties' first priority perfected security interest in the Assigned Collateral;

            (d) keep its principal place of business and chief executive  office
at the address of the  Borrower  set forth in Section  9.02 or, upon thirty (30)
days' prior written notice to the Agent, at any other locations in jurisdictions
where all actions  reasonably  requested by the Agent to protect and perfect the
Secured Parties'  security  interest in the Assigned  Collateral have been taken
and completed;

            (e)  provide to the Agent  (with  enough  additional  copies for the
Lender and each Secondary Lender):

                 (i) as soon as available,  and in any event within seventy-five
      (75) days after the end of each fiscal year of the  Borrower,  a statement
      of assets and  liabilities  of the  Borrower  as at the end of such fiscal
      year,  and  statements of  operations  and of changes in net assets of the
      Borrower for such fiscal year,  and a portfolio of  investments  as of the
      end of such fiscal year,  with an audit report  thereon  issued by Ernst &
      Young LLP or other independent auditors of nationally recognized standing,
      together with the comparable report for the prior fiscal year;

                 (ii) as soon as available, and in any event within seventy-five
      (75) days after the end of each  first  semi-annual  fiscal  period of the
      Borrower,  a statement of assets and liabilities of the Borrower as at the


                                       35
<PAGE>

      end of such period, a statement of operations and of changes in net assets
      of the Borrower for such period,  and a portfolio of investments as of the
      end of such period, all certified (subject to normal year-end  adjustment)
      as to fairness of presentation in all material  respects by the treasurer,
      chief financial officer or controller of the Borrower;

                 (iii) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial
      statements  referred to in clause (i) above,  a  statement  of the firm of
      independent  auditors which reported on such statements to the effect that
      nothing has come to its  attention to cause it to believe that any Default
      or Event of Default existed on the date of such statements;

                 (iv) as soon as possible, and in any event within five (5) days
      of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, a certificate of the
      treasurer,  the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of
      the Borrower  setting  forth the details  thereof and the action which the
      Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

                 (v) promptly upon the mailing  thereof to the  shareholders  of
      the Borrower generally,  copies of all financial  statements,  reports and
      proxy statements so mailed;

                 (vi)   promptly  upon  the  filing   thereof,   copies  of  all
      registration   statements   (other  than  the  exhibits  thereto  and  any
      registration  statements  on Form S-8 or its  equivalent)  and  annual and
      semi-annual reports which the Borrower shall have filed with the SEC;

                 (vii)  on or  before  Monday  of each  week,  weekly  portfolio
      reports and weekly covenant  compliance  certificates in substantially the
      form of Schedule II attached  hereto  (each a "Weekly  Portfolio  Report")
      with respect to the  immediately  preceding  calendar  week,  signed by an
      authorized officer of the Borrower;

                 (viii)on  or  before  the  tenth  (10th)  Business  Day of each
      calendar month or more  frequently as the Agent shall  reasonably  request
      (which may be daily),  an  Investor  Report  substantially  in the form of
      Schedule  I  hereto,  together  with  a  certificate  of the  Borrower  in
      substantially  the form of Annex A to the Investor Report;

                 (ix) from  time to time  upon the  request  of the  Agent,  the
      Borrower  shall,  or  shall  cause  the  Custodian  to  deliver  a  report
      identifying  the  locations  of any  Assigned  Collateral  which is in the
      possession of or is  maintained  in  securities  accounts with an agent or


                                       36
<PAGE>


      sub-custodian  of the  Custodian  which report shall  specify the Assigned
      Collateral held by each such agent or sub-custodian;

                 (x) promptly upon its receipt of and contemporaneously with its
      giving  of any  notice  relating  to  the  termination  of  the  Custodial
      Agreement or the Control Agreement, copies of any such notice; and

                 (xi) from time to time such  additional  information  regarding
      the  financial  position  or  business  of the  Borrower  as the Agent may
      reasonably request;

            (f) maintain in force with financially sound and reputable insurers,
policies with respect to its assets and property and business against such risks
and contingencies and in such amounts as are customary in the case of closed-end
funds,  engaged in similar  lines of business of  comparable  size and financial
strength and as may be required by the SEC;

            (g) remain at all times a diversified, closed-end investment company
for the  purposes  of the  Investment  Company  Act and  continue  to  engage in
business of the same general type as now  conducted  by the  Borrower,  and will
preserve,  renew and keep in full force and effect its  corporate  existence and
rights,  privileges and franchises  necessary or desirable in the normal conduct
of business and will at all times remain registered under the Investment Company
Act;

            (h) annually  (or more  frequently  as the Agent,  for itself and as
agent for the Secured Parties may require after the occurrence of and during the
continuance  of a  Default  or an Event  of  Default)  and at the sole  cost and
expense of the Borrower

            (i) cause  Ernst & Young  LLP,  or  another  independent  auditor of
nationally   recognized   standing  selected  by  the  Borrower  and  reasonably
satisfactory  to the Agent, to enter the premises of the Borrower and any Person
to whom the  Borrower  delegates  all or any  portion  of its  duties  under any
Program Document (including,  without limitation, the Custodian) and examine and
audit the books,  records and accounts of the Borrower relating to its business,
financial condition, operations and the Borrower's performance under the Program
Documents,  (ii) permit such accounting  firm to discuss the Borrower's  affairs
and finances with the officers,  partners,  employees and  accountants of any of
them,  (iii) cause such auditing firm to provide to the Agent, for itself and as
agent  for the  Secured  Parties,  with a  certified  report in  respect  of the
foregoing,  which  shall be in form and  scope  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Agent, for itself and as agent for the Secured Parties,  and (iv) authorize such
accounting  firm  to  discuss  such  affairs,   finances  and  performance  with
representatives  of the Agent and its designees;  it being  understood that such
annual audit and report of such independent auditors may be coordinated with the
Borrower's regular annual audit by the Borrower's auditors;

            (i) permit the Agent or any Person  designated by the Agent to, upon
reasonable advance notice and during normal hours, visit and inspect at


                                    37
<PAGE>


reasonable  intervals its books,  records and accounts relating to its business,
financial condition,  operations and its performance under the Program Documents
and to  discuss  the  foregoing  with  the  officers,  partners,  employees  and
accountants of the Borrower, all as often as the Agent may reasonably request.

            (j) at all times comply with the  Borrowing  Base Test and the Total
Eligible  Asset  Coverage Test and at all times comply in all material  respects
with the Investment Policies and Restrictions;

            (k) the  Borrower  shall  warrant  and  defend  each of the  Secured
Parties'  right and interest in and to the Assigned  Collateral  and the Related
Security against all Adverse Claims of all Persons whomsoever;

            (l) the Borrower  shall at all times cause the Custodian to have and
maintain in its custody and control  Assigned  Collateral in accordance with the
terms of the  Custodial  Agreement  and the Control  Agreement  and shall at all
times  cause  all  Eligible  Assets of the  Borrower  to be  custodied  with the
Custodian or a sub-custodian pursuant to the Custodial Agreement;

            (m) promptly give notice in writing to the Agent of all  litigation,
arbitration proceedings and regulatory proceedings affecting the Borrower or the
Assets of the Borrower,  except such proceedings  which could not give rise to a
reasonable possibility of a Material Adverse Effect;

            (n) keep proper books of record and account in which full,  true and
correct  entries shall be made of all dealings and  transactions  in relation to
its business and activities in accordance with the requirements of the SEC; and

            (o) except as consented to by the Agent (which  consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld), at all times maintain Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management
Inc. as the Borrower's investment adviser;  PROVIDED, that the Agent shall in no
event be obligated to consent to any change of the Adviser unless such successor
investment   adviser  has  entered  into  a  letter  agreement  with  the  Agent
substantially identical to the Letter Agreement.

            SECTION I.23.     NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.

            The Borrower covenants and agrees that the Borrower shall not:

            (a) enter into any agreement containing any provision which would be
violated or breached by the  performance  of its  obligations  under any Program
Document;

            (b)  engage  in  any  line  of  business  not  contemplated  by  the
Prospectus;


                                       38
<PAGE>


            (c) create, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except for Permitted
Debt;

            (d) adopt or carry out any plan of liquidation, partial liquidation,
reorganization,  incorporation,  recapitalization,  merger or consolidation  nor
sell,  transfer or otherwise  dispose of all or any  substantial  portion of its
assets, without the prior written consent of the Agent;

            (e) make any (i)  payment  to any Person  except to the extent  such
payment is made  pursuant to the terms of the Program  Documents or such payment
is made in the ordinary  course of the Borrower's  business,  or (ii) advance or
other extension of credit to any Person, except as expressly contemplated by the
Investment Policies and Restrictions;

            (f)  permit or  consent  to a change of the  Custodian  or cancel or
terminate the Custodial Agreement or the Control Agreement, or request,  consent
or agree to any such  cancellation or termination  except with the prior written
consent of the Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld);

            (g) without the prior  written  consent of the Agent (which  consent
shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld),  permit  or  consent  to  any  material
amendment, modification or waiver of the Custodial Agreement;

            (h) without the prior  written  consent of the Agent (which  consent
shall  not be  unreasonably  withheld),  take  any  action  inconsistent  in any
material respect with the Investment Policies and Restrictions;

            (i) be a member of an ERISA Group or have any  Benefit  Arrangement,
Plan or Multiemployer Plan subject to ERISA;

            (j) permit any change in the Investment Policies and Restrictions in
effect on the Closing Date without the prior written consent of the Agent (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld);

            (k)  create,  assume  or  suffer  to exist any Lien on any Asset now
owned or hereafter  acquired by it (including  without  limitation  the Assigned
Collateral  and the Related  Security),  except in the case of all Assets  other
than the Assigned  Collateral and the Related  Security,  for Permitted Liens or
any Liens incurred in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business arising out
of reverse  repurchase  agreements,  dollar rolls,  Derivative  Transactions and
securities lending transactions;

            (l) issue any Equity Securities constituting "senior securities", as
such term is defined and used in the Investment Company Act;


                                       39
<PAGE>


            (m) extend  credit to others for the  purpose of buying or  carrying
any "margin stock" in such a manner as to violate  Regulation T, Regulation U or
Regulation X;

            (n) make any  distributions,  dividends or other payments on account
of its capital stock to,  redemptions and open-market  stock  repurchases of, or
tender  offers for, its capital  stock from,  its  shareholders:  (i) during the
continuance  of any Event of Default;  (ii) at any time that  Borrower is not in
compliance  with the Total Eligible Asset Coverage Test; or (iii) if any Default
or Event of Default would be caused thereby;

            (o) change  its name (i)  without  giving the Agent at least  thirty
(30) days prior  written  notice,  and (ii)  unless all  actions  necessary  and
appropriate to protect and perfect the Secured Parties' security interest in the
Assigned Collateral have been taken and completed;

            (p) permit the Aggregate  Custodian's  Advance Amount to at any time
exceed $40,000,000;

            (q) after the Borrower has  received  written  notice of delivery by
the Agent to the Custodian of a Notice of Exclusive Control,  unless such Notice
of Exclusive Control is revoked in writing by the Agent, give any instruction to
the  Custodian in respect of the Assigned  Collateral  without the prior written
consent of the Agent; or

            (r) permit the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Collateral that
does not  constitute  "margin  stock"  within the meaning of Regulation U of the
Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System  to be less  than  Credits
Outstanding.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

            SECTION I.24.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

            If any of the  following  events (each an "Event of Default")  shall
occur:

            (a) the  Borrower  shall  fail to comply  with  Section  2.05(b)  or
Section 2.05(c);

            (b) the  Borrower  shall  fail to  make or  cause  to be made in the
manner and when due any payment (other than any payment  contemplated by clauses
(b) or (c) of  Section  2.05)to  be made or to be  caused to be made by it under
this Agreement,  any Advance Note, the Fee Letter,  the Control Agreement or the
Custodial  Agreement and such failure shall continue for five (5) Business Days;
or


                                       40
<PAGE>


            (c) the Borrower shall fail to comply with (i) clause (k) of Section
5.02 and such failure shall  continue for two (2) Business Days, or (ii) clauses
(g) or (o) of Section 5.01 or clauses (c),  (d),  (e),  (f),  (g), (j) or (l) of
Section 5.02; or

            (d) (i) the  Borrower  shall fail to  perform  or observe  any other
term,  covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed  under this
Agreement,  Fee Letter or any other Program  Document,  (ii) the Custodian shall
fail to perform or observe  any term,  covenant or  agreement  on its part to be
performed or observed under the Control Agreement,  or (iii) the Custodian shall
fail to perform or observe  any term,  covenant or  agreement  on its part to be
performed  under the Custodial  Agreement and such failure either (A) gives rise
to a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  or (B)(x)  is of a  material  nature,  (y) the
Borrower has actual  knowledge of such failure,  and (z) such failure is capable
of being cured and is not cured, and such failure described in clauses (i), (ii)
or (iii) above shall continue for ten (10) Business Days; or

            (e)  any  representation  or  warranty  made or  deemed  made by the
Borrower or the  Custodian  under or in  connection  with this  Agreement or any
other Program Document or any other certificate, information or report delivered
by or on behalf of the  Borrower or the  Custodian  shall be deemed to have been
false  or  incorrect  in any  material  respect  when  made  or  deemed  made or
delivered; or

            (f)  the  Agent  shall  for any  reason  cease  to have a valid  and
perfected first priority security  interest in the Assigned  Collateral free and
clear of all Adverse Claims; or

            (g) the Borrower,  the Adviser or the Custodian  shall generally not
pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its  inability
to pay its debts generally,  or shall make a general  assignment for the benefit
of creditors;  or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Borrower,
the Adviser or the  Custodian  seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent,
or seeking  liquidation,  winding up  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment,
protection,  relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to
bankruptcy,  insolvency or reorganization  or relief of debtors,  or seeking the
entry  of an  order  for  relief  or the  appointment  of a  receiver,  trustee,
custodian or other similar  official for it or for any  substantial  part of its
property and, in the case of any such proceeding  instituted against it (but not
instituted by it), either such proceeding  shall remain  undismissed or unstayed
for a  period  of  thirty  (30)  days,  or any of the  actions  sought  in  such
proceeding  (including  an order for relief  against,  or the  appointment  of a
receiver,  trustee,  custodian  or other  similar  official  for,  it or for any
substantial  part of its property) shall occur; or the Borrower,  the Adviser or
the Custodian  shall take any  corporate  action to authorize any of the actions
set forth above in this subsection; or

            (h) as of the end of any calendar  month after the Closing Date, the
Net Asset Value of the  Borrower  shall have  decreased by  twenty-five  percent


                                       41
<PAGE>


(25%) or more  from the Net  Asset  Value of the  Borrower  as of the end of the
immediately preceding calendar month; or

            (i) any provision of any Program  Document  which is material to the
Secured  Parties'  right to  repayment  of the  Borrower  Obligations  and their
remedies  in  respect  thereof  shall  cease to be a legal,  valid  and  binding
obligation of any of the parties  purported to be bound thereby,  enforceable in
accordance  with  its  respective  terms or the  Borrower,  the  Adviser  or the
Custodian shall so assert in writing; or

            (j) any  judgment or order,  or any series of  judgments  or orders,
shall have been entered  against the Borrower,  provided that (i) such judgments
or orders shall  aggregate to $1,000,000 or more, and (ii)  enforcement  actions
have been  commenced  with respect  thereto and have not been  dismissed for ten
(10) Business Days; or

            (k) either (1) State Street Bank and Trust Company shall at any time
cease to  serve as  Custodian  under  the  Custodial  Agreement  or the  Control
Agreement, unless a successor thereto reasonably satisfactory to the Agent shall
have assumed the duties of the Custodian  thereunder and in accordance  with the
terms of the Program Documents,  or (2) the Custodian or the Borrower shall have
given  notice of the  termination  of the  Custodial  Agreement  or the  Control
Agreement;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that such event  specified  in clause (2) above
shall not  constitute  an Event of Default if prior to the fifth (5th)  Business
Day  immediately  preceding the effective  date of such  termination a successor
custodian  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Agent shall have been  appointed  as
custodian  under the Custodial  Agreement and shall have assumed the obligations
of the Custodian under the Control Agreement; or

            (l)  any  event  or  condition  shall  occur  which  results  in the
acceleration  of the  maturity  of any Debt of the  Borrower  which  Debt in the
aggregate is at least  $1,000,000  or enables (or,  with the giving of notice or
lapse of time or both would enable) the holder of such Debt or any Person acting
on such holder's behalf to accelerate the maturity thereof; or

            (m) any  change  in Law  shall  be  proposed  by an  Authority  with
jurisdiction  to enact or promulgate the same or shall be enacted or promulgated
which could  significantly  limit the ability of the Agent, or any Secured Party
to  foreclose  upon its  interest  in,  or in the event of such  foreclosure  to
dispose of, the Assigned  Collateral  or to be granted the security  interest in
Assigned Collateral as contemplated by the Program Documents; or

            (n) all of the  following  occur:  (i)  the  Adviser  shall  sell or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or consolidate with
or merge into any other  entity  unless it is the  survivor  (each,  an "Adviser
Transfer");  (ii) such  Adviser  Transfer  shall  result in a change in the then
current portfolio  manager for the Borrower;  and (iii) the Agent shall not have


                                       42
<PAGE>


consented  to such  Adviser  Transfer  within  one  hundred  twenty  (120)  days
following the date of such Adviser  Transfer;  or


            (o) the  Advisory  Agreement  in effect on the Closing Date shall be
(i) amended, waived or otherwise modified in any material respect, or (ii) shall
be  terminated  in either case  without the prior  written  consent of the Agent
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld);

            (p) if Mitchell  Hutchins Asset  Management  Inc. is not the current
investment adviser for the Borrower, there shall not be in full force and effect
a letter agreement  substantially  identical to the Letter Agreement between the
Agent and such successor investment adviser;


then, and in any such event, in addition to all rights and remedies specified in
this Agreement,  including without  limitation,  Article VII, and the rights and
remedies of a secured party under Applicable Law including,  without  limitation
the  UCC,  the  Agent  may,  by  notice  to the  Borrower,  declare  the  Lender
Termination Date and the Secondary Lender  Termination Date to have occurred and
declare the outstanding Advances to be due and payable (in which case the Lender
Termination  Date, the Secondary  Lender  Termination Date and the Maturity Date
shall be deemed to have  occurred);  PROVIDED,  that, upon the occurrence of any
event (without any  requirement for the passage of time or the giving of notice,
or  both)  described  in  subsection  (g)  of  this  Section  6.01,  the  Lender
Termination  Date, the Secondary  Lender  Termination Date and the Maturity Date
shall be deemed to have automatically occurred.


                                   ARTICLE VII
               PLEDGE OF ASSIGNED COLLATERAL; RIGHTS OF THE AGENT

            SECTION I.25.     SECURITY INTERESTS.

            As collateral  security for the prompt,  complete and  unconditional
payment and performance of all of the Borrower Obligations,  the Borrower hereby
pledges,  hypothecates,  assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Agent
for the benefit of the  Secured  Parties and grants to the Agent for the benefit
of the Secured Parties a continuing  Lien upon and security  interest in, all of
the Borrower's  right,  title and interest in, to and under the following assets
and properties  whether now owned or hereafter  acquired (the items specified in
clauses  (i),  (ii),  (iii)  and  (vii)  below,   collectively,   the  "Assigned
Collateral",  and the items  specified  in  clauses  (iv),  (v) and (vi)  below,
collectively, the "Related Security"):

                 (i) all  investment  property from time to time credited to the
      Collateral  Account  including  all  security  entitlements  with  respect
      thereto;


                                       43
<PAGE>


                 (ii) the Collateral Account;

                 (iii) all interest,  dividends,  stock dividends, stock splits,
      distributions  and other  money or  property  of any kind  distributed  in
      respect of the assets,  investments  and property  described in clause (i)
      above;

                 (iv)  all  rights  and  remedies  of  the  Borrower  under  the
      Custodial  Agreement  in respect of the assets,  investments  and property
      described in clause (i) above;

                 (v)  all  security  interests,  liens,  property,   guaranties,
      insurance and other agreements or arrangements of whatever  character from
      time to time supporting or securing payment of the assets, investments and
      property described in clause (i) above;

                 (vi) all  books,  records  and  other  information  (including,
      without  limitation,  computer programs,  tapes,  discs, punch cards, data
      processing  software  and related  property  and  rights)  relating to the
      Assets described in clause (i) above; and

                 (vii) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

            SECTION I.26.     SUBSTITUTION OF COLLATERAL AND RELEASE OF
SECURITY INTEREST.

            (a) So long as no Default or Event of  Default  shall have  occurred
and be continuing or would occur as a consequence  of such sale or  disposition,
the Borrower may  originate  entitlement  orders with respect to the  Collateral
Account  and  may  sell or  dispose  of or  substitute  Assigned  Collateral  in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Control Agreement.

            (b) After  the  Lender  Termination  Date and the  Secondary  Lender
Termination  Date when all  Borrower  Obligations  have  been paid in full,  the
Secured  Parties at the request of the Borrower  shall promptly and in any event
within  twenty  (20) days  after such  request  execute,  deliver  and file such
instruments  as the  Borrower  shall  reasonably  request in order to  reassign,
release or terminate its security interest in the Assigned  Collateral.  Any and
all  actions  under  this  Section  7.02 shall be without  any  recourse  to, or
representation  or  warranty  by, the Agent or any Secured  Party  (except for a
representation  that such Assigned Collateral is free and clear of Liens created
by or arising  through  the Secured  Parties)  and shall be at the sole cost and
expense of the Borrower.


                                       44
<PAGE>


            SECTION I.27. APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.

            (a)  After  the  occurrence  of an Event  of  Default,  all  amounts
received  in  respect  of  the  Borrower  Obligations,  including  all  Proceeds
resulting from the sale or other  disposition of the Assigned  Collateral or the
Related  Security  shall be  applied  by the  Agent in the  following  order and
priority:

            FIRST,  to the  payment of all  amounts  advanced or expended by the
Agent and all costs and expenses  incurred by the Agent in  connection  with the
enforcement  of the  Secured  Parties  rights  and  remedies  under the  Program
Documents;

            SECOND,   to  the  extent  funds  are  remaining   after  the  above
application,  to the  Lenders  and the  Secondary  Lenders to the payment of all
accrued  and  unpaid  Yield on all  outstanding  Advances  on a  pro-rata  basis
according  to the amount of accrued  Yield  owing to each  Lender and  Secondary
Lender;

            THIRD,   to  the  extent  funds  are   remaining   after  the  above
applications,  to the Secured  Parties to the payment of all fees payable  under
the Fee Letter on a pro rata basis according to the amount of such fees owing to
each Secured Party;

            FOURTH,   to  the  extent  funds  are  remaining   after  the  above
applications,  to the  Lenders and the  Secondary  Lenders to the payment of the
principal  amount of each  outstanding  Advance on a pro-rata basis according to
the amount of principal owing to each Lender and Secondary Lender;

            FIFTH,   to  the  extent  funds  are   remaining   after  the  above
applications, to the Secured Parties to the payment of all other amounts payable
to the  Secured  Parties  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  and the  other  Program
Documents  on a pro rata basis  according  to the amounts  owed to each  Secured
Party.

                  The  Agent  shall,  after  the  final  payment  in full of all
Advances and all other Borrower Obligations, remit the remaining excess Proceeds
which it had received from the sale or  disposition  of the Assigned  Collateral
and the Related Security to the Borrower.

            (b) For purposes of determining  the  application to be made of such
monies  andother  cash  proceeds  by the Agent to the Lender  and the  Secondary
Lenders  pursuant to this Section 7.03,  the Agent may rely  exclusively  upon a
certificate or other statement the Lender or such Secondary  Lender, as the case
may be,  setting  forth in  reasonable  detail the Lender's  and such  Secondary
Lender's amount then owing to the Lender and such Secondary  Lender, as the case
may be. The Agent shall not be liable for any application of funds in accordance
with any  certificate  or direction  delivered  pursuant to this  Section  7.03;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  no  application  of  funds  in  accordance  with  any
certificate  delivered pursuant to this Section 7.03 shall be deemed to restrict


                                       45
<PAGE>


or limit  the right of any  party to  contest  with the  purported  obligee  its
respective liability in respect of the amount set forth in such certificate.

            SECTION I.28.     RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT.

            (a) The  Agent  (for  itself  and on  behalf  of the  other  Secured
Parties)  shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the
UCC and other  Applicable Law. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
an Event of  Default,  the Agent or its  designees  may (i)  deliver a Notice of
Exclusive  Control to the Custodian;  (ii) instruct the Custodian to deliver any
or all of the Assigned  Collateral  to the Agent or its  designees and otherwise
give all  instructions  and  entitlement  orders to the Custodian  regarding the
Assigned Collateral; (iii) sell or otherwise dispose of the Assigned Collateral,
all without judicial  process or proceedings;  (iv) take control of the Proceeds
of any such  Assigned  Collateral  and the Related  Security;  (v)  exercise any
consensual  or voting  rights in  respect  of the  Assigned  Collateral  and the
Related  Security;  (vi)  release,  make  extensions,  discharges,  exchanges or
substitutions  for, or surrender  all or any part of the Assigned  Collateral or
the Related Security; (vii) to the extent that the Borrower does not perform its
obligations under Section 7.06, enforce the Borrower's rights and remedies under
the Custodial  Agreement with respect to the Assigned Collateral and the Related
Security;  (viii)  institute and prosecute  legal and equitable  proceedings  to
enforce  collection of, or realize upon, any of the Assigned  Collateral and the
Related Security; and/or (ix) endorse the name of the Borrower upon any items of
payment relating to the Assigned Collateral and the Related Security or upon any
proof of claim in bankruptcy  against an account debtor.  For purposes of taking
the actions  described in Subsections  (i) through (ix) of this Section  7.04(a)
the  Borrower  hereby  irrevocably  appoints  the Agent as its  attorney-in-fact
(which  appointment  being coupled with an interest is irrevocable  while any of
the Borrower Obligations remain unpaid), with power of substitution, in the name
of the  Agent  or in the  name of the  Borrower  or  otherwise,  for the use and
benefit of the Agent,  but at the cost and expense of the  Borrower  and without
notice to the Borrower.

            (b) All sums paid or  advanced by the Agent in  connection  with the
foregoing and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation,  reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses)  incurred in connection  therewith,  together with
interest thereon at the Post-Default  Rate from the date of payment until repaid
in  full,  shall  be paid by the  Borrower  to the  Agent on  demand  and  shall
constitute and become a part of the Borrower Obligations secured hereby.

            SECTION I.29.     REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

            Each  right,  power,  and remedy of the Agent and the other  Secured
Parties,  or any of them,  as  provided  for in this  Agreement  or in the other
Program Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute
or otherwise  shall be  cumulative  and  concurrent  and shall be in addition to
every other right,  power,  or remedy  provided for in this  Agreement or in the
other Program  Documents or now or hereafter  existing at law or in equity or by
statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by the Agent


                                       46
<PAGE>


or any  other  Secured  Party  of any one or more of  such  rights,  powers,  or
remedies shall not preclude the  simultaneous  or later exercise by such Persons
of any or all such other rights, powers, or remedies.


            SECTION I.30. ENFORCEMENT OF REMEDIES UNDER THE CUSTODIAL AGREEMENT.

            The Borrower agrees that it shall upon the request of the Agent (and
at the Borrower's own expense)  diligently enforce the rights and remedies under
the  Custodial  Agreement  and at law or equity  against the  Custodian  for the
breach by the Custodian of any term,  covenant or agreement  thereunder relating
to or affecting any Assigned  Collateral or any Related  Security.  In enforcing
such rights and remedies the  Borrower  shall  exercise the same degree and care
that it would  exercise if this  Agreement had not been entered into;  PROVIDED,
that the Borrower shall not, in enforcing  such rights and remedies,  settle any
claim  against  the  Custodian  without the prior  written  consent of the Agent
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                    THE AGENT

            SECTION I.31.     AUTHORIZATION AND ACTION.

            The  Lender and each of the  Secondary  Lenders  hereby  irrevocably
appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and
to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Program  Documents as
are  delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof and thereof,  together with such
powers as are  reasonably  incidental  thereto.  As to any matters not expressly
provided for by this Agreement or the other Program  Documents,  the Agent shall
not be required  to exercise  any  discretion  or take any action,  but shall be
required to act or to refrain  from acting (and shall be fully  protected  in so
acting or  refraining  from acting) upon the  instructions  of the Lender or the
Secondary Lenders;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Agent shall not be required to
take any  action  which  exposes  the Agent to  personal  liability  or which is
contrary to this Agreement,  the other Program  Documents or Applicable Law. The
Lender  and each  Secondary  Lender  agrees  that in any  instance  in which the
Program  Documents  provide  that the Agent's  consent  may not be  unreasonably
withheld,  provide for the  exercise of the Agent's  reasonable  discretion,  or
provide  to a  similar  effect,  it shall not in its  instructions  to the Agent
withhold its consent or exercise its discretion in an unreasonable manner.

            SECTION I.32.     AGENT'S RELIANCE, ETC.

            Neither  the Agent  nor any of its  directors,  officers,  agents or
employees  shall be liable for any action  taken or omitted to be taken by it or
them under or in  connection  with this  Agreement  or any of the other  Program
Documents,  except for its or their own gross negligence or willful  misconduct.


                                       47
<PAGE>


Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing,  the Agent:  (i) may consult
with legal  counsel  (including  counsel  for the  Borrower  or the  Adviser and
independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be
liable  for any  action  taken or  omitted  to be  taken in good  faith by it in
accordance with the advice of such counsel,  accountants or experts;  (ii) makes
no warranty or  representation  to the Lender or any Secondary  Lender and shall
not be  responsible  to the Lender or any Secondary  Lender for any  statements,
warranties or representations (whether written or oral) made in or in connection
with this  Agreement or the other  Program  Documents;  (iii) shall not have any
duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the  performance  or  observance of any of
the terms,  covenants  or  conditions  of this  Agreement  or the other  Program
Documents on the part of the Borrower,  the Adviser,  the Custodian or any other
Person or to inspect  the  property  (including  the books and  records)  of the
Borrower  or the  Adviser;  (iv) shall not be  responsible  to the Lender or any
Secondary  Lender for the due  execution,  legality,  validity,  enforceability,
genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, the other Program Documents
or any other instrument or document  furnished  pursuant hereto or thereto;  and
(v) shall incur no liability  under or in respect of this Agreement or any other
Program  Document  by acting  upon any  notice,  consent,  certificate  or other
instrument or writing  (which may be by  telecopier,  telegram,  cable or telex)
believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.


                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

            SECTION I.33.     NO WAIVER; MODIFICATIONS IN WRITING.

            No  failure  or delay on the part of the  Agent,  the  Lender or any
Secondary Lender exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder or with respect
to the  Advances  shall  operate  as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall any single or
partial  exercise  of any such  right,  power or  remedy  preclude  any other or
further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other right,  power or remedy.
The remedies  provided for herein are  cumulative  and are not  exclusive of any
remedies that may be available to the Lender or any Secondary  Lender, at law or
in equity. No amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of this
Agreement  shall be effective  unless the same shall be in writing and signed by
the Borrower, the Agent, the Lender and the Secondary Lenders. Any waiver of any
provision of this  Agreement,  and any consent to any  departure by the Borrower
from the terms of any provision of this  Agreement,  shall be effective  only in
the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No notice to
or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any other or
further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.


                                       48
<PAGE>


            SECTION I.34.     NOTICES, ETC.

            Except where  telephonic  instructions  are authorized  herein to be
given, all notices,  demands,  instructions and other communications required or
permitted  to be given to or made upon any party  hereto shall be in writing and
shall be personally delivered or sent by registered,  certified or express mail,
postage prepaid,  or by prepaid telegram (with messenger  delivery  specified in
the case of a telegram),  or by facsimile  transmission,  or by prepaid  courier
service,  and shall be deemed to be given for purposes of this  Agreement on the
day  that  such  writing  is  received  by the  intended  recipient  thereof  in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.02. Unless otherwise  specified
in a notice sent or delivered in  accordance  with the  foregoing  provisions of
this Section 9.02, notices,  demands,  instructions and other  communications in
writing shall be given to or made upon the  respective  parties  hereto at their
respective addresses (or to their respective facsimile numbers) indicated below,
and, in the case of telephonic instructions or notices, by calling the telephone
number or numbers indicated for such party below:

If to the Lender:       Corporate Receivables Corporation
                            c/o Citicorp North America, Inc.
                            450 Mamaroneck Avenue
                            Harrison, New York  10528
                            Attention:  U.S. Securitization
                            Telephone No. (914)899-7122
                            Facsimile No. (914)899-7890

If to the Agent:        Citicorp North America, Inc.
                            U.S. Securitization
                            450 Mamaroneck Avenue
                            Harrison, New York  10528
                            Attention:  U.S. Securitization
                            Telephone No. (914) 899-7122
                            Facsimile No. (914) 899-7890

If to Citibank:             Citibank, N.A.
                            399 Park Avenue
                            New York, New York 10043
                            Attention:  Maximization Unit
                            Telephone No.:  (212) 559-0754
                            Facsimile No.:  (212) 758-6272

If to the Borrower:         Managed High Yield Plus Fund Inc.
                            1285 Avenue of the Americas
                            New York, New York  10019
                            Attention:  Paul H. Schubert, Treasurer
                            Telephone No.:  (212) 713-3041
                            Facsimile No.:  (212) 713-9991


                                       49
<PAGE>


        With a copy to: Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc.
                           1285 Avenue of the Americas
                           New York, New York 10019
                           Attention: Dianne E. O'Donnell,
                             Senior Vice President
                         Telephone No.:  (212) 713-2712
                         Facsimile No.:  (212) 713-1374

            SECTION I.35.     TAXES.

            (a) Any and all payments by the Borrower under this  Agreement,  the
Advance Notes or any other Program  Document  shall be made, in accordance  with
this Agreement,  free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present
or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions,  charges or withholdings,  and all
liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of the Secured Parties,
(i) United States federal  withholding taxes and (ii) income and franchise taxes
imposed  on it by  any  taxing  Authority  in  any  jurisdiction  which  asserts
jurisdiction  to impose  such taxes on the basis of  contacts  which the Secured
Party in question  maintains with such jurisdiction  other than contacts arising
out of the execution,  delivery or  performance of the Program  Documents or the
transactions contemplated thereby (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions,  charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to
as "Taxes").  If the Borrower  shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from
or in respect of any sum payable hereunder,  under any Advance Note or under any
other  Program  Document to any  Secured  Party,  (i) the sum  payable  shall be
increased  as may be  necessary  so that after  making all  required  deductions
(including  deductions  applicable to additional sums payable under this Section
9.03)  such  Secured  Party  receives  an amount  equal to the sum it would have
received had no such  deductions  been made,  (ii) the Borrower  shall make such
deductions  and (iii) the  Borrower  shall pay the full  amount  deducted to the
relevant  taxation  authority or other  authority in accordance  with Applicable
Law.

            (b) In addition,  the  Borrower  agrees to pay any present or future
stamp or  documentary  taxes or any other excise or property  taxes,  charges or
similar  levies  which arise from any payment  made by the  Borrower  hereunder,
under  the  Advance  Notes or  under  any  other  Program  Document  or from the
execution,  delivery or  registration  of, or  otherwise  with  respect to, this
Agreement,  the Advance Note or under any other  Program  Document  (hereinafter
referred to as "Other Taxes").

            (c) The  Borrower  will  indemnify  the  Secured  Party for the full
amount of Taxes or Other  Taxes  (including,  without  limitation,  any Taxes or
Other Taxes imposed by any  jurisdiction  on amounts  payable under this Section
9.03) paid by any Secured  Party in respect of the  Borrower  and any  liability
(including  penalties,  interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect
thereto.  This  indemnification  shall be made within  thirty (30) days from the
date the Secured Party makes written demand therefor to the Borrower.


                                       50
<PAGE>


            (d) Within  thirty  (30) days after the date of any payment of Taxes
or Other  Taxes,  the  Borrower  will  furnish  to the Agent the  original  or a
certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

            (e) Without  prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the
Borrower  hereunder,  the agreement and obligations of the Borrower contained in
this  Section  9.03 shall  survive  the payment in full of  principal  and Yield
hereunder and under the Advance Notes.

            SECTION I.36.     COSTS AND EXPENSES; INDEMNIFICATION.

            (a) The  Borrower  agrees to  promptly  pay on demand  all costs and
expenses  of  each of the  Agent,  CRC  and  Citibank  in  connection  with  the
preparation,   review,   negotiation,    reproduction,    execution,   delivery,
administration,  modification and amendment of this Agreement, the Advance Notes
or any other Program Document,  including,  without  limitation,  the reasonable
fees and  disbursements  of counsel for the Agent, CRC and Citibank with respect
thereto  and with  respect to  advising  the Agent,  CRC and  Citibank as to its
rights, remedies and responsibilities under this Agreement and the other Program
Documents,  UCC  filing  fees  and any  periodic  auditing  expenses;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that,  with  respect  to the fees of  counsel  to the  Agent,  CRC and
Citibank in connection with services rendered by such counsel on or prior to the
Closing Date, the Borrower  shall only be  responsible  for such counsel fees to
the extent such fees do not exceed  $75,000  plus all  reasonable  out-of-pocket
costs and expenses.  The Borrower  further agrees to pay on demand all costs and
expenses of the Secured Parties  (including,  without  limitation,  the fees and
disbursements of counsel),  in connection with the enforcement  (whether through
negotiations,  legal  proceedings or otherwise) of this  Agreement,  the Advance
Notes and the other Program Documents.

            (b) The Borrower  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Secured
Party  and each of their  Affiliates  and the  respective  officers,  directors,
employees,  agents, managers of, and any Person controlling any of the foregoing
(each,  an  "Indemnified  Party") from and against any and all claims,  damages,
losses, liabilities, obligations, expenses, penalties, actions, suits, judgments
and  disbursements  of  any  kind  or  nature  whatsoever,  (including,  without
limitation,  the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) (collectively the
"Liabilities")  that may be  incurred  by or  asserted  or awarded  against  any
Indemnified  Party,  in each case  arising  out of or in  connection  with or by
reason of the execution, delivery, enforcement,  performance,  administration of
or otherwise arising out of or incurred in connection with this Agreement or any
other Program  Document or any transaction  contemplated  hereby or thereby (and
regardless of whether or not any such transactions are consummated),  including,
without  limitation  any such  Liability that is incurred or arises out of or in
connection  with,  or by  reason  of any  one or  more  of  the  following:  (i)
preparation  for a defense  of,  any  investigation,  litigation  or  proceeding
arising out of,  related to or in  connection  with this  Agreement or any other
Program Document or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; (ii)


                                       51
<PAGE>


any breach or alleged  breach of any covenant by the  Borrower or the  Custodian
contained in any Program Document;  (iii) any representation or warranty made or
deemed made by the Borrower or the Custodian  contained in any Program  Document
or in any certificate, statement or report delivered in connection therewith is,
or is alleged to be,  false or  misleading;  (iv) any failure by the Borrower or
the  Custodian  to comply  with any  Applicable  Law or  contractual  obligation
binding upon it; (v) any failure to vest in the Secured Parties a first priority
perfected security interest in all of the Assigned  Collateral;  (vi) any action
or omission, not expressly authorized by the Program Documents, by the Borrower,
the Adviser or the Custodian,  which has the effect of reducing or impairing the
Assigned  Collateral,  any of the Related Security or the rights of the Agent or
the Secured Parties with respect thereto; (vii) any Default or Event of Default;
and (viii) any transactions related to the funding, carrying or repayment of the
outstanding  principal  amount of the  Advances in  connection  with the Program
Documents;  EXCEPT  to the  extent  any  such  Liability  is  found  in a final,
non-appealable  judgment by a court of competent  jurisdiction  to have resulted
from such Indemnified Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

            SECTION I.37.     EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.

            This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts  and by
different parties hereto on separate  counterparts,  each of which counterparts,
when so executed  and  delivered,  shall be deemed to be an original  and all of
which  counterparts,  taken  together,  shall  constitute  but one and the  same
Agreement.

            SECTION I.38.     ASSIGNABILITY.

            (a) This Agreement and the Lender's  rights and  obligations  herein
(including the  outstanding  Advances) shall be assignable by the Lender and its
successors and assigns;  PROVIDED, that without the prior written consent of the
Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) the Lender shall not
assign its rights and  obligations to any Person other than to a U.S.  Affiliate
of the Agent or pursuant to the Asset  Purchase  Agreement.  Each such  assignor
shall  notify  the  Agent and the  Borrower  of any such  assignment.  Each such
assignor may, in connection  with the assignment or  participation,  disclose to
the assignee or participant any information relating to the Borrower,  including
the  Assigned  Collateral,  furnished  to such  assignor  by or on behalf of the
Borrower  or by the Agent;  PROVIDED  that,  prior to any such  disclosure,  the
assignee  or  participant   agrees  to  preserve  the   confidentiality  of  any
confidential information relating to the Borrower received by it from any of the
foregoing entities.

            (b) Each  Secondary  Lender may,  with the  consent of the  Borrower
(which  consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed),  assign to any
Eligible  Assignee  or to any other  Secondary  Lender  all or a portion  of its
rights and obligations under this Agreement (including,  without limitation, all
or a portion of its Secondary Lender Commitment and the outstanding  Advances or
interests  therein  owned by it).  The  parties  to each such  assignment  shall


                                       52
<PAGE>


execute and deliver to the Agent an  Assignment  and  Acceptance.  In  addition,
Citibank  or any of its  Affiliates  may assign  any of its  rights  (including,
without  limitation,  rights to payment of principal  and Yield on the Advances)
under this Agreement to any Federal Reserve Bank without notice to or consent of
the Borrower or the Agent.

            (c) This  Agreement  and the  rights  and  obligations  of the Agent
herein  shall  be  assignable  by the  Agent  and its  successors  and  assigns;
PROVIDED,  that without the prior written consent of the Borrower (which consent
shall not be  unreasonably  withheld) the Agent shall not assign its obligations
to any Person other than a U.S. Affiliate of the Agent.

            (d) The Borrower may not assign its rights or obligations  hereunder
or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Agent.

            (e) The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Secondary Lender's
source  of  funds  may  derive  in  part  from  its  participants.  Accordingly,
references in Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 9.03 and 9.04 and the other terms
and  provisions  of this  Agreement  and the other  Program  Documents to rates,
determinations,  reserve and capital adequacy requirements,  expenses, increased
costs,  reduced  receipts and the like as they pertain to the Secondary  Lenders
shall be deemed  also to include  those of each of its  participants;  PROVIDED,
that the  Borrower  shall  not be  required  to  reimburse  a  participant  of a
Secondary  Lender pursuant to Sections 2.06,  2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 9.03 and 9.04 in
an amount in excess of the amount that would have been payable to such Secondary
Lender had such participation not been made.

            SECTION I.39.     GOVERNING LAW.

            THIS AGREEMENT  SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE LAWS
OF THE  STATE  OF NEW  YORK,  AND FOR ALL  PURPOSES  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SAID STATE.

            SECTION I.40.     SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.

            Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable
in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent
of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  without  invalidating  the remaining
provisions  hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision
in any other jurisdiction.

            SECTION I.41.     CONFIDENTIALITY.

            (a) The  Borrower  agrees  that it shall and shall cause each of its
Affiliates  (i) to keep this  Agreement  and the other  Program  Documents,  the
proposal  relating  to  the  structure  of the  facility  contemplated  by  this
Agreement  and the other  Program  Documents  (the  "Facility"),  any  analyses,


                                      53
<PAGE>


computer models,  information or document prepared by the Agent, Citibank or any
of their respective  Affiliates in connection with the Facility,  the Agent's or
its  Affiliate's  written  reports to the Borrower,  the Adviser or any of their
respective  Affiliates and any related written  information  (collectively,  the
"Product Information")  confidential and to disclose Product Information only to
those of its officers,  employees, agents, accountants,  legal counsel and other
representatives  (collectively,  the "Borrower Representatives") who have a need
to  know  such  Product   Information  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  in  the
negotiation,  completion  and  administration  of the Facility;  (ii) to use the
Product  Information  only in connection with the Facility and not for any other
purpose;  and (iii) to cause the  Borrower  Representatives  to comply  with the
provisions  of this  Section 9.09 and to be  responsible  for any failure of any
Borrower Representative to so comply.

                  The provisions of this Section  9.09(a) shall not apply to any
Product  Information  that is a matter of general  public  knowledge or that has
heretofore  been made  available  to the  public by any  Person  other  than the
Borrower,  the  Adviser,  any of their  respective  Affiliates  or any  Borrower
Representative  or that is  required to be  disclosed  by  Applicable  Law or is
requested by any Authority with jurisdiction  over the Borrower,  the Adviser or
any of their respective Affiliates.

            (b) Each of the Secured  Parties  agrees (i) to keep all  non-public
information  with respect to the  Borrower and the Adviser and their  respective
Affiliates which such Secured Party receives  pursuant to the Program  Documents
(collectively, the "Borrower Information") confidential and to disclose Borrower
Information only to those of its officers, employees, agents, accountants, legal
counsel and other  representatives  of the Secured  Parties  (collectively,  the
"Secured Party  Representatives")  and to S&P, and Moody's which,  in each case,
may have a need to know or review such Borrower  Information  for the purpose of
assisting in the negotiation,  completion,  administration and evaluation of the
Facility;  (ii) to use the  Borrower  Information  only in  connection  with the
Facility and not for any other purpose;  and (iii) to cause its related  Secured
Party Representatives to comply with the provisions of this Section 9.09(b).

                  The provisions of this Section  9.09(b) shall not apply to any
Borrower  Information  that is a matter of general public  knowledge or that has
heretofore  been made  available  to the  public by any  Person  other than such
Secured Party  Representative  or that is required to be disclosed by Applicable
Law or is requested by any Authority with jurisdiction over any Secured Party or
Secured Party Representative or any of its Affiliates.

            Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Borrower  Information  may be
disclosed by any Secured Party Entity to permitted  assignees  and  participants
and  potential  assignees  and  participants  in the Facility to the extent such
disclosure  is  made  pursuant  to  a  written   agreement  of   confidentiality
substantially similar to this Section 9.09(b).


                                       54
<PAGE>


            SECTION I.42.     MERGER.

            The  Program  Documents  taken  as a whole  incorporate  the  entire
agreement between the parties thereto concerning the subject matter thereof. The
Program  Documents  supersede any prior agreements among the parties relating to
the subject matter thereof.

            SECTION I.43.     NO PROCEEDINGS.

            Each  of the  Borrower,  the  Agent,  the  Secondary  Lenders,  each
assignee of any Advance or any  interest  therein and each entity  which  enters
into a commitment to make Advances to the Borrower  hereunder hereby agrees that
it will not  institute  against CRC any  proceeding  of the type  referred to in
Section  6.01(g) so long as any  commercial  paper or other senior  indebtedness
issued by CRC shall be outstanding or there shall not have elapsed one year plus
one day since the last day on which any such  commercial  paper or other  senior
indebtedness shall have been outstanding.

            SECTION I.44.     SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

            All  representation  and  warranties  made  hereunder,  in the other
Program  Documents  and in any  document,  certificate  or  statement  delivered
pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection  herewith or therewith shall survive
the  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement  and the making of the Advances
hereunder.

            SECTION I.45.     SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS.

            The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

            (a)  submits  for itself  and its  property  in any legal  action or
proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Program Documents to which it
is a party,  or for  recognition  and  enforcement  of any  judgment  in respect
thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of
New York,  the courts of the United States of America for the Southern  District
of New York, and the appellate courts of any of them;

            (b) consents  that any such action or  proceeding  may be brought in
any of such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to
the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action
or proceeding  was brought in an  inconvenient  court and agrees not to plead or
claim the same;

            (c) agrees that service of process in any such action or  proceeding
may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by  registered  or certified  mail (or
any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower at its
address set forth in Section  9.02 or at such other  address as may be permitted
thereunder;


                                       55
<PAGE>


            (d) agrees  that  nothing  herein  shall  affect the right to effect
service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right
to sue in any other jurisdiction or court; and

            (e) waives,  to the maximum  extent not prohibited by law, any right
it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in
this Section any special,  exemplary,  punitive or consequential damages, unless
such  liability  arises from the gross  negligence or willful  misconduct of the
Person against whom the claim is asserted.

            SECTION I.46.     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

            EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  AND  UNCONDITIONALLY
WAIVES  TRIAL  BY  JURY IN ANY  LEGAL  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  RELATING  TO THIS
AGREEMENT  OR ANY OTHER  PROGRAM  DOCUMENT  OR FOR ANY  COUNTERCLAIM  THEREIN OR
RELATING THERETO.


                                       56
<PAGE>




            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,  as of the
date first above written.

                                    CORPORATE RECEIVABLES CORPORATION,
                                      as Lender
                                    By: Citicorp North America, Inc.,
                                          its Managing Agent


                                    By:/s/ Marc B. Adelman
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                          Name: Marc B. Adelman
                                          Title: Vice President


                                    CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
                                    as Agent


                                    By:/s/ Marc B. Adelman
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                          Name: Marc B. Adelman
                                          Title: Vice President


                                    CITIBANK, N.A.,
                                      as Secondary Lender


                                    By:/s/ Marc B. Adelman
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                          Name: Marc B. Adelman
                                          Title: Authorized Signatory
                                          Percentage: 100%


                                    MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.,
                                      as Borrower

                                    By:/s/ Paul Schubert
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                          Name: Paul Schubert
                                          Title: Vice President and Treasurer



<PAGE>





                                                                    SCHEDULE III


                                APPROVED ASSETS



(i)   Cash  and  cash   equivalents, including certificates of deposit, bankers'
acceptances and other bank obligations,  commercial  paper,  money market mutual
funds and other, comparable short-term debt instruments and securities;

(ii)  Bonds, debentures, notes, Eligible Loans and securities, issued by U.S. or
foreign, private or governmental or other public issuers, whether denominated in
U.S. dollars or in foreign or multi-national  currencies,  and whether sold at a
discount or bearing interest payable in cash or in additional securities;

(iii) Common and preferred  stocks and securities that are convertible  into  or
may be exchanged for them, whether or not attached to or part of units with debt
obligations,  issued by U.S. or foreign issuers and whether  denominated in U.S.
dollars or in foreign or multi-national  currencies;

(iv)  Mortgage-backed  and asset-backed securities; and

(v)   Repurchase agreements.






<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A




                             [FORM OF ADVANCE NOTE]

$------------                             ------,----

            FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  on the Maturity Date (as defined in the Advance
Agreement  hereinafter  referred to) of each Advance made by the [INSERT NAME OF
LENDER OR SECONDARY  LENDER] (together with its successors and permitted assigns
the  ["Lender"]  ["Secondary  Lender"])  to  the  undersigned  (the  "Borrower")
pursuant to the Credit Agreement  (defined below),  the Borrower hereby promises
to pay to the [Lender]  [Secondary  Lender] the unpaid  principal amount of each
such Advance,  in immediately  available funds and in lawful money of the United
States of  America,  and to pay Yield on the unpaid  balance  of said  principal
amount from the Borrowing Date thereof, until the principal amount thereof shall
have been paid in full,  in like funds and money,  as  provided  in said  Credit
Agreement  for Advances  made by the [Lender]  [Secondary  Lender].  Capitalized
terms used in this  promissory note unless  otherwise  defined herein shall have
the meaning assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

            This promissory note is an Advance Note referred to in the Revolving
Credit and Security Agreement dated as of October 23, 1998 (as from time to time
amended,  the "Credit  Agreement") among the Borrower,  [the Lender]  [Secondary
Lender], the other banks and financial institutions parties thereto and Citicorp
North  America,  Inc., as agent.  The date and principal  amount of each Advance
made to the  Borrower  and of each  repayment  of  principal  thereon  shall  be
recorded  by the  [Lender]  [Secondary  Lender] or its  designee  on  Schedule I
attached to this Advance Note, and the aggregate  unpaid  principal amount shown
on such  schedule  shall be  rebuttable  presumptive  evidence of the  principal
amount owing and unpaid on the Advances made by the [Lender] [Secondary Lender].
The failure to record or any error in recording any such amount on such schedule
shall not,  however,  limit or otherwise  affect the obligations of the Borrower
hereunder  or under the Credit  Agreement to repay the  principal  amount of the
Advances together with all Yield accrued thereon.

THIS  PROMISSORY  NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                    MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.



                                    By: ___________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE I
                                  TO EXHIBIT A



            This Advance Note evidences  Advances made by [INSERT NAME OF LENDER
OR SECONDARY LENDER], (the ["Lender"]  ["Secondary Lender"]) under the Revolving
Credit and Security  Agreement  dated as of October 23, 1998 among  Managed High
Yield Plus Fund Inc.,  the  [Lender]  [Secondary  Lender],  the other  banks and
financial  institutions  parties  thereto and Citicorp North  America,  Inc., as
agent in the principal amounts and on the dates set forth below,  subject to the
payments and prepayments of principal set forth below:



            PRINCIPAL          PRINCIPAL          PRINCIPAL
            AMOUNT             AMOUNT PAID        BALANCE             NOTATION
DATE       ADVANCED            OR PREPAID         OUTSTANDING            BY
- ----       --------            -----------        -----------         --------


<PAGE>





                                                                      EXHIBIT B
                                                                      ---------

                        MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.
                                    [ADDRESS]



Citicorp North America, Inc.,
as Agent
[ADDRESS]





                               NOTICE OF BORROWING
                               -------------------



            This Notice of  Borrowing  is made  pursuant to Section 2.02 of that
certain  Revolving  Credit and Security  Agreement dated as of October 23, 1998,
among CORPORATE  RECEIVABLES  CORPORATION,  as lender (the "Lender"),  CITIBANK,
N.A. the other banks parties  thereto,  CITICORP NORTH  AMERICA,  INC., as agent
and MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC., as borrower (the "Borrower") (as the same
may from time to time be amended, supplemented,  waived or modified, the "Credit
Agreement"). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have
the meanings assigned to those terms in the Credit Agreement.

            1. The Borrower hereby  requests that on (the  "Borrowing  Date") it
receive  an  advance  under the  Credit  Agreement  in the  principal  amount of
_____________Dollars ($_____).


            2. The Borrower  hereby gives notice of its request for such Advance
to the Agent  pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Credit  Agreement and requests the
Lender or the Secondary Lenders to remit, or cause to be remitted,  the proceeds
thereof to [the Borrower's Account] [SPECIFY OTHER ACCOUNT, IF APPLICABLE].


            3.  The  Borrower  certifies  that  (i)  the   representations   and
warranties of the Borrower contained or reaffirmed in Section 4.01 of the Credit
Agreement  are true and correct in all  material  respects on and as of the date
hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of the date hereof (except to
the extent such  representations and warranties  expressly relate to any earlier
date);  (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under
the Credit  Agreement  or will result  from the  proposed  borrowing;  (iii) the
Borrower has performed in all material respects all agreements and satisfied all
conditions  under the Credit  Agreement  to be  performed by it on or before the
date hereof, (iv) the conditions precedent to the making of the proposed Advance
set forth in Article III of the Credit  Agreement have been fully  satisfied and
(v) immediately  after giving effect to such advance the Borrowing Base Test and
the Total Eligible Asset Test will be complied with.


<PAGE>



I
            WITNESS my hand on this ____ day of ___________, ____.

                              MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.,



                              By:   __________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:



<PAGE>



                                                                      EXHIBIT C
                                                                      ---------

                            ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE


      Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Security  Agreement dated as
of October 23, 1998 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the "Credit Agreement") among CORPORATE RECEIVABLES  CORPORATION (together
with its successors and assigns, the "Lender"),  CITIBANK, N.A. (Citibank, N.A.,
together  with the other  banks  and  financial  institutions  from time to time
parties  to the Credit  Agreement,  the  "Secondary  Lenders"),  CITICORP  NORTH
AMERICA,  INC.,  as agent  for the  under  and the  Secondary  Lenders  (in such
capacity,  together with its  successors  and assigns,  the "Agent") and MANAGED
HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.  (together with its permitted  successors and assigns,
the "Borrower").  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the
same meaning.


      The "Assignor"  and the "Assignee"  referred to on Schedule I hereto agree
as follows:


      1. As of the  Effective  Date (as  defined  below),  the  Assignor  hereby
   absolutely and unconditionally  sells and assigns,  without recourse,  to the
   Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes,  without recourse to
   or representation  of any kind (except as set forth below) from Assignor,  an
   interest in and to the  Assignor's  rights and  obligations  under the Credit
   Agreement  and under  the other  Program  Documents  equal to the  percentage
   interest specified on Schedule I hereto,  including the Assignor's  Secondary
   Lender   Commitment  and  Percentage  and  the  Assignor's   portion  of  the
   outstanding  principal  amount of the Advances  (such rights and  obligations
   assigned hereby being the "Assigned Interests").  After giving effect to such
   sale, assignment and assumption, the Assignee's "Secondary Lender Commitment"
   and the Assignee's "Percentage" will be as set forth on Schedule I hereto.


      2. The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that immediately  prior to the
   Effective Date it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned  Interest
   free and clear of any Adverse Claim  created by the  Assignor;  (ii) makes no
   representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility  with respect to any
   statements,  warranties or representations  made in or in connection with the
   Program  Documents  or the  execution,  legality,  validity,  enforceability,
   genuineness,  sufficiency  or value of, or the  perfection or priority of any
   lien or security or  ownership  interest  created or  purported to be created
   under or in connection with, the Program Documents or any other instrument or
   document furnished pursuant thereto or the condition or value of the Assigned
   Interest, Assigned Collateral,  Related Security or any interest therein; and
   (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility  with
   respect to the condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Borrower, the
   Agent, the Custodian,  the Adviser or any other person, or the performance or
   observance by any Person of any of its obligations under any Program Document
   or any instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto.


      3. The  Assignee  (i)  confirms  that it has received a copy of the Credit
   Agreement  and the  other  Program  Documents,  together  with  copies of any


<PAGE>


   financial  statements  delivered  pursuant  to  Sections  5.01 of the  Credit
   Agreement  and  such  other  documents  and  information  as  it  has  deemed
   appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis and decision to enter into this
   Assignment  and  Acceptance;  (ii)  agrees  that it will,  independently  and
   without  reliance  upon the  Agent,  the  Assignor,  the  Lender or any other
   Secondary Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
   appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own credit decisions in taking
   or not  taking  action  under  or in  connection  with  any  of  the  Program
   Documents;  (iii) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (iv) appoints and
   authorizes  the  Agent to take  such  action  as agent on its  behalf  and to
   exercise  such  powers and  discretion  under the  Program  Documents  as are
   delegated to the Agent by the terms  thereof,  together  with such powers and
   discretion  as are  reasonably  incidental  thereto;  (v) agrees that it will
   perform in  accordance  with their terms all of the  obligations  that by the
   terms of the  Program  Documents  are  required  to be  performed  by it as a
   Secondary Lender;  (vi) confirms that the assignment  hereunder complies with
   any applicable  legal  requirements  including the Securities Act of 1933, as
   amended;  (vii)  confirms  that such  Assignee is a United  States Person (as
   defined in Section 7701 (a)(30) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code) or that such
   Assignee  shall have  provided  the Agent with two Internal  Revenue  Service
   forms 4224 (or a successor form) certifying that the income from the Assigned
   Interest is effectively  connected with the conduct of such Person's trade or
   business in the United States;  and (viii) confirms that such Assignee is not
   a partnership,  grantor trust or S corporation  (as such terms are defined in
   the Internal Revenue Code).

      4. Following the execution of this Assignment and  Acceptance,  it will be
   delivered  to the  Agent for  acceptance  and  recording  by the  Agent.  The
   effective  date for this  Assignment and Acceptance  (the  "Effective  Date")
   shall be the date of acceptance hereof by the Agent, unless a later effective
   date is specified on Schedule I hereto.

      5. Upon such  acceptance  and recording by the Agent,  as of the Effective
   Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to and bound by the provisions of the
   Credit  Agreement  and,  to  the  extent  provided  in  this  Assignment  and
   Acceptance,  have the rights and obligations of a Secondary Lender thereunder
   and under any other  Program  Document  and (ii) the Assignor  shall,  to the
   extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance,  relinquish its rights and
   be released  from its  obligations  under the Credit  Agreement and under any
   other Program Document.

      6. Upon such  acceptance  and  recording by the Agent,  from and after the
   Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments under the Credit  Agreement
   in respect  of the  Assigned  Interest  to the  Assignee.  The  Assignor  and
   Assignee shall make all appropriate  adjustments in payments under the Credit
   Agreement and the Assigned  Interests for periods prior to the Effective Date
   directly between themselves.

      7. This  Assignment and Acceptance  shall be governed by, and construed in
   accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

      8.  This  Assignment  and  Acceptance  may be  executed  in any  number of
   counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate  counterparts,  each


<PAGE>


   of which when so executed  shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
   taken together shall  constitute one and the same  agreement.  Delivery of an
   executed  counterpart  of Schedule I to this  Assignment  and  Acceptance  by
   telecopier  shall  be  effective  as  a  delivery  of  a  manually   executed
   counterpart of this Assignment and Acceptance.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Assignor and the Assignee have caused Schedule I
to this  Assignment and  Acceptance to be executed by their  officers  thereunto
duly authorized as of the date specified thereon.



<PAGE>


                                                                      Schedule I

Percentage interest
transferred by Assignor:                               ____%

Assignee's "Secondary Lender Commitment":             $____

Assignee's "Percentage"                                ____%

Assignor:                           [INSERT NAME OF ASSIGNOR],
                                          as Assignor,
                                    By: ___________________________
                                          Authorized Signatory,

Assignee:                            [INSERT NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
                                           as Assignee
                                    By: ___________________________
                                          Authorized Signatory

Accepted, Consented to and

Acknowledged this ___ day of

- ---------------------, -----

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as Agent

By: _____________________________
      Authorized Signatory

MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.

By: _____________________________
      Authorized Signatory





                                                               Exhibit No. 13(c)

                             AGREEMENT OF AMENDMENT
                             ----------------------

                                                    Dated as of October 13, 1999

      Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Security  Agreement
dated as of October 23, 1998 (the "Credit  Agreement")  among Managed High Yield
Plus Fund Inc. (the "Borrower"),  Corporate Receivables  Corporation,  Citibank,
N.A. (the  "Secondary  Lender") and Citicorp North America,  Inc., as agent (the
"Agent").  Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

      The  parties  hereto  agree that,  effective  as of the date  hereof,  the
definition of the term "Secondary  Lender Stated  Expiration  Date" set forth in
Section  1.01 of the Credit  Agreement is hereby  amended by replacing  the date
"October 22, 1999" set forth therein with the date "October 20, 2000".

      This Agreement of Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts,
each of which  when so  executed  shall be deemed to be an  original  and all of
which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

      THIS  AGREEMENT  OF  AMENDMENT  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY AND  CONSTRUED  IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this agreement to be
executed and  delivered by their duly  authorized  officers as of the date first
above written.

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,             CITIBANK, N.A.
as Agent                                  as Secondary Lender

By: /s/ Marc B. Adelman                   By: /s/ Marc B. Adelman
    -----------------------------             -----------------------
    Name:  MARC B. ADELMAN                    Name:  MARC B. ADELMAN
    Title: VICE PRESIDENT                     Title: VICE PRESIDENT


CORPORATE RECEIVABLES CORPORATION         MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.,
By: Citicorp North America, Inc.,         as Borrower
    its Managing Agent

By: /s/ Marc B. Adelman                   By: /s/ Paul Schubert
    -----------------------------             ---------------------
    Name: MARC B. ADELMAN                     Name:  PAUL SCHUBERT
    Title: Vice President                     Title: Vice President & Treasurer



                                                                      EXHIBIT 14

ERNST & YOUNG LLP
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS





         We  consent to the  reference  to our firm  under the  captions  "Other
Service Providers",  "Financial  Highlights" and "Experts" in the Combined Proxy
Statement  and  Prospectus  and  "Custodian  and  Independent  Auditors"  in the
Statement of Additional Information and to the incorporation by reference of our
reports dated  September 20, 1999 with respect to Managed High Yield Fund,  Inc.
and July 22, 1999 with  respect to Managed High Yield Plus Fund,  Inc.,  in this
Registration Statement on Form N-14 of Managed High Yield Plus Fund, Inc.


                                    /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
                                   ---------------------------------
                                    ERNST & YOUNG LLP



New York, New York
February 15, 2000





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission